Hydraulics Catalogue
Hydraulics Catalogue
Hydraulics Catalogue
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 Lic 3765
Standards Australia
Hydraulic
Product & Services Guide
Quality and Service
worldwide
Complete range of Stauff Standard Series
Pipe Supports Pipe Clamps for every tube,
hose, pipe, and conduit
for diameters from 6mm to 102mm
Heavy Series
clamping application. for diameters from 6mm to 406mm
Noise reducing
Shock absorbing Twin Series
for diameters from 6mm to 42mm
Vibration damping
Weld base or rail mount Light Series single & twin
Stackable for multi-tier for diameters from 6mm to 25.4mm
Diagnostic Equipment
Pressure
Stauff-Test Analogue Stauff-Test 20 400 bar
The ideal, leak-free system Stauff-Test 15 630 bar
for pressure and vacuum Stauff-Test 12 630 bar
measurements without using Stauff-Test 10 400 bar (push-in)
spanners. Pressures from Pressure Gauges 63mm & 100mm
vacuum to 630 bar. Test Hoses 2mm & 4mm I.D. to
Ideal for oil sampling. any length with wide
Test Couplings available in a range of hose ends.
wide variety of connecting
threads to suit most systems.
A
Filtration - a complete programme
Research and testing are fundamental to the continuous development that Stauff, as a
specialist manufacturer, is committed to. The filtration programme includes pressure,
suction, return, and off-line filters and §eta rated elements. A comprehensive range
of interchange elements is a standard part of the filtration programme.
Pressure Filters
Filter housings and elements
3/4 , 1ø , 1ß port sizes; screwed or flanged
Nominal Sizes:014, 030, 045, 070, 090, 125, 160, 250, 300
Valving: bypass, non-return, reverse-flow, multi-function
Clogging Indicators: visual, electric, visual/electric
Working Pressure: 420 bar (6000 psi)
Element media: glass fibre, polyester fibre, cellulose, wire mesh
Micron Ratings:3µm, 5µm, 10µ, 20µm, 25µ, 40µ, 100µm
Interchange elements for many other housing makes
A
Pressure Gauges & Switches
Liquid Filled, Stainless Steel Case, Pressure Gauges
63mm (1/4 BSPP) and 100mm (1/2 BSPP) diameters standard
Rear entry (panel mount by rear clamp or front flange)
Bottom entry (stem mount)
Viscous glycerine filled for superior damping
Bar/PSI scale standard, others available on request
Pressure Range: Vacuum to 1000 bar
Accessories
Reservoir Hardware
Fluid level gauges and level switches
Temperature switches
Suction strainers and diffusers
Breathers of all types and angled mounting brackets
Spin-on Filters
In-line and tank-top applications
Single and double canister models
Nominal and absolute micron ratings
European and USA style canisters
Bell Housings and Couplings
Power ratings to 30kW
Electric motor frame sizes D63 to D200 for 2 bolt SAE pumps, AA to C mounting
Electric motor frame sizes D63 to D200 for 4 bolt metric pumps, Group 0.5 to 3
Three piece flexible couplings to suit.
Tube, hose or pipe cleaning
Stauff Clean System is the first stage of maintaining
Pneumatic launcher kits a clean hydraulic system. Removal
Standard nozzle range from 6mm to 50mm of detritus before the introduction of
Larger sizes on request oil reduces the contaminant load on
Projectiles to suit different applications filters and extends component life.
Ball Valves
2 way, 3 way, multi-way,
screwed, flanged, manifold mount, staple-lock
high pressure models, carbon steel, stainless steel
locking devices available
low pressure models, chrome plated brass
seats and seals give long service life
A
Solenoid Operated Valves
Hawe brand ensuring high quality
CETOP 3 mounting, wet solenoid type
single & double solenoid models
12V & 24V DC, 110V & 240V AC
range of optional spool configurations
mounting plates & manifolds available
Stainless Steel
annealed, 316/316L material, 6 metre lengths
metric tubing, 6mm O.D. to 42mm O.D.
inch tubing, 1/4 O.D. to 1 O.D.
A
Hydraulic Fittings & Flanges
Walterscheid W alpro Profile Ring type and W alform tube reshaping
zinc-plated DIN 2353 fitting range for metric tube sizes
Walpro bite-type fittings in LL , L , and S series
high integrity connections giving high working pressures
tube sizes from 4mm to 42mm
flare type connection available
Walform tube reshaping for ultimate safety
bending, flaring & reshaping machines
Avit Weld-nipple type
DIN 2353 fitting range with weld nipples
DIN flanges
rotary swivel joints
carbon steel & stainless steel fittings
A
Pneumatic Products
Konan
solenoid valves
air filters/regulators/lubricators
pneumatic cylinders
rotary actuators
Servo Hydraulics
Hartmann & Lammle ( H+L)
electro-hydraulic amplifiers for linear and rotary positioning
extreme linear accuracy of 0.001mm
rapid response times
Water Hydraulics
Elwood Valves for high pressure water & low viscosity hydraulic fluids
directional control valves
pressure control valves
proportional valves very large flow rates possible
cartridge valves pressures to 420 bar
servo control valves
valve stands & manifolds
2-way descaling valves
accumulator control systems
check valves
AW Company
flow measurement by turbine, gear, or screw sensors
tungsten carbide bearings available
stainless steel housings, optional coatings
programmable readouts/controllers
fibre-optic sensing for hazardous locations
on-line process sensors
flow monitors, batch controllers
A
Trusted Product Names from around the world
Proudly distributed by
A
Clamps
Standard-Series
2
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Order Code - Components
Material Code
Materials and designs of clamps bodies – XXX
Polypropylene profiled inside with tension clearance – PP
Polypropylene smooth inside without tension clearance – PPH
Polyamide profiled inside with tension clearance – PA Group 1 Group 1 Group 1
Polyamide smooth inside without tension clearance – PAH
Santoprene profiled inside with tension clearance – SA
Santoprene smooth inside without tension clearance – SAH
Aluminum profiled inside with tension clearance – AL
(AL group 1 A – 6 only)
Other thermoplastics and O.D. on request. Group 1 A – 8 Group 1 A – 8 Group 1 A – 8
Surface finishing (see also technical appendix) – DIN 50942 Fe/Znph r 10 DIN 50942 Fe/Znph r 10
Outside diameter Nominal bore Clamp Body Single Elongated
Tube or Hose Pipe (2 halves) Weld Plate Weld Plate
STAUFF DIN
(x x x – see
Group Group mm inch inch
material code) SP SPV
6 106 xxx
6,4 1/4 106,4 xxx
8 5/
16 108 xxx
1 0 SP 1 SPV 1
9,5 3/
8 109,5 xxx
10 /8
1 110 xxx
12 112 xxx
6 106 A x x x
6,4 1/4 106,4 A x x x
8 5/
16 108 A x x x
1A 1 SP 1 A SPV 1 A
9,5 3/
8 109,5 A x x x
10 /8
1 110 A x x x
12 112 A x x x
12,7 1 /2 212,7 xxx
13,5 /4
1 213,5 xxx
14 214 xxx
2 2 15 215 xxx SP 2 SPV 2
16 5 /8 216 xxx
17,2 /8
3 217,2 xxx
18 218 xxx
19 3 /4 319 xxx
20 320 xxx
3 3 21,3 /2
1 321,3 xxx SP 3 SPV 3
22 7 /8 322 xxx
25 1 325 xxx
26,9 /4
3 426,9 x x x
4 4 28 428 xxx SP 4 SPV 4
30 430 xxx
32 1 1/4 532 xxx
33,7 1 533,7 xxx
35 535 xxx
5 5 SP 5 SPV 5
38 1 1/2 538 xxx
40 540 xxx
42 1 1/4 542 xxx
44,5 1 /43 644,5 x x x
6 6 48,3 1 1/2 648,3 x x x SP 6 SPV 6
50,8 2 650,8 x x x
57,2 2 1/4 757,2 xxx
60,3 2 760,3 xxx
63,5 2 1/2 763,5 xxx
7 7 SP 7 SPV 7
70 2 3/4 770 xxx
73 2 7/8 2 1/2 (except DIN 2448) 773 xxx
76,1 3 2 1/2 (DIN 2448 only) 776,1 xxx
88,9 3 888,9 x x x
8 8 SP 8 SPV 8
102 4 8102 L x x x
3
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Order Code - Components
106
106,4
108
DSP 1/40 RAP 1/30/10 WSP 1
109,5 Pipe center Pipe center
110 spacing spacing
Number of
112 clamps
106 A
106,4A
108 A
DSP 1 A/37 RAP 1 A/37/10 WSP 1 A BSP 1 A
109,5A
110 A
112 A
212,7
213,5
214
215 DSP 2/44 RAP 2/44/10 WSP 2 BSP 2
216
217,2
218 TS 11
319 TS 14
320
321,3 DSP 3/52 RAP 3/52/10 WSP 3 BSP 3 TS 30
322 SM
TSL 11
325
426,9 (available
428 DSP 4/60 RAP 4/60/5 WSP 4 BSP 4 in 1 and 2 m
430 lengths)
532
533,7
535
DSP 5/75 RAP 5/75/5 WSP 5 BSP 5
538
540
542
644,5
648,3 DSP 6/90 RAP 6/90/5 WSP 6 BSP 6
650,8
757,2
760,3
763,5
770
773
776,1
888,9
8102 L
4
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Order Code - Components
Only for
Group 1 Group 1 Hexagon
Head Bolts
AS DIN 931/933
Size
DP AS IS LI AF SIG SI
DIN 931/933 DIN 912 DIN 84 DIN 93
106
106,4
108
DP 1 SIG 1
109,5
110
112 AS 1/1 A IS 1/1 A LI 1/1 A
(M 6 x 30) (M 6 x 20) (M 6 x 20) AF 1 / 1A
106 A
106,4A
108 A
DP 1 A SIG 1 A
109,5A
110 A
112 A
212,7
213,5
214
AS 2 IS 2 LI 2
215 DP 2 AF 2 SIG 2
(M 6 x 35) (M 6 x 25) (M 6 x 25)
216
217,2
218
319
320
AS 3 IS 3 LI 3
321,3 DP 3 AF 3 SIG 3
(M 6 x 40) (M 6 x 30) (M 6 x 30) SI 6,4
322
325
426,9
AS 4 IS 4 LI 4
428 DP 4 AF 4 SIG 4
(M 6 x 45) (M 6 x 35) (M 6 x 35)
430
532
533,7
535 AS 5 IS 5 LI 5
DP 5 AF 5 SIG 5
538 (M 6 x 60) (M 6 x 50) (M 6 x 50)
540
542
644,5
AS 6 IS 6 LI 6
648,3 DP 6 AF 6 SIG 6
(M 6 x 70) (M 6 x 60) (M 6 x 60)
650,8
757,2
760,3
763,5 AS 7 IS 7
DP 7 AF 7 SIG 7
770 (M 6 x 100) (M 6 x 90)
773
776,1
888,9 AS 8 IS 8
DP 8 AF 8 SIG 8
8102 L (M 6 x 125) (M 6 x 110)
5
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
Material Code
L1
øD2
Materials and designs of
øD
1
clamp bodies – XXX
øD
L2
Polypropylene,
L1
profiled inside,
L3
L1
with tension clearance – PP
øD1
L2
Polypropylene, H S B
smooth inside, 10 L2
without tension clearance – PPH
Group 1 H S B
Group 1
Polyamide, Group 1
profiled inside,
with tension clearance – PA
Polyamide,
smooth inside,
without tension clearance – PAH
øD2
Santoprene,
øD
profiled inside,
1
smooth inside,
øD1
L2
L3
L1
H
L2
L1
Aluminum,
øD
profiled inside,
with tension clearance – AL L2
(AL group 1 A – 6 only)
L1 H S B H S B
Other thermoplastics and O.D.
on request. Group 1 A – 8 Group 1 A – 8 Group 1 A – 8
Surface finishing (see also techn. appendix) – DIN 50942 Fe/Znph r 10 DIN 50942 Fe/Znph r 10
STAUFF DIN Pipe-O.D. Clamp Body Single Elongated
Group Group Ø D1 (2 halves) Weld Plate Weld Plate
[mm] Inside surface SP SPV
L1 L2 profiled smooth Width
H S H L1 L2 B S H øD L1 L2 L3 B S H øD1 øD2
6
6,4
8
1 0 28 9,5 27 0,4 26,0 30 31,5 10 30 3 6,5 12 58 24,5 44 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
9,5 min.
10
12
6
6,4
8 26,0
1A 1 37 20 27 0,4 30 36 20 30 3 6,5 12 64 20 50 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
9,5 min.
10
12
12,7
13,5
14
2 2 15 42 26 33 0,6 32,0 30 42 26 30 3 6,5 12 70 26 56 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
16 min.
17,2
18
19
20
3 3 21,3 50 33 36 0,6 35,5 30 50 33 30 3 6,5 12 78 33 64 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
22 min.
25
26,9
4 4 28 59 40 42 0,6 41,5 30 60 40 30 3 6,5 12 87 40 73 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
30 min.
32
33,7
35
5 5 71 52 58 0,8 56,5 30 71 52 30 3 6,5 12 100 52 86 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
38 min.
40
42
44,5
6 6 48,3 86 66 66 0,8 64,5 30 88 66 30 3 6,5 12 115 66 100 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
50,8 min.
57,2
60,3
63,5
7 7 121 94 93 0,8 92,0 30 122 94 30 5 6,5 12 150 94 136 30 5 6,5 12 6,5
70 min.
73
76,1
88,9
8 8 147 120 118 0,8 116,0 30 148 120 30 5 6,5 12 178 120 162 30 5 6,5 12 6,5
102 min.
6
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
H
B1
B2
øD
L2
L1
L3
L3
øD
L2
L1
øD2
S
øD1
23,5
H S B
L2
L1
H S B Group 1
Group 1 Group 1
H
B1
L2
L1
B2
L2
L3
Size
øD2
S
▲
L3
L1
L2
øD
L1
L2
øD
L2
øD
L2
L1
øD1
S
H S B H S B H2 H1 B
Group 1 A – 6 Group 1 A – 6 Group 1 A – 6 Group 1 A – 6
L1 L2 L3 B S H øD L1 L2 L3 B S H øD L1 L2 B1 B2 S H øD1 øD2 L1 L2 B S H1 H2 øD
6
6,4
8 87 40 40 30 3 6,5 12 314 31 31 30 4 6,5 12 30 14 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5
9,5
10
12
6
6,4
8 77 20 37 30 3 6,5 12 373 20 37 30 4 6,5 12 36 20 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5 48 20 30 3 13 6,5 12
9,5
10
12
12,7
13,5
14
15 86 26 44 30 3 6,5 12 442 26 44 30 4 6,5 12 42 26 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5 54 26 30 3 13 6,5 12
16
17,2
18
19
20
21,3 102 33 52 30 3 6,5 12 521 33 52 30 4 6,5 12 50 33 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5 62 33 30 3 13 6,5 12
22
25
26,9
28 120 40 60 30 3 6,5 12 300 40 60 30 4 6,5 12 60 40 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5 71 40 30 3 13 6,5 12
30
32
33,7
35 145 52 75 30 3 6,5 12 378 52 75 30 4 6,5 12 70 52 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5 85 52 30 3 13 6,5 12
38
40
42
44,5
48,3 178 66 90 30 3 6,5 12 450 66 90 30 4 6,5 12 88 66 30 30 3 6,5 12 6,5 98 66 30 3 13 6,5 12
50,8
57,2
60,3
63,5
70
73
76,1
88,9
102
7
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
B1 øD
S
B2
S
11
B2
B1
B
TS 11
B1 L2 L
B2 L1 Group 1
S
14
Group 1
TS 14
B1
B2
S
30
M6
Size
øD
▲ TS 30 G SW
S
D D
B1 B
S
S
B2
B
S
øD
L1
11
L2
L
L
L
B1
B2
H1
L2
L3
11
øD
L1 G G G
H2
TSL 11 G L
(z. p.)
Group 1 – 8 Group 1 A – 8 Group 1 A – 8 Group 1 – 8
32
33,7
35
38 70 52 30 3 7 M6 x 60 M6 x 50 11 0,8 M6 x 50 11 0,8 M6 64 50 12 11 69 28 11,1 1 6,4
min.
40
42
44,5
48,3 86 66 30 3 7 M6 x 70 M6 x 60 11 0,8 M6 x 60 11 0,8 M6 73 60 12 11 85 28 11,1 1 6,4
50,8 min.
57,2
60,3
63,5
70 118 94 30 5 7 M6 x 100 M6 x 90 11 0,8 M6 99 85 12 11 117 28 11,1 1 6,4
min.
73
76,1
88,9
102 144 120 30 5 7 M6 x 125 M6 x110 11 0,8 M6 124 110 12 11 143 28 11,1 1 6,4
min.
8
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
9
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
SP
* **,* xxx DP-AS SP
* **,* xxx IS SP
* **,* xxx LI
Material and Material and Material and
design of design of design of
clamp body clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D.
STAUFF STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group Group
SPV
* **,* xxx DP-AS SPV
* **,* xxx IS SPV
* **,* xxx LI
Material and Material and Material and
design of design of design of
clamp body clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D.
STAUFF STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group Group
SM
* **,* xxx DP-AS SM
* **,* xxx IS SM
* **,* xxx LI
Material and Material and Material and
design of design of design of
clamp body clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D.
STAUFF STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group Group
10
Pipe Clamps STANDARD-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
Information
In order to protect hexagon head bolts against unscrew caused
by vibrations safety washers acc. to DIN 93 are recommended.
Items are supplied non-assembled.
11
Clamps
Heavy-Series
2
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Order Code - Components
Material Code
Materials and designs of clamp bodies – XXX
Polypropylene profiled inside with tension clearance – PP
Polypropylene smooth inside without tension clearance – PPH (up to Gr. 6 S)
Polyamide profiled inside with tension clearance – PA
Polyamide smooth inside without tension clearance – PAH (up to Gr. 6 S)
Santoprene profiled inside with tension clearance – SA (up to Gr. 6 S)
Santoprene smooth inside without tension clearance – SAH (up to Gr. 6 S)
Aluminum profiled inside with tension clearance – AL
Other thermoplastics and O.D. on request.
6 3006 x x x
6,4 /4
1 3006,4 x x x
8 3008 x x x
9,5 /8
3 3009,5 x x x
10 1/
8 3010 x x x
12 3012 x x x
3S 1 12,7 /2
1 3012,7 x x x SPAL 3 S SPAS 3 S
13,5 1/
4 3013,5 x x x
14 3014 x x x
15 3015 x x x
16 /8
5 3016 x x x
17,2 3/
8 3017,2 x x x
18 3018 x x x
19 /4
3 4019 x x x
20 4020 x x x
21,3 1/
2 4021,3 x x x
22 /8
7 4022 x x x
4S 2 SPAL 4 S SPAS 4 S
25 4025 x x x
26,9 3/
4 4026,9 x x x
28 4028 x x x
30 4030 x x x
30 5030 x x x
32 1 1/4 5032 x x x
33,7 1 5033,7 x x x
5S 3 35 5035 x x x SPAL 5 S SPAS 5 S
38 1 1/2 5038 x x x
40 5040 x x x
42 1 1/4 5042 x x x
38 1 1/2 6038 x x x
42 1 /4
1 6042 x x x
44,5 1 3/4 6044,5 x x x
48,3 1 1/2 6048,3 x x x
50,8 2 6050,8 x x x
6S 4 55 6055 x x x SPAL 6 S SPAS 6 S
57 2 1/4 6057 x x x
60,3 2 6060,3 x x x
63,5 2 1/2 6063,5 x x x
65 6065 x x x
70 6070 x x x
65 7065 x x x
70 7070 x x x
73 2 7/8 2 /2 (except DIN 2448) 7073 x x x
1
75 7075 x x x
7S 5
76,1 3 2 1/2 (DIN 2448 only) 7076,1 x x x SPAL 7 S SPAS 7 S
80 7080 x x x
82,5 3 /41 7082,5 x x x
88,9 3 7088,9 x x x
88,9 3 8088,9 x x x
100 8100 x x x
102 3 1/2 8102 x x x
8S 6 108 4 1/4 8108 x x x SPAL 8 S SPAS 8 S
114 4 8114 x x x
127 5 8127 x x x
133 5 1/4 8133 x x x
133 5 1/4 9133 x x x
140 5 9140 x x x
152 6 9152 x x x
9S 7 SPAL 9 S SPAS 9 S
159 6 1/4 9159 x x x
165 6 1/2 9165 x x x
168 6 9168 x x x
168 6 10168 x x x
177,8 7 10177,8 x x x
10 S 8 193,7 7 5/8 10193,7 x x x SPAL 10 S SPAS 10 S
216 8 1/2 10216 x x x
219 8 10219 x x x
219 8 11219 x x x
11 S 9 273 10 11273 x x x SPAL 11 S SPAS 11 S
324 12 11324 x x x
356 14 12356 x x x
12 S 10 SPAL 12 S SPAS 12 S
406 16 12406 x x x
3
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Order Code - Components
3006
3006,4
3008
3009,5
3010
3012
3012,7 SPAL/DÜB 3 S SPAS/DÜB 3 S DPAL 3 S
3013,5
3014
3015
3016
3017,2
3018
4019 GMV 10
4020
4021,3
4022 SPAL/DÜB 4 S SPAS/DÜB 4 S DPAL 4 S
4025 STSV
4026,9
4028 (available
4030 in 1 and 2 m
5030 lengths)
5032
5033,7
5035 SPAL/DÜB 5 S SPAS/DÜB 5 S DPAL 5 S
5038
5040
5042
6038
6042
6044,5
6048,3
6050,8
6055 SPAL/DÜB 6 S SPAS/DÜB 6 S GMV 12 DPAL 6 S
6057
6060,3
6063,5
6065
6070
7065
7070
7073
7075 SPAL/DÜB 7 S SPAS/DÜB 7 S DPAL 7 S
7076,1
7080
7082,5
7088,9
8088,9
8100
8102 SPAL/DÜB 8 S SPAS/DÜB 8 S DPAL 8 S
8108
8114
8127
8133
9133
9140
9152 SPAL/DÜB 9 S SPAS/DÜB 9 S DPAL 9 S
9159
9165
9168
10168
10177,8 SPAL/DÜB 10 S SPAS/DÜB 10 S DPAL 10 S
10193,7
10216
10219
11219
11273 SPAL/DÜB 11 S SPAS/DÜB 11 S DPAL 11 S
11324
12356 SPAL/DÜB 12 S SPAS/DÜB 12 S DPAL 12 S
12406
4
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Order Code - Components
Only for
Hexagon
Head Bolts
AS DIN 931/933
DPAS AS IS AF SIP SI
DIN 931/933 DIN 912 DIN 93
3006
3006,4
3008
3009,5
3010
3012 AS 3 S IS 3 S
3012,7 DPAS 3 S AF 3 S SIP 3 S
(M10 x 45) (M10 x 30)
3013,5
3014
3015
3016
3017,2
3018
4019 SI 10,5
4020
4021,3
4022 AS 4 S IS 4 S
DPAS 4 S AF 4 S SIP 4 S
4025 (M10 x 60) (M10 x 40)
4026,9
4028
4030
5030
5032
5033,7
AS 5 S IS 5 S
5035 DPAS 5 S AF 5 S SIP 5 S
(M10 x 70) (M10 x 50)
5038
5040
5042
6038
6042
6044,5
6048,3
6050,8
6055 AS 6 S IS 6 S
DPAS 6 S AF 6 S SIP 6 S SI 13
6057 (M12 x 100) (M12 x 80)
6060,3
6063,5
6065
6070
7065
7070
7073
7075 AS 7 S
DPAS 7 S AF 7 S SIP 7 S SI 17
7076,1 (M16 x 130)
7080
7082,5
7088,9
8088,9
8100
8102 AS 8 S
DPAS 8 S AF 8 S SIP 8 S SI 21
8108 (M 20 x 190)
8114
8127
8133
9133
9140 AS 9 S
9152 DPAS 9 S AF 9 S SIP 9 S SI 25
(M 24 x 220)
9159
9165
9168
10168
10177,8 AS 10 S
DPAS 10 S AF 10 S SIP 10 S
10193,7 (M 30 x 300)
10216
10219 SI 31
11219 AS 11 S
11273 DPAS 11 S
(M 30 x 450)
11324
12356 AS 12 S
DPAS 12 S
12406 (M 30 x 560)
5
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
H
Materials and designs of clamp bodies – XXX
1
øD
Polypropylene profiled inside with tension clearance – PP
Polypropylene smooth inside without tension clearance – PPH (up to Gr. 6 S)
S
Polyamide profiled inside with tension clearance – PA L1
H
Polyamide smooth inside without tension clearance – PAH (up to Gr. 6 S) L2
Santoprene profiled inside with tension clearance – SA (up to Gr. 6 S)
Santoprene smooth inside without tension clearance – SAH (up to Gr. 6 S) L2
Aluminum profiled inside with tension clearance – AL
B
L1
Other thermoplastics and O.D. on request.
356
12 S 10
406 (max. 425) 630 630 534 530 20 182 680 534 180 30 38 M30 50
min.
6
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
H
ø D1
H
H
G
ø D2
S
S
S
L1 L1
L1 L3
L3
S
L2 L1 L2
L2
L3
L2
B1
B2
B2
B1
B2
B1
B
Group 3 S – 9 S Group 10 S – 12 S
Size
168
177,8
193,7 340 265 240 121 25 21 M30 45 440 265 380 120 25 21 M30 45 31 440 265 380 240 121 25 21 M30 45 31
216
219
219
273 520 395 324 166 30 38 M30 50 590 395 530 160 30 38 M30 50 31 590 395 530 324 166 30 38 M30 50 31
324
356 680 534 364 186 30 38 M30 50 750 534 690 180 30 38 M30 50 31
406 (max. 750 534 690 394 186 30 38 M30 50 31
425)
7
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
øD
G SW
øD
S
S
L1
H1
ø D1 L1
H3
H2
L2
S
L2
L1
L
L
B1 L1
L2
B2
B1
B2 L2
S
B2
B1
øD
L3
G G G
B
ø D2
H
Group
up to Group 6 S only up to Group 6 S only 3S – 6S Group 3 S – 10 S Group 3 S – 10 S
Size
8
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
9
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
SPAL
** ***,* xxx DPAL-AS SPAS
** ***,* xxx DPAS-AS
Material and Material and
design of design of
clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D.
STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group
SPAL/DÜB
** ***,* xxx DPAL-AS SPAS/DÜB
** ***,* xxx DPAS-AS
Material and Material and
design of design of
clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. Pipe-O.D.
STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group
10
Pipe Clamps HEAVY-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
Information
Order Code In order to protect hexagon head bolts against
unscrew caused by vibrations safety washers acc.
to DIN 93 are recommended.
Items are supplied non-assembled.
SPAL
** ***,* xxx IS
Material and
design of
clamp body
Pipe-O.D.
STAUFF
Group
11
Clamps
Twin-Series
2
Pipe Clamps TWIN-SERIES Order Code - Components
Material Code
Materials and designs of clamp bodies – XXX
Polypropylene profiled inside with tension clearance – PP
Polypropylene smooth inside without tension clearance – PPH
Polyamide profiled inside with tension clearance – PA
Polyamide smooth inside without tension clearance – PAH
Other thermoplastics and O.D. on request.
Twin clamps with diffferent outside diameters are also
available on request.
6 106/06 xxx
6,4 /4
1 106,4/6,4 x x x
8 108/08 xxx
1D 1 SP 1- D RAP 1- D/40/5
9,5 /8
3 109,5/9,5 x x x Pipe center
spacing
Number of
10 1 /8 110/10 xxx clamps
12 112/12 xxx
12,7 1 /2 212,7/12,7 x x x
13,5 1 /4 213,5/13,5 x x x
14 214/14 xxx
16 5 /8 216/16 xxx
17,2 3 /8 217,2/17,2 x x x
18 218/18 xxx
19 3 /4 319/19 xxx
20 320/20 xxx
22 7 /8 322/22 xxx
25 1 325/25 xxx
26,9 3 /4 426,9/26,9 x x x
30 430/30 xxx
33,7 1 533,7/33,7 x x x
35 535/35 xxx
5D 5 SP 5 - D RAP 5 - D/112 /5
38 1 1/2 538/38 xxx
40 540/40 xxx
3
Pipe Clamps TWIN-SERIES Order Code - Components
for multi-level-
assembly, prevents
SM upper clamp from
TS turning
TSL SM 8
Size
▲ DIN 50961
– (TSL z. p.) – DIN 50961 Fe/Zn 8 C –
Fe/Zn 8 C
Mounting Rail Hexagon Rail Cover Plate Hexagon Stacking Safety Safety
Nut Head Bolt Bolt Locking Plate Locking Plate
TS/TSL SM GD AS AF SI SIV
DIN 931/933
106/06
106,4/6,4
108/08 AS 1- D
SM GD 1- D AF 1- D SI 1- D SIV 1- D
(M 6 x 35)
109,5/9,5
110/10
112/12
212,7/12,7
213,5/13,5
214/14
AS 2 - D
215/15 GD 2 - D AF 2 - D
(M 8 x 35)
216/16
TS 11
217,2/17,2
TS 14 SIV 2 . . 3 - D
218/18
TS 30
319/19
TSL 11
320/20
(available AS 3 - D
321,3/21,3 GD 3 - D AF 3 - D
in 1 and 2 m (M 8 x 45)
lengths)
322/22 SM 8 SI 2 . . 5 - D
325/25
426,9/26,9
AS 4 - D
428/28 GD 4 - D AF 4 - D
(M 8 x 50)
430/30
532/32
533,7/33,7
535/35 AS 5 - D
GD 5 - D AF 5 - D
538/38 (M 8 x 60)
540/40
542/42
4
Pipe Clamps TWIN-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
Material Code
Materials and designs of
clamp bodies – XXX
Polypropylene,
profiled inside,
with tension clearance – PP
Polypropylene,
smooth inside,
without tension clearance – PPH
L1
L2
Polyamide,
profiled inside,
with tension clearance – PA
Polyamide,
smooth inside,
without tension clearance – PAH
L2
øD
G
øD
Other thermoplastics and L1
G
O.D. on request.
L
L2
L3
S
S B S B
øD
1
H H
øD
12,7/12,7
13,5/13,5
14/14
2D 2 15/15 53 29 27 0,7 26,5 30 55 30 5 6 14 M8 288 58 28 30 5 6 14 M8
min.
16/16
17,2/17,2
18/18
19/19
20/20
3D 3 21,3/21,3 67 36 37 0,7 36,5 30 70 30 5 6 14 M8 358 72 35 30 5 6 14 M8
min.
22/22
25/25
26,9/26,9
4D 4 28/28 80 45 40 0,7 38 30 85 30 5 6 14 M8 445 90 42 30 5 6 14 M8
min.
30/30
32/32
33,7/33,7
35/35
5D 5 106 56 53 0,7 52 30 110 30 5 6 14 M8 558 112 55 30 5 6 14 M8
38/38 min.
40/40
42/42
5
Pipe Clamps TWIN-SERIES Dimension Table - Components
øD
14
H1
TS 14
Size
▲
H2
B1 L for multi-level-
assembly, prevents
B2 SM upper clamp from
S
turning
H
30
H
S
G
G SW
S
TS 30 L
B B2
B1 B2
L
B2 øD
S
L1
H1
L2
B1
11
B1
L3
L
H2
11
TSL 11 B G G L
(z. p.) SM 8
DIN 50961
– – DIN 50961 Fe/Zn 8 C – Fe/Zn 8 C
Mounting Rail Hexagon Rail Cover Plate Hexagon Stacking Safety Safety
Nut Head Bolt Bolt Locking Plate Locking Plate
TS/TSL SM GD AS AF SI SIV
DIN 931/933
Nominal
Size B1 B2 S L B H1 H2 øD G L B H S øD GxL G L1 L2 L3 SW L B1 B2 S L B1 B2 S H
6/6
6,4/6,4
8/8
25,410,4 13 5 12 M6 34 30 7 3 7 M6 x 35 M6 34 20 12 11 27 22 11,1 0,5 27 28 11,1 1 7
9,5/9,5 min.
10/10
12/12
12,7/12,7
13,5/13,5
14/14
15/15 52 30 7 3 9 M8 x 35 M8 33 20 12 12 27 22 12,1 0,5 45 28 12,1 1 7
min.
16/16
17,2/17,2
18/18 TS 11
TS 14
19/19 28 11 2
TS 30
20/20
TSL 11
21,3/21,3 65 30 7 3 9 M8 x 45 M8 44 29 12 12 27 22 12,1 0,5 45 28 12,1 1 7
min.
22/22 25,410,4 14 5 14 M8
25/25
26,9/26,9
28/28 79 30 7 3 9 M8 x 50 M8 49 34 12 12 27 22 12,1 0,5
min.
30/30
32/32
33,7/33,7
35/35
102 30 7 3 9 M8 x 60 M8 61 46 12 12 27 22 12,1 0,5
38/38 min.
40/40
42/42
6
Pipe Clamps TWIN-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
6,4 /4
1 106,4/6,4 x x x Polypropylene,
profiled inside, with tension clea-
8 108/08 xxx rance – PP
1D 1
Polypropylene,
9,5 /8
3 109,5/9,5 x x x
smooth inside, without tension
10 1 /8 110/10 xxx
clearance – PPH
Polyamide,
12 112/12 xxx profiled inside, with tension clea-
rance – PA
12,7 1 /2 212,7/12,7 x x x
Polyamide,
13,5 1 /4 213,5/13,5 x x x smooth inside, without tension
clearance – PAH
14 214/14 xxx
Other thermoplastics and
2D 2 15 215/15 xxx O.D. on request.
Twin clamps with different
16 5 /8 216/16 xxx
outside diameters are also
available on request.
17,2 3 /8 217,2/17,2 x x x
18 218/18 xxx
19 3 /4 319/19 xxx
20 320/20 xxx
3D 3 21,3 1 /2 321,3/21,3 x x x
22 7 /8 322/22 xxx
25 1 325/25 xxx
26,9 3 /4 426,9/26,9 x x x
4D 4 28 428/28 xxx
30 430/30 xxx
33,7 1 533,7/33,7 x x x
35 535/35 xxx
5D 5
38 1 1/2 538/38 xxx
40 540/40 xxx
Design of clamp bodies see
42 1 1/4 542/42 xxx technical appendix, page 48.
7
Pipe Clamps TWIN-SERIES Order Codes - Complete Clamps
SP
***,*/**,* xxx GD-AS ***,*/**,* xxx GD-AS
Material and Material and
design of design of
clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. 2 Pipe-O.D. 2
Pipe-O.D. 1 Pipe-O.D. 1
STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group
SM
***,*/**,* xxx GD-AS ***,*/**,* xxx SI-AF
Material and Material and
design of design of
clamp body clamp body
Pipe-O.D. 2 Pipe-O.D. 2
Pipe-O.D. 1 Pipe-O.D. 1
STAUFF STAUFF
Group Group
Information
Items are supplied non-assembled.
8
Clamps
Light-Series
2
Pipe Clamps LIGHT-SERIES Type LB
Type LB
øD2 B
øD3
H
S
øD1
L2 L3
L1 L1
06
PP black
1 06,4 1 /4 22 9 6,5 12 10,5 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
08
09,5 3 /8
PP black
2 10 1/8 27 11 7 16 15 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
12
12,7 1 /2
13,5 1/4
14
PP black
3 15 34 15 7 20 22,5 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
16 5 /8
17,2 3/8
18
19 3 /4
20
PP black
4 21,3 1/2 42 19 7 20 30 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
22
25 1
Order Code
LB
*** xx
Clamp Material
Pipe-O.D. Dia D1 (mm)
STAUFF Group
3
Pipe Clamps LIGHT-SERIES Type LBG · LBU
øD3 B
øD4
H
S
øD1 øD2
L2
L1 L1
06/06
PP black
1 06,4/06,4 1 /4 / 1/4 31 18 12 10,5 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
08/08
09,5/09,5 3 /8 / 3/8
PP black
2 10/10 1 /8 / 1/8 39 22 16 14,5 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
12/12
12,7/12,7 1 /2 / 1/2
13,5/13,5 1 /4 / 1/4
14/14
PP black
3 15/15 53 30 20 22,5 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
16/16 5 /8 / 5/8
17,2/17,2 3 /8 / 3/8
18/18
19/19 3 /4 / 3/4
20/20
PP black
4 21,3/21,3 1 /2 / 1/2 70 38 20 30,5 2 6,8 7
PA yellow
22/22
25/25 1/1
Order Code
LBx
***/** xx Type
4
Pipe Clamps LIGHT-SERIES Type LN
Applications:
Pneumatics, Instrumentation and Automotive Technology, Machine Tool Industry, Lubrication,
Mechanical Engineering. Also suitable for cables and hoses.
Type LN
øD2 B
1
øD
H
L3
L2
L1
06
PP green
1 06,4 1/4 22 9 7 14,5 13,5 6,8
PA black
08
08
09,5 3/8
PP green
2 10 1 /8 27 11 7 14,5 18,5 6,8
PA black
12
12,7 1/2
10 1 /8
12
12,7 1/2
PP green
3 13,5 1 /4 33 15 7 14,5 23,5 6,8
PA black
14
15
16 5/8
14
15
16 5/8
17,2 3 /8
PP green
4 18 40 19 7 14,5 30,5 6,8
PA black
19 3/4
20
21,3 1 /2
22
Order Code
LN
*** xx
Clamp Material
Pipe-O.D. Ø D1 (mm)
STAUFF Group
5
Clamps – Accessories
(WAG, RI, CRA)
2
Pipe Clamps Accessories
4008 xx
KUG
Sh
Sk
12 KUG
22 4022 xx 4 S xx WAG WAG 4022 xx/xx
14 KUG
4S min. min. min. 25 4025 xx 4 S xx WAG WAG 4025 xx/xx
16 38,4 70 45 48 0,6 0,8 48 0,6 30
WAG KUG
18 26,9 4026,9 xx 4 S xx WAG WAG 4026,9 xx/xx
19 KUG
26,9 5026,9 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5026,9 xx/xx
20 KUG
28 5028 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5028 xx/xx
21,3
KUG
22 30 5030 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5030 xx/xx
25 KUG
32 5032 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5032 xx/xx
26,9 5S KUG
WAG 33,7 5033,7 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5033,7 xx/xx
26,9
KUG
28 35 5035 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5035 xx/xx
30 KUG
38 5038 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5038 xx/xx
32 KUG
5S min. min. min. 40 5040 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5040 xx/xx
33,7 56 85 60 60 0,8 0,8 60 0,8 30
WAG KUG
35 42 5042 xx 5 S xx WAG WAG 5042 xx/xx
38 KUG
38 6038 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6038 xx/xx
40 KUG
42 6042 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6042 xx/xx
42
KUG
38 44,5 6044,5 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6044,5 xx/xx
42 KUG
48,3 6048,3 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6048,3 xx/xx
44,5 6S KUG
WAG 50,8 6050,8 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6050,8 xx/xx
48,3
6S min. min. min. KUG
50,8 84 115 90 89 2 2 89 2 45 55 6055 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6055 xx/xx
WAG
55 KUG
57 6057 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6057 xx/xx
57
KUG
60,3 6060,3 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6060,3 xx/xx
60,3
KUG
63,5 63,5 6063,5 xx 6 S xx WAG WAG 6063,5 xx/xx
Other dimensions on request. Other dimensions on request.
3
Pipe Clamps Accessories
Angle Geometry (There are maximum angles resulting from the WAG’s angle geometry.)
The maximum deflection angle is limited by the pipe for a given horizontal deflection can be determined from
contacting the clamp on the one hand, and by the diagrams 1, 2 and 3. The maximum horizontal and ver-
adjustment socket within the clamp body fouling on the tical angles for individual clamp groups and sizes are
bolts, on the other hand. As a result of these limiting detailed in the following tables 1 – 3.
factors of the adjustment angle, the vertical deflection
Angle Deflection
Table 1 Ø ␣ max  max h max v max vertical angle 
mm with  = 0° with ␣ = 0° with v = 0 with h = 0
WAG bolt thread bolt thread
metric UNC metric UNC
10,0 17,1° 19,1° 39,6° 309 346 827
12,0 17,1° 19,1° 36,5° 309 346 739
14,0 17,1° 19,1° 33,3° 309 346 657
16,0 17,1° 19,1° 30,1° 309 346 579
18,0 17,1° 19,1° 26,7° 309 346 504
4 S-WAG 19,0 17,1° 19,1° 25,0° 309 346 467
20,0 17,1° 19,1° 23,3° 309 346 431
21,3 17,1° 19,1° 21,0° 309 346 384
22,0 17,1° 19,1° 19,7° 309 346 359
25,0 14,1° 14,1° 14,1° 250 250 250 horizontal angle ␣
26,9 10,2° 10,2° 10,2° 180 180 180 Diagram 1
Angle Deflection
Table 2 Ø ␣ max  max h max v max vertical angle 
mm with  = 0° with ␣ = 0° with v = 0 with h = 0
WAG bolt thread bolt thread
metric UNC metric UNC
26,9 14,8° 16,5° 28,9° 265 296 552
28,0 14,8° 16,5° 27,6° 265 296 523
30,0 14,8° 16,5° 25,2° 265 296 471
32,0 14,8° 16,5° 22,8° 265 296 419
5 S-WAG 33,7 14,8° 16,5° 20,6° 265 296 376
35,0 14,8° 16,5° 18,9° 265 296 343
38,0 14,8° 14,9° 14,9° 265 267 267
40,0 12,0° 12,0° 12,0° 213 213 213
42,0 9,0° 9,0° 9,0° 159 159 159
horizontal angle ␣
Diagram 2
Angle Deflection
Table 3 Ø ␣ max  max h max v max vertical angle 
mm with  = 0° with ␣ = 0° with v = 0 with h = 0
WAG bolt thread bolt thread
metric UNC metric UNC
38,0 21,0° 22,5° 30,7° 385 415 594
42,0 21,0° 22,5° 27,6° 385 415 523
44,5 21,0° 22,5° 25,6° 385 415 480
48,3 21,0° 22,5° 22,5° 385 414 414
6 S-WAG 50,8 20,4° 20,4° 20,4° 372 372 372
55,0 16,7° 16,7° 16,7° 300 300 300
57,0 14,9° 14,9° 14,9° 266 266 266
60,3 11,7° 11,7° 11,7° 206 208 208
63,5 8,5° 8,5° 8,5° 149 149 149
horizontal angle ␣
Diagram 3
4
Pipe Clamps Accessories
STANDARD-SERIES HEAVY-SERIES
øD øD
øD1 øD1
Attention !
For RI-clamps the relationship between the diameter and the group is not the same as in the Profile- or H-clamp.
5
Pipe Clamps Accessories
40(36)
)
(40
40
CRA C-RAIL-ADAPTOR
G
H2
B
H1
Lenghts of Bolts
STAUFF STAUFF Thread G Dimensions
(for clamps with cover plates)
Series Group
Metric UNC L B H1 H2 Metric UNC
Standard CRA 1 – 8 M6 1 /4 40 16 13 20,5 see Standard-Series see Standard-Series
CRA 3 S M 10 x 40 3 /8 x 1 1/2 UNC
CRA 4 S M 10 3 /8 38 22 18,5 27,5 M 10 x 55 3 /8 x 2 1/8 UNC
Heavy
CRA 5 S M 10 x 65 3 /8 x 2 5/8 UNC
CRA 6 S M 12 7/16 45 25 17 27,5 M 12 x 100 /16 x 4 UNC
7
6
Clamps
Clamps acc. to DIN
2
Metal Pipe Clamps
S1
S1
D1
D1
S2
S2
L2 L1 L2 L2 L1 L3 L2
B1
B1
Accessories Accessories
STAUFF Nominal Size STAUFF Nominal Size
Hexagon Hexagon
Group L1 L2 S1 S2 D2 B1 Group L1 L2 L3 S1 S2 D2 B1
Head Bolts Head Bolts
D1 mm Pipe D1 mm Pipe
Hexagon Nuts Hexagon Nuts
20 57 20 57
15 15
22 59 22 59
25 62 25 62
20 20
27 /4
3 66 27 /4
3 66
30 68 M 10 x 30 30 68 M 10 x 30
25 15 5 7 11,5 30 25 15 46 5 7 11,5 30
34 1 72 M 10 34 1 72 M 10
38 76 38 76
32 32
43 1 1/4 82 43 1 1/4 82
45 84 45 84
40 40
49 1 1/2 88 49 1 1/2 88
57 104 57 104
50 50
61 2 108 M 12 x 35 61 2 108 M 12 x 35
18 6 9 14,0 40 18 54 6 9 14,0 40
77 65 2 1/2 122 M 12 77 65 2 1/2 122 M 12
89 80 3 136 89 80 3 136
108 172 108 172
100 100
115 4 178 115 4 178
133 196 133 196
125 125
140 204 140 204
M 16 x 45 M 16 x 45
159 222 24 8 11 18,0 50 159 222 24 70 8 11 18,0 50
150 M 16 150 M 16
169 232 169 232
194 175 258 194 175 258
216 280 216 280
200 200
220 284 220 284
267 342 267 342
250 250
273 348 273 348
M 20 x 50 M 20 x 50
318 392 30 8 14 23,0 60 318 392 30 86 8 14 23,0 60
300 M 20 300 M 20
324 398 324 398
368 350 444 368 350 444
407 498 407 498
400 M 24 x 60 400 M 24 x 60
419 510 36 10 18 27,0 70 419 510 36 104 10 18 27,0 70
M 24 M 24
521 500 614 521 500 614
Material: Material:
St 37, no surface finishing St 37, no surface finishing
Other materials, O.D. and surface finishings on request. Other materials, O.D. and surface finishings on request.
Bolts and nuts do not belong to the delivery standard. Bolts and nuts do not belong to the delivery standard.
3
Heavy Saddles
H
H
øD
øD
1
S
øD2 øD2
S
L1 L2
B
B
L2
L1
L3
STAUFF STAUFF
Diameter Diameter
Group L1 L2 L3 H D2 B S Group L1 L2 H D2 B S
range range
Ø D1 Ø D1
23 20 – 23 51 35 67 19 23 20 – 23 82 56 19
26 23 – 26 52 36 70 22 26 23 – 26 84 58 22
14,0 30 5 11,0 25 3
28,5 26 – 28,5 53 37 73 24 28,5 26 – 28,5 24
90 64
31 28,5 – 31 55 39 75,5 27 31 28,5 – 31 27
36 33 – 36 57 41 81 32 36 33 – 36 106 80 32
14,0 11,0
39 36 – 39 59 43 83,5 34 39 36 – 39 110 84 34
40 5
43 39 – 43 68 48 94,5 38 43 39 – 43 120 88 38 30 5
18,0
46 43 – 46 70 50 98 41 46 43 – 46 41 14,0
122 90
49 46 – 49 73 53 105,5 44 49 46 – 49 44
52 * 49 – 52 76 56 110 47 58 53 – 58 52
18,0 40 8 142 110
58 53 – 58 78 58 115 52 61 58 – 61 57 14,0
91 86 – 91 198 158 85
4
Light Saddles
H
H
øD
1
øD
1
S
øD2 øD2
S
L1 L2
B
L2
L3 L1
STAUFF STAUFF
Diameter Diameter
Group L1 L2 L3 H D2 B S Group L1 L2 H D2 B S
range range
Ø D1 Ø D1
23 20 – 23 43 28 57,5 19 23 20 – 23 76 56 19
26 23 – 26 44 29 60 22 26 23 – 26 78 58 22
33 * 31 – 33 56 36 75,5 29 33 * 31 – 33 92 72 29
36 33 – 36 57 40 78 32 36 33 – 36 104 80 32
39 36 – 39 59 42 81,5 34 39 36 – 39 108 84 34
11,0 30 3 9,0 25 3,0
43 39 – 43 61 44 85,5 38 43 39 – 43 112 88 38
46 43 – 46 62 45 88 41 46 43 – 46 114 90 41
49 46 – 49 67 48 95,5 44 49 46 – 49 118 90 44
5
Clamps
Technical Appendix
2
Pipe Clamps Technical Appendix
Copolymeric
Clamp Body
Polypropylene PP Polyamide PA Aluminum Al Si 12 Santoprene SA
Material Properties
Colour: green Colour: black Colour: black
Mechanical Properties
Flexural Deflection DIN 53 452 * 36 N/mm2 130 . . . 200 N/mm2
Impact Resistance DIN 53 453 * no failure 60 KJ/m2
Compressive Strength DIN 53 454 * 90 N/mm 2 120 N/mm2 60 – 80 HB 5/250 Hardness: 73 – 87° Shore A
Modulus of Elasticity DIN 53 452 * 1150 N/mm 2 3000 N/mm2 70.000 N/mm2 3,5 – 6,9 N/mm2
Tensile Stress DIN 53 455 * 28 N/mm2 140 N/mm2 220 – 300 N/mm2 8,5 – 15,5 N/mm2
Thermal Properties
Max. Temperature Resistance – 30 . . . + 90° C – 40 . . . + 120° C up to 300° C – 40 . . . + 120° C
Chemical Properties
Weak acids, solvents cond. consistent cond. consistent cond. consistent consistent
Benzine, mineral oils cond. consistent consistent consistent cond. consistent
Alcohol, other oils, seawater consistent consistent consistent consistent
Metal Parts
– All metal parts made of steel St 37, no surface finishing, unless otherwise stated
(see order code – components)
– Surface finishing
In addition to the standard surface finishings stated alternative finishings are available on request
(e. g. Fe/Zn 12 C)
– Stainless Steel Metal Parts
All metal parts are also available ex stock in two different stainless steel qualities:
– Noncorrodible Stainless Steel A 2 - 1.4301/1.4305 (AISI 304)
– Noncorrodible and acid-proof Stainless Steel A 4 - 1.4401/1.4571 (AISI 316/316 Ti)
– Threads
All threaded parts are available with UNC-threads on request.
(see thread-chart page 50)
The outlined particulars are approximate values and are only valid as references, which are not binding, also
with regard to possible protection of third parties, and they do not exempt you from your own examination of
suitability of the products delivered by us.
Therefore, these values can only be used in a limited sense for construction purposes.
The application of the products is carried out outside our control possibilities and, therefore, is exclusively
subject to your own area of responsibility.
If, however, liability should be possible, it would be limited for all damages to the value of the goods supplied
by us and in use by you.
It goes without saying, that we guarantee the perfect quality of our products according to our general sales and
delivery conditions.
3
Pipe Clamps Technical Appendix
RI-design
for rubber inserts
RI-design
for rubber inserts
WAG-design
Rectangular-design for ball inserts
4
Pipe Clamps Technical Appendix
Installation Information
5
Pipe Clamps Technical Appendix
1A
Pipe-O.D. Spacing A 2
[mm] [m]
3
6,0 – 12,7 1,0
4 M6 1 /4 – 20 UNC
12,7 – 22,0 1,2
5
22,0 – 32,0 1,5
6
32,0 – 38,0 2,0
7
38,0 – 57,0 2,7
8
57,0 – 75,0 3,0
TWIN-SERIES
5D
6
Pipe Clamps Technical Appendix
All tightening torques and maximum loads in pipe direction refer to clamps with
F cover plates and hexagon head bolts acc. to DIN 931/933.
The max. load in pipe direction (acc. to DIN 3015, part 10) is an average value,
determined by three tests at 23° C with a steel pipe acc. to DIN 2448, St 37 – rolled
surface – taking static friction into consideration.
1D M6 5 0,9 5 0,9
2D 12 2,1 12 2,2
3D 12 1,9 12 2,0
M8
4D 12 2,7 12 2,9
5D 8 1,7 8 2,5
7
®
Product range
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
8
Test 20
Typ SMK (M 16 x 2)
Advantages:
• Coupling at system pressure level
• Leakproof connection before ball valve is open
Test hose • Simple connection to measuring,
with swivel nut control and switching devices
• Self locking metal guard cap
Working pressure:
• Max. working pressure 630 bar
For SMK style G, K and S the recommended working
pressure of fitting manufacturer has to be applied
• Joining under pressure up to 400 bar max.
Materials:
• Metal parts: Steel, Stainless Steel on request
Test coupling • Ball: Stainless Steel
• Seals:
P = NBR (Temperature range – 20° C to + 90° C)
V = FPM (Temperature range – 20° C to + 200° C)
E = EPDM Ethylene Propylene (for Break Fluid)
Temperature range – 40° C to + 150° C
• Hose: Polyamide (Temperature range -35° C . . . 100° C
max.)
Media:
• Suitable for hydraulic oils and other mineral oil based fluids
(Please pay attention to the sealing materials used !)
Protective cap • For use in conjunction with other liquid media please
consult STAUFF
M 16
M 14 x 1,5 37 19 SMK 20 – M 14 x 1,5 – PB SMK 20 – M 14 x 1,5 – VB Metal joint Type B
SW G /8 1
39 17 SMK 20 – G 1/8 – PC SMK 20 – G 1/8 – VC O-Ring Type C
G G /8 3
37 22 SMK 20 – G /8 – PB 3
SMK 20 – G /8 – VB 3
Metal joint Type B
R /8 taper
1
37 17 SMK 20 – R /8 K-PD 1
SMK 20 – R /8 K-VD 1
Taper Type D
R 1/4 taper 36 17 SMK 20 – R 1/4 K-PD SMK 20 – R 1/4 K-VD Taper Type D
1
/8 NPT 36 17 SMK 20 – 1/8 NPT-PD SMK 20 – 1/8 NPT-VD Taper Type D
1
/4 NPT 35 17 SMK 20 – /4 NPT-PD
1
SMK 20 – /4 NPT-VD
1
Taper Type D
5
/16 – 24 UNF 38 17 SMK 20 – /16 UNF-PE
5
SMK 20 – /16 UNF-VE
5
O-Ring Type E
17 10 7
/16 – 20 UNF 38 17 SMK 20 – 7/16 UNF-PE SMK 20 – 7/16 UNF-VE O-Ring Type E
1
/2 – 20 UNF 38 17 SMK 20 – 1/2 UNF-PE SMK 20 – 1/2 UNF-VE O-Ring Type E
9
/16 – 18 UNF 37 19 SMK 20 – /16 UNF-PE
9
SMK 20 – /16 UNF-VE
9
O-Ring Type E
Other port connections and seals on request.
d2
d1 d1
d1 30° 12°
G G G d1
G 90° 90° 90°
1,6
G
0,5
2,5
a
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t2
t2
t2
t2
t2
G d1 t1 t2 G d1 t1 t2 a G d1 t1 t2 a G t1 t2 G d1 d2 t1 t2 a
M8 x 1 9,5 + 0,1 11 15,5 M 14 x 1,5 20 12 18,5 1,5 M 12 x 1,5 18 12 18,5 1,5 R /8 taper
1
5,5 9,5 /16 – 24 UNF
5
9,1 17 10,0 12,0 1,9
M 10 x 1 11,5 + 0,1 12 16,5 M 16 x 1,5 22 12 18,5 1,5 G 1/8 15 8 13,0 1,0 R 1/4 taper 8,5 13,5 /16 – 20 UNF 12,4
7
21 11,5 14,0 2,4
35
35
37
SW 1 SW 17
h
l2
l3
SW2
l3
Ød
Ød
Ød
Ød
Type G Test coupling complete Type K Test coupling for 24° cone Type S Test coupling for com-
with straight fitting fittings pression ring assembly
(not to be used for new constructions)
Order No.*
Series PN Pipe l2 l3 h SW 1 SW 2
Ød Type G Type K Type S
Max. working Stauff-Test 20/20 Stauff-Test 15/20 Stauff-Test 10/20 Stauff-Test 12/20 2) Stauff-Test 20/M 1/4-P-OR3)
pressure 400 bar
STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 20
Test hose:
Nominal bore 2 mm
Minimum bending
radius 20 mm
Nominal bore 4 mm
also available
Ø5 Ø5 Ø5 Ø5 Ø5
Pressure/t° factor:
L
L
to 0° C 122 %
at 30° C 110 %
at 50° C 100 %
at 80° C 86 %
at 100° C 77 %
Hose construction:
Hose-core and
-cover PA S12,65x1,5 G 1/4
Reinforcement: M16 M16 x 1,5
Synthetic fibre
Bursting pressure: STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 15 STAUFF-TEST 10 STAUFF-TEST 12 GAUGE
1100 bar ADAPTOR
Length L 1) Order No.
200 SMS-20 – 200-A SMS-15/20 – 200-A SMS-10/20 – 200-A SMS-12/20 – 200-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 200-A
400 SMS-20 – 400-A SMS-15/20 – 400-A SMS-10/20 – 400-A SMS-12/20 – 400-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 400-A
630 SMS-20 – 630-A SMS-15/20 – 630-A SMS-10/20 – 630-A SMS-12/20 – 630-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 630-A
800 SMS-20 – 800-A SMS-15/20 – 800-A SMS-10/20 – 800-A SMS-12/20 – 800-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 800-A
1000 SMS-20 – 1000-A SMS-15/20 – 1000-A SMS-10/20 – 1000-A SMS-12/20 – 1000-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 1000-A
1500 SMS-20 – 1500-A SMS-15/20 – 1500-A SMS-10/20 – 1500-A SMS-12/20 – 1500-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 1500-A
2000 SMS-20 – 2000-A SMS-15/20 – 2000-A SMS-10/20 – 2000-A SMS-12/20 – 2000-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 2000-A
2500 SMS-20 – 2500-A SMS-15/20 – 2500-A SMS-10/20 – 2500-A SMS-12/20 – 2500-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 2500-A
3200 SMS-20 – 3200-A SMS-15/20 – 3200-A SMS-10/20 – 3200-A SMS-12/20 – 3200-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 3200-A
4000 SMS-20 – 4000-A SMS-15/20 – 4000-A SMS-10/20 – 4000-A SMS-12/20 – 4000-A SMS-20/M1/4-P-OR – 4000-A
1)
Bending protection and 2)
Special thread: buttress thread S 12,65 x 3)
Gauge adaptor 1/4 NPT,
1)
other lengths on request 1,5 G 1/2 and 1/2 NPT on request
Adaptor SAD
M16 M16 Order No.
G h Type
NBR FPM
S 12 1)
39 A SAD 20/12-P SAD 20/12-V
1)
Special thread: buttress thread S 12,65 x 1,5
Type A Type B
Test 20 Connection Thread M 16 x 2
max. 12
M 18 x 1,5 1) 72 B SSK 20/12 L– P SSK 20/12 L– V
max.12
h
h
1)
Compression ring assembly 8 S/12 L acc. to DIN 2353
SW 22
SW 19
Type A Type B G
SW 19
1
/4 NPT 54 19 SMA 20 – 1/4 NPT – P SMA 20 – 1/4 NPT – V
1
/2 NPT 64 27 SMA 20 – 1/2 NPT – P SMA 20 – 1/2 NPT – V
Through-hole
M 16 Ø 18 Damping element on request
SW G /4 1
41 19 SMD 20 – G /4 – P-OR SMD 20 – G 1/4 – V-OR
1
h
M 10 x 1 25 20 SAS – M 10 x 1
G 1/4 30 22 SAS – G 1/4
Ød
Material: St 37
SW
G /8 1
15,5 17 SRS 20 – G 1/8-B Metal joint
DIN 3852
G /8 3
10,5 22 SRS 20 – G /8-B
3
Type B
G /2 1
10,5 27 SRS 20 – G 1/2-B
G
R 1/4 taper 13 17 SRS 20 – R 1/4 K-D Port Connection Type D
®
Product range
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
Advantages:
• Coupling at system pressure level
• Leakproof connection before poppet valve is open
Test hose • Simple connection to measuring,
with swivel nut control and switching devices
• Self locking metal guard cap
Working pressure:
• Max. working pressure 630 bar
For SKK type G, K and S the recommended working
pressure of fitting manufacturer has to be applied
• Joining under pressure up to 400 bar max.
Materials:
• Metal parts: Steel, Stainless Steel on request
Test coupling • Seals:
P = NBR (Temperature range – 20° C to + 90° C)
V = FPM (Temperature range – 20° C to + 200° C)
E = EPDM Ethylene Propylene (for Break Fluid)
Temperature range – 40° C to + 150° C
• Hose: Polyamide (Temperature range -35° C . . . 100° C
max.)
Media:
• Suitable for hydraulic oils and other mineral oil based fluids
(Please pay attention to the sealing materials used !)
• For use in conjunction with other liquid or gaseous media
Protective cap please consult STAUFF
M 16
M 14 x 1,5 37 19 SKK 20 – M 14 x 1,5 – PB SKK 20 – M 14 x 1,5 – VB Metal joint Type B
SW G /8 1
39 17 SKK 20 – G /8 – PC
1
SKK 20 – G /8 – VC
1
O-Ring Type C
G G /8 3
37 22 SKK 20 – G /8 – PB
3
SKK 20 – G /8 – VB
3
Metal joint Type B
R /8 taper
1
37 17 SKK 20 – R /8 K-PD
1
SKK 20 – R /8 K-VD
1
Taper Type D
R 1/4 taper 36 17 SKK 20 – R 1/4 K-PD SKK 20 – R 1/4 K-VD Taper Type D
1
/8 NPT 36 17 SKK 20 – 1/8 NPT-PD SKK 20 – 1/8 NPT-VD Taper Type D
1
/4 NPT 35 17 SKK 20 – /4 NPT-PD
1
SKK 20 – /4 NPT-VD
1
Taper Type D
5
/16 – 24 UNF 38 17 SKK 20 – /16 UNF-PE
5
SKK 20 – /16 UNF-VE
5
O-Ring Type E
17 10 7
/16 – 20 UNF 38 17 SKK 20 – 7/16 UNF-PE SKK 20 – 7/16 UNF-VE O-Ring Type E
1
/2 – 20 UNF 38 17 SKK 20 – 1/2 UNF-PE SKK 20 – 1/2 UNF-VE O-Ring Type E
9
/16 – 18 UNF 37 19 SKK 20 – /16 UNF-PE
9
SKK 20 – /16 UNF-VE
9
O-Ring Type E
Other port connections and seals on request.
d2
d1 d1
d1 30° 12°
G G G d1
G 90° 90° 90°
1,6
G
0,5
2,5
a
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t2
t2
t2
t2
t2
G d1 t1 t2 G d1 t1 t2 a G d1 t1 t2 a G t1 t2 G d1 d2 t1 t2 a
M8 x 1 9,5 + 0,1 11 15,5 M 14 x 1,5 20 12 18,5 1,5 M 12 x 1,5 18 12 18,5 1,5 R /8 taper
1
5,5 9,5 /16 – 24 UNF
5
9,1 17 10,0 12,0 1,9
M 10 x 1 11,5 + 0,1 12 16,5 M 16 x 1,5 22 12 18,5 1,5 G 1/8 15 8 13,0 1,0 R 1/4 taper 8,5 13,5 /16 – 20 UNF 12,4
7
21 11,5 14,0 2,4
35
35
37
SW 1 SW 17
h
l2
l3
SW2
l3
Ød
Ød
Ød
Ød
Type G Test coupling complete Type K Test coupling for 24° cone Type S Test coupling for com-
with straight fitting fittings pression ring assembly
(not to be used for new constructions)
Order No.*
Series PN Pipe l2 l3 h SW 1 SW 2
Ød Type G Type K Type S
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
Advantages:
• Coupling at system pressure level
• Leakproof connection before ball valve is open
Test hose • Simple connection to measuring,
with swivel nut control and switching devices
• Self locking metal guard cap
Working pressure:
• Max. working pressure 630 bar
For SMK type G, K and S the recommended working
pressure of fitting manufacturer has to be applied
• Joining under pressure up to 630 bar max.
Materials:
• Metal parts: Steel, Stainless Steel on request
Test coupling • Ball: Stainless Steel
• Seals:
P = NBR (Temperature range – 20° C to + 90° C)
V = FPM (Temperature range – 20° C to + 200° C)
E = EPDM Ethylene Propylene (for Break Fluid)
Temperature range – 40° C to + 150° C
• Hose: Polyamide (Temperature range -35° C . . . 100° C
max.)
Media:
• Suitable for hydraulic oils and other mineral oil based fluids
(Please pay attention to the sealing materials used !)
Protective cap • For use in conjunction with other liquid media please
consult STAUFF
M16 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5 37 19 SMK 15 – M 14 x 1,5 – PB SMK 15 – M 14 x 1,5 – VB Metal joint Type B
G /4 1
37 19 SMK 15 – G /4 – PC 1
SMK 15 – G /4 – VC1
O-Ring Type C
G
G /8 3
37 22 SMK 15 – G /8 – PB 3
SMK 15 – G /8 – VB3
Metal joint Type B
R 1/4 taper 36 17 SMK 15 – R 1/4 K-PD SMK 15 – R 1/4 K-VD Taper Type D
1
/4 NPT 35 17 SMK 15 – 1/4 NPT-PD SMK 15 – 1/4 NPT-VD Taper Type D
9
/16 – 18 UNF 37 19 SMK 15 – /16 UNF-PE
9
SMK 15 – /16 UNF-VE
9
O-Ring Type E
17 10
d2
d1 d1
d1 30° 12°
G G G d1
G 90° 90° 90°
1,6
G
0,5
2,5
a
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t2
t2
t2
t2
t2
G d1 t1 t2 G d1 t1 t2 a G d1 t1 t2 a G t1 t2 G d1 d2 t1 t2 a
G 1/4 19 12 18,5 1,5, G 1/4 19 12 18,5 1,5 R 1/4 taper 8,5 13,5
35
35
37
SW 1 SW 17
h
l2
l3
SW2
l3
Ød
Ød
Ød
Ød
Type G Test coupling complete Type K Test coupling for 24° cone Type S Test coupling for com-
with straight fitting fittings pression ring assembly
(not to be used for new constructions)
Order No.*
Series PN Pipe l2 l3 h SW 1 SW 2
Ød Type G Type K Type S
Max. working Stauff-Test 15/15 Stauff-Test 15/20 Stauff-Test 12/15 2) Stauff-Test 15/M1/4-P-OR 3)
pressure 630 bar
STAUFF-TEST 15 STAUFF-TEST 15 STAUFF-TEST 15 STAUFF-TEST 15
Test hose:
Nominal bore 2 mm
Minimum bending
radius 20 mm
Pressure/t° factor:
Ø5 Ø5 Ø5 Ø5
to 0° C 122 %
at 30° C 110 %
L
L
at 50° C 100 %
at 80° C 86 %
at 100° C 77 %
Hose construction:
Hose-core and
-cover PA
Reinforcement: S12,65x1,5 G 1/4
Synthetic fibre M16 x 1,5 M16
Bursting pressure:
1900 bar STAUFF-TEST 15 STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 12 GAUGE
ADAPTOR
Length L 1) Order No.
SW19 1
/4 NPT 54 19 SMA 15 – 1/4 NPT – P SMA 15 – 1/4 NPT – V
1
/2 NPT 64 27 SMA 15 – 1/2 NPT – P SMA 15 – 1/2 NPT – V
Order No.
G h Type
NBR FPM
max. 12
h
h
SW 19 SW 22
Type A Type B G
G /4 1
41 19 SMD 15 – G /4 – P-OR SMD 15 – G 1/4 – V-OR
1
M16 x 1,5
M 10 x 1 25 20 SAS – M 10 x 1
Ød
®
Product range
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
Advantages:
• Coupling at system pressure level
• Leakproof connection before poppet valve is open
• Simple connection to measuring,
Test hose control and switching devices
with swivel nut • Self locking metal guard cap
Working pressure:
• Max. working pressure 630 bar
For SKK type G, K and S the recommended working
pressure of fitting manufacturer has to be applied
• Joining under pressure up to 400 bar max.
Materials:
Test coupling • Metal parts: Steel, Stainless Steel on request
• Seals:
P = NBR (Temperature range – 20° C to + 90° C)
V = FPM (Temperature range – 20° C to + 200° C)
E = EPDM Ethylene Propylene (for Break Fluid)
Temperature range – 40° C to + 150° C
• Hose: Polyamide (Temperature range -35° C . . . 100° C
max.)
Media:
• Suitable for hydraulic oils and other mineral oil based fluids
Protective cap (Please pay attention to the sealing materials used !)
• For use in conjunction with other liquid media please
consult STAUFF
R /8 taper
1
33 14 SKK 12 – R /8 K-PD
1
SKK 12 – R /8 K-VD
1
Taper Type D
R 1/4 taper 30 14 SKK 12 – R 1/4 K-PD SKK 12 – R 1/4 K-VD Taper Type D
1
/8 NPT 33 14 SKK 12 – 1/8 NPT-PD SKK 12 – 1/8 NPT-VD Taper Type D
1
/4 NPT 28 14 SKK 12 – /4 NPT-PD
1
SKK 12 – /4 NPT-VD
1
Taper Type D
5
/16 – 24 UNF 34,5 17 SKK 12 – /16 UNF-PE
5
SKK 12 – /16 UNF-VE
5
O-Ring Type E
15 8
7
/16 – 20 UNF 33 17 SKK 12 – 7/16 UNF-PE SKK 12 – 7/16 UNF-VE O-Ring Type E
1
/2 – 20 UNF 32 17 SKK 12 – 1/2 UNF-PE SKK 12 – 1/2 UNF-VE O-Ring Type E
* Special thread:
buttress thread S 12,65 x 1,5 9
/16 – 18 UNF 32 19 SKK 12 – /16 UNF-PE
9
SKK 12 – /16 UNF-VE
9
O-Ring Type E
Other port connections and seals on request.
d2
d1 d1
d1 30° 12°
G G G d1
G 90° 90° 90°
1,6
G
0,5
2,5
a
t1
t1
t1
t1
t1
t2
t2
t2
t2
t2
G d1 t1 t2 G d1 t1 t2 a G d1 t1 t2 a G t1 t2 G d1 d2 t1 t2 a
M8 x 1 9,5 + 0,1 11 15,5 M 14 x 1,5 20 12 18,5 1,5 M 12 x 1,5 18 12 18,5 1,5 R /8 taper
1
5,5 9,5 /16 – 24 UNF
5
9,1 17 10,0 12,0 1,9
M 10 x 1 11,5 + 0,1 12 16,5 M 16 x 1,5 22 12 18,5 1,5, G 1/8 15 8 13,0 1 R 1/4 taper 8,5 13,5 /16 – 20 UNF 12,4
7
21 11,5 14,0 2,4
G 3/8 23 12 18,5 2 1
/4 NPT 10,0 16,4 /16 – 18 UNF 15,6
9
25 12,7 15,5 2,5
Test 12 Typ SKK Connection Thread S 12,65 x 1,5
30
34
SW 1 SW 14 h
SW 2 SW14 SW14
l2
SW2
Ød
l3
Ød
Ød
Type G Test coupling complete Type K Test coupling for 24° cone Type S Test coupling for com-
with straight fitting fittings pression ring assembly
(not to be used for new constructions)
Order No.*
Series PN Pipe l2 l3 h SW 1 SW 2
Ød Type G Type K Type S
Max. working Stauff-Test 12/12 2) Stauff-Test 12/20 Stauff-Test 12/15 Stauff-Test 10/12 Stauff-Test 12/M1/4-P-OR 3)
pressure 400 bar
STAUFF-TEST 12 STAUFF-TEST 12 STAUFF-TEST 12 STAUFF-TEST 12 STAUFF-TEST 12
Test hose:
Nominal bore 2 mm
Minimum bending
radius 20 mm
Nominal bore 4 mm
also available Ø5 Ø5 Ø5 Ø5 Ø5
Pressure/t° factor:
L
L
to 0° C 122 %
at 30° C 110 %
at 50° C 100 %
at 80° C 86 %
at 100° C 77 %
Hose construction:
Hose-core and
S12,65x1,5 G 1/4
-cover PA 11/12
M16 M16 x 1,5
Reinforcement:
Synthetic fibre
Bursting pressure: STAUFF-TEST 12 STAUFF-TEST 20 STAUFF-TEST 15 STAUFF-TEST 10 GAUGE
1100 bar ADAPTOR
Length L 1) Order No.
200 SMS-12 – 200-A SMS-12/20 – 200-A SMS-12/15 – 200-A SMS-10/12 – 200-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 200-A
400 SMS-12 – 400-A SMS-12/20 – 400-A SMS-12/15 – 400-A SMS-10/12 – 400-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 400-A
630 SMS-12 – 630-A SMS-12/20 – 630-A SMS-12/15 – 630-A SMS-10/12 – 630-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 630-A
800 SMS-12 – 800-A SMS-12/20 – 800-A SMS-12/15 – 800-A SMS-10/12 – 800-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 800-A
1000 SMS-12 – 1000-A SMS-12/20 – 1000-A SMS-12/15 – 1000-A SMS-10/12 – 1000-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 1000-A
1500 SMS-12 – 1500-A SMS-12/20 – 1500-A SMS-12/15 – 1500-A SMS-10/12 – 1500-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 1500-A
2000 SMS-12 – 2000-A SMS-12/20 – 2000-A SMS-12/15 – 2000-A SMS-10/12 – 2000-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 2000-A
2500 SMS-12 – 2500-A SMS-12/20 – 2500-A SMS-12/15 – 2500-A SMS-10/12 – 2500-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 2500-A
3200 SMS-12 – 3200-A SMS-12/20 – 3200-A SMS-12/15 – 3200-A SMS-10/12 – 3200-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 3200-A
4000 SMS-12 – 4000-A SMS-12/20 – 4000-A SMS-12/15 – 4000-A SMS-10/12 – 4000-A SMS-12/M1/4-P-OR – 4000-A
1)
Bending protection and 2)
Special thread: buttress thread S 12,65 x 3)
Gauge adaptor 1/4 NPT,
1)
other lengths on request 1,5 G 1/2 and 1/2 NPT on request
Adaptor SAD
S121)1) S 12 1) Order No.
G h Type
NBR FPM
Type A G Type B
Test 12 Connection Thread S 12,65 x 1,5
SW
/4 NPT
1
51 19 SMA 12 – 1/4 NPT – P SMA 12 – 1/4 NPT – V
SW
/2 NPT
1
61 27 SMA 12 – 1/2 NPT – P SMA 12 – 1/2 NPT – V
Damping element on request
Through-hole
S12 Ø 18
M 10 x 1 25 20 SAS – M 10 x 1
G 1/4 30 22 SAS – G 1/4
Ød
SW
G /8 1
15,5,0 17 SRS 20 – G 1/8-B Metal joint
DIN 3852
G /8 3
10,5,0 22 SRS 20 – G /8-B
3
Type B
G /2 1
10,5 27 SRS 20 – G 1/2-B
G
R 1/4 taper 13,0 19 SRS 20 – R 1/4 K-D Port Connection Type D
®
Product range
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
250 SMM-G 1/4 - 250 BAR SMM 1/4 NPT- 250 BAR
SW
H
G2
®
Product range
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
Hand-held measuring unit ideal for mainten- Hand-held unit PPC 04 - B and PPC 04 - AP
ance, service and putting hydraulic fluid
systems into operation Measuring of :
• Pressure in bar and psi
Today‘s hydraulic systems require a precise, quick and • Temperature in °C and °F
uncomplicated way of measuring important hydraulic • Flow in l/min and GPM (US)
parameters. For this purpose STAUFF offers the ideal • Rotational speed in U/min and RPM
solution : The PPC 04. PPC 04 - B hand-held unit with block-battery
The mobile measuring device PPC 04 is controlled by PPC 04 - AP hand-held unit with rechargeable battery
its 8 buttons enabling the user of the device to access and data output
data on working pressure, peak pressure, differential • 4-digit LCD-display, character height : 13 mm
pressure, temperature, flow and rotational speed very • automatic recognition of sensors connected
easily. This allows for a wide range of applications in the • optical data transmission to transfer values
areas of : • measured to thermoprinter or PC (PPC 04 - AP only)
• Plastic housing made of ABS
• Industrial hydraulics • Protective rubber cover with integrated stand and
• Mobile and Agricultural hydraulics • carrying straps
• Auto power off after 15 minutes
• Marine and Offshore hydraulics (except autoprint function)
• Chemical and Petrochemical industry Power supply :
• Energy and Airconditioning industry 9 V block battery IEC 6F 22 (PPC 04 - B)
Rechargeable battery - or by external power supply
• Sanitary industry Supply voltage 9 V (PPC 04 - AP)
12-bit-A/D-converter
The PPC 04 provides two separate sensor inputs which Scanning rate ≤ 2 ms
automatically recognise the sensors connected to it Accuracy < 0,3 % ± 2 Digit
and displays the unit and scale for the corresponding Two 4-pin round plug inputs 0,1...3,3 V, RE = 470 kΩ
sensor. The unit and scale can be changed as the
Temperature range 0...+50°C
device is being put into operation.
Storage temperature -20...+60°C
For data output to a thermoprinter, or to a PC by an Rel. Humidity < 85%
auxiliary adaptor, the PPC 04 - AP provides an optical
Dimensions l/w/h 145x70x40 mm
data transmission to allow transfer of values measured.
Weight approx. 340 g
The PPC 04 is unaffected by dirt and can be used Protection level DIN 40050/IP 54
under extreme conditions due to its heavy duty rubber
cover to protect the device. The PPC is powered either
by a 9 V block battery (PPC 04 - B) or an integrated
rechargeable battery (PPC 04 - AP). Measuring for an
extended period of time is possible by using an exter-
nal power supply which also charges the rechargeable
battery simultaneously.
PPC 04 - kits are supplied with a set of adaptors which
allows the connection of the pressure transducers to
STAUFF Test 20/15/12 and STAUFF Test 10 test points
– even under pressure. Temperature- and flow sensors
are supposed to be mounted in-line. Rotational speed
measuring is accomplished without contact by a visual
marking on rotating components.
In order to measure differential pressure two trans-
ducers of the same pressure range have to be used.
~ 105
2 mtr.-cable connected with transducer; round plug series 712
*) FS = Full Scale SW 30
SW 30
M 16
0
~5
~40
37
~70
Ø 27
88
M 16
130
SW 27
0
~5
~40
39
SW 30
G 1/2
S 12,65 x 1,5
Ø 16,5 60°
M 16
Adaptor SAD 20/12
50
Ø 11,5 +0,05
M 16
90°
R Z 16
SW 17
Ø 28 +0,4
M 10 x 1
8
17,5
0,5 +0,1
+0,2
G 1/2 O-Ring
2,5
max 2,5
39
7,8 x 1,78
Ø7
min 9
R Z 25
min 14
17 +0,5
17
M 10 x 1
M 16 x 1,5
Adaptor SAD 20/15
Minitester PPC 04
Flow-Turbines SFM
Signal converter
Type SFM-015 SFM-060 SFM-300 SFM-600
~
A 22,5 26,5 30,5 33
50
Ø 28,5
B 31,5 38 50 62,5 Ø 27
S TA U F F
D
A
H
L B
Minitester PPC 04
26
Accuracy <0.5 %
Resulotion ±5 RPM
70
Applications
B Battery-powered
AP Powered by a rechargeable battery, including
external power-supply and data-output
In order to measure differential pressure two (2) transducers of the same pressure range have to be used.
Components
Description Order Code
Thermoprinter PR PPC
External power supply for thermoprinter PR PPC (110 V / 220 V change-over switch) KNG PR PPC
Glass fibre cable PPC 04 - thermoprinter / PC-adaptor SDK - 04
PC-adaptor to connect glass fibre cable to PC SPA - 04
Paper for thermoprinter PR PPC SPR PR PPC
STAUFF CLAMPS:
Clamping systems for tubes, hoses, pipes, cables and components
Original STAUFF Clamps:
The tube fastening system in accordance with DIN 3015
Dimensional range from 6 to 800 mm
Different materials available
U-Bolt and DIN clamps
Angle Adjustment Clamps
Special clamps and supports:
Custom built solutions
STAUFF FILTERS:
Hydraulic filtration systems
High pressure filters for in-line mounting:
maximum working pressure: 630 bar
Return line tank top filters:
maximum working pressure: 16 bar
Replacement filter elements:
Compatible quality and dimensional interchange to suit most filter makes
produced in own facilities
Filter materials: Glass fibre, Metal fibre, Polyester fibre, Wire mesh, Paper
Weight / m (g) 16 16 42
Hose ends made of 9 S Mn Pb 28 (1.0718), zinc plated and chromated Stainless steel on request
Ordering code
Hose End 1 (see Type page 28 - 31) Hose End 2 (see Type page 28 - 31) Length Nominal bore
20 A.... J ....
15 S.... D....
12 K.... B....
only specify when A = DN 2 400 bar
Length in mm
10 L .... U.... 2 different hose ends B = DN 2 630 bar
(see L above)
are required C = DN 4 340 bar
M.... G. . . . P....
N .... F ....
W. . . . C....
Description Hose end Type G SW DN
Suitable for
test points 12 S 12,65 x 1,5
Typ 20 + 15 2
and
4
G
Typ 12
-20
Gauge adapter /4
1
G 1/4 19 2
BSP-thread and
/2
1
G 1/2 27 4
for G 3/8 and G 1/2 BSP M
G
SW
90° elbow /4
1
G 1/4 19
gauge adapter
BSP-thread /2
1
G 1/2 27
for G /8 and G /2
3 1
SW
G
Gauge adapter /4
1 1
/4 NPT 19
NPT-thread
/2
1 1
/2 NPT 27
G
SW
Description Hose end Type G SW DN
90° elbow /4
1 1
/4 NPT 19
gauge adapter
NPT-thread /2
1 1
/2 NPT 27
for /4 NPT
1
SW
G
Standpipe 4 4 LL 2
according to DIN 2353
6 6L– 6S 2/4
G)G)
8 8L– 8S 2/4
(siehe
S
Ød1 (see
10 10 L – 10 S 2/4
20
12 12 L – 12 S 2
15 15 L 2
/4
1 1
/4 2/4
Standpipe
according to DIN 2353
90° elbow
on 2
and
request 4
(see G)G)
Ød (siehe
10 L M 16 x 1,5 19 2/4
G
K
12 L M 18 x 1,5 22 2/4
SW 6S M 14 x 1,5 17 2/4
8S M 16 x 1,5 19 2/4
10 S M 18 x 1,5 22 2/4
12 S M 20 x 1,5 24 2/4
G
1
/4 G /4
1
19
SW 1
/2 G 1/2 27
F 1
/4 /4 NPT
1
17
SW
C
6S M 14 x 1,5 17
SW
8S M 16 x 1,5 17
Male thread 1
/4 /16 – UNF
7
14
according to SAE J 514
G
J 5
/16 /2 – UNF
1
14
SW 3
/8 /16 – UNF
9
17
D
6S M 14 x 1,5 17
SW 8S M 16 x 1,5 19
10 S M 18 x 1,5 22
12 S M 20 x 1,5 24
SW
G
cone fitting B
according to DIN 8542
SW
swivel nut
according to SAE J 514 5
/16 /2 – 20 UNF
1
17
G
37° cone U
3
/8 /16 – 18 UNF
9
19
SW
swivel nut
according to SAE J 514 f
G
45° cone UR 2
SW
Description Hose end Type G SW DN
SW
37
°
SW
45
°
SW
SW
Screw-type ORS 11
/16 11
/16 – 16 UN 21
according to SAE J 1453
G
T 2
SW
Screw-type ORS 11
/16 11
/16 – 16 UN 21
according to SAE J 1453
90° elbow
2
V and
4
SW
G
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
Webster Instruments, a division The C1000 is a complete The C1000 allows you to display
of Webtec Products Ltd, designs hydraulic data acquisition system up to 28 ‘s tandard’ inputs such as
and manufactures a wide range designed and built to your flow, speed, temperature and
of hydraulic test equipment with specification. pressure. If required, different
thirty-five years experience in the sensors can be added by defining
fluid power industry. The system provides a complete special custom or ‘soft’ channels.
solution for production and Furthermore you can easily add
Being at the leading edge of
development testing of hydraulic ‘virtual’ channels to perform real-
hydraulic diagnostic test equip-
components in a fast, efficient time calculations on any input.
ment, Webster Instruments have
manner, without having to first
always looked to improve their
learn complicated programming
product range, and it is this
skills; all functions are controlled
philosophy which has lead to the
with simple on-screen menus while
introduction of the Webster
on-line help is never more than a
C1000.
key press away.
The C1000, a dedicated
hydraulic test system, has Principally designed for use with
evolved from the PC100 that was the Webster range of flow,
originally designed for our own temperature, pressure, and speed
production testing and sensors, the C1000 also allows Graph showing high speed data logging
subsequently sold throughout you to customise input channels
the world. and perform real-time calculations. All configuration details are stored
In response to customer in ‘layout files’ thus making the
re qu i rements, the C1000 has You can display measurements in C1000 highly flexible and
been developed as a more a va ri ety of screens, while a host allowing you to change the system
rugged, easy-to-use system now of data logging and report set-up for different tests at the touch
incorporating all hardware and functions make the C1000 a of a key.
software. powerful test and diagnostics tool.
The C1000 is pre-configured with
The C1000 s o ft wa re includes common fluid ch a ra c te ri st i c s
new features such as viscosity allowing you to easily monitor
measurement and ViscoCorrect™ kinematic viscosity by measuring
(a method of automatic viscosity fluid temperature. In addition,
correction for use with Webster ViscoCorrect™ can substantially
turbine flow meters). reduce test times by allowing you
to accurately measure flow over a
wide range of temperatures.
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
. . .the future in hydraulic testing
Applications Ease of use
The C1000 incorporates five In unpredictable situations where The C1000 allows a maximum of
methods of data logging, each you need to diagnose a fault the 12 digital channels (flow and
one designed in answer to a C1000 comes into its own. The speed) and 16 analogue channels
specific situation. If, for example, ‘ qu i ck profile log’ can be (temperature and pressure). If
you want to calibrate a piece of t ri g ge red on an input level's rise required, you can easily create
equipment logging results as and or decay past a pre-set value. A customised ‘soft’ channels for
when appropriate, the test can be ' qu i ck profile log' continuously different analogue and digital
performed hands-free using ‘log records up to four channels in a measurements.
on a key press’ with the foot buffer allowing you to see events
pedals. Should you wish to before and after a trigger event. Kinematic viscosity is auto-
graphically view results at a fixed matically calculated by the
rate then the 'online log' caters C1000 allowing you to measure
for that. the fluid viscosity wherever you
have a te mp e ra t u re sensor.
On other occasions you might Should you wish to perform real-
want to log a hundred readings time calculations, 'virtual'
over ten seconds to measure a channels can be used to create
p u mp ’s performance. No terms such as power, vo l u m et ri c
problem, the ‘continuous log’ is displacement, differential pressure,
designed for just that. Line graph display and Reynolds number.
Histogram display
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
. . .the future in hydraulic testing
Display Reports Specifi cation
The C1000 allows you to display An integral part of the C1000 is its Channels
readings in five different screens ability to quickly create text and ● Maximum16 analogue, 12 digital
selected by a single key. graph reports either for your own ● ‘Soft’ and ‘virtual’ channels
records or to send to your (maximum 44)
The ‘normal panel’ can customers.
simultaneously display all 28 Display screens
inputs plus ‘soft’ and ‘virtual’ Text reports can be ‘narrow’ to
● ‘Normal panel’ (1 to all channels)
channels. During testing you may include eight specific measurements
only want to see a select few or ‘wide’ to include all active ● ‘Super panel’ (1 to 8 channels)
measurements. The ‘super panel’ channels. When carrying out a test ● ‘Histogram’ (1 to 10 channels)
can display up to eight channels in you can enter useful information
● ‘Line graph’ (1 to 4 channels)
LARGE (25 mm) numerals or as such as test description, customer
bar graphs allowing at-a-glance name, model number, serial
Data logging
viewing. number, and operator, etc. This
● Five methods of data logging:
information is automatically
reproduced at the top of all text ‘Log on a key press’
reports to ensure they play a ‘Online log’
valuable part in any ISO 9000 ‘Continuous log’
quality and certification system. ‘Quick profile log’
‘Periodic log’
Both graph and text reports can be ● Maximum 2000 readings/second
easily printed, using a variety of (sample rate 0.5 ms)
common printers, literally at the
Super panel display touch of a key. ● Maximum number of readings
44 per block
In addition to the ‘panel displays’, ● Maximum number of blocks
the ‘histogram’ and ‘line graph’ 8000 / test
graphically display readings in
real-time allowing you to view a Output
measurement trend as well as the ● ‘Wide’ and ‘narrow’ text reports
exact value.
● ‘Line graphs’
Once a test has been recorded ● Colour printer and plotter
data can be reviewed in any of support including:
these four panel screens, or as a From Data Table. . . HP inkjet
‘data table’ of the whole test. Laser postscript
HPGL plotter
Epson dot matrix
● Export files in ASCII format to
commercial spreadsheeting
packages
● Export data from the Webster
MC100 to the C1000
. . .to printed report (in one key press)
Hardware
C1000-1 C1000-2 Options & Accessories
C1000-2
The C1000-2 offers a compact
solution with all the basic
functionality of the C1000-1.
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
. . .the future in hydraulic testing
Technical Specifications
General C1000-1 C1000-2
Industrial computer Industrial computer
Signal conditioning unit
Flow & temperature cards ● 19" rack mountable ● Wall mountable
● 3 channel ● ISA BUS single board ● ISA BUS single board
● Single Eurocard 100 x 160 mm computer computer
● 3 unit height ● 14 slot ISA backplane ● 6 slot ISA backplane
● 8 HP width front panel ● 3.5" floppy disc drive ● 3.5" floppy disc drive
● 5-pin locking DIN ● 2.1 Gb hard drive ● 2.1 Gb hard drive
Pressure cards ● Power supply 115 VAC / ● Power supply 115 VAC /
● 8 Channel 230 VAC 230 VAC
● Single Eurocard 100 x 160 mm ● 300 W max. DC output ● 200 W max. DC output
● 3 unit height (Optional CD-ROM)
● 24 HP width front panel (Optional network card) Dimensions:
● 5-pin locking DIN C1000-2 wall mountable
● Independent variable gain Dimensions: industrial computer
instrumentation amplifiers C1000-1 metal enclosure H = 266 mm
● Independent variable zero H = 680 mm D = 400 mm
offset D = 600 mm W = 175 mm
● Nom. input sensitivity 100 mV W = 600 mm
● 10 V excitation voltage C1000-2 signal conditioning
unit enclosure
Post processing H = 200 mm (including feet)
D = 450 mm
Digital
W = 500 mm
● 16 bit pre-scalar
● 32 bit period counter
● Period clock: 1 MHz Connections
● Maximum input frequency: ● 5-pin locking DIN
1 MHz ● Mains via IEC (CE22) connector
● Independent time-out counters ● Keyboard via PS2 style 5 pin mini-DIN
● Multiple period measurements ● 1 Parallel port via 25 way 'D' style connector
● Connection via four 9 way 'D' ● 2 serial ports via 9 way 'D' style connector
style connectors ● VDU via High Density ‘D’ style connector
Analogue
● 12 bit A/D, single channel 100 Options & Accessories
kHz maximum ● Network card (BNC connector)
● 16 channel multiplexer ● CD-ROM
● Connection via 37 way 'D' ● 17" VGA VDU
style connector ● 102 key AT keyboard
● Printer
Associated
products
Webster MC100 Webster Sensors It is the aim of
Webtec Products
The Webster MC100 can Bi-directional flow meters Ltd to design,
simultaneously display and log (Temperature output included
eight inputs: two flows, two with all these flow meters) develop and build
speeds, two te mp e ra t u res, and
Without load valve new and
two pressures. Advanced Model Flow
functions allow you to LT 5 0.1 - 5 lpm innovative
automatically measure differential LT10 0.2 - 10 lpm
pressure, peak pressure and LT20 0.3 - 20 lpm products to satisfy
power. LT50 2 - 50 lpm the requirements
LT125 4 - 125 lpm
LT250 10 - 250 lpm of our customers.
LT400 15 - 400 lpm
LT500 20 - 500 lpm
LT750 25 - 800 lpm
VT125* 2 - 125 lpm The company is
VT400* 5 - 400 lpm
* With ViscoCorrect™ committed to a
programme of
With load valve
Model Flow Total Quality
LT250R 10 - 300 lpm
LT400R 15 - 400 lpm incorporating all
LT750R 25 - 800 lpm
The MC100 with optional printer (MP100) areas of
Magnetic speed-pickup
MT1A to measure shaft rpm
manufacture, from
The MC100 portable flow
computer is particularly aimed at product
LPT pressure transducers
on-site hydraulic diagnostic Model Pressure development
testing. The optional MP100 is LPT 40 40 bar
ideal for printing performance LPT 100 100 bar through to after-
graphs and test data for LPT 250 250 bar
LPT 400 400 bar sales support and
immediate analysis.
has been approved
Temperature sensors
Data can be easily exported to
Model Temperature to conform to
the C1000 for advanced editing TP200 0 - 120°C
and report writing. BS EN ISO 9001.
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
To 800 lpm,
420 bar
Construction
Flow Block Seals
High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade turbine Turbine: Viton seals compatible with oil, fuels, water
rotating on a stainless steel bearing and shaft. glycol and water emulsions. EP seals for use with
phosphate-ester are available. Consult Sales office.
The flow straighteners and turbine form a one piece
assembly which can be easily removed for cleaning. The Readout
standard block has a 1/8" BSPF port for a pressure or The display is housed in a black robust aluminium case
temperature sensor. Alternatively one or two 1/4” BSPF with DIN standard dimensions.
ports can be provided. Optional loading valves are Built-in power supply and electronic components are
available. Consult Sales Office. mounted on a circuit board accessible from the back of
the case. The calibration factor is switch selectable and a
Transducer standard correction curve is stored on an EPROM for the
The self energised magnetic reluctance transducer has model of turbine flowmeter.
an output of 80mV RMS at minimum flow. The transducer
output frequency is proportional to flow rate and is The readout is supplied complete with mounting clamps.
typically 20 - 1500 Hertz. An alternative powered Voltage - 240 V AC / 110 V AC or 12/24 Volt DC.
transducer is available when better accuracy over a wide Power Consumption - 5 Watts.
flow range is required. Cable connection, Amphenol Mass - 0.67kg
threaded DIN. Normal temperature Range -20 to +90 °C. Size - 96 x 48 x 190mm (includes cable gland)
Consult Sales Office for high temperature applications
and powered transducers details.
Installation
LT turbines have built-in flow straighteners so the normal Standard transducer output is 5 pin DIN Amphenol
recommended length of straight tube can be reduced threaded connection. Cannon MS type connectors are
where space is limited. Inlet and Outlet connections available.
should always be of an adequate size to prevent venturi
constriction effects.
General
Accessories How to Order
Flow Switches and Analogue Interface units with 4 - 20 Specify readout DF 120 together with the model number
mAor 0 - 10 Volt outputs are available. of flow block from the above table. E.g. Webster Model
Complete range of temperature sensors, pressure DF 120 - 50 lpm & FT 8384-6 is a 2 - 60 lpm Turbine flow
transducers and pressure test points are available. Meter System complete with a 6 metre long cable. If a
longer cable is required, please specify when ordering.
Cable connections
FT 8384 - * cable for connecting readout to flow block
* = length of cable in metres
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
50 lpm
151 lpm
Pressure
Glycerine filled dual scale pressure gauge 0 - 420
bar, 0 - 6000 psi connected by capillary tube to the
flowblock.
Accuracy: ± 1.6 % of full scale.
Construction
Readout Turbine Block
DHC Testers are microprocessor based instruments High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
providing flexibility and high accuracy with varying turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and
oil viscosity. shaft. Built-in flow straighteners reduce flow
Flow and Temperature are permanently turbulence and allows accurate flow measurement
displayed. Data presentation is by 8 digit liquid in both directions.
crystal display with 8mm high characters.
The readout is programmed to refresh the Loading Valve
display each second. Optional "FAST" update, 1/3 The optional HV100 Loading Valve is directly
second is available to show changing flow connected to the Turbine Block to give progressive
conditions when testing relief valves etc. Low pressure loading in either flow direction.
power micro-circuitry minimises battery consumption. Replaceable safety discs relieve at 440 bar to
An automatic switch turns the power off one internally by-pass the oil if the maximum pressure is
hour after the last operation. The standard 9 volt exceeded. Safety discs with different pressure
battery is available worldwide and gives typically 6 ranges are available.
months normal testing.
Dimensions
Seals DHC 51, DHC151: 191mm Wide, 225mm High,
Viton seals compatible with oil, water/oil emulsion 84mm Deep, Mass 4kg.
and phosphate-ester are fitted as standard.
General
Operators Manual Accessories
Full instruction manual supplied with the tester.
How to Order
Specify model from table above together with
optional equipment and adaptor fitting kit as
required e.g. DHC51 with HV100, FT6138 and
FT5539 is a 2-60 lpm tester with loading valve,
adaptor kit and carrying case. HV100 Loading Valve
Carrying Case
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
0.1 - 16 lpm
Gears
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE17 4LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
DHCR
Digital
Read out
10 lpm
Flow Block 420 lpm Flow Block
Add R suffix to model number i.e. DHCR400R for model supplied with Bi-Directional loading valve.
Connections Adaptors
Flow block connection by flexible hoses or steel Adaptor Fitting kits and flanges are available to suit
pipes (200 mm minimum length). the range of flow blocks. Consult the sales office.
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE17 4LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Operation
The flow indicator consists of a sharp edged orifice
and tapered metering piston.
The piston movement is directly proportional to flow
rate and the sharp edged orifice minimises the
N S
effects of viscosity. The piston is magnetically
coupled to the rotary pointer assembly which
S N
registers on a clear 63mm (2 1/2") scale calibrated
in lpm for water and oil.
Section drawing of FI750 Flow Indicator
Connections
By flexible hoses or steel pipes. Inlet and Outlet ports FI 750: 3/4" BSPF. FI 1500: 1 1/2” BSPF
Measurement and Indication
Flow Temperature
Flow is measured by a tapered metering piston Temperature is indicated in °C and °F by a
moving within a fixed, sharp edged orifice, designed thermometer set in rubber compound and built into
to minimise the effects of changes in temperature the flow block to sense temperature changes in the
and viscosity. The pressure drop across the fluid passage. Accuracy ± 2 °C.
variable orifice causes the piston to move and is
proportional to the change in flow rate.
Accuracy ± 4% of full flow
Construction
Flow Block Loading Valve for Oil or Water/Oil Emulsion
The solid high strength bronze block houses a Loading valves with Internal safety discs provide
metering piston. The piston is magnetically coupled progressive control of system pressure during flow
to a rotary pointer to provide a direct reading of flow and pressure checks.
on a clear 63mm (2 1/2") diameter flow scale Consult Sales Office
calibrated in lpm. Both flow and temperature scales
are shielded behind impact resistant polycarbonate
windows. The bronze flow indicator is aluminium
free and is fully sealed externally.
General
Pressure Accessories Installation
Optional 63mm diameter glycerine filled pressure The indicator can be connected into pressure or
gauge can be fitted directly into a 1/4” NPT return lines, however, do not reverse flow. The
connection in the block or remotely connected by indicator will not be damaged but will act as a non
micro-bore hose. return valve.
Accuracy ± 1.6% of full scale.
Applications How to Order
Webster flow indicators are designed for continuous Specify flow indicator from table. Fl 750-60 BBWT
monitoring on mining, offshore and high pressure is a 60 lpm bronze flow indicator with thermometer.
water applications. Consult Sales Office for details of optional pressure
gauges.
Dimension / Weights
FI 750 146 x 75 x 50mm 3.8 kg
FI 1500 200 x 85 x 75mm 8 kg
Performance
Typical pressure drop curves. Oil viscosity 25 centistokes.
FI 750-120 FI 1500-400
2.0 2.0
1.6 1.6
Pressure Pressure
Drop 1.2 FI 750-30 Drop 1.2
(bar) (bar) FI 1500-200
0.8 FI 750-60 0.8
0.4 0.4
0.0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 400
Flow (lpm) Flow (lpm)
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE27 3LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Connections
By flexible hoses or steel pipes. Inlet and Outlet ports 1 1/2" BSPF.
Construction
Flow Block
Solid high tensile aluminium or bronze block houses resistant windows. The whole unit is fully sealed
a metering piston which moves against a calibrated and mechanically robust.
spring. The piston is magnetically coupled to a
rotary pointer to provide a direct reading of flow on Dimensions
a clear 63mm (2 1/2") diameter flow scale 200 x 85 x 75mm (7.87 x 3.35 x 2.95 inches)
calibrated in lpm and gpm. Both flow and Aluminium 3.2 kg, 7 lbs
temperature scales are shielded behind impact Bronze 8 kg, 17.6 lbs
General
Pressure Accessories
Optional 63mm diameter glycerine filled pressure Loading valves, with Internal safety disc.
gauge fitted directly into a 1/4" NPT port in the block Pressure gauge.
or remotely connected by pressure test point. Pressure gauge test adaptors.
Installation
The Indicator can be connected into pressure or Performance
return lines, however, the flow indicator is uni- Typical pressure drop curves. Oil viscosity 25
directional and closes with reverse flow. centistokes.
0.8 2.0
0.4 1.0
0.0 0.0
0 40 80 120 160 200 220 240 0 100 200 300 400
Flow (lpm) Flow (lpm)
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE27 3LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Operation
The flow indicator consists of a sharp edged orifice
and tapered metering piston.
The piston movement is directly proportional to
flow rate and the sharp edge orifice minimises the
N S
effects of viscosity. The piston is magnetically
coupled to the rotary pointer assembly which
S N
registers on a clear 63mm ( 2 1/2" ) scale
calibrated in lpm and gpm.
Section drawing of FI750 Flow Indicator
Construction
Flow Block Accessories
The solid high tensile aluminium or bronze block Pressure
houses a metering piston. The piston is Optional 63mm diameter glycerine filled pressure
magnetically coupled to a rotary pointer to provide a gauge fitted directly into a 1/4” NPT connection in
direct reading of flow on a clear 63mm (2 1/2”) the block or remotely connected by micro bore
diameter flow scale calibrated in lpm and gpm. Both hose. Accuracy ± 1.6% of full scale.
flow and temperature scales are shielded behind How to Order
impact resistant windows. The whole unit is fully Specify flow indicator from table detailing material
sealed and very strong. and thermometer pressure gauge options. Fl 750 -
Other Applications 180 ABOT is a 180 LPM Aluminium flow indicator
Units suitable for Mining, Offshore and High with thermometer.
Pressure Water applications are available. See FI
1500 series and FIK series bulletins for larger
models and indicators with loading valves.
Performance
Typical pressure drop curves. Oil viscosity 25 centistokes.
1.0 FI 750-30 6.0
FI 750-16
FI 750-180
0.8
FI 750-60 4.0
0.6
0.4
2.0 FI 750-120
0.2
0.0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 30 60 90 120 150 180
Flow (lpm) Flow (lpm)
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE17 4LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Temperature is sensed by a thermistor which A large and easy to read 4 digit (9999) red LED
produces a signal proportional to the temperature. display with 12.7mm (0.5”) high characters is
The sensor is housed in a probe which can be housed in a robust aluminium case with DIN
connected directly into the high pressure line. standard dimensions. Calibration in °C or °F can be
selected by internal switch.
Normal Range: 1 to 80 °C
34 to 176 °F Display: High Intensity Red LED
4 digit display
Maximum Range: 1 to 100 °C
34 to 212 °F Digit Height: 12.7mm (0.5")
Installation
5 12 9 18
TP 200 Temperature Probe
8.8
20.6 AF REF
(13/16”)
DT 120 Digital Display
90 +1
-0
Panel
44 +1
-0
96
Cut-Out
90
48 44
DF/DS/DT120 Readout Voltage Selection
By Internal Links
Internal Fuse
150 20
12
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE17 4LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Connections Adaptors
Flow block connection by flexible hoses 1 - 2 Adaptor Fitting kits and flanges are available to suit
metres (3 - 6ft) long. the range of flow blocks. Consult the sales office.
Construction
Readout
DHT Testers are microprocessor based instruments automatic switch turns the power off one hour after
providing flexibility and high accuracy. Data the last operation. The standard 9 volt battery is
presentation is by 8 digit liquid crystal display with available worldwide and gives at least 6 months
8mm (0.32') high characters. Temperature is normal testing.
permanently displayed and the internal flow or
external flow or speed is selected by the rotary Turbine Block
switch. The readout is programmed to refresh the High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
display each second. "Fast" update, (1/3 second), turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and
can be selected to show changing flow conditions shaft. Built-in flow straightener reduces flow
when testing relief valves etc. Low power micro- turbulence and allows accurate flow measurement
circuitry minimises battery consumption. An in both directions.
General
Loading Valve Dimensions
The integral loading valve gives progressive DHT302, DHT402: 240mm Wide, 205mm High,
pressure loading in either flow direction. 180mm Deep, Mass 8kg.
Replaceable safety discs relieve to internally by- DHT752, DHT752HP: 255mm Wide, 215mm High,
pass the oil if the maximum pressure is exceeded. 205mm Deep, Mass 10kg.
Safety discs with different pressure ranges up to
480 bar are available. Consult sales office for Operators Manual
further information. Full instructions are supplied with each tester
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE17 4LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Connections Adaptors
Flow block connection by flexible hoses 1 - 2 Adaptor Fitting kits and flanges are available to suit
metres (3 - 6ft) long. the range of flow blocks. Consult the sales office.
Pressure
Glycerine filled dual scale pressure gauge 0 - 420
bar, 0 - 6000 psi connected by capillary tube to the
flowblock.
Accuracy: ± 1.6 % of full scale.
Construction
Readout
DHT Testers are microprocessor based instruments An automatic switch turns the power off one
providing flexibility and high accuracy with varying hour after the last operation. The standard 9 volt
oil viscosity. battery is available worldwide and gives typically 6
Flow and Temperature are permanently months normal testing.
displayed. Data presentation is by 8 digit liquid
crystal display with 8mm high characters. Turbine Block
The readout is programmed to refresh the display High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
each second. An alternative "FAST" update, (1/3 turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and
second), can be supplied to show changing flow shaft. Built-in flow straighteners reduce flow
conditions when testing relief valves etc. Low power turbulence and allows accurate flow measurement
micro-circuitry minimises battery consump-tion. in both directions.
General
Loading Valve Accessories
The integral loading valve allows progressive A low pressure
pressure loading in either flow directions. Safety gauge kit BP40,
discs relieve at 440 bar to internally by-pass the oil which includes
if the maximum pressure is exceeded. Safety discs testpoint and micro
with different pressure ranges up to 480 bar are bore hose is
available. suggested as a
Consult the sales office for details. useful accessory
Seals
Viton seals compatible with oil, water/oil emulsion
are fitted as standard. EP seals for phosphate-ester
are available to special order.
Dimensions
DHT401: 240mm Wide, 205mm High, 180mm
Deep, Mass 8kg. How to Order
DHT751: 255mm Wide, 215mm High, 205mm Specify the DHT401 together with optional
Deep, Mass 10kg.
equipment and adaptor fitting kit as required e.g.
Operators Manual DHT401 and BP40 is a 10 - 400 lpm tester with low
Full instructions are supplied with each tester. pressure gauge kit.
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Operation
The flow indicator consists of a sharp edged orifice
and tapered metering piston.
The piston movement is directly proportional to flow
rate and the sharp edge orifice minimises the effects S N
of viscosity. In reverse the piston moves back to
allow the flow to return at low pressure. The piston
is magnetically coupled to the rotary pointer
assembly which registers on a clear 63 mm (2 1/2”) N S
°F °C
Inlet & Outlet
Ports 3/4” BSPF
175 80
70
150
60
125
50
100 40
30
75
20
50 10
Webtec Products Ltd
171.5 (6.75”)
How to order
Specify flow indicator from table detailing thermometer and pressure gauge options. RFI 1000 - 120 ABOT is a 120 lpm
Aluminium flow indicator with thermometer.
Certificate No.8242
Webtec Products Limited reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
● 2 Pressures
● 2 Temperatures
● 2 rpm
● 2 Peak Pressures
● 1 Pressure Differential
MC100-5 Portable Flow Computer
● 2 Horsepowers
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE27 3LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
8 calculated channels
4 Peak Pressures
2 Differential Pressures
2 Power outputs
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE17 4LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
LPT Series
Pressure Transducers
and Transmitters
Applications
The LPT pressure sensors are designed for
continuous monitoring of oil, gas, water, hydraulic
and other pressure media in mobile equipment,
industrial hydraulics, compressors and process
control equipment. Features
Economical price and rugged design allows the ● ACCURATE (± 0.25% span)
LPT transducers to be designed into O.E.M.
machinery to give control and condition monitoring ● ECONOMICALLY priced
information.
● RUGGED design
Combined with one of the wide range of Webster
digital readouts both continuous and peak ● OUTPUTS 100mV, 0-10V, 4-20mA
pressures can be measured.
● LOW POWER (Typically 30mW)
Construction
● STAINLESS Steel wetted parts
The LPT range of industrial pressure transducers
and transmitters consist of a stress measuring
element directly coupled to a stainless steel
diaphragm. The diaphragm is vacuum brazed to a The LPT series utilises thin film techniques along
stainless steel fitting with 1/4 BSPF male thread. with fully automated production methods to produce
a standard of performance previously only
associated with high price pressure transducers.
Mechanical Construction
LPT range of industrial pressure transducers and Mechanical Shock Tolerance
transmitters consists of a thin film (CVD) stress Withstands freefall to EC 68-2-32 Procedure 1.
measuring element directly coupled to a stainless
steel diaphragm. Options and Accessories
Complete range of digital readouts, pressure test
Pressure Connection points and micro-bore hoses.
1/4" BSPF male (1/8 BSPF female and 1/4 NPT
male optional) How To Order
Specify readout and transducer as follows: DP
Material 110/LPT 400 BB 5V 240V is a pressure readout
17 - 4PH stainless steel wetted parts with a 400 bar transducer suitable for a 240 Volt
supply.
Vibration Tolerance
35G peak sinusoidal 5 Hz to 2 kHz
Installation
The pressure transducers and transmitters are Connecting Cable 6 metre (20') long. Specify
supplied with a miniature DIN type connector 6 FT7081-6
metre 20’ long cables are available. Consult sales
office A B C D
Model Dimensions
E
A B C D E 1/4” BSPF
APPROVED
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Analogue
Hydraulic
Testers
Remote Input of Flow,
Temperature and Speed
● Up to 800 lpm
● Up to 480 bar
● Bi-Directional
Connections Adaptors
By flexible hoses (1 - 2 metre minimum length). Adaptor Fitting and flanges are available to suit the
Inlet and Outlet ports: range of flow blocks. Consult the sales office
Construction
Readout
HT Series Testers comprise a turbine flow block, The standard 9 volt battery is available worldwide and
pressure gauge and temperature sensor built into a gives 12 months of normal testing.
steel case complete with read-out panel, selector
switch, integral loading valve and connections for Turbine Block
optional equipment. For clear accurate readings the High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
tester has both High and Low scales. turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and shaft.
Low power micro-circuitry minimises battery Built-in flow straightener reduce turbulence and allow
consumption. An automatic switch turns the power off accurate flow measurement in both directions.
one hour after the last operation.
General
Loading Valve Operators Manual
The integral loading valve gives progressive pressure Full instructions are supplied with each tester.
loading in either flow direction. Replaceable safety
discs relieve at 440 bar to internally by-pass the oil if Accessory Equipment
the maximum pressure is exceeded. HT testers can be used with a wide range of
accessories e.g. Phototachometer, mechanical
Remote Inputs tachometer, low pressure gauge and separate flow
An additional flow block can be connected into the blocks. For further information, see the optional
panel. This input can be calibrated to the range of equipment section.
Webster Flow blocks, 0.1 to 800 lpm. Specify the
additional flow block when ordering. How to Order
Specify model from table above together with optional
Seals equipment and adaptor fitting kit as required e.g. HT
Viton seals compatible with oil, water / oil emulsion 402 with TH2, BAl 0 and FT 5781 is a 10 - 400 lpm
and phosphate-ester are fitted as standard. tester with tachometer, magnetic base and adaptor kit.
Dimensions
255mm Wide, 215mm High, 205mm Deep, Mass 10Kg.
APPROVED
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Analogue
Hydraulic
Testers
Remote Input of Flow,
Temperature and Speed
● Up to 400 lpm
● Up to 420 bar
● Bi-Directional
Model HT 402
Connections Adaptors
By flexible hoses (1 - 2 metre minimum length). Inlet Adaptor Kit Part No. FT 5781 comprising 10 adaptors
and Outlet ports: and 2 bonded seals for HT 302 and HT 402 testers to
HT252 1"BSPF provide 1" BSPF, 3/4” BSPF, 1/2" BSPF, 1 5/16" JIC
HT402 1"BSPF Male, 9/16"'SAE '0' Ring Female.
Construction
Readout
HT Series Testers comprise a turbine flow block, The standard 9 volt battery is available worldwide and
pressure gauge and temperature sensor built into a gives 12 months of normal testing.
steel case complete with read-out panel, selector
switch, integral loading valve and connections for Turbine Block
optional equipment. For clear accurate readings the High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
tester has both High and Low scales. turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and shaft.
Low power micro-circuitry minimises battery Built-in flow straightener reduce turbulence and allow
consumption. An automatic switch turns the power off accurate flow measurement in both directions.
one hour after the last operation.
General
Loading Valve Operators Manual
The integral loading valve gives progressive pressure Full instructions are supplied with each tester.
loading in either flow direction. Replaceable safety
discs relieve at 440 bar to internally by-pass the oil if Accessory Equipment
the maximum pressure is exceeded. HT testers can be used with a wide range of
accessories e.g. Phototachometer, mechanical
Remote Inputs tachometer, low pressure gauge and separate flow
An additional flow block can be connected into the blocks. For further information, see the optional
panel. This input can be calibrated to the range of equipment section.
Webster Flow blocks, 0.1 to 800 lpm. Specify the
additional flow block when ordering. How to Order
Specify model from table above together with optional
Seals equipment and adaptor fitting kit as required e.g. HT
Viton seals compatible with oil, water / oil emulsion 402 with TH2, BAl 0 and FT 5781 is a 10 - 400 lpm
and phosphate-ester are fitted as standard. tester with tachometer, magnetic base and adaptor kit.
Dimensions
240mm Wide, 205mm High, 180mm Deep, Mass 8Kg.
APPROVED
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Analogue
Hydratest
Hydraulic
Tester
Flow, Pressure,
Temperature and Speed
● 300 lpm
● Bi-Directional
Model HC 300
Connections Adaptors
By flexible hoses (1 metre minimum length) Inlet and Adaptor Fitting Kit Part No. FT 5781 comprising 10
Outlet ports: HC 300 1"BSPF male-male adaptors and 2 bonded seals for HC 300 to
provide: 1. BSPF, 3/4” BSPF, 1/2” BSPF, 1 5/16” JIC
Male and 9/16” UNF Female connections.
Construction
Readout
HC Series Testers comprise a turbine flow block, The standard 9 Volt battery is available worldwide and
pressure gauge and temperature sensor built into a gives typically 12 months normal testing.
steel case complete with read-out panel, selector
switch and connections for optional equipment. For Turbine Block
clear accurate readings the tester has both High and High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
Low scales. turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and shaft.
Low power micro-circuitry minimises battery Straightener reduce flow turbulence and allow
consumption . An automatic switch turns the power oft measurement in both directions. Optional loading
one hour after the last operation. valve available.
General
Loading Valve Operators Manual
Optional HV400 loading valve can be directly Full operating instructions and test procedures are
connected to the Turbine Block to give progressive detailed in a manual supplied with the tester.
pressure loading in either flow direction. Replaceable
safety discs relieve at 440 bar to internally by-pass the Accessory Equipment
oil if the maximum pressure is exceeded. HC testers can be used with a wide range of
accessories. eg. phototachometer, mechanical
Seals tachometer, loading valve, and low pressure gauge. A
Turbine - Viton seals compatible with oil, water / oil carrying case is also available. Please refer to the
emulsion, phosphate-ester. Accessories and test Optional Equipment Section.
points Buna seals compatible with oil. Other seals
available. Consult Sales Office. How to Order
Specify model from above table together with optional
Dimensions equipment and adaptor fitting kit as required eg. HC
191mm Wide, 225mm High, 84mm Deep, Mass 4kg. 300 with HV 400, TH 1A, BA 10, and FT 5781 is a 8 -
300 lpm tester with loading valve, tachometer,
magnetic base and adaptor kit.
APPROVED
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., PE27 3LZ, UK
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Analogue
Hydratest
Hydraulic
Testers
Remote Input of Flow,
Temperature and Speed
● Up to 125 lpm
● Up to 420 bar
● Bi-Directional
Model HC 125 tester with HV1OO
loading valve and low pressure gauge
with automatic cut-out valve.
Connections Adaptors
By flexible hoses (1 metre minimum length) Inlet and Adaptor Fitting Kit Part No. FT 6138 comprising 6
Outlet ports: HC 50 3/4” BSPF male-male adaptors and 2 bonded seals for HC 125
HC125 3/4” BSPF and HC 50 to provide:
3/4” BSPF, 1/2” BSPF, 3/8” BSPF, male connections.
Construction
Readout
HC Series Testers comprise a turbine flow block, The standard 9 Volt battery is available worldwide and
pressure gauge and temperature sensor built into a gives typically 12 months normal testing.
steel case complete with read-out panel, selector
switch and connections for optional equipment. For Turbine Block
clear accurate readings the tester has both High and High tensile aluminium block houses a six blade
Low scales. turbine rotating on a stainless steel bearing and shaft.
Low power micro-circuitry minimises battery Straightener reduce flow turbulence and allow
consumption . An automatic switch turns the power off measurement in both directions. Optional loading
one hour after the last operation. valve available.
General
Loading Valve Operators Manual
Optional HV100 loading valve can be directly Full operating instructions and test procedures are
connected to the Turbine Block to give progressive detailed in a manual supplied with the tester.
pressure loading in either flow direction. Replaceable
safety discs relieve at 440 bar to internally by-pass the Accessory Equipment
oil if the maximum pressure is exceeded. HC testers can be used with a wide range of
accessories. eg. phototachometer, mechanical
Seals tachometer, loading valve, and low pressure gauge. A
Turbine - Viton seals compatible with oil, water I oil carrying case is also available. Please refer to the
emulsion, phosphate-ester. Accessories and test Optional Equipment Section.
points Buna seals compatible with oil. Other seals
available. Consult Sales Office. How to Order
Specify model from above table together with optional
Weight equipment and adaptor fitting kit as required eg. HC
Tester 4.0Kg. 125 with HV 100, TH lA, BA10, FT 5539, and FT 6138
Loading Valve 1.4Kg. is a 4 - 125 lpm tester with loading valve, tachometer,
magnetic base, carrying case and adaptor kit.
APPROVED
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE27 3LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
● 120 lpm
● 180 lpm
Cylinder Cylinder
Test Hose
Relief Valve
Directional Valve
Test Hose
Pump
Pump
Flow N S
Direction
S N
Pressure
Control Safety
Valve Disc
Cartridge Spacer
Construction
Flow Block Dimensions / Weight
Solid High tensile flow block houses a metering piston 350x125x115mm (13.75x5x4.5 inches)
which moves against a calibrated spring. The piston is 4.5 kg (10 lbs)
magnetically coupled to a rotary pointer to provide a
direct reading of flow on a clear 63mm (21/2") diameter Loading Valve and Pressure Gauge
flow scale calibrated in lpm and gpm. Both flow and The HV1 00 loading valve is connected directly to the
temperature scales are shielded behind impact resistant flow block and a 420 bar, (6000 psi) pressure gauge is
windows. The whole unit is fully sealed and very strong. mounted in the inlet section of the loading valve. The
valve is easy to operate and, combined with the pressure
Case gauge, allows sensitive and progressive control of system
The complete unit is built into a strong steel case which pressure throughout the working range.
provides full protection against accidental damage during
testing. A detachable lid and end plate allow easy Safety Discs
removal to replace safety discs. Protection against over pressure is provided by two
internal safety discs which relieve at 440 bar, 6400 psi
without external spillage. The safety discs are housed in
a cartridge and are easily replaceable.
General
Other Applications. How to order
Aluminium free units suitable for Mining,Offshore and Specify Model from table above together with any adaptor
High Pressure Water applications are available. fitting required. Webster Model FIK 120 ABOT is a 4 - 120
Consult Sales Office. lpm, 1.0 - 26 gpm test kit suitable for up to 420 bar, 6000
psi operation.
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Nuffield Road, St. Ives, Cambs., England. PE27 3LZ
Tel: +44(0)1480 397400 Fax: +44(0)1480 466555
E-mail: [email protected]
Operation
The flow indicator consists of a sharp edged orifice
and tapered metering piston.
The piston movement is directly proportional to
flow rate and the sharp edged orifice minimises the
N S
effects of viscosity. The piston is magnetically
coupled to the rotary pointer assembly which
S N
registers on a clear 63mm (2 1/2") scale calibrated
in lpm for water and oil.
Section drawing of FI750 Flow Indicator
Connections
By flexible hoses or steel pipes. Inlet and Outlet ports FI 750: 3/4" BSPF. FI 1500: 1 1/2” BSPF
Measurement and Indication
Flow Temperature
Flow is measured by a tapered metering piston Temperature is indicated in °C and °F by a
moving within a fixed, sharp edged orifice, designed thermometer set in rubber compound and built into
to minimise the effects of changes in temperature the flow block to sense temperature changes in the
and viscosity. The pressure drop across the fluid passage. Accuracy ± 2 °C.
variable orifice causes the piston to move and is
proportional to the change in flow rate.
Accuracy ± 4% of full flow
Construction
Flow Block Loading Valve for Oil or Water/Oil Emulsion
The solid high strength bronze block houses a Loading valves with Internal safety discs provide
metering piston. The piston is magnetically coupled progressive control of system pressure during flow
to a rotary pointer to provide a direct reading of fl ow and pressure checks.
on a clear 63mm (2 1/2") diameter flow scale Consult Sales Office
calibrated in lpm. Both flow and temperature scales
are shielded behind impact resistant polycarbonate
windows. The bronze flow indicator is aluminium
free and is fully sealed externally.
General
Pressure Accessories Installation
Optional 63mm diameter glycerine filled pressure The indicator can be connected into pressure or
gauge can be fitted directly into a 1/4” NPT return lines, however, do not reverse flow. The
connection in the block or remotely connected by indicator will not be damaged but will act as a non
micro-bore hose. return valve.
Accuracy ± 1.6% of full scale.
Applications How to Order
Webster flow indicators are designed for continuous Specify flow indicator from table. Fl 750-60 BBWT
monitoring on mining, offshore and high pressure is a 60 lpm bronze flow indicator with thermometer.
water applications. Consult Sales Office for details of optional pressure
gauges.
Dimension / Weights
FI 750 146 x 75 x 50mm 3.8 kg
FI 1500 200 x 85 x 75mm 8 kg
Performance
Typical pressure drop curves. Oil viscosity 25 centistokes.
FI 750-120
2.0 4.0
FI 1500-400
1.6 3.0
1.2 FI 750-30
2.0
0.8 FI 750-60
FI 1500-200
1.0
0.4
0.0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 400
Flow (lpm) Flow (lpm)
Certificate No.8242
WEBTEC PRODUCTS LIMITED reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
Overview
ViscoCorrect™ is a recent development in flow linearisation designed for use with the Webster VT
series of turbine flow meters. ViscoCorrect™ allows VT type flow meters to be operated over a wide
viscosity range whilst maintaining consistently good accuracy. This is achieved by monitoring fluid
temperature to determine kinematic viscosity and using a custom dimensionless graph to calculate
the true flow rate.
A typical K factor versus flow curve for a turbine flow meter is shown below.
Onset of cavitation
Linearity band
Minimum repeatable
flow Pressure drop across
meter
Below approx. 20 lpm (dependent on flow meter size) a turbine flow meter is non-linear; this is
characterised by a rapid increase in K factor and a pronounced 'hump'. At higher flows (above
approx. 20 lpm) the curve becomes approximately linear, this region is known as the 'linear range'.
The initial 'hump' shape of the curve is due to a combination of drag effects exerted on the turbine
blade, specifically bearing friction, magnetic detent, and viscosity effects. Bearing friction is
minimised by the use of precision ball-race bearings. Magnetic detent, the effect of magnet drag
due to the inductive transducer attracting the turbine blade, is minimised by using a magneto-
resistive type transducer and associated electronics. The third source of drag is influenced by the
viscosity properties of the fluid being measured.
Data
Sheet
(08/01) VISCO-BU-ENG-0060.pdf
K factor linearisation
At the simplest level, K factor linearisation involves dividing the frequency signal from the flow meter by a constant K factor
to compute the volume flow rate. Whilst this method is quite effective over the short linear range of the turbine it severely
limits the turndown ratio of the flow meter.
In order to extend the flow range whilst maintaining accuracy, K factor linearisation was improved to include a fifteen
point K factor versus flow curve, similar to the one shown on the previous page. This method is very effective and provides
accuracy of 1% of indicated reading over a 100:1 turndown ratio, i.e.: one flow meter can measure from 4 to 400 lpm.
Limitations
A K factor versus flow curve for a particular turbine flow meter is highly repeatable assuming it is operated and calibrated
using the same fluid at the same te mp e ra t u re. These limitations are due to the effect of changes in viscosity on the
performance of the turbine flow meter, particularly at low flows as previously mentioned.
Kinematic viscosity of a mineral oil is dependent on both temperature and pressure. A change in pressure can lead to a
small change in kinematic viscosity, typically though, for working pressures under 100 bar the effect is minimal. A change
in temperature however, is more important as an increase in temperature results in a decrease in kinematic viscosity. A
typical mineral oil used in the fluid power industry will have a kinematic viscosity of 32 cSt at 40°C but a viscosity of over
80 cSt at 20°C. Changes in viscosity effect both the shape and the vertical offset of the K factor versus flow curve. The
example below shows a turbine flow meter tested on the same oil, ISO 32, at three different temperatures. To obtain
optimum accuracy, turbine flow meters that use K factor linearisation must be used under very strict fluid and temperature
conditions dictated by the manufacturer.
135.00
130.00
125.00
120.00
ISO 32 Mineral Oil
115.00
22°C - 72 cSt
110.00 41°C - 29 cSt
105.00 58°C - 15 cSt
100.00
95.00
90.00
0.00 20.00 40.00 60.00 80.00 100.00 120.00 140.00 160.00
Flow (lpm)
ViscoCorrect™
ViscoCorrect™ is a refined method of K factor linearisation that allows you to accurately measure flow over a wide range
of viscosities. This means one turbine flow meter can be used on a variety of different fluids and over a range of
temperatures, allowing you to choose your own test criteria.
The linearisation curve is created from a series of tests carried out over a range of different viscosities and flows. The
resulting data is plotted against custom axes, the y-axis uses Stm, a dimensionless form of the K factor, whilst the x-axis uses
Rem a modification of the Reynolds number. Because Rem includes both frequency and kinematic viscosity, the tests carried
out at different viscosities can be plotted together in one smooth curve. Since the axes are dimensionless, linearisation
curves for different sizes of turbine flow meter can be combined together.
Once calibrated, a VT type turbine flow meter measures the fluid temperature and sends this signal along with the turbine
frequency to the C1000. Using a look-up table for the fluid under test, the kinematic viscosity is quickly obtained from the
te mp e ra t u re. Frequency, kinematic viscosity and constants defining the flow meter ch a ra c te ri stics are combined to
calculate Rem. A mathematical model of the linearisation curve (shown below), stored within the C1000 evaluates the
corresponding Stm value. The frequency and Stm value are then used to calculate the true volume flow rate.
600.00
550.00
500.00
450.00
400.00
350.00
300.00
250.00
200.00
0.00 1.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00
Log (Rem)
ViscoCorrect™ is extremely effective at lower viscosities, typically providing accuracy better than 1% of indicated flow for
viscosities between 1 and 40 cSt (highlighted in grey in table on following page). For viscosities between 40 and 60 cSt
ViscoCorrect™ still provides considerable improvements in accuracy over K factor linearisation, this is demonstrated in the
picture above, where the displayed error has been reduced from approx. 12 % to approx. 2% for a test at 60 cSt.
12
10
6
K factor
4 ViscoCorrect™
0
0 400
Flow (lpm)
Look-up table to calculate kinematic viscosity (cSt) of mineral oils at specific temperatures
Viscosities highlighted in grey indicate turbine flow meter accuracy of better than 1% of indicated reading (VT Range).
Fluid
type ISO 15 ISO 22 ISO 32 ISO 37 ISO 46 ISO 68 Kerosene
Temp
°C
0 85.9 165.6 309.3 449.9 527.6 894.3 3.5
10 49.0 87.0 150.8 204.7 244.9 393.3 2.8
20 30.4 50.5 82.2 105.5 127.9 196.1 2.3
30 20.1 31.6 48.8 59.8 73.1 107.7 2.0
40 14.0 21.0 31.0 36.6 44.9 63.9 1.7
50 10.2 14.7 20.8 23.9 29.4 40.5 1.4
60 7.7 10.7 14.7 16.5 20.2 27.2 1.3
70 6.0 8.1 10.9 12.0 14.6 19.2 1.1
80 4.8 6.4 8.4 9.1 11.1 14.3 1.0
90 4.0 5.2 6.6 7.2 8.7 11.1
100 3.3 4.3 5.5 6.0 7.1 8.9
110 2.9 3.6 4.6 5.1 5.9 7.5
120 2.5 3.2 4.0 4.4 5.1 6.4
ISO 15, 22, 32, 46 and 68 based on typical figures for the Esso Nuto range of HM oils. ISO 37 based on Shell Tellus HM oil. Typical figures used for
Kerosene.
A unit of flow, like lpm is an inferred standard, as no standard for flow exists. Flow is a calculated measurement based on fluid volume and time. Tests
have been carried out by measuring the mass of oil to flow through a turbine flow meter over a period of time. A hydrometer is used to ascertain density.
True volume is computed from mass and density. Time is measured using a Droitwich frequency standard. The measurement of mass, density, and time are
all traceable to national standards.
This document is based on research carried out at Sheffield University and has subsequently been named ‘ViscoCorrect™’.
The author of this document, Martin Cuthbert, has since been recognised by the BFPA with the Young Engineer’s
Award1997 for his dissertation 'Turbine flow meters: a design tool and improved method of linearising flow'.
WEBSTER INSTRUMENTS reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice.
ViscoCorrect™ is a trade mark of Webtec Products Ltd.
Webster Instruments
(A division of Webtec Products Limited)
● Up to 420 bar
Directional Valve
Relief
Valve Test
Hose
Connections Adaptors
By flexible hose (1/2 - 1 metre recommended length) Adaptors are fitted as standard to provide inlet & outlet
Models RFIK 120 & 180 ABOT connections
Inlet Port 1" BSPF Model RFIK 120 ABOT 3/4" BSPF Male
Outlet Port 1/2" BSPF Model RFIK 180 ABOT 3/4" BSPF Male
Reverse
Flow Direction
Normal Flow
Direction
N S
S N
Spacer
Reversible flow
indicator kit with Safety Disc
internal safety discs. Pressure Control Valve Holder
Construction
Flow Block Loading Valve and Pressure Gauge
Solid high tensile flow block houses a metering piston and The HV100 loading valve is connected directly to the flow
guide, the piston moves against a calibrated spring block and a 420 bar, 6000 psi pressure gauge is mounted
housed in a guide. The piston can move in both directions in the inlet section of the loading valve. The valve is easy
allowing flow from either the inlet and outlet port as to operate and, combined with the pressure gauge, allows
required. The piston is magnetically coupled to a rotary sensitive and progressive control of system pressure
pointer to provide a direct reading of flow from the inlet throughout the working range.
direction on a clear 63mm (21/2") diameter flow scale
calibrated in lpm and gpm. Both the flow and the Safety Discs
temperature scales are shielded behind impact resistant Protection against over pressure is provided by two
windows and protected by a metal cover. The whole unit internal safety discs which relieve at 440 bar, 6400 psi
is fully sealed within a strong metal cover. without external spillage. The safety discs are housed in a
cartridge and are easily replaceable.
Case
The complete unit is built into a strong steel case which Other Products.
provides full protection against accidental damage during Aluminium free flow indicator test kits suitable for Mining /
testing. Adetachable lid provides access to the instrument Offshore and High Pressure Water applications are
dials and the safety disc cartridge is easily accessed to available.
replace safety discs. Consult sales office.
Dimensions/Weight
310 x 105 x 120 mm (12.25 x 4.125 x 4.875 inches)
5 kg (11 lbs)
Certificate No.8242
Webtec Products Limited reserve the right to make improvements and changes to the specification without notice
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 Lic 3765
Standards Australia
In-line
FLOW MONITORS
&
CONTROLLERS
Stauff’s “FLOWTELL” in-line flow monitors and controllers offer a range of rugged flow rate gauges that
are accurate and economical and are the perfect instruments for fixed in-line monitoring or for use as
service tools for system commissioning.
“FLOWTELL” employs the well-established and reliable ‘variable area orifice’ measurement method
together with a unique ‘sharp edge technology’ that ensures low pressure drops and high tolerance
levels to changes in viscosity, resulting in repeatable flow rate measurements for both liquids and gases.
The product range is suitable for measuring Hydraulic Oils, Water and Air or Gas mediums and includes
models for Phosphate Ester. A special range is also available for High Temperature applications.
“FLOWTELL”’ is also available with the option of field-adjustable single or twin switches for High and
Low flow rate alarms, or as a Transmitter giving a 4 - 20mA signal for system control capability.
To suit varying system demands, “FLOWTELL” monitors are available in a choice of materials compris-
ing Aluminium, Brass or Stainless Steel with wetted parts materials to suit the fluid type.
“FLOWTELL” is capable of working in any plane and is read against the Dual Scale on the outer sleeve
by the external magnetically coupled non-invasive annular cursor.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring Accuracy: better than 4% Full Scale
Enclosure Rating: IP 65
Electric Specifications:
) 2
In-Line Flow Monitors
Type
B Fluid Monitor
Scale Port Size Flow Range Flow Range
G Gas Monitor BSPP Fluids Air
H High Temp. GPM l/min SCFM l/sec
M Single Switch
01 3/8” 0.05 - 1 0.5 - 4 1.5 - 12 0.5 - 5.5
N Twin Switch 02 3/8” 0.2 - 2 1-8 4 - 23 2 - 10
P Phosphate Est. 05 1/2” 0.5 - 5 2 - 19 5 - 50 2.5 - 25
R Transmitter 10 1/2” 1 - 10 4 - 38 10 - 100 5 - 45
15 3/4” 1 - 15 4 - 56 15 - 150 8 - 56
20 3/4” 2 - 20 0 - 75 20 - 215 10 - 100
Materials 25 3/4” 2 - 25 10 - 100 20 - 250 10 - 120
30 1” 3 - 30 10 - 115 30 - 330 15 - 140
A Aluminium 40 1” 4 - 40 15 - 150 30 - 400 15 - 190
B Brass 50 1¼” 5 - 50 20 - 190 30 - 470 15 - 220
75 1¼” 8 - 75 30 - 280 30 - 750 20 - 350
S Stainless Steel
88 1¼” 10 - 100 50 - 375 150 - 900 75 - 425
99 1½” 20 - 150 10 - 550 150 - 1300 70 - 600
Pressure
Port Sizes
4 600psi (Gas, Alu. & Brass)
5 1000psi (Gas, Stain. Steel) 1 3/8” BSPP
6 3500psi (Fluids, Alu. & Brass) 2 1/2” BSPP
7 6000psi (Fluids, Stain. Steel) 3 3/4” BSPP
4 1” BSPP
Fluid Medium 5 1¼” BSPP
6 1½” BSPP
A Air / Gas
H Oil / Hyd. Fluid
W Water
∆P - bar
1.0
∆P (bar)
0.5
88
0.4
5
0.35 0.7
75
0.2 0.18 0.35
1 2 50
0 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 0 38 75 115 150 0 75 150 225 300 375 455 530 600
Flow Rate - l/min Flow Rate - l/min Flow Rate - l/min
1.25
1.0
∆P - bar
∆P - bar
1.0 1.0 75 88
0.75 15
25 50
0.5 0.5 0.5
5
0.25 1 2 20
)
3
In-Line Flow Monitors
PHYSICAL DETAILS
Monitor Switch Alarm / Transmitter
L W
D L
B
Port Size “D” “L” Port Size “L” “B” “W” “A”
3/8”, 1/2” 48 167 3/8”, 1/2” 167 101 56 47
3/4”, 1” 60 182 3/4”, 1” 182 114 75 47
1¼”,1½” 90 258 1¼”,1½” 258 135 47 47
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Body Material Aluminium Brass Stainless Steel
Wetted Components
Casing, Ports & Cone Aluminium Brass Stainless Steel
Seals Buna-N Buna-N Viton with Teflon backup
Transfer Magnet Teflon coated Alnico Teflon Coated Alnico Teflon Coated Alnico
Floating Disc Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Other Internal Parts Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Non-wetted Components
(Flow Monitors)
Window Tube Polycarbonate Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Window Seals Buna-N Buna-N Buna-N
(Transmitters and Alarms)
Enclosure & cover Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Seals Buna-N Buna-N Buna-N
Window Pyrex Pyrex Pyrex
DIN connector Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide
N.B. (1) The outer polycarbonate window tube is a replaceable part in case damage or scratching
makes visibility difficult. Contact Stauff for specific part numbers.
(2) A digital readout is available for use with the transmitter to permit remote flow readings.
Additional diagnostic equipment available from Stauff Proudly distributed by
STAUFF CORPORATION
STAUFF CORPORATION PTY LTD (NZ) LTD
HEAD OFFICE ADELAIDE BRISBANE MELBOURNE SYDNEY AUCKLAND
24 - 26 Doyle Avenue 1/3 Endeavour Drive 463 Boundary Road 3B 14 - 16 White Street 27B Davis Road STAUFF CORP (NZ) Ltd
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 OAKLEIGH EAST VIC 3166 WETHERILL PARK Unit J 150 Harris Road
P.O. Box 227 P.O. Box 208 P.O. Box 20 P.O. Box 453 NSW 2164 EAST TAMAKI
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 MULGRAVE VIC 3170 P.O. Box 7180 P.O. Box 58517
Tel. (02) 4271 1877 Tel. (08) 8341 2260 Tel. (07) 3217 0444 Tel. (03) 9543 5411 WETHERILL PARK DC GREENMOUNT
Fax.(02) 4271 8432 Fax.(08) 8341 1604 Fax.(07) 3217 0300 Fax.(03) 9543 5422 NSW 2164 Tel. (09) 271 4812
E-mail: [email protected] Tel. (02) 9725 2733 Fax. (09) 271 4832
http://www.stauff.com Fax.(02) 9725 2744 E-mail: [email protected]
) S-FT 0802
STAUFF
Pressure Switches
C
Part No. MS100SCNTR14TG
Adjustment Range (bar) 10 - 100 bar
Max Press. 300 bar NA/NO
Design Diaphragm, Tropicalized Steel body
Connection thread 1/4” BSPP
Temperature range -40 +140 °C
Ground terminal 6.3x0.8
Medium Air, hydraulic oil, oil emulsions, water
Hysteresis 15% Type “A“ and “C” Type “SC“
Mechanical durability 1 million cycles A = Normally Open C = Common
Max. Switching frequency 120 / min. C = Normally Closed NC = Normally Closed
NA/NO = Normally Open
Max voltage & current 250Vac , 6(2)A
Weight 0.1 Kg
2
Pressure Switches
Ordering Code:
MS 2 SC - NT R14 TG K
MODEL / TYPE
Cap
MS - Diaphragm
Add to include CAP or sold separately code CAP 13
PS* - Piston
OPTIONS
24 AF Body
STD. DIAPHRAGM
Standard version in Brass (MS2 OR GASKET
-
- MS 10) & Steel, Zinc Plated
NT (-40º +140 º C) HNBR
I AISI 303 Stainless Steel
V (-5º +90º C) Viton
W AISI 316 Stainless Steel
S (-30º +120º C) Red Silicon
* Sealing Ring supplied separately (part no. ATB021) CAP IP65 Protection
3
Pressure Switches
Piston Type
Model DS307/-
This model is a piston-spring type pressure switch. With pressure at zero the micro-switch
remains pressed and will only be released when the adjusted switching pressure has been
reached. The piston acts against an adjustable spring with travel mechanically limited to 0.5mm,
giving minimum work of good resistance to overpressure. The design of the spring .. prevents
overtightening. Adjustment by turning the screw top (or knurled knob) which can be fixed with
a locking screw. The complete adjusting travel is approx. 9 mm.
Standard Range
Switching Pressure Maximum Piston
Model
Range Pressure Diameter
DS307/55 5 - 55 bar 300 bar 6 mm
DS307/100 10 - 100 bar 400 bar 6 mm
DS307/150 20 - 150 bar 500 bar 5 mm
DS307/240 40 - 420 bar 500 bar 4 mm
DS307/350 20 - 350 bar 600 bar 4 mm
DS307/420 50 - 420 bar 600 bar 3 mm
DS307/600 50 - 600 bar 800 bar 3 mm
Piston diameter mm
DS-307
Ø3 Ø4 Ø5 Ø6
1. General
Design Spring-loaded piston, spring overload protected
Connection Thread G 1/4 female or sub plate, pitch circle Ø 44 mm
Adjustment Adjustable screw top of knurled knob
Safety Locking screw or lock (E 10 H2[type AS])
Mounting position Variable
2. Hydraulic data
5-55 10-100 20-150 40-240 20-350 50-420 50-600
Switching pressure range
bar bar bar bar bar bar bar
Switching accuracy Variations of less than 1%
Ambient temperature - 40°C up to + 90°C
Fluid Oil, oil-in-water-emulsion
3. Electric data
Switch Electromechanical double-throw switch
Current AC - DC current (see table)
Protection according to DIN
IP 65
400050
Electrical connection Appliance inlet according to DIN 43650
4. Features
Housing Aluminium
Standard body Brass
Switching travel 0.5mm - reducing wear of seal and ram to a minimum
Sub plates Valve mounting NG 6 and NG 10 (only for sub plate connection Type DS-307/F
5. Options
Mounting Sub plate mounting; panel mounting
Body / Housing Brass; intrinsically safe; and explosion proof
Adjustment Knurled screw; adjustment with key lock
Hysteresis Special low hysteresis versions
4
Pressure Switches
Dimensions - DS307/-
Item No. Description
1 1 Applience inlet - DIN 43650
2 1 Micro switch (single-pole double-throw)
3 1 Adjustable screw top
4 1 Locking screw
5 1 Connection G 1/4-female
6 1 Set of seals (non-sticking, non-slipping)
7 1 Snap ring
8 1 O-ring
Switching capacity
The switch contacts are gold plated silver and are designed to
handle micro-currents. At higher currents, the gold is vaporized
and therefore a switch which has operated above the micro-
current limitations will not operate satisfactorily in the micro-
current range.
Max. Load for gold contacts 0.12A with the additional limitations
Max Voltage 30V
Max Current 400mA
Electrical diagram Life in Switching Volts max. Resist. Load Metal. Bulb Induct. Load
Cycles (V) Amps Load Amps Amps
These values are dependant on the temperature and viscosity of working fluid.
Accessory:
Mounting clamp for piston type pressure switch.
5
Pressure Switches
Piston Type for the Mining Industry
DS-103/ES/MS-*** Weight: 1.5 kg
Housing brass
Electrical production facilities
or machines for mines with mine gas.
Connection box:
with 3-pole terminal board
NOTE !
Also with ATEX admittance The unit may only be installed by technical
DMT 02 ATEX E 200 specialists. Comply with the national
Equipment identification: EX regulations for the installation of electro-
technical equipment. Ensure that the
I M2 EEx ia I equipment is not energized before connecting
Please indicate supplement “ATEX” at order! the unit
6
Pressure Switches
Pressure Switches - Hawe
Models DGxxx
The Hawe DG series of pressure switches range from the simple electro-hydraulic DG33, DG34, DG35 DG36 and
DG365 models through the DG1 model with dial setting to the sophisticated electronic switch DG5E models.
Pressure switch with adjustable dial scale up to 600bar Pressure Switch, adjustable
Note: For more detailed specifications on all of the above pressure switches refer to HAWE technical bulletin D5440
1.3
Max. SupplyVoltage & current 18-30V DC 250mA 18-30V DC 250mA
Max. Switching capacity 24V, 250mA 24V, 250mA
P 1.3
2
OUT 2
+
39V 4 OUT 1
Protection IP 67 IP 67
3 GND
Weight 0.25 kg 0.25 kg
Body Material Steel Steel DG5E
7
STAUFF
Australia
BRISBANE ADELAIDE
463 Boundary Road 1/3 Endeavour Drive
RICHLANDS QLD 4077 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015
P.O. Box 20 P.O. Box 208
RICHLANDS QLD 4077 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015
Ph: (07) 3217 0444 Ph: (08) 8341 2260
Fax: (07) 3217 0300 Fax: (08) 8341 1604
New Zealand
AUCKLAND
Unit D 103 Harris Road
EAST TAMAKI
P.O. Box 58517
GREENMOUNT
Ph: (09) 271 4812
Fax: (09) 271 4832
E-mail: [email protected]
Distributed by:
STA-PS-0205-AUS E & OE
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 Lic 3765
Standards Australia
STAUFF CLEAN
Pipe, Tube & Hose
Cleaning System
THE PROJECTILE – The Stauff Clean System works on the principle of propelling foam pellets or
projectiles of varying density and texture through pipework at very high velocities while maintaining
sufficient contact with the inside surface to remove unwanted contaminant.
THE FORCE – The propelling force for the projectile is produced by standard industrial compressed
air (7 bar/100 psi) via a lightweight, pistol-grip Launcher. This provides a safe and environmentally-
friendly tool that requires little formal expertise to operate and apply.
PERFECT PRE-CLEANING PARTNER – Pipework fabricators will find that the Stauff Clean System
provides the perfect partner, as a pre-cleaning device, to dramatically reduce flushing times when
preparing pipework to meet predetermined cleanliness specifications.
THE PROCESS – A variety of projectiles are available to suit the degree and type of contaminant
likely to be experienced and these can be varied during the cleaning process as required. Projectiles
can be visually inspected after use to determine the remaining cleanliness level and the need for
further application. For good housekeeping and safe operation, a mesh projectile collection bag
should be secured to the pipe exit.
Selection of projectiles and attachment nozzles is made simple by the easy reference selection charts
provided on the adjoining pages.
The Stauff Clean System is available as separate components or in a variety of Kit forms comprising
various nozzle types, adaptor and launcher, all contained in a heavy duty carrying case.
The projectile selection will depend on what fittings, if any, are attached to the
tube or hose and the degree of contamination. As a guide, users should select from the charts below
with respect to fittings and contaminant. As a general rule, projectiles should be approximately 15%
larger in diameter that the internal diameter of the pipe of hose.
For optimum cleaning, it is recommended that projectiles are used once and then discarded.
Safety Note. A mesh collection bag should be secured to the pipe exit to avoid possible injury to
personnel by the projectile exiting at high velocity.
SELECTION CHARTS
Hose or Tube Size Nozzle Projectile Size Range
U niversal N o E nd With End
Table No.1 Inches I.D . Metric O.D .
Style Fittings Fittings
For Hose and Tube
1/4" 6 mm U V 06 TC S07 to TC S10 TC C 07 to TC C 09
1 0 UV- S U ni ve r s a l N o zzl e s , S e t o f 1 0
1 8 M T- S M e t r i c Tu b e N o z z l e s , S e t o f 1 8
1 0 J-S J IC N o z z l e s , S e t o f 1 0 A 10UV-K Kit is shown
7 B -S B S P no zzl e s , S e t o f 7 with the launcher and the
nozzles in a convenient
carry case.
UV- A R A d a p t o r R i ng
Projectiles
Standard Coupling Abrasive Projectile
Siz e mm Qty per bag
Projectile Part No. Projectile Part No. Part No.
7 100 TCS07 TCC07 TCA07
Material Specifications
Launcher Handle - Acetal Projectiles – Polyurethane foam
Nozzles – Acetal
Retaining Ring – Stainless Steel
Latch and Face Plate – Aluminium
O-Ring – Neoprene
S-SCS0302
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 Lic 3765
Standards Australia
In-line
FLOW MONITORS
&
CONTROLLERS
Stauff’s “FLOWTELL” in-line flow monitors and controllers offer a range of rugged flow rate gauges that
are accurate and economical and are the perfect instruments for fixed in-line monitoring or for use as
service tools for system commissioning.
“FLOWTELL” employs the well-established and reliable ‘variable area orifice’ measurement method
together with a unique ‘sharp edge technology’ that ensures low pressure drops and high tolerance
levels to changes in viscosity, resulting in repeatable flow rate measurements for both liquids and gases.
The product range is suitable for measuring Hydraulic Oils, Water and Air or Gas mediums and includes
models for Phosphate Ester. A special range is also available for High Temperature applications.
“FLOWTELL”’ is also available with the option of field-adjustable single or twin switches for High and
Low flow rate alarms, or as a Transmitter giving a 4 - 20mA signal for system control capability.
To suit varying system demands, “FLOWTELL” monitors are available in a choice of materials compris-
ing Aluminium, Brass or Stainless Steel with wetted parts materials to suit the fluid type.
“FLOWTELL” is capable of working in any plane and is read against the Dual Scale on the outer sleeve
by the external magnetically coupled non-invasive annular cursor.
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Measuring Accuracy: better than 4% Full Scale
Enclosure Rating: IP 65
Electric Specifications:
) 2
In-Line Flow Monitors
Type
B Fluid Monitor
Scale Port Size Flow Range Flow Range
G Gas Monitor BSPP Fluids Air
H High Temp. GPM l/min SCFM l/sec
M Single Switch
01 3/8” 0.05 - 1 0.5 - 4 1.5 - 12 0.5 - 5.5
N Twin Switch 02 3/8” 0.2 - 2 1-8 4 - 23 2 - 10
P Phosphate Est. 05 1/2” 0.5 - 5 2 - 19 5 - 50 2.5 - 25
R Transmitter 10 1/2” 1 - 10 4 - 38 10 - 100 5 - 45
15 3/4” 1 - 15 4 - 56 15 - 150 8 - 56
20 3/4” 2 - 20 0 - 75 20 - 215 10 - 100
Materials 25 3/4” 2 - 25 10 - 100 20 - 250 10 - 120
30 1” 3 - 30 10 - 115 30 - 330 15 - 140
A Aluminium 40 1” 4 - 40 15 - 150 30 - 400 15 - 190
B Brass 50 1¼” 5 - 50 20 - 190 30 - 470 15 - 220
75 1¼” 8 - 75 30 - 280 30 - 750 20 - 350
S Stainless Steel
88 1¼” 10 - 100 50 - 375 150 - 900 75 - 425
99 1½” 20 - 150 10 - 550 150 - 1300 70 - 600
Pressure
Port Sizes
4 600psi (Gas, Alu. & Brass)
5 1000psi (Gas, Stain. Steel) 1 3/8” BSPP
6 3500psi (Fluids, Alu. & Brass) 2 1/2” BSPP
7 6000psi (Fluids, Stain. Steel) 3 3/4” BSPP
4 1” BSPP
Fluid Medium 5 1¼” BSPP
6 1½” BSPP
A Air / Gas
H Oil / Hyd. Fluid
W Water
∆P - bar
1.0
∆P (bar)
0.5
88
0.4
5
0.35 0.7
75
0.2 0.18 0.35
1 2 50
0 7.5 15 22.5 30 37.5 45 52.5 60 0 38 75 115 150 0 75 150 225 300 375 455 530 600
Flow Rate - l/min Flow Rate - l/min Flow Rate - l/min
1.25
1.0
∆P - bar
∆P - bar
1.0 1.0 75 88
0.75 15
25 50
0.5 0.5 0.5
5
0.25 1 2 20
)
3
In-Line Flow Monitors
PHYSICAL DETAILS
Monitor Switch Alarm / Transmitter
L W
D L
B
Port Size “D” “L” Port Size “L” “B” “W” “A”
3/8”, 1/2” 48 167 3/8”, 1/2” 167 101 56 47
3/4”, 1” 60 182 3/4”, 1” 182 114 75 47
1¼”,1½” 90 258 1¼”,1½” 258 135 47 47
MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS
Body Material Aluminium Brass Stainless Steel
Wetted Components
Casing, Ports & Cone Aluminium Brass Stainless Steel
Seals Buna-N Buna-N Viton with Teflon backup
Transfer Magnet Teflon coated Alnico Teflon Coated Alnico Teflon Coated Alnico
Floating Disc Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Other Internal Parts Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Non-wetted Components
(Flow Monitors)
Window Tube Polycarbonate Polycarbonate Polycarbonate
Window Seals Buna-N Buna-N Buna-N
(Transmitters and Alarms)
Enclosure & cover Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Seals Buna-N Buna-N Buna-N
Window Pyrex Pyrex Pyrex
DIN connector Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide
N.B. (1) The outer polycarbonate window tube is a replaceable part in case damage or scratching
makes visibility difficult. Contact Stauff for specific part numbers.
(2) A digital readout is available for use with the transmitter to permit remote flow readings.
Additional diagnostic equipment available from Stauff Proudly distributed by
STAUFF CORPORATION
STAUFF CORPORATION PTY LTD (NZ) LTD
HEAD OFFICE ADELAIDE BRISBANE MELBOURNE SYDNEY AUCKLAND
24 - 26 Doyle Avenue 1/3 Endeavour Drive 463 Boundary Road 3B 14 - 16 White Street 27B Davis Road STAUFF CORP (NZ) Ltd
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 OAKLEIGH EAST VIC 3166 WETHERILL PARK Unit J 150 Harris Road
P.O. Box 227 P.O. Box 208 P.O. Box 20 P.O. Box 453 NSW 2164 EAST TAMAKI
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 MULGRAVE VIC 3170 P.O. Box 7180 P.O. Box 58517
Tel. (02) 4271 1877 Tel. (08) 8341 2260 Tel. (07) 3217 0444 Tel. (03) 9543 5411 WETHERILL PARK DC GREENMOUNT
Fax.(02) 4271 8432 Fax.(08) 8341 1604 Fax.(07) 3217 0300 Fax.(03) 9543 5422 NSW 2164 Tel. (09) 271 4812
E-mail: [email protected] Tel. (02) 9725 2733 Fax. (09) 271 4832
http://www.stauff.com Fax.(02) 9725 2744 E-mail: [email protected]
) S-FT 0802
Accumulator Charging Kit
Charging Kit STA-CK-1
To maintain optimum performance in hydraulic systems employing accumulators, it is recommended that
the gas pre-charge pressure be checked regularly. A loss in the gas pre-charge pressure will cause a drop
in the system efficiency and may cause damage to the accumulator bladder, diaphragm or piston.
The charging kit allows hydro-pneumatic accumulators, whether bladder type, diaphragm type or piston
type, to be charged with nitrogen to the desired pressure. For this purpose, the kit is connected to a
commercially available nitrogen cylinder by a flexible hose.
The kit can also be used by technicians to check the current gas pre-charge pressure. The control valve
incorporates a pressure gauge to permit direct pressure readings as well as a check valve to prevent
back flow in the case of low pressures in the nitrogen cylinder. A manual bleed valve allows excess
pressure to be reduced to the desired operating pre-charge level.
The kit has adaptors to connect the hose to the nitrogen cylinder as well as adaptors to connect the
control valve to the accumulator.
Other adaptors available upon request, consult your local Stauff office or distributor.
HEAD OFFICE
Wollongong
Distributed by:
Ph: (02) 4271 1877
Fax: (02) 4271 8432
Email: [email protected]
Web: www.stauff.com.au
Solenoid Valves
CETOP 3
General Specifications
Max. flow 60 lpm ( cylinders having unequal area ratios may cause an increased flow rate on the return stroke)
Max. pressure (P,A,B ports) 350 bar (T port) 210 bar
Installed position Any position but preferably horizontal. Mounting bolts 4x M5 x 30
Port coding P = inlet (pump)
A, B = actuator connections
T = return (tank)
Flow direction In accordance with the arrow direction in the flow pattern symbol. The flow
direction cannot be reversed.
Recommended fluid ISO 4406 18/14 or better / NAS 1638 class 7 or better (10 - 20µm).
cleanliness rating
Hydraulic fluids Mineral oils, HEPG Poly Alkylene Glycol, HEES Synthetic Ester
Viscosity range 3 mm2/s to 400 mm2/s
Fluid temperature -20° C to + 70° C
Over-lap zero
Protection class & IP 65 (with plug properly mounted)
Duy cycle 100% ED
Weight Single solenoid valve, approx. 1.5 kg, double solenoid valve, approx 2.1 kg
Electrical Specifications
Solenoid Wet armature solenoid; coils are DC coils. The WG110 and WG230 units have
rectifiers in the Hirschmann plugs. Coil voltages are 98V & 205V DC respectively.
Coding G 12 G 24 WG 110 WG 230
Voltage (Nom) 12V DC 24V DC 110V AC 230V AC
Nom. Power 30W 30W 30W 30W
Nom. Current 2.5A 1.25A 0.37A 0.18A
Switch-off energy = or < 0.3 Ws
Wiring Diagram
A
Solenoid Valves
Dimensions
N ominal
D esignation
Voltage
G 12 12V D C
G 24 24V D C
WG 110 110V AC
WG 230 230V A C
15 1
L 7 2 2
10
G 3 1
5
D 6 8 3 2
0 40 50
10 20 30 60 70 80
B 4 1
Q = l/min
A
Solenoid Valves
Standard Stocked Valves and Parts
Part No. Description
SWPN 2-G-G12 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, cylinder spool, 12V DC
SWPN 2-G-G24 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, cylinder spool, 24V DC
SWPN 2-G WG110 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, cylinder spool, 110V AC
SWPN 2-G-WG230 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, cylinder spool, 230V AC
SWPN 2-D-G12 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, motor spool, 12V DC
SWPN 2-D-G24 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, motor spool, 24V DC
SWPN 2-D-WG110 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, motor spool, 110V AC
SWPN 2-D-WG230 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, closed centre, motor spool, 230V AC
SWPN 2-B-G12 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/2, changeover, 12V DC
SWPN 2-B-G24 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/2, changeover, 24V DC
SWPN 2-B-WG110 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/2, changeover, 110V AC
SWPN 2-B-WG230 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/2, changeover, 230V AC
SWPN 2-L-G12 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, cylinder spool, 12V DC
SWPN 2-L-G24 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, cylinder spool, 24V DC
SWPN 2-L-WG110 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, cylinder spool, 110V AC
SWPN 2-L-WG230 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, cylinder spool, 230V AC
SWPN 2-H-G12 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, motor spool, 12V DC
SWPN 2-H-G24 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, motor spool, 24V DC
SWPN 2-H-WG110 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, motor spool, 110V AC
SWPN 2-H-WG230 Valve, CETOP 3, 4/3, open centre, motor spool, 230V AC
4704 1000 Coil, G12V (12V DC) for Hawe SWPN 2 valve
4704 1001 Coil, G24V (24V DC) for Hawe SWPN 2 valve
4704 1002 Coil, WG98V (110V AC) for Hawe SWPN 2 valve
4704 1003 Coil, WG198V (230V AC) for Hawe SWPN 2 valve
Subplates
Subplates are available for simplified mounting of the
valves. They are available in side ported and bottom
ported versions. The standard aluminium version has
a pressure rating of 210 bar.
A blanking plate is available for when a valve is
removed from a manifold or subplate.
Multiple station manifolds in parallel and series
configurations are available. Consult your local sales
office. Steel subplates and manifolds are available
on request.
Ordering Data
SSPC3S Subplate, side entry (all ports)
SSPC3B Subplate, bottom entry (P & T ports)
SBPC3 Blanking plate
SBKC3 Bolt kit, cap screws, M5 x 30mm.
A S-VS 0202
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 Lic 3765
Standards Australia
SAE FLANGES
)
SAE Flanges
BLANKING FLANGES
Blanking Flange with O-ring groove
Size Code 61 "T" Code 62 "T"
½" FL 08 16 mm FLH 08 16 mm
¾" FL 12 18 mm FLH 12 16 mm
1" FL 16 19 mm FLH 16 18 mm
1¼" FL 20 21 mm FLH 20 24 mm
1½" FL 24 24 mm FLH 24 24 mm
2" FL 32 24 mm FLH 32 31 mm
2½" FL 40 25 mm FLH 40 40 mm
3" FL 48 25 mm FLH 48 45 mm
4" FL 64 25 mm
5" FL 80 25 mm
)
SAE FLANGE IDENTIFICATION
Code 61 (3000psi) Code 62 (6000psi)
Size "B" "W" "M" dia "M" thread Size "B" "W" "M" dia "M" thread
mm mm O-ring half flat-face half mm mm O-ring half flat-face half
½" 17.5 38.1 8.7 mm M8 ½" 18.3 40.5 8.7 mm M8
¾" 22.2 47.6 10.3 mm M10 ¾" 23.8 50.8 10.5 mm M10
1" 26.2 52.4 10.3 mm M10 1" 27.8 57.1 13 mm M12
1¼" 30.2 58.7 12.0 mm M10 1¼" 31.7 66.7 15 mm M14
1½" 35.7 69.9 13.5 mm M12 1½" 36.7 79.4 17 mm M16
2" 42.9 77.8 13.5 mm M12 2" 44.4 96.8 21 mm M20
2½" 50.8 88.9 13.5 mm M12 2½" 58.7 123.8 25 mm M24
3" 62 106.4 16.7 mm M16 3" 71.4 152.4 32 mm M30
4" 77.8 130.2 16.7 mm M16
5" 92.1 152.4 16.7 mm M16
STAUFF CORPORATION
STAUFF CORPORATION PTY LTD (NZ) LTD
HEAD OFFICE ADELAIDE BRISBANE MELBOURNE SYDNEY AUCKLAND
24 - 26 Doyle Avenue 1/3 Endeavour Drive 463 Boundary Road 3B 14 - 16 White Street 27B Davis Road STAUFF CORP (NZ) Ltd
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 OAKLEIGH EAST VIC 3166 WETHERILL PARK Unit J 150 Harris Road
P.O. Box 227 P.O. Box 208 P.O. Box 20 P.O. Box 453 NSW 2164 EAST TAMAKI
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 MULGRAVE VIC 3170 P.O. Box 7180 P.O. Box 58517
Tel. (02) 4271 1877 Tel. (08) 8341 2260 Tel. (07) 3217 0444 Tel. (03) 9543 5411 WETHERILL PARK DC GREENMOUNT
Fax.(02) 4271 8432 Fax.(08) 8341 1604 Fax.(07) 3217 0300 Fax.(03) 9543 5422 NSW 2164 Tel. (09) 271 4812
E-mail: [email protected] Tel. (02) 9725 2733 Fax. (09) 271 4832
http://www.stauff.com Fax.(02) 9725 2744 E-mail: [email protected]
) S-FL0802
RETURNS FOR CREDIT POLICY
1. All claims must be received within 10 days from despatch date, ex-our works.
4. Freight costs for faulty or incorrect goods will be paid by Stauff Corporation,
5. Freight costs are the client’s responsibility for all other authorised credit
returns.
6. Non stock items, purchased on your request, or any cut lengths, are not
returnable.
authorisation number.
-1- CM2001
Stauff Corporation
Australian Locations and Contact Details
Account Name
of Applicant: ……………………………………………………………………………………..
(Full Legal Name) This must be the full legal name of the company/person incurring debt.
(Eg: ABC Co Pty Ltd, or J Citizen trading as “XYZ Co”)
…………………………………………………………………………….
…………………………………………………………………………….
If the postal address for mail is different from above please give it here.
Registered Office
Address: …………………………………………………………………………….
2. ……………………………… of ……………………………………
……………………………………………………………………….
3. ……………………………… of ……………………………………
……………………………………………………………………….
4. …………………………….. of ……………………………………
………………………………………………………………………
-1- CM2001
Credit References: Please provide below, details of three (3) firms you are currently
dealing with;
Bank Details:
Address: …………………………………………………………………
Telephone: …………………………………………………………………
$ ……………………
This section must be completed to validate the application
I/we understand the attached conditions of sale and terms of trading and, being duly
empowered, agree to adhere to them.
I/we understand that law prohibits entering into debt if there is no reasonable likelihood of
paying, and to do so may create personal liability.
If Stauff Corporation considers it relevant to assess my/our application for commercial credit,
I/we agree to Stauff Corporation making independent enquiries of third parties concerning
my/our financial standing.
Signature: …………………………………………………………………
Name: …..…………………………………………………………….
(Please Print)
-2- CM2001
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SALE AND CONTRACTS
1. GENERAL
All quotations, offers, sales and contracts are subject to the following Terms and Conditions. These Terms and Conditions
form part of and should be read in conjunction with each and every quotation, offer, sale or contract.
2. DEFAULT IN PAYMENT
Should the purchaser make any default in payment or commit any act of bankruptcy or assign his estate or make any
arrangements with his creditors or go into liquidation or become subject to a receivership the Company may at its option
cancel any undelivered portion of the within order and shall be entitled to recover from the purchaser the amount of all
losses and damages suffered and all expenses incurred by reason of any such default.
Note: Section 3© and section (4) protect us if you fail to pay on time for the goods or you become insolvent or your solvency
is threatened. It is only in those cases that we would use them. This does not mean that you can ignore them. You must
strictly comply with them.
4. The following applies only to goods which have not been paid for in full:
a) Until you use or sell the goods or any products as referred to in 3(a), you must store them separately and so they are
clearly identifiable as the property of Stauff Corporation Pty Ltd.
b) You may sell the goods or the products referred to in 3(a) in the ordinary course of your business on the following
conditions;
• You make the sale as our agent and bailee.
• The proceeds of the sale are held by you in trust for us and you keep them separately and so that they are
clearly identifiable as ours.
• If you have not received the proceeds of the sale, you will, immediately upon request assign to us all your
rights arising out of the sale.
5. QUOTATION PERIOD
Quotations are valid for a period of thirty days from date thereof; unless previously accepted the quotation will be deemed to
have lapsed.
b) Liability for GST (payable in respect of any taxable supply) is additional. It is payable by the Purchaser to Stauff at the
same
time the price and other moneys are payable.
7. TERMS OF PAYMENT
All payments are strictly net cash payable 30 days from date of invoice except as provided in section (8) herein.
8. PROGRESS PAYMENTS
On any sale or contract where total quoted price exceeds $1,000, the Company shall be entitled to monthly progress
payments as follows:
(a) During manufacture, supply and/or erection. Progress Claims with payments of up to 90% of the total material
purchased work done or erection completed payable 7 days from date of invoice.
(b) On completion of the contract the full outstanding portion of the adjusted contract value, payable 30 days from date of
invoice.
9. CANCELLATION
Orders cannot be cancelled except with the Company’s written consent which consent the Company shall be entitled to
withhold if it so desires.
10. PENALTY
The Company does not accept orders under penalty for late delivery, unless duly agreed in writing.
11. CLAIMS
All claims with regard to quality, quantity or conditions, etc, shall be made in writing within ten (10) days of delivery,
otherwise the goods delivered will be deemed to be in accordance with the Contract. The defective goods to be returned
freight paid to our store at the customer’s risk. In no instance shall any claim for damage or loss whether direct or indirect in
respect of the goods howsoever arising out of them or their use be greater in amount than the actual invoice value of the
goods in respect of which the claim is made. All damage or loss over and above such invoice price shall be borne by the
purchaser.
13. LIABILITY
-3- CM2001
As we are not the manufacturers of the goods, we give no guarantee as to quality nor as to fitness thereof for any particular
purpose, and we accept no liability in respect of or resulting of or resulting from any defect in or failure of the goods supplied
in lieu of any warranty, condition or liability implied by law, the purchaser is entitled only to such guarantees as given to us in
respect of the goods by the Manufacturers thereof.
14. Unless otherwise stated in the quotation all information contained in drawings, and catalogues and other advertisement
matter, is intended merely to present a general idea of the goods described therein and dimensions, weight, and other
particulars must be taken as approximate only. Certified drawings will be furnished if required. All drawings are the
exclusive
property of our principals, and must not be lent, copied, or otherwise used without the written consent of our principals or
of this Company and must be returned on demand. We reserve the right to amend specifications to such extent as may
be thought fit by the manufacturer during the course of manufacture.
16. DELAYS
We agree to do our utmost to effect delivery in the time named, but do not accept any responsibility if the delivery is not
affected in the time stated. In case the procuring and/or shipment or delivery of the goods to the purchaser is prevented or
delayed through any cause beyond our control the delivery and/or shipment may be suspended partially or totally; such
suspension shall not be a breach of nor in any way invalidate this Contract and the period of shipment and/or delivery shall
be extended accordingly.
19. INTERPRETATION
All clerical and typographical errors and omissions shall be subject to subsequent correction on the quotation and
subsequent contracts between the parties shall at all times be deemed subject to this right on the part of the Company.
20. The purchaser’s property at any time in the possession of the Company shall be entirely at the purchaser’s risk in all
respects and the Company accepts no responsibility for any loss or damage occurring thereto while the same is in its
possessions or through failure to re-deliver the same or any part thereof.
21. This document is to be read in conjunction with the “Australian Standard General Conditions of Tendering and Contract for
General Engineering Works - Australian Standard No. CA24-1952”. However, the clauses specifically mentioned above will
take precedence.
I/We warrant that this information is correct and it is supplied in consideration of Stauff Corporation Pty Ltd granting credit
facilities, and if the account is authorised, agree to abide by the Terms and Conditions of Sale printed in this application. I/We
declare that the business is solvent and able to pay its accounts as and when due.
Date: ………………………………..
Date: ….……………………………
-4- CM2001
OFFICE USE ONLY
Credit References:
Comments: …………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
-5- CM2001
To STAUFF CORPORATION PTY LTD of 24-26 DOYLE AVENUE (PO Box 227),
UNANDERRA, NEW SOUTH WALES A.B.N. 44 001 338 487
………………………… of …………………………………………………………………
with goods for our business we agree to be responsible to you for the price of all
such goods supplied or as you may hereafter supply to ………………………… to a
limit of $…………….
Payable within 30 days, whether or not any part of such price shall be paid to you but
so that our liability to you shall be in respect of the whole debt but shall in no event
exceed the sum of ………………… This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and
security and our liability under it shall not be affected by Stauff Corporation Pty Ltd
giving time or any other indulgence to ………………………… We reserve the right
for ourselves or our personal representatives by notice to revoke this guarantee at
any time as to all future dealing by the said …………………. with you after the date
of such notice.
DATED:
-6- CM2001
STAUFF CORPORATION PTY LTD
A.B.N. 44 001 338 487
ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS AND DISTRIBUTORS
Website: www.stauff.com ISO 9002 LIC. 3765
STANDARDS AUSTRALIA
Email: [email protected]
… l'écologie relève de la
responsabilité et de la
prévoyance de l'entreprise.
WALTERSCHEID
Überreicht durch:
Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH
WALTERSCHEID
Your agent:
Hauptstraße 150 Remis par:
D-53797 Lohmar/Germany
Telefon (02246) 12-0
Telefax (02246) 12-3300, 12-3696
Postanschrift
Postal address / Adresse postale:
Postfach 1304, D-53786 Lohmar/Germany
E-Mail: [email protected] WALTERSCHEID
http://www.gknwrv.com Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH
2.+3. Umschlagseite 03.09.2002 10:11 Uhr Seite 1
WALTERSCHEID-Fertigungsprogramme
WALTERSCHEID Product Lines
Programmes de fabrication WALTERSCHEID
DLS Drive Line System DLS Drive Line System DLS Drive Line System
(Système d'entraînement)
Gelenkwellen PTO Drive Shafts
Weitwinkel-Gleichlauf-Gelenkwellen Wide-Angle CV PTO Drive Shafts Transmissions, transmissions à joint(s)
Überlast- und Freilaufkupplungen Overload and Overrunning Clutches grand angle, homocinétique(s)
Winkelgetriebe, Zahnradgetriebe Bevel Gearboxes Limiteurs de couple et roues libres
Gear Units Boîtiers renvoi d'angle
Ensembles à engrenages
Über Einzelheiten der Walterscheid- Printed documents with details Toute documentation concernant
Fertigungsprogramme informieren on the individual Walterscheid les fabrications Walterscheid sera
Druckschriften, die bei Bedarf gerne product lines are available on envoyée sur demande.
zugesandt werden. request.
WALTERSCHEID
Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH
Hauptstraße 150
D-53797 Lohmar/Germany
Telefon (02246) 12-0
Telefax (02246) 12-3300, 12-3696 Konstruktionsänderungen vorbehalten. - Produkte We reserve the right to change design without La société se réserve le droit de modifier ses
nur für den bestimmungsgemäßen Einsatz verwen- prior consultation. Use products only for specified produits et leurs caractéristiques à tout moment et
Postanschrift den. Haftung nur für gleichbleibende Qualität. - applications. We only guarantee a constant quality. sans préavis. N'utiliser les produits que pour des
Postal address / Adresse postale: Nachdruck, auch auszugsweise, nur mit schriftlicher Reproduction, even in part, is only authorized with applications spécifiées. Nous n'assurons qu'une
Postfach 1304, D-53786 Lohmar/Germany Genehmigung der Walterscheid Rohrverbindungs- the written consent of Walterscheid Rohrverbin- continuité de qualité. Tout droit de reproduction,
technik GmbH gestattet. dungstechnik GmbH. même partielle, réservé sauf accord écrit de la
E-Mail: [email protected] Sté Walterscheid Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH.
http://www.gknwrv.com
Alle Rechte vorbehalten. All rights reserved. Tous droits réservés.
© Printed in Germany © Printed in Germany. © Imprimé en R.F.A.
WALTERSCHEID-Fertigungsprogramme
WALTERSCHEID Product Lines
Programmes de fabrication WALTERSCHEID
DLS Drive Line System DLS Drive Line System DLS Drive Line System
(Système d'entraînement)
Gelenkwellen PTO Drive Shafts
Weitwinkel-Gleichlauf-Gelenkwellen Wide-Angle CV PTO Drive Shafts Transmissions, transmissions à joint(s)
Überlast- und Freilaufkupplungen Overload and Overrunning Clutches grand angle, homocinétique(s)
Winkelgetriebe, Zahnradgetriebe Bevel Gearboxes Limiteurs de couple et roues libres
Gear Units Boîtiers renvoi d'angle
Ensembles à engrenages
Über Einzelheiten der Walterscheid- Printed documents with details Toute documentation concernant
Fertigungsprogramme informieren on the individual Walterscheid les fabrications Walterscheid sera
Druckschriften, die bei Bedarf gerne product lines are available on envoyée sur demande.
zugesandt werden. request.
WALTERSCHEID
Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH
Hauptstraße 150
D-53797 Lohmar/Germany
Telefon (02246) 12-0
Telefax (02246) 12-3300, 12-3696 Konstruktionsänderungen vorbehalten. - Produkte We reserve the right to change design without La société se réserve le droit de modifier ses
nur für den bestimmungsgemäßen Einsatz verwen- prior consultation. Use products only for specified produits et leurs caractéristiques à tout moment et
Postanschrift den. Haftung nur für gleichbleibende Qualität. - applications. We only guarantee a constant quality. sans préavis. N'utiliser les produits que pour des
Postal address / Adresse postale: Nachdruck, auch auszugsweise, nur mit schriftlicher Reproduction, even in part, is only authorized with applications spécifiées. Nous n'assurons qu'une
Postfach 1304, D-53786 Lohmar/Germany Genehmigung der Walterscheid Rohrverbindungs- the written consent of Walterscheid Rohrverbin- continuité de qualité. Tout droit de reproduction,
technik GmbH gestattet. dungstechnik GmbH. même partielle, réservé sauf accord écrit de la
E-Mail: [email protected] Sté Walterscheid Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH.
http://www.gknwrv.com
Alle Rechte vorbehalten. All rights reserved. Tous droits réservés.
© Printed in Germany © Printed in Germany. © Imprimé en R.F.A.
A
Technische Informationen Technical information Informations techniques
B
Montageanleitungen Assembly instructions Instructions de montage
C
Rohr-Anschlußteile Nuts and rings Bagues et écrous
D
Einschraubstutzen Male stud couplings (body only) Union simple mâle (corps)
Verbindungsstutzen
Schottstutzen
Schweißstutzen
Tube connectors (body only)
Bulkhead fittings (body only)
Weld fittings (body only)
Raccords pour tubes (corps)
Raccords de cloison (corps)
Raccords à souder (corps)
E
Richtungseinstellbare Stutzen Adjustable fittings (body only) Raccords orientables (corps)
F
Drehstutzen Swivel banjos (body only) Raccords tournants (corps)
Rückschlagventile (Stutzen)
Wechselventile (Stutzen)
Kugelhähne (Stutzen)
Non-return valves (body only)
Shuttle valves (body only)
Ball valves (body only)
Clapets anti-retour (corps)
Soupapes à deux voies (corps)
Robinets à boisseau sphérique (corps)
G
Reduzierstutzen Reducing fittings (body only) Raccords de réduction (corps)
Flanschstutzen
Aufschraubstutzen
Manometerstutzen
Flange fittings (body only)
Female fittings (body only)
Gauge fittings (body only)
Raccords
Raccords
Raccords
à brides (corps)
fémelles (corps)
pour manomètres (corps)
H
Einschraubverschraubungen Male stud fittings Raccords mâles
Verbindungsverschraubungen
Schottverschraubungen
Schweißverschraubungen
Tube connectors
Bulkhead fittings
Weld fittings
Raccords
Raccords
Raccords
pour tubes
de cloison
à souder
I
Richtungseinstellbare Adjustable fittings Raccords orientables
Verschraubungen
K
Drehverschraubungen Swivel banjos Raccords tournants
Rückschlagventile
Wechselventile
Kugelhähne
Non-return valves
Shuttle valves
Ball valves
Clapets anti-retour
Soupapes à deux voies
Robinets à boisseau sphérique
L
Reduzierverschraubungen Reducing fittings Raccords de réduction
Flanschverschraubungen
Aufschraubverschraubungen
Manometerverschraubungen
Flange fittings
Female fittings
Manometer fittings
Raccords
Raccords
Raccords
à brides
fémelles
pour manomètres
M
Bördelflansche 37° 37° flared flanges Brides d’évasement 37°
SAE J518/ISO 6162 SAE J518/ISO 6162 SAE J518/ISO 6162
N
Verschlußstopfen / Verschlußschrauben Blanking plugs / Blanking ends Bouchons obturateurs / Vis d’obturation
Einsteckhülsen
Schweißnippel
Hand-Vormontagestutzen
O-Ringe
Tube inserts
Welding nipples
Adapter for manual pre-assembly
O-rings
Fourrures
Embouts à souder
Bloc de pré-sertissage manuel
Joints toriques
O
Maschinen und Werkzeuge Machines and tools Machines et outils
Vertretungen Agents Représentants
P
1
Teilespektrum - Gesamtübersicht
Parts spectrum - Complete overview
Vue d’ensemble des pièces
= Seite / Page / Page Zusätzlich abgebildet: Passende Komplettverschraubungen nur mit Profilring!
Also shown: Complete matching tube fittings with profile ring!
Egalement représenté: Raccords du tubes adaptés, complet avec bague profilée!
Rohr-Anschlußteile
Überwurfmutter / Nut / Ecrou Profilring / Profile ring
für Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen Bague profilée
Nuts and rings
for profile ring tube fittings
Eléments de raccord
pour raccords à bague profilée
M... P-R...
D2 D2
Rohr-Anschlußteile
Überwurfmutter / Nut / Ecrou Weichdichtung / Captive seal Stützring / Support sleeve / Bague
für WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen Joint mou d'appui
Nuts and rings
for WALFORM tube fittings
Eléments de raccord
pour raccords à WALFORM
M... D3 WF-WD... D3 D3
Bördel-Anschlußteile
Bördel-Anschlußteile / Connecting parts for flare tube fitting Zwischenring / Centre unit
für Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen Pièces de raccordement pour raccords pour tube évasé Cône intermédiaire
Connecting parts
for flare tube fittings
Pièces de raccordement
pour raccords pour tube évasé
BO-A... BO-ZR...
D4 D5
Einschraubstutzen / Male stud coupling (body only) / Union simple mâle (corps)
Einschraubstutzen
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen / Male stud coupling (body only) / Union simple mâle (corps)
Male stud coupling (body only)
Union simple mâle (corps)
Verbindungsstutzen
Gerade-Stutzen / Straight coupling (body only) Gerade-Reduzierstutzen / Straight reducing coupling
Tube connectors (body only) Union double (corps) (body only) / Union double de réduction (corps)
Raccords pour tubes (corps)
Schottstutzen Gerade-Schottstutzen / Bulkhead coupling (body only) Winkel-Schottstutzen / Bulkhead elbow (body only)
Bulkhead fittings (body only) Union double de cloison (corps) Equerre de cloison (corps)
Raccords de cloison (corps)
Schweißstutzen
Anschweiß-Stutzen / Weldable stud (body only) Einschweiß-Schottstutzen / Weldable bulkhead coupling
Weld fittings (body only) Union simple à souder (corps) (body only) / Union double de cloison à souder (corps)
Raccords à souder (corps)
2
Druckring / Loose sleeve Überwurfmutter / Nut / Ecrou Schutzkappe für Zwischenring, rohrseitig
Manchette Protection cap for centre unit, tube end
Capuchon protecteur pour côné intermédiaire, côté tube
BO-DR... BO-M...
D6 D7 D8
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen / Male stud coupling (body only) Winkel-Einschraubstutzen / Male stud elbow (body only) / Equerre mâle (corps)
Union simple mâle (corps)
Winkel-Stutzen / Equal elbow T-Stutzen / Equal Tee (body only) T-Reduzierstutzen / Reducing Tee Kreuz-Stutzen / Equal cross (body only)
(body only) / Union équerre (corps) Union té (corps) (body only) / Union té de réduction Union croix (corps)
(corps)
3
Teilespektrum - Gesamtübersicht
Parts spectrum - Complete overview
Vue d’ensemble des pièces
= Seite / Page / Page Zusätzlich abgebildet: Passende Komplettverschraubungen nur mit Profilring!
Also shown: Complete matching tube fittings with profile ring!
Egalement représenté: Raccords du tubes adaptés, complet avec bague profilée!
Einstellbare Stutzen
Einstellbare Winkel-Stutzen / Adjustable male stud elbow (body only) / Equerre orientable (corps)
Adjustable fittings (body only)
Raccords orientables (corps)
Einschraubstutzen
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen / Stud standpipe adaptor (body only) / Raccord d’orientation (corps)
Male stud couplings (body only)
Union simple mâle (corps)
EGESD...R-WD / P-EGES...R-WD-SV
EGESD...M-WD / P-EGES...M-WD-SV
F16-F19 + K16-K19
Verbindungen
Gerade-Verbindung / Straight coupling / Union double
Tube connectors
Raccords pour tubes
SNV
F21 + K21
Drehstutzen Winkel-Einschraub-Drehstutzen / Swivel banjo coupling (body only) / Raccord tournant équerre mâle (corps)
Swivel banjos (body only)
Raccords tournants (corps)
Rückschlagventile (Stutzen) Ventileinsatz / Valve insert / Rückschlagventil (Stutzen) / Non-return valve (body only) / Clapet anti-retour
Non-return valves (body only) Insert clapet mâle (corps)
Clapets anti-retour (corps)
RS... P-RV...
G8 + L8 G9 L9
Wechselventile (Stutzen) / Shuttle valves (body only) / Soupapes à deux voies (corps)
Wechselventile (Stutzen) Wechselventile (Stutzen) / Shuttle valves (body only) / Soupapes à deux
Shuttle valves (body only) voies (corps)
Soupapes à deux voies (corps)
TWS... P-TWV...
G15 L15
4
T-Schwenkstutzen / Double banjo coupling with one-piece bolt (body only) /
Raccord orientable (corps) exécution en Té
Einstellbare T-Stutzen / Adjustable branch Tee (body only) / Té orientable (corps) Einstellbare L-Stutzen / Adjustable male stud run Tee (body only) / Té renversé
orientable (corps)
EGESD...NPT
F20 + K20
DGWS... P-DGWV
G6 L6
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil (Stutzen) / Non-return valve with male stud Einschraub-Rückschlagventil (Stutzen) / Non-return valve with male stud
(body only) / Clapet anti-retour mâle (corps) (body only) / Clapet anti-retour mâle (corps)
5
Teilespektrum - Gesamtübersicht
Parts spectrum - Complete overview
Vue d’ensemble des pièces
= Seite / Page / Page Zusätzlich abgebildet: Passende Komplettverschraubungen nur mit Profilring!
Also shown: Complete matching tube fittings with profile ring!
Egalement représenté: Raccords du tubes adaptés, complet avec bague profilée!
Kugelhähne (Stutzen) / Ball valves (body only) / Robinets à boisseau sphérique (corps)
Hochdruck-Kugelhähne (Stutzen)
Kugelhahn / Ball valve / Robinet à Kugelhahn (Stutzen) / Ball valve (body only) / Robinet à boisseau
High-pressure ball valves (body only) boisseau sphérique sphérique (corps)
Robinets à boisseau sphérique
pour hautes pressions (corps)
Reduzierstutzen
Reduzierstutzen / Reducing fitting (body only) / Raccord de réduction (corps)
Reducing fittings (body only)
Raccords de réduction (corps)
Flanschstutzen
Flange fittings (body only) Gerade-Flanschstutzen / Straight flange coupling (body Winkel-Flanschstutzen / Elbow flange coupling (body
only) / Union simple à bride (corps) only) / Union simple à bride en équerre (corps)
Raccords à brides (corps)
Aufschraubstutzen
Female fittings (body only) Gerade-Aufschraubstutzen / Parallel female stud
coupling (body only) / Union simple femelle (corps)
Raccords femelles (corps)
Manometerstutzen
Einstellbarer Manometer-Aufschraubstutzen / Adjustable gauge Manometer-Aufschraubstutzen / Adjustable gauge coupling with
Gauge fittings (body only) coupling (body only) / Raccord pour manomètre avec embout lisse sealing ring (body only) / Union simple femelle pour manomètre
Raccords pour manomètres (corps) (corps) (corps)
6
Kompakt-Umschalthahn (Stutzen) / Compact diverter valve (body only) Kompakt-Umschalthahn (Stutzen) / Compact Dreiwege-Kugelhahn (Stutzen) / Three-way
Robinet compact de renversement (corps) diverter valve (body only) / Robinet compact ball valve (body only) / Robinet à trois
de renversement (corps) voies (corps)
RED...-WD/...
H7-H8 + M7-M8
7
Bestellhinweise
Notes for ordering
Notes pour la commande
Exemples
8
Allgemeine Informationen General information Généralités
Seite
Page
Page
Systemvergleich A4-A5
Comparison of systems
Comparaison des systèmes
A1
A
A2
Für jedes Verbindungsproblem die wirtschaftlichste Lösung
The economical solution to every coupling problem
A
Pour tout problème de raccordement la solution la plus économique
Profilring
Profile ring
Bague profilée
WALFORMplus
WALFORMplus
WALFORMplus
WALFORM-M
WALFORM-M
WALFORM-M
Bördel
Flare fitting
Tube évasé
Dichtkegel
Taper fitting
Cône d’étanchéité
Bördelflansch 37°
37° flared flange
Bride d'évasement 37°
A3
Systemvergleich / Comparison of systems / Comparaison des systèmes
A
= mögliche Dichtungen / possible seals / joints éventuels
Z-R P-R S-R / Z-R+WD
360° 360°
Anzugsweg/Kraftanzug* (180° nach Vormontage) 360°
(180° nach Vormontage)
(30° Gesteuerte Endmontage)
Number of components 3 3 4
(depending on system)
Bague coupante à deux tranches Bague profilée Bague coupante + joint mou
Bague coupante à deux tranches
3 3 4
Nombre de composants (en fonction du système)
360° 360°
Course de serrage / Effort de serrage* (180° après pré-sertissage) 360°
(180° après pré-sertissage)
(30° montage final contrôlé)
élevé moyen,
Risque de défaut de montage faible pour le montage final contrôlé élevé
Z-R = Zweikanten-Schneidring Z-R = Two-edge cutting ring Z-R = Bague coupante à deux tranches
P-R = Profilring P-R = Profile ring P-R = Bague profilée
S-R / Z-R + WD = Schneidring + Weichdichtung S-R / Z-R + WD = Cutting ring + captive seal S-R / Z-R + WD = Bague coupante + joint mou
B = Bördel B = Flare fitting B = Raccord pour tube évasé
BO = Bördel-Adapter mit O-Ring BO = Flare fitting with O-ring BO = Raccord pour tube évasé avec joint torique
SN = Schweißnippel SN = Welding nipple SN = Embout à souder
WFplus = WALFORMplus WFplus = Captive seal WALFORMplus WFplus = Joint mou WALFORMplus
A4
A
B BO SN WFplus
3 4 3 2
(6 incl. O-Ringe) (4 incl. O-Ring) (3 incl. Dichtung)
1 2 1 1
metallisch elastomer elastomer elastomer + metallisch
Flare fitting Flare fitting with O-ring Welding nipple Captive seal WALFORMplus
3 4 3 2
(6 incl. O-rings) (4 incl. O-rings) (3 incl. seal)
1 2 1 1
metal-to-metal elastomer elastomer elastomer + metal-to-metal
Raccord pour tube évasé Raccord pour tube évasé avec joint torique Embout à souder Joint mou WALFORMplus
3 4 3 2
(6, joints toriques inclus) (4, joints toriques inclus) (3, joint inclu)
1 2 1 1
métallique élastomère élastomère élastomère + métallique
A5
A
Die Walterscheid-Service-Organisation The Walterscheid Service Organisation L'organisation du S.A.V. de Walterscheid
A6
A
Walterscheid Projekt-Beratung Walterscheid project consulting Assistance Walterscheid aux projets
• Frühzeitige Unterstützung bereits in der • Early assistance right at the planning • Une assistance précoce dès la phase
Planungsphase von Rohrverbindungs- stage of tube fitting systems de planification de systèmes de
systemen • Proposals for their optimisation raccordement de tubes
• Vorschläge zu deren Optimierung • Advice in case of critical installation • Des propositions d'optimisation
• Beratung bei kritischen Einbau- conditions • Des conseils dans les cas de conditions
verhältnissen • Recommendations for fields involving de montage critiques
• Empfehlungen für Bereiche mit maximum safety requirements • Des préconisations pour les secteurs à
höchsten Sicherheitsanforderungen • Support in the selection and installation exigences sécuritaires maximales
• Unterstützung in Fragen der Auswahl of piping • Une assistance dans la sélection et la
und Verlegung von Rohrleitungen • Help with sample piping installations pose de tuyauteries
• Hilfe bei Probeverrohrungen • Une aide aux tubages d'essai
A7
A
Funktionsbeschreibung Die WALPRO-Verschraubung Owing to its ideal shape, the Grâce à sa conception idéale,
Functional characteristics gewährleistet aufgrund ihrer WALPRO fitting ensures safe le raccord WALPRO permet
Description fonctionnelle idealen Formgebung eine and tight tube connection. le raccordement sûr et
sichere und dichte Rohrver- During assembly of the étanche de tubes.
Profilring- bindung. WALPRO fitting, the two cut- Lors du montage du raccord
Rohrverschraubungen
Bei der Montage der ting edges of the WALPRO WALPRO, les deux tranches
Profile ring tube fittings WALPRO-Verschraubung ring penetrate into the tube de la bague WALPRO pénè-
Raccords à bague schneidet der WALPRO-Ring creating a safe connection. trent dans le tube ainsi
profilée pour tubes mit seinen zwei Schneidkan- At the same time, the cone ancrant celui-ci par blocage
ten in das Rohr ein und of the nut deforms the profi- mécanique. En même temps,
erzeugt eine formschlüssige led cutting ring shoulder so le cône de l'écrou déforme
Rohrhalterung. Gleichzeitig that the tube is tightly clam- l'épaulement profilé de la
wird durch den Konus der ped and able to absorb ben- bague coupante de façon
Überwurfmutter die profilier- ding stresses. qu'un ancrage étroit du tube
te Schneidringschulter so Radial and axial sealing is soit atteint permettant l'ab-
weit radial verformt, daß eine assumed by the ring's being sorption de forces de flexion.
feste Einspannung des wedge between tube and Le calage de la bague entre
Rohres zur Aufnahme von fitting body. le tube et le corps du raccord
Biegebelastung erreicht wird. assure l'étanchéité radiale et
A progressively increasing
Die radiale und axiale Abdich- tightening torque guarantees axiale.
tung wird durch das Verkeilen high safety of assembly. Grâce à l'augmentation pro-
des Ringes zwischen Rohr gressive du couple de serra-
und Verschraubungsstutzen WALPRO fittings can be
disassembled and reassemb- ge, une haute sécurité de
erzielt. montage est obtenue.
led as often as necessary.
Durch ein progressiv zuneh- Le raccord WALPRO peut
mendes Anzugsdrehmoment The performance as indicated
for the WALPRO fitting can être déserré et remonté à
bei Montageende wird eine volonté.
hohe Montagesicherheit only be achieved by original
gewährleistet. WALPRO components and Les capacités du raccord
completion of assembly WALPRO ne peuvent être
Die WALPRO-Verschraubung according to instructions. atteintes qu'avec les pièces
läßt sich beliebig oft lösen d'origine WALPRO et le mon-
und wieder montieren. tage suivant les instructions
Die angegebenen Leistungen correspondantes.
der WALPRO-Verschraubung
werden nur erreicht bei aus-
schließlicher Verwendung von
WALPRO-Originalteilen und
Ausführung der Montage
entsprechend der Montage-
vorschrift.
A8
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Functional characteristics Profile ring tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes A
Computeroptimierte Rohrverbindungstechnologie
Ü-Mutter
Die WALPRO-Profilring-Rohrverschraubung ist eine in ihrer Nut
Ecrou
Gesamtheit optimierte Entwicklung, die heutigen und
zukünftigen Marktforderungen entspricht. Mit Hilfe Stutzen
Body
modernster Berechnungsmethoden wurde eine wesentlich Corps
höhere Leistung und eine höhere Montagesicherheit Rohr / Tube
geschaffen. Dies beruht maßgeblich auf einer axial steifen
Ringkonstruktion, die im Schulterbereich gezielt eine
Schwächung in radialer Richtung durch eine Profilierung
erhielt. Durch eine neuartige Spangeometrie wurde eine
hohe Dichtwirkung und das Eliminieren des Nachschnei-
optimierter optimierter optimierte
dens erreicht. Schneidenbereich Mittelbereich Schulterpartie
A9
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Hohe Nenndrücke
• L-Baureihe für Nenndrücke Leistungsgrenze DIN-Verschraubung
bis 500 bar PA Performance limit of DIN fitting
[%] Limite de capacité du raccord DIN
• S-Baureihe für Nenndrücke
bis 800 bar 100 Relative Druckbelastbarkeit
• Hohe Nenndrücke nur mit von Ringverbindungen
25% 18%
(Mittelwerte)
Walterscheid-Originalteilen 90
Relative pressure strength
80
7% of different ring systems
High nominal pressures (mean values)
Zwei-
schneiden-
• L-series for nominal pressures 70 ring Résistance relative à la pression
up to 500 bar Schneidring Two-edge des raccordements à bague
Cutting ring cutting ring Profilring
(valeurs moyennes)
• S-series for nominal pressures 60 Bague Bague Profile ring
coupante coupante Bague
up to 800 bar simple double profilée
11 000
• Série L pour pressions nominales 700 10 000
630 bar
S-Serie
L-Serie } Schneidring und
Zweischneidenring
Cutting ring and
jusqu'à 500 bar 9 000 two-edge cutting ring
• Série S pour pressions nominales 600
8 000 Bague coupante simple et
jusqu'à 800 bar 500 bar bague coupante double
500 7 000
• Pressions nominales élevées 400 420 bar
6 000 bar
uniquement avec pièces 400
Walterscheid d'origine 5 000
300 4 000 250 bar 250 bar Nenndruckstufen
3 000
WALPRO-Verschraubung
200 160 bar
Nominal pressure levels -
2 000 100 bar
100 WALPRO fitting
1 000 Pressions nominales -
0 Raccord WALPRO
0 6 8 10 12141516 18 20 22 25 28 30 35 38 42
Rohr-Ø / Tube OD / Ø ext. du tube [mm]
A10
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Functional characteristics Profile ring tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes A
Final assembly
Fertigmontage
• sichere Erstmontage Profilring Anzugsbegrenzung
Montage final
Md Profile ring Anzugsmomentverlauf - Profilring
durch Anzugsbegrenzung Bague profilée
• sichere Wiederholmontage Limit stop for assembly
Zweischneidenring
Two-edge cutting ring Curve of tightening torque - Profile ring
• Kaltverfestigung und Span-
Pré-sertissage
Pre-assembly
Bague coupante double
Vormontage
Limitation du serrage
stauchung im Einschnitt Schneidring Evolution du couple de serrage -
Cutting ring
Druckpunkt
Bague coupante simple Bague profilée
Safe assembly = Ring auf Rohr
Increase in force
= Ring on tube
• Safe initial assembly Point dur
= Bague sur tube
due to limit stop Unteranzug Überanzug
• Safe reassembly Insufficient
tightening
Excessive
tightening
• Molecular displacement Serrage Serrage
insuffisant excessif
and locking in the cut
0 1/2 1 S
[Umdr. / Turns / Tours]
Montage sûr
• Montage initial sûr grâce à Verhalten bei Überanzug von Schneidring und Profilring
la limitation du serrage
• Remontage sûr Schneidring - Zweischneidenring Profilring
• Écrouissage et refoulement - kein deutlicher Drehmomentanstieg + deutlicher Drehmomentanstieg
- Wegverlust während der Montage durch Stauchen des Ringes + kein Wegverlust, kein Stauchen des Ringes
de la matière dans l’entaille - verminderte Vorspannung durch gestauchten Ring + hohe Vorspannung zur Aufnahme der Betriebslast. Aufgrund
einer optimierten und stabilen Ringkonstruktion wird ein
Stauchen vermieden
- erhöhte Kerbwirkung auf das Rohr + keine Kerbwirkung auf das Rohr
Durch das Verhalten bei Überanzug von Schneidringen entsteht eine Leistungseinbuße der Verschraubung.
Die Profilringverschraubung verkraftet ohne eine gravierende Leistungseinbuße einen Überanzug von 1/2 Umdrehung.
The behaviour of cutting rings when excessively tightened results in a power loss of the fitting.
The profile ring fitting is able to withstand excessive tightening by 1/2 of a turn without significant power loss.
Zweischneidenring - Deformation bei Überanzug
Two-edge cutting ring - Deformation from excessive tightening Comportement de la bague coupante et de la bague profilée lors du serrage excessif
Bague coupante double - Déformation par serrage excessif
Bague coupante - Bague coupante double Bague profilée
- pas d'augmentation nette du couple + augmentation nette du couple
- perte de course lors du montage par le refoulement de la bague + pas de perte de course, pas de refoulement de la bague
- précontrainte réduite par bague refoulée + pré-contrainte élevée pour l'absorption de la charge de
service. Refoulement évité grâce à la construction optimisée
et stable de la bague
- effet d'entaille plus élevé sur le tube + pas d'effet d'entaille sur le tube
Profilring - Keine Deformation bei Überanzug
Profile ring - No deformation from excessive tightening Le comportement de la bague coupante lors d'un serrage excessif provoque une perte de puissance du raccord.
Bague profilée - Pas de déformation lors du serrage excessif Le raccord à bague profilée résiste à un serrage excessif de 1/2 tour sans perte de puissance considérable .
Résistance élevée
à la fatigue
• Ancrage sûr du tube
• Serrage du tube sans entaillage
A11
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Sichere Rohrhalterung
durch... Profilring
Profile ring
• große Ringstützfläche Bague profilée
• steifen Ring mit Profilform
Zweischneidenring
• hohe Ausreißfestigkeit Two-edge cutting ring
Bague coupante double
160
140 40%
60%
Leistungsgrenze Rohr
Performance limit of tube
Limite de capacité du tube
Ausreißfestigkeit
Tensile strength
Résistance à l'arrachement
130
Universal
standard solution
• All fitting components are
to DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1
• Suitable for all common tube
materials Profilring
• Interchangeable with cutting Profile ring
Bague profilée
ring and two-edge cutting ring
Solution standard
universelle
• Tous les composants du raccord
correspondent à la norme
DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1
• Appropriée à tous les matériaux
Verschraubungsteile entsprechend DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1
usuels des tubes
Fitting components corresponding to DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1
• Interchangeable avec la bague Composants du raccord selon DIN 2353 / DIN EN ISO 8434-1
coupante simple et la bague
coupante double
A12
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Functional characteristics Profile ring tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes A
Zulassungen und Prüfbescheinigungen • Germanischer Lloyd
Approvals granted and test certificates • Bureau Veritas
Homologations accordées et certificats d’essai • Lloyd's Register of Shipping
• Det Norske Veritas
• American Bureau of Shipping
• US-Coastguard
• Polski Rejestr Statkow
• Registro Italiano Navale
• RWTH Aachen
• TÜV Rheinland
• DVGW
• Finnisches
Technisches Untersuchungsamt
• Universität Erlangen
A13
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen Gesteuerte Endmontage
Die Gesteuerte
Endmontage von
Der konsequente Schritt zur The consistent step towards Le pas conséquent vers
Profilring- “staubtrockenen“ Hydraulik- “dust-tight“ hydraulic installations. l'installation hydraulique «hors
Verschraubungen anlage. The Walterscheid profile ring poussière».
Der Walterscheid-Profilring erlaubt permits the application of a novel La bague profilée Walterscheid
die Anwendung einer neuartigen assembly method - controlled final permet l'application d'une nouvel-
Controlled final Montagetechnik, der Gesteuerten assembly. Through controlled final le technique de montage, le
assembly of profile Endmontage. Mit der Gesteuerten assembly, the most frequent montage final contrôlé. Grâce au
ring fittings Endmontage werden die in der errors encountered in the field are montage final contrôlé, les
Praxis am häufigsten auftretenden eliminated. défauts les plus souvent rencon-
Fehler beseitigt. trés dans la pratique sont
Le montage final éliminés.
Übermontage Reparaturkosten
Excessive tightening Repair costs
Serrage excessif Coûts de réparation
Untermontage Leckagen
Insufficient tightening Leakages
Serrage insuffisant Fuites
Imageverlust
Loss of image
Dégradation de l'image
de marque
Praxistest:
Soll-Ist-Vergleich bei
gefühlsmäßiger Montage Von Rohr-Ø 6 - 10: meistens Übermontage
Von Rohr-Ø 12 - 16: korrekte Montage
Von Rohr-Ø 18 - 42: meistens Untermontage
Field test: Umdrehung From tube dia. 6 - 10: mostly excessive tightening
Comparison of specified and Turn
From tube dia. 12 - 16: correct assembly
actual values during intuitive Tour
From tube dia. 18 - 42: mostly insufficient tightening
assembly Tubes Ø 6 - 10: le plus souvent serrage excessif
Übermontage Tubes Ø 12 - 16: montage correct
Essai pratique: Excessive tightening Tubes Ø 18 - 42: le plus souvent serrage insuffisant
Comparaison des valeurs Serrage excessif
prescrites avec les valeurs 2,0
atteintes lors du montage
Korrekte Montage
intuitif Correct assembly
1,5 Montage correct Untermontage
Insufficient tightening
Serrage insuffisant
Soll-Anzug
Tightening as
1,0 specified
Serrage prescrit
Ist-Anzug
0,5 Actual tightening
Serrage effectif
Größe
Size
6 10 16 18 42 Type
A14
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen Gesteuerte Endmontage
Functional characteristics Profile ring tube fittings Controlled final assembly
Description fonctionnelle Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes Montage final contrôlé A
Normalmontage,
Fehlermöglichkeiten
Übermontage, Folgen: Untermontage, Folgen:
Standard assembly - Excessive tightening, consequences: Insufficient tightening, consequences:
Possible errors Serrage excessif, conséquences: Serrage insuffisant, conséquences:
Montage standard -
Défauts possibles
Rohreinschnürung Mangelhafte Einschnittiefe
■ Schwingungsbruch
■ Reduzierte Druckbelastung
Deformation ■ Leckagen
der Verschraubungsteile ■ Unzureichende
■ Leckagen Rohrumklammerung
■ Kein Nachziehen möglich ■ Schneidenbereich gefährdet
■ Bruchgefahr (Schwingungsbruch)
■ Leistungsverlust ■ Biegewechselbelastung reduziert
Gesteuerte Endmontage
mit Vormontagemaschine
= 100% Ringeinschnitt
Stützscheibe
Controlled final assembly Back-up plate
with pre-assembly machine Plaque d’appui
= 100% cut and penetration
of the ring
Endmontagestutzen
Final assembly adaptor
Bloc de montage final
A15
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen Gesteuerte Endmontage
Gesteuerte Endmontage
= 30° Anzugsweg nach
Festpunkt Festpunkt = Rohr auf Anschlag
Verschraubungsstutzen
Fitting body Point of resistance = Tube at limit stop
Controlled final assembly Corps du raccord Point dur = Tube en butée de fin de course
= 30° tightening travel after
point of resistance
Drehmoment [ Nm ]
Montage final contrôlé Torque [ Nm ]
= Course de serrage 30° Couple [ Nm ]
après le point dur
Drehweg
Travel (turns)
Course (tours)
Handanzug
Manual tightening 30
Handanzug Festpunkt fertig montiert
Serrage manuel Manual tightening Point of completely
Serrage manuel resistance assembled
Point dur montage fini
Méthodes de montage en
comparaison, Type 16 S 120 Nm
Normalmontage
Gesteuerte Standard assembly
Endmontage Montage standard
Controlled
final assembly
Montage final
contrôlé
16 74
FE FE
A16
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen Gesteuerte Endmontage
Functional characteristics Profile ring tube fittings Controlled final assembly
Description fonctionnelle Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes Montage final contrôlé A
Rohrabmessungen und
Montagedrehmomente Baureihe
Tube dimensions and
assembly torques
Series
Série L
Dimensions des tubes Größe Rohrwandstärke min. Fertigmontage [Nm] oder 30°
et couples de montage Size Min. tube wall thickness Final assembly [Nm] or 30°
Dim. Epaisseur de paroi mini Montage final [Nm] ou 30°
6 6x1 25
8 8 x1 40
10 10 x 1 50
12 12 x 1,5 70
15 15 x 1,5 90
18 18 x 1,5 115
22 22 x 2 210
28 28 x 2 310
35 35 x 3 500
42 42 x 3 600
S
Baureihe
Series
Série
6 6x2 35
8 8 x 1,5 55
10 10 x 1,5 70
12 12 x 1,5 85
14 14 x 2 110
16 16 x 1,5 120
20 20 x 2 200
25 25 x 2,5 340
30 30 x 3 480
38 38 x 4 850
Rohrwerkstoff / Tube material / Matériau du tube: DIN2391-1-C, St 37.4 / DIN 1630, NBK
Druckeinstellung für Maschine MEH-R und Handhabung von Fremdmaschinen auf Anfrage
Pressure setting for machine MEH-R and handling of external machines on request
Réglage de pression pour machine MEH-R et manipulation de machines extérieures sur demande
Bei anderen Rohrwandstärken und Rohrwerkstoffen bitte Rücksprache mit unserer Anwendungstechnik
Please contact our application engineers for any other tube wall thicknesses and tube materials
Veuillez contacter notre service application technique pour d’autres épaisseurs de paroi et matériaux des tubes
A17
Funktionsbeschreibung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen Gesteuerte Endmontage
Die wichtigsten
Merkmale und
Kundennutzen 100% Ringeinschnitt durch Montagemaschine
100% cut and penetration of the ring through assembly machine
The most important Incision à 100% par la bague sur le tube grâce à la machine de montage
characteristics and
customer benefits
Geringer Fertigmontageweg (30°), reduzierter Kraftaufwand (-30%)
Short final assembly travel (30°), reduced necessary power (-30%)
Les plus importantes Course réduite de montage final (30°), effort nécessaire réduit (-30%)
caractéristiques et les
avantages pur le client
Eindeutiges Fertigmontageverhalten, steiler Drehmomentanstieg
Distinct final assembly behaviour, steep increase in torque
Comportement net au montage final, couple montant en flèche
A18
A
A19
A +
A20
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen WALFORMplus +
Functional characteristics WALFORM tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM A
MEG-WF2
MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO
Elektronisch gesteuerte Umform- Zur Umformung von Stahlrohren mit Rohr-AD Zur Umformung von Stahlrohren und Rohren
maschinen sichern die rationelle 6 bis 42 mm und Rohren aus nicht rostendem aus nicht rostendem Stahl mit Rohr-AD 6 bis
Produktion bei hoher und gleich- Stahl mit Rohr-AD 6 bis 30 x 3 mm. Durch 42 mm. Durch Werkzeugwechsel kann diese
bleibender Qualität - sowohl Werkzeugwechsel kann die Maschine MEG- Maschine auch als Bördelmaschine für Walter-
WF2/BO auch als Bördelmaschine für scheid-37° SAE-Bördelflansche bis 101,6 mm
stationär als auch vor Ort.
Walterscheid-37°-SAE-Bördelflansche bis verwendet werden.
60,3 mm verwendet werden.
Electronically controlled reshaping For reshaping steel tubes and stainless steel
machines - both stationary and For reshaping steel tubes with outside tubes with outside diameters from 6 to
mobile - guarantee efficient diameters from 6 to 42 mm and stainless 42 mm. By changing tools, this machine can
steel tubes with outside diameters from 6 to also be used as a flaring machine for Walter-
production with consistently high
30 x 3 mm. By changing tools, the MEG- scheid-37° SAE flared flanges up to 101.6 mm.
quality. WF2/BO machine can also be used as a
flaring machine for Walterscheid-37° SAE Machine pour le formage de tubes en acier et
Des machines de formage à flared flanges up to 60.3 mm. acier inox de 6 à 42 mm de diamètre extérieur.
commande électronique assurent Un changement d’outil permet également d’en
Machine pour le formage de tubes en acier faire une machine à évaser pour les brides
une production économique ainsi de 6 à 42 mm et acier inox de 6 à 30 d’évasement 37° SAE de Walterscheid jusqu’à
qu'une qualité élevée et x 3 mm de diamètre extérieur. Un change- 101,6 mm.
constante - non seulement lors ment d’outil permet également de faire de la
de l'application fixe mais aussi machine MEG-WF2/BO une machine à évaser
mobile. pour les brides d’évasement 37° SAE de
Walterscheid jusqu’à 60,3 mm.
WALFORMplus WALFORMplus
mit Weichdichtung / with captive seal / avec joint mou mit Weichdichtung / with captive seal / avec joint mou
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm] Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm]
Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm] Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Ø ext. du tube Ø ext.du tube
[mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 [mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
6 + 6 +
8 + 8 +
10 + 10 +
12 + ● 12 +
15 ● ● ● 15 ● ●
16 ● ● 16 ● ●
18 ● ● 18 ● ● Umformung ohne Innenabstützung
20 ● ● 20 ● ● Reshaping without internal support
22 ● ● 22 ● ● Formage sans support intérieur
25 ● ● 25 ● ● Umformung mit Innenabstützung
28 ● ● ● 28 ● ● ● Reshaping with internal support
30 ● ● 30 ● ● Formage avec support intérieur
35 ● 35 ●
38 ● ● 38 ● + Mit Stützring
With adapter ring
42 ● ● ● 42 ● Avec bague de support
Handelsübliche Hydraulikrohre, Werkstoff St 37.4/52.4 gemäß Hydraulikrohre aus nicht rostendem Stahl, Werkstoff 1.4571
DIN 1630, NBK-3.1B. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, (X6CrNiMoTi 17122), Ausführungsart „m“ nach DIN 17458.
Teil 1-C. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, Teil 1-C.
Commercial hydraulic tube, material St 37.4/52.4 according to Stainless steel hydraulic tube, material 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi
DIN 1630, NBK-3.1B. Dimensions and tolerances according 17122) type ‘m‘ according to DIN 17458. Dimensions and
to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C.
Tube hydraulique courant, matériau St 37.4/52.4 suivant DIN Tube hydraulique, en acier inox 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi 17122), (Weitere Größen auf Anfrage)
1630, NBK-3.1B. Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, type ‘m‘ suivant DIN 17458. Dimensions et tolérances (Further sizes on request)
folio 1-C. suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C. (D’autres dimensions sur demande)
A21
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen WALFORMplus +
A Functional characteristics WALFORM tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM
Absolute Dichtheit
Absolutely leak-proof Die Abdichtung des einzig The only possible leakage L'étanchéité de la seule voie
möglichen Leckagepfades path is primarily sealed off de fuite possible s'effectue,
Etanchéité absolue erfolgt primär über die by the tried-and-tested dans un premier temps, au
bewährte WALFORMplus- WALFORMplus captive seal moyen du joint mou éprouvé
Weichdichtung und sekundär and secondarily by the WALFORMplus et, dans un
über die metallische Abdich- metallic seal between the deuxième temps, au moyen
tung zwischen patentierter patented WALFORMplus du joint métallique situé entre
WALFORMplus-Stufe und shoulder and the fitting body. le gradin breveté WALFORM
Verschraubungsstutzen. plus et le corps du raccord.
Montageende
Assembly completed
Montagedrehmoment
Fin de montage
Couple de montage
Assembly torque
Sichere Rohrhalterung
Reliable tube retention Das System gewährleistet As a result of the positive Grâce au blocage mécanique,
Ancrage sûr du tube durch den Formschluß abso- connection, the system ce système est à même de
lute Sicherheit auch bei ex- guarantees absolute reliabil- supporter des charges ex-
tremsten Belastungen. Selbst ity, even under extreme trêmes en toute sécurité.
bei Unter- oder Übermontage loads. Reliable tube retention Un ancrage sûr du tube est
ist eine sichere Rohrhalterung is ensured even in the event assuré même en cas de
gewährleistet. Herausrut- of insufficient or excessive serrage insuffisant ou
schen des Rohres ist ausge- tightening - the tube cannot excessif, une sortie du tube
schlossen. slip out. est exclue.
A22
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen WALFORMplus +
Functional characteristics WALFORM tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM A
Ein Plus für
Die einzigartige The unique WALFORMplus La géométrie du raccord
Montagefreundlichkeit: WALFORMplus-Geometrie geometry permits practical WALFORMplus, unique en son
stark reduzierter Montage- ermöglicht eine praxisgerech- assembly, where the end of genre, permet un montage
aufwand und garantiert te Montage, wobei das Mon- assembly is indicated by a éprouvé dans la pratique. La fin
reproduzierbare tageende durch einen deutlich noticeable increase in force. de montage est indiquée par
Montageergebnisse spürbaren Kraftanstieg ange- As a result of the short travel un effort nettement plus élevé.
zeigt wird. Die zu leistende and low torque, the required En fonction de la course de
A gain for Montagearbeit beträgt, assembly work is only a frac- montage courte et du faible
bedingt durch den geringen tion of that for conventional couple de montage, I'opération
ease of assembly: Montageweg sowie das tube fitting systems. There is de montage ne représente
greatly reduced assembly niedrige Montagedrehmo- no need to look for other qu'une fraction par rapport aux
effort and assembly results ment, nur einen Bruchteil her- indications or comply with systèmes de raccordement de
that are guaranteed to be kömmlicher Rohrverschrau- specific angles. Optionally, tubes traditionnels. La re-
reproducible bungssysteme. Das Suchen the assembly process can cherche d'autres points de
anderer Anhaltspunkte und also be based on the torque. repère et le respect d'un angle
Un atout das Einhalten bestimmter de montage déterminé sont
Montagewinkel entfällt. devenus inutiles. En option,
facilitant le montage: Optional kann die Montage le montage peut également
une forte réduction des frais auch drehmomentbezogen s'effectuer en fonction du
de montage et des résultats de erfolgen. couple.
montage reproductibles garantis
Hohe dynamische
Durch die computeroptimier- Due to the computer- Grâce à une geométrie
Belastbarkeit te Geometrie des umgeform- optimised geometry of the optimisée par ordinateur du
High dynamic load- ten Rohres erreichen wir reshaped tube, outstanding tube formé, les valeurs
Spitzenwerte im Bereich der values are achieved as obtenues en sollicitations
bearing capacity dynamischen Belastungen, regards dynamic stresses, dynamiques, telles que la
wie Biegewechsel- und e.g. for fatigue strength résistance à la flexion
Haute résistance Druckimpulsfestigkeit. Das under reversed bending alternée et la résistance aux
à la sollicitation WALFORM-System hat sich stresses and for pressure impulsions de pression, sont
dynamique in der Praxis und in umfang- surge resistance. The WAL- optimales. Le système WAL-
reichen Versuchen millionen- FORM system has proven its FORM a fait ses preuves des
fach bewährt. worth millions of times, both millions de fois dans la
in the field and in exhaustive pratique courante et au cours
tests. d'essais de grande envergure.
A23
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen WALFORMplus +
A Functional characteristics WALFORM tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM
Hohe
Wir garantieren Nenndruck- We guarantee nominal Nous garantissons pour les
Nenndruckstufen stufen bis 800 bar für pressure classes up to 800 composants du raccord
High nominal WALFORMplus-Verschrau- bar for WALFORMplus tube WALFORMplus des paliers de
bungsteile bei 4facher Sicher- fitting components, a safety pressions nominales jusqu'à
pressure classes heit und hundertprozentige factor of 4 and 100% 800 bar, une sécurité quadru-
Ausreißfestigkeit aufgrund der stripping resistance as a plée et une résistance à
Paliers de pressions einzigartigen Ausformung. result of the unique shape. l'arrachement de cent pour cent
nominales élevés grâce à leur formage unique.
Die Einzelteile der WAL- The individual components of
FORM-Verschraubung ent- the WALFORM tube fitting Les composants du raccord
sprechen der DIN EN ISO comply with DIN EN ISO WALFORM répondent aux
8434-1. Das Verschraubungs- 8434-1. However, the fitting normes DIN EN ISO 8434-1.
system kann jedoch nicht system cannot be viewed in Le système de raccords
einzeln betrachtet werden. isolation. Consequently, the ne peut cependant être
Deshalb gelten für die Druck- pressure loading capacity is considéré séparément. La
belastbarkeit die jeweils ver- always governed by the tube résistance à la pression est
wendeten Rohrgrößen und sizes used and their wall donc également fonction de
deren Wandstärke. thicknesses. la taille et de l’épaisseur de
paroi du tube utilisé.
Nenndruckstufen PN
WALFORMplus- [bar] [psi] S-Reihe / S-series / Série S
Verschraubung 800 bar L-Reihe / L-series / Série L
800
Nominal pressure levels - 11 000
200 3 000
2 000
100
1 000
0
0 6 8 10 12 1516 18 20 22 25 28 30 35 38 42
Rohr-Ø / Tube OD / Ø ext. du tube [mm]
Universelle
Standardlösung
Universal
standard solution
Solution standard
universelle
DIN 2353 DIN 2391 DIN 3870
DIN EN ISO 8434-1 DIN EN ISO 8434-1
A24
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen WALFORMplus +
Functional characteristics WALFORM tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM A
A25
A
A26
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-M Rohrverschraubungen
M
Functional characteristics WALFORM-M tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM-M A
MEG-WF2 MEG-WF3/BO
MEG-WF2/BO
Zur Umformung von Stahlrohren mit Rohr-AD Zur Umformung von Stahlrohren mit Rohr-AD
10 bis 42 mm. Durch Werkzeugwechsel kann 10 bis 42 mm. Durch Werkzeugwechsel kann
die Maschine MEG-WF2/BO auch als Bördel- diese Maschine auch als Bördelmaschine für
maschine für Walterscheid-37° SAE-Bördel- Walterscheid-37° SAE-Bördelflansche bis
flansche bis 60,3 mm verwendet werden. 101,6 mm verwendet werden.
For reshaping steel tubes with outside For reshaping steel tubes with outside diame-
diameters from 10 to 42 mm. By changing ters from 10 to 42 mm. By changing tools, this
tools, the MEG-WF2/BO machine can also be machine can also be used as a flaring machine
used as a flaring machine for Walterscheid for Walterscheid 37° SAE flaring flanges for all
37° SAE flaring flanges for all diameters to diameters to 101.6 mm.
60.3 mm.
Machine pour le formage de tube hydraulique
Machines pour le formage de tubes en en acier de 10 à 42 mm de diamètre extérieur.
acier de 10 à 42 mm de diamètre extérieur. Un changement d’outil permet également d’en
Un changement d’outil permet également faire une machine à évaser pour les Walter-
de faire de la machine MEG-WF2/BO une scheid-37° SAE brides d’évasement à
machine à évaser pour les brides 101,6 mm diamètres.
d’évasement 37° SAE de Walterscheid
jusqu’à 60,3 mm.
WALFORM-M
metallisch dichtend / with metallic seal
avec d’étanchéité par arête métal
A27
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-M Rohrverschraubungen
M
A Functional characteristics WALFORM-M tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM-M
Absolute Dichtheit
Absolutely leak-proof Die Abdichtung des einzig The only possible leakage La seule voie de fuite
möglichen Leckagepfades path is sealed metallically possible est étanchéifiée
Etanchéité absolue erfolgt metallisch zwischen between the WALFORM-M métalliquement entre le
der WALFORM-M-Kontur contour and the 24° internal contour WALFORM-M et
und des 24° Innenkegels cone of the fitting body. le cône intérieur à 24° du
des Verschraubungsstutzens. raccord.
Montageende
120° Assembly completed
Fin de montage
Festpunkt
Montagedrehmoment
Point of resistance
Couple de montage
Point dur
Assembly torque
120° Montagewinkel
Tightening travel
Angle de montage
Sichere Rohrhalterung
Reliable tube retention Das System gewährleistet As a result of the positive Grâce au blocage mécanique,
Ancrage sûr du tube durch den Formschluß abso- connection, the system ce système est à même de
lute Sicherheit auch bei ex- guarantees absolute reliabil- supporter des charges ex-
tremsten Belastungen. Selbst ity, even under extreme trêmes en toute sécurité.
bei Unter- oder Übermontage loads. Reliable tube retention Un ancrage sûr du tube est
ist eine sichere Rohrhalterung is ensured even in the event assuré même en cas de
gewährleistet. Herausrut- of insufficient or excessive serrage insuffisant ou
schen des Rohres ist ausge- tightening - the tube cannot excessif, une sortie du tube
schlossen. slip out. est exclue.
A28
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-M Rohrverschraubungen
M
Functional characteristics WALFORM-M tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM-M A
Montagefreundlichkeit:
stark reduzierter Montage- Die einzigartige The unique WALFORM-M La géométrie du
WALFORM-M-Geometrie geometry permits practical WALFORM-M, unique en son
aufwand und garantiert
ermöglicht eine praxisge- assembly with reliable genre, permet un montage
reproduzierbare
rechte Montage mit einer protection against excessive éprouvé dans la pratique avec
Montageergebnisse Sicherheit gegenüber Über- tightening. Due to the short une sécurité contre un serrage
anzug. Die zu leistende tightening travel and the low excessif. En fonction de la
A gain for Montagearbeit beträgt, be- tightening torque, assembly course de montage courte et
ease of assembly: dingt durch den geringen involves only a fraction of the du faible couple de montage,
Montageweg sowie das work required for conven- l'opération de montage ne
greatly reduced assembly
niedrige Montagedrehmo- tional tube fitting systems. représente qu'une fraction par
effort and assembly results
ment, nur einen Bruchteil rapport aux systèmes de
that are guaranteed to be
herkömmlicher Rohrver- raccordement de tubes
reproducible schraubungssysteme. traditionnels.
Un atout
facilitant le montage:
une forte réduction des frais
de montage et des résultats de
montage reproductibles garantis
Hohe dynamische
Durch die WALFORM-M- Due to the WALFORM-M Grâce à la géométrie
Belastbarkeit Geometrie des umgeformten geometry of the reshaped WALFORM-M du tube formé,
Rohres werden Höchstwerte tube, outstanding values are les valeurs obtenues en
High dynamic load- im Bereich der dynamischen achieved as regards dynamic sollicitations dynamiques
bearing capacity Belastungen, wie Biegewech- stresses, such as fatigue telles que la résistance à
sel- und Druckimpulsfestigkeit strength under reversed la flexion alternée et la
Haute résistance erreicht. Das robuste bending stresses and résistance aux impulsions de
à la sollicitation WALFORM-M-System hat pressure surge resistance. pression, sont optimisées.
dynamique sich in der Praxis und in um- The sturdy WALFORM-M Le robuste système
fangreichen Versuchen bes- system has proven its worth WALFORM-M a largement
tens bewährt. both in exhaustive tests and fait ses preuves dans la
in the field. pratique courante et au cours
d'essais de grande envergure.
A29
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-M Rohrverschraubungen
M
A Functional characteristics WALFORM-M tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM-M
Hohe Wir garantieren Nenndruck- We guarantee nominal Nous garantissons pour les
Nenndruckstufen stufen bis 800 bar für pressure classes up to 800 composants du raccord
WALFORM-M-Verschrau- bar for WALFORM-M tube WALFORM-M des paliers de
High nominal bungsteile bei 4facher fitting components, a safety pressions nominales jusqu'à
pressure classes Sicherheit und hundertpro- factor of 4 and 100% 800 bar, une sécurité quadru-
zentige Ausreißfestigkeit stripping resistance as a plée et une résistance à
Paliers de pressions aufgrund der einzigartigen result of the unique shape. l'arrachement de cent pour cent
nominales élevés Ausformung. grâce à leur formage unique.
Nenndruckstufen PN
WALFORM-M [bar] [psi] S-Reihe / S-series / Série S
Verschraubung 800 bar L-Reihe / L-series / Série L
800
Nominal pressure levels - 11 000
WALFORM-M fitting 700 10 000
630 bar
Pressions nominales - 9 000
600
Raccord WALFORM-M 8 000
500 bar
500 7 000
420 bar
6 000 400 bar
400
5 000
300 4 000 250 bar
200 3 000
2 000
100
1 000
0
0 10 12 1516 18 20 22 25 28 30 35 38 42
Rohr-Ø / Tube OD / Ø ext. du tube [mm]
Universelle
Standardlösung
Universal
standard solution
Solution standard
universelle
DIN 2353 DIN 2391 DIN 3870
DIN EN ISO 8434-1 DIN EN ISO 8434-1
A30
Funktionsbeschreibung WALFORM-M Rohrverschraubungen
M
Functional characteristics WALFORM-M tube fittings
Description fonctionnelle Raccords de tubes WALFORM-M A
A31
A
Funktionsbeschreibung Das vierteilige Walterscheid- Owing to its ideal design, the Grâce à sa conception idéale,
Functional characteristics Bördel-Verschraubungssystem Walterscheid flare fitting, which le raccord Walterscheid, en
Description fonctionnelle ermöglicht aufgrund einer idea- consists of four components, quatre éléments, pour tube
len Formgebung den sicheren enables the safe and tight évasé permet le raccordement
Bördel- und dichten Anschluß gebördel- connection of flared tubes and sûr et étanche de tubes évasés
Rohrverschraubungen 37° ter Rohre an genormte Ver- standardised fitting bodies to aux corps de raccords standard
Flare tube fittings 37° schraubungsstutzen nach DIN 2353. suivant DIN 2353.
DIN 2353. The fitting components are Le raccord est composé des
Raccords
pour tubes évasés 37° Die Bauteile der Verschraubung • fitting body to DIN éléments suivants:
sind: • centre unit • corps du raccord
• Verschraubungsstutzen • Ioose collar suivant DIN
nach DIN • nut • cône intermédiaire
• Zwischenring • manchette
• Druckring The central component - the • écrou
• Überwurfmutter centre unit - effects the transiti-
on from the 24° taper of the fit- L'élément central - le cône
Das zentrale Bauelement - der ting body to the 37° flare intermédiaire - assure la liaison
Zwischenring - bildet den Über- connection to SAE. O-rings entre le cône à 24° du corps et
gang vom 24°-Konus des Ver- assume sealing at the body l'évasement du tube à 37° sui-
schraubungsstutzens zum 37°- taper and the flare connection. vant SAE. L' étanchéité, côté
Bördelanschluß nach SAE. Die Thus a high degree of sealing cône du corps et côté évase-
Abdichtung zum Stutzenkonus efficiency is ensured, even ment, est garantie par des
sowie zum Bördelanschluß under alternating pressure load. joints toriques, ce qui donne
erfolgt durch O-Ringe. Damit As the nut is tightened, the lieu à une étanchéité élevée,
wird, auch bei Druckimpuls- centre unit is pressed into the même sous pression alternée.
belastung, eine hohe Dichtwir- fitting taper with deformation Quand l'écrou est serré, le
kung gewährleistet. Beim of the retaining collar, until the cône intermédiaire est introduit
Anzug der Überwurfmutter collar at the centre unit is in full dans le cône du raccord le col-
wird der Zwischenring unter contact with the fitting body let de retenue se déformant,
Verformung der Verliersiche- thus preventing further pene- jusqu'à ce que la butée sur le
rung in den Verschraubungs- tration and detrimental expansi- cône intermédiaire soit pleine-
konus gedrückt, bis der Bund on of the fitting body. Having ment en contact avec le corps
am Zwischenring zur Anlage been tightened, the centre unit du raccord, empêchant ainsi la
kommt und den weiteren Vor- is captivated in the fitting body pénétration ultérieure et l'élar-
schub begrenzt. Ein schädliches - a great help to the operator gissement nuisible du corps de
Aufweiten des Verschraubungs- during re-assembly. The fitting raccord. Aprés le serrage, le
stutzens wird vermieden. Nach can be dismantled and re- cône est lié de manière définiti-
dem Anzug ist der Zwischen- assembled as often as neces- ve avec le corps du raccord, ce
ring unverlierbar mit dem sary. The loose collar provides qui signifie, pour le monteur,
Verschraubungsstutzen verbun- for safe and notch-free tube une aide importante lors du
den. Für den Monteur bedeutet clamping and high fatigue remontage. Le raccord peut
dies eine entscheidende Ar- strength under bending load. être déserré et remonté à
beitshilfe bei der Wiederhol- volonté. La manchette assure
montage. Die Verschraubung le serrage sûr du tube sans
läßt sich beliebig oft lösen und entaillage, garantissant ainsi
wieder montieren. Der Druck- une résistance élevée de fati-
ring bewirkt eine sichere und gue à la flexion.
kerbfreie Rohreinspannung und
gewährleistet dadurch eine
hohe Dauerfestigkeit.
A32
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Functional characteristics Flare tube fittings 37°
Description fonctionnelle Raccords pour tubes évasés 37° A
Computeroptimierte Bördel-Technologie
The Walterscheid flare tube fitting has been optimised in its Verliersicherung Zusätzliche elasto- Optimierte
entirety and permits to satisfy the market requirements of am Zwischenring mere Dichtung Teilegeometrie
today and tomorrow. High performance and safety of assem- Retalning collar at Additional elasto- • große Bördeltulpe
the centre unit mer seal • adaptierter
bly have been achieved with the aid of latest computing Druckring
methods, and are due primarily to an optimised component Bourrelet de Joint élastomère • kerbfreie Rohr-
retenue sur cône complémentaire einspannung
geometry. A high degree of tightness is obtained through
intermédiaire
the use of two elastomer seals. Anti-friction coated threads Optimised compo-
nent geometry
and a retaining collar at the centre unit ensure safe handling.
• Iarge flare
• adapted loose
collar
La technologie optimale informatisée des • notch-free
clamping of the
raccordements de tubes tube
Géométrie
Le raccord pour tube évasé Walterscheid représente une optimisée des
mise au point optimisée dans son intégralité qui correspond composants
aux demandes actuelles et futures du marché. Grâce à des • grand collet
évasé
méthodes de calcul les plus modernes, on a abouti à une • manchette
haute performance et une sécurité élevée de montage, ce adaptée
• serrage du tube
qui se base en premier lieu sur l'optimisation de la sans entaillage
géométrie des composants. Deux joints élastomère assu-
rent une étanchéité élevée. Des filetages avec revêtement
de glissement et un bourrelet de retenue sur le cône inter-
médiaire garantissent la sécurité de maniement.
Zwischenring mit
zwei elastomeren
Dichtungen
Centre unit with
two elastomer seals
Cône intermédiaire
avec deux
joints élastomère
A33
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Hohe Feindichtheit
durch...
Trennstelle I Trennstelle II
• elastomere Abdichtung für Sectioning point I Sectioning point II
beide Trennstellen Point de coupe I Point de coupe II
• kein Setzen der Verbindung
Sichere Rohrhalterung
durch...
• große Bördeltulpe und Walterscheid
adaptierten Druckring Walterscheid-Ausführung
Optimierte Geometrie
• hohe Ausreißfestigkeit Walterscheid version
Optimised geometry Version Walterscheid
• keine Gefahr des Ausreißens Géométrie optimisée
bei Unteranzug
SAE J 514
Tensile strength
ISO 8434
90 Résistance à l’arrachement
des raccordements de tubes
80 (valeur moyenne)
70
A34
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Functional characteristics Flare tube fittings 37°
Description fonctionnelle Raccords pour tubes évasés 37° A
Hohe Nenndrücke
• L-Baureihe für Nenndrücke Nenndruckstufen Bördel-Verschraubung
bis 500 bar Nominal pressure classes - Flare fitting
• S-Baureihe für Nenndrücke Paliers de pressions nominales - Raccord pourtube évasé
bis 630 bar
• Hohe Nenndrücke nur mit
Walterscheid-Originalteilen PN
[bar] [psi]
High nominal pressures 800
11 000
• L-series for nominal pressures
700 10 000 S-Reihe / S-series / Série S
up to 500 bar 630 bar
• S-series for nominal pressures 9 000 L-Reihe / L-series / Série L
up to 630 bar 600
8 000
• High nominal pressures only 500 bar
obtained by original 500 7 000
Walterscheid components 6 000 400 bar
400
5 000
Pressions
nominales élevées 300 4 000 250 bar
A35
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly completed
Zwischenringes
Montage terminé
Montageende
Anzugsdrehmomentverlauf
Couple de serrage
Safe assembly
Tightening torque
Curve of tightening torque
Anzugsmoment
Evolution du couple de serrage
• safe initial assembly by a
noticeable torque increase
Point of resistance
• safe re-assembly due to
the retaining collar at the
Festpunkt
Point dur
centre unit
Montage sûr
• montage initial sûr par
augmentation sensible
du couple Zwischenring einpressen Fertigmontage Weg (Umd.)
Centre unit being pressed in Final assembly Travel (turns)
• remontage sûr par bourrelet Insertion du cône intermédiaire Montage final Course (tours)
de retenue sur cône
intermédiaire
Hohe
Dauerfestigkeit durch...
• sichere Rohreinspannung
• kerbfreie Rohreinspannung
Résistance élevée
à la fatigue
• ancrage sûr du tube
• serrage du tube sans entaillage
Standardlösung durch...
• Verwendung von Verschrau-
bungsstutzen entsprechend
DIN 2353
Standard solution
• use of fitting bodies to
DIN 2353
Solution standard
• utilisation de corps de raccord
selon DIN 2353
A36
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Functional characteristics Flare tube fittings 37°
Description fonctionnelle Raccords pour tubes évasés 37° A
Walterscheid-Bördel-Verschraubung Walterscheid Flare Fitting (DIN 3949) Comparaison entre le raccord pour
(DIN 3949) im Vergleich zur Bördel- in comparison with the Flare Fitting tube évasé Walterscheid (DIN 3949) et
verschraubung nach SAE J 514/lSO to SAE J 514/lSO 8434 le raccord pour tube évasé suivant
8434 SAE J 514/lSO 8434
Owing to the use of a fitting body to DIN Grâce à l'utilisation d'un corps de raccord
Durch die Verwendung des Verschrau- 2353, the tube flare, which can be obtai- suivant DIN 2353, un évasement du tube
bungsstutzens entsprechend DIN 2353 ist ned, is larger than in flare fittings to SAE plus large que celui du système à évaser
eine größere Rohrbördelung als bei dem J 514/lSO 8434. This results in the possibi- suivant SAE J 514/lSO 8434 est possible. Il
Bördelsystem SAE J 514/lSO 8434 mög- lity to use a greater tube wall thickness en résulte la possibilité d'employer de plus
lich. Hierdurch wird die Verwendung von and to provide elastomer sealing at the grandes épaisseurs de paroi ainsi qu'une
größeren Rohrwandstärken und die elasto- tube end. étanchéité élastomère côté tube.
mere Abdichtung rohrseitig ermöglicht. Moreover, Walterscheid flare tube fittings Le raccord pour tube évasé Walterscheid
Die Walterscheid-Bördel-Rohrverschrau- complete the L and S-ranges of the s'accorde avec les séries L et S des types
bung harmoniert außerdem mit der L- und connection systems with cutting rings/ de raccordement connus, c.-à-d. bague
S-Baureihe mit den allgemein verwendeten profile rings, welding nipples and taper coupante/bague profilée, embout à souder
Anschlußarten Schneidring/Profilring, fittings with O-ring commonly used for et cône d'étanchéité avec joint torique qui
Schweißnippel und Dichtkegel mit O-Ring tube fittings and hose connections. sont utilisés dans les raccords et raccorde-
an Rohrverschraubungen und Schlauch- Uniform storing of bodies, hoses and ments de tuyaux. Le stockage à l'unité des
anschlüssen. Eine einheitliche Lagerhal- tapers can thus be guaranteed. corps, tuyaux et cônes d'étanchéité peut
tung der Stutzen, Schläuche und Dichtke- The flare system to SAE J 514/lSO 8434 ainsi être permis.
gel wird hierdurch gewährleistet. requires separate bodies and hose Le système pour tube évasé SAE J 514/
Das Bördelsystem SAE J 514/lSO 8434 connections. ISO 8434 nécessite des corps et raccorde-
erfordert separate Stutzen und Schlauch- ments de tuyaux séparés.
anschlüsse.
Bördel-Verschraubung
SAE J 514 / ISO 8434
Flare fitting
Anschluß nach SAE J 514/lSO 8434 SAE J 514 / ISO 8434
Connection to SAE J 514/lSO 8434 Raccord pour tube évasé
Raccordement suivant SAE J 514/lSO 8434 SAE J 514 / ISO 8434
Walterscheid-Bördel-Verschraubung
Walterscheid flare fitting SAE J 514/ISO 8434
Raccord pour tube évasé Walterscheid
A37
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
A38
A
A39
A
Funktionsbeschreibung „SAE 37°“ ist die neue "SAE 37°" is a new range of La nouvelle gamme de brides
Functional characteristics Bördelflansch-Produktreihe flared flange products offer- d'évasement «SAE 37°» est
Description fonctionnelle als kostengünstige Alterna- ing a low-cost alternative to une solution alternative pour
tive zu Rohrverbindungen, tube fittings which previously les raccords de tubes qui
Bördelflansche 37° die früher geschweißt wer- required welding. autrefois devaient être sou-
37° flared flanges den mußten. dés.
Brides d’évasement 37°
Kein Anheften, kein No tack-welding, no full Pas de pointage, ni de sou-
nach / according to / selon
Schweißen, kein Beizen welding, no pickling, and a dage, ni de décapage et
SAE J518/ISO 6162 und eine drastische radical reduction in the une réduction drastique de
Senkung der Investition investment outlay for the l'investissement pour les
für erforderliche necessary manufacturing installations de production
Fertigungsanlagen! facilities! requises!
Und zum Bördeln bietet And Walterscheid offers elec- De plus, pour l'évasement,
Walterscheid elektronisch tronically controlled reshaping Walterscheid propose des
gesteuerte Umformmaschi- machines for flaring. That machines de formage à com-
nen. Das sichert die rationelle ensures efficient production mande électronique. Ces
Produktion bei hoher und and consistently high quality - machines - stationnaires ou
gleichbleibender Qualität - both in the factory and in the mobiles - assurent une pro-
sowohl stationär als auch vor field. duction rationnelle pour une
Ort. qualité constante et de tout
premier ordre.
• Germanischer Lloyd
A40
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördelflansche 37°
Functional characteristics 37° flared flanges
Description fonctionnelle Brides d’évasement 37° A
Verbinden
ohne Schweißen
Connecting Optimale Dichtwirkung durch zwei elasto-
mere Dichtungen im Zwischenring und
without welding Formschluß
A41
Funktionsbeschreibung Bördelflansche 37°
Zur Bördelung von Rohren der Rohr-AD größer 60,3 mm. Zum Standardprogramm gehören Rohrabmessungen von 16 x 2 bis 60/60,3 x
8 mm. Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfähige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. Wir
Durch Werkzeugwechsel (inkl. WF-Kopf) kann diese Maschine empfehlen die Verwendung von nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr mit Maßen nach
auch als WALFORM-Maschine verwendet werden. DIN 2391, Teil 1-C, Werkstoff St 37.4 und St 52.4 gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung
For flaring tubes with a tube OD greater than 60.3 mm. NBK-3.1 B.
By changing the tool (incl. WF head), this machine can also The standard range includes tube dimensions from 16 x 2 to 60/60.3 x 8 mm.
be used as a WALFORM machine. A tube grade suitable for cold-bending and flaring is to be used. We
recommend the use of seamless precision steel tubing with dimensions to
Pour l'évasement de tubes d'un diamètre extérieur de plus DIN 2391, sheet 1-C, materials St 37.4 and St 52.4 to DIN 1630, Type NBK-3.1 B.
de 60,3 mm. Par un changement d'outil (la tête WF incluse), Font partie de la gamme de produits standard les dimensions de tube de 16 x 2
cette machine peut aussi être utilisée comme machine à 60/60,3 x 8 mm. On utilisera une qualité de tube apte au cintrage à froid et à
WALFORM. l'évasement. Nous recommandons l'utilisation de tubes de précision en acier
sans soudure dont les cotes sont conformes à la norme DIN 2391, folio 1-C,
matériaux St 37.4 et St 52.4 selon DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B.
A42
Technische Informationen Technical information Informations techniques
Seite
Page
Page
Werkstoffe B2
Materials
Les matériaux
Oberflächen B2
Surface
Surface
Normenübersicht B12
Survey of applicable standards
Vue d’ensemble des normes en vigueur
B1
Werkstoffe und Oberflächen
Materials and surface
Les matériaux et surface
B2
Druck- und Temperaturbelastbarkeit
Pressure strength and temperature resistance
Résistance à la pression et résistance thermique
LL
(sehr leicht, nur Schneidring)
(very light, only cutting ring) 4-8 100 bar 4-8 100 bar
(trés légère, seulement bague
coupante)
L
(leicht) 6-10 500 bar 6-12 400 bar
(light) 12-18 400 bar 15-18 315 bar
(légère) 22-42 250 bar 22-42 160 bar
S
(schwer) 6-10 800 bar 6-16 630 bar
(heavy) 12-16 630 bar 20-30 400 bar
(lourde) 20-38 420 bar 38 315 bar
L
(leicht) 6-10 500 bar 6-12 400 bar
(light) 12-18 400 bar 15-18 315 bar
(légère) 22-42 250 bar 22-42 160 bar
S
6-16 630 bar 6-16 630 bar
(schwer)
20-38 400 bar 20-30 400 bar
(heavy)
38 315 bar
(lourde)
B3
Druck- und Temperaturbelastbarkeit
Pressure strength and temperature resistance
Résistance à la pression et résistance thermique
Verschraubungswerkstoff und Dichtungsmaterial Fitting and seal materials have to be chosen Les matériaux des raccords et des joints doivent être
müssen entsprechend der Betriebstemperatur according to the working temperature. choisis selon la température de service.
ausgewählt werden.
Zulässige Betriebstemperatur
Permissible working temperature
Température de service admissible
Bei Einsatz unterschiedlicher Verschraubungs- und Dichtungswerkstoffe gilt die jeweils niedrigste Temperaturangabe.
If different fitting and seal materials are used, the lowest temperature indicated for each material is applicable.
Lors de l'utilisation de raccords et joints en matériaux différents, la température la plus basse pour chaque matériau est applicable.
* Die Hersteller des Werkstoffs 9SMnPb28K oder vergleichbarer Stähle bestätigen eine Kältebeständigkeit von -40°C zur Zeit nicht.
Die praktischen Erfahrungen der Schlauch- und Rohrverschraubungshersteller haben bis jetzt nichts Nachteiliges erbracht.
* The manufacturers of material 9SMnPb28K or comparable steel grades do not currently confirm low-temperature resistance down to -40°C.
The practical experience of hose and tube fitting manufacturers has revealed nothing negative to date.
* Les fabricants du matériau 9SMnPb28K ou d’aciers comparables ne confirment pas une résistance au froid de -40°C pour le moment.
Dans la pratique courante des fabricants de raccords pour tubes et flexibles, cela n’a pas été préjudiciable jusqu’à présent.
B4
Druck- und Temperaturbelastbarkeit
Pressure strength and temperature resistance
Résistance à la pression et résistance thermique
Der Werkstoff 1.4571 läßt einen Druckabschlag Material 1.4571 allows for a reduction in pressure Le matériau 1.4571 permet une réduction de la
in Abhängigkeit der Temperaturen zu. as a function of temperature. pression en fonction de la température.
(DIN 17440, DIN 17458) (DIN 1744û, DIN 17458) (DIN 17440, DIN 17458)
Temperatur Druckabschlag
Temperature Reduction in pressure
Température Réduction de la pression
- 60 ° bis + 20 °C -
+ 50 °C 4,5 %
+ 100 °C 11,0 %
+ 200 °C 20,0 %
+ 300 °C 29,0 %
+ 400 °C 33,0 %
Achtung! Bei Einsatz unterschiedlicher Caution! If different fitting and sealing materials Attention! Lors de l'utilisation de raccords et joints
Verschraubungs- und Dichtungswerkstoffe gilt are used, the lowest temperature as indicated for en matériaux différents, la température la plus basse
die jeweils niedrigste Temperaturangabe! each material is applicable! indiquée pour chaque matériau est applicable!
B5
Berechnungsdrücke und Toleranzen von nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr
Calculated pressures and tolerances of seamless precision steel tubes
Pressions théoriques et tolérances de tube de précision en acier sans soudure
Berechnung nach DIN 2413, Geltungsbereich I, für vorwiegend ruhende Belastung bis 120°C
Calculation to DIN 2413, scope of application I, for primarily static load conditions at temperatures up to 120°C
Calcul selon DIN 2413, domaine d'application I, portant sur les charges essentiellment statiques, les températures allant jusqu'à 120°C
Streckgrenze/Rp1,0:
Yield point/Rp1,0: 235 N/mm2 245 N/mm2
Limite d'élasticité/Rp1,0: (DIN 1630) (DIN 17458)
Sicherheitsbeiwert:
Design factor: 1,5 1,5
Coéfficient d'étude:
Berechnung nach DIN 2413, Geltungsbereich III, für schwellende Belastung bis 120°C
Calculation to DIN 2413, scope of application lll, for pulsating load conditions at temperatures up to 120°C
Calcul selon DIN 2413, domaine d'application III, portant sur les efforts pulsatoires, les températures allant jusqu’à 120°C
Bei Problemfällen Rücksprache mit unserer Anwendungsberatung und dem Rohrhersteller halten.
Please contact our application engineers and the tube manufacturer in the case of any particular application conditions.
En cas de problèmes, veuillez contacter notre conseil d’application et le fabricant de tubes.
Achtung! Bei Temperaturen über 20°C müssen für Caution! In the case of temperatures over 20°C Attention! A des températures supérieures à
den Rohrwerkstoff 1.4571 Druckabschläge nach the pressure reductions shown on page B5 should 20° Celsius, respectez les réductions de pression
Seite B5 beachtet werden. be noted for tube material 1.4571. de la page B5 pour le matériau 1.4571.
B6
Berechnungsdrücke und Toleranzen von nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr
Calculated pressures and tolerances of seamless precision steel tubes
Pressions théoriques et tolérances de tube de précision en acier sans soudure
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr mit den Maßen nach DIN 2391 Teil 1-C, Werkstoff St 37.4 und St 52.4 gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK-3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rosten-
dem Stahl (z.B. 1.4571), Kurzname X6CrNiMoTi 17122, müssen nahtlos kaltgezogen, zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Ausführungsart m nach DIN 17458 sein und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, Blatt 1, aufweisen.
We recommend the use of seamless precision steel tubes with dimensions to DIN 2391, part 1-C, material St 37.4 and St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Stainless steel tubes (e.g. 1.4571), code
X6CrNiMoTi 17122, must be cold-drawn seamless, scale-free heat-treated, type m to DIN 17458, and provide tolerances to DIN 2391, sheet 1.
B
Nous préconisons l'emploi de tubes de précision en acier sans soudure, aux dimensions suivant DIN 2391, partie 1-C, matériau St 37.4 et St 52.4 suivant DIN 1630, exécution NBK-3.1 B. Les tubes en acier
inox (p. ex. 1.4571), désignation abrégée X6CrNiMoTi 17122, doivent être étirés à froid sans soudure, avec traitement thermique exempt de pailles, exécution m suivant DIN 17458, et avoir des tolérances
suivant DIN 2391, page 1.
*Berechnungsdruck I = ruhende Belastung *Calculated pressure I = static load *Pression théorique I = charge statique
*Berechnungsdruck III = schwellende Belastung *Calculated pressure III = pulsating load *Pression théorique III = charge pulsatoire
B7
Einschraubzapfen und Einschraublöcher
Studs and port forms
Implantations, embases et taraudages
Ø* Ø*
Form X
Einschraubloch Form X,Y form X
DIN 3852, Teil 1 / ISO 9974-1 (metrisch) forme X
DIN 3852, Teil 2 / ISO 1179-1 (Rohrgewinde)
(für zylindrische und kegelige Einschraubgewinde) Einschraubloch Form Z
DIN 3852, Teil 1 (metrisch)
Port form X,Y
DIN 3852, Teil 2 (Rohrgewinde)
DIN 3852, part 1 / ISO 9974-1 (metric)
(nur für kegelige Einschraubgewinde)***
DIN 3852, part 2 / ISO 1179-1 (BSP thread)
(for parallel and taper stud threads) Port form Z
DIN 3852, part 1 (metric)
Trou taraudé, forme X,Y
DIN 3852, part 2 (BSP thread)
DIN 3852, partie 1 / ISO 9974-1 (métrique)
(for taper stud threads only)***
DIN 3852, partie 2 / ISO 1179-1 (filetage Whitworth)
(pour filetages mâles cylindriques et Trou taraudé, forme Z
coniques) DIN 3852, partie 1 (métrique)
DIN 3852, partie 2 (filetage Whitworth)
(exclusivement pour filetages mâles coniques)***
Ø* Ø* Ø*
M1 d3 d4+0,4 d5 a1 max b1 min t1 min LL L S W M2 b2 min t3 min
Ø* Ø* Ø*
G1 d3 d4+0,4 d5 a1 max b1 min t1 min LL L S W R b2 min t3 min
* Bohrung des Einschraubzapfens. Sonderbauformen können abweichende Bohrungen haben. ***Achtung: Zusätzliches Dichtmittel erforderlich!
* Stud hole. For special types, deviating holes may be required. ***Attention: Additional sealing material required!
* Trou d'implantation. Pour quelques types spéciaux, des trous différents peuvent être nécessaires. ***Attention: Il faut prévoir un produit étanchéité supplémentaire!
** Bei Innengewinde entfällt A.
** For female threads, A does not apply.
** Pour les taraudages, A n'est pas applicable.
B8
Einschraubzapfen und Einschraublöcher
Studs and port forms
Implantations, embases et taraudages
Einschraubloch (metrisch) Port form (metric) Taraudage (métrique) Einschraubloch Port form Taraudage
für O-Ring-Dichtung for O-ring pour étanchéité par joint torique NPT NPT NPT
DIN ISO 6149-1 DIN ISO 6149-1 DIN ISO 6149-1 ANSI/ASME ANSI/ASME ANSI/ASME
ISO 11926-1 (UST) ISO 11926-1 (UST) ISO 11926-1 (UST) B1.20.1-1983 B1.20.1-1983 B1.20.1-1983
d2 d3 d4 d5 a1 t2 t1 b1 a d1 t3 t4
M min. +0,1 max. min. min. ±1° NPT min. min.
M 8x1 10,9 17 11 9,1 1 1,6 11,5 10 12° 1/8 - 27 NPT 11,6 6,9
M 10 x 1 12,9 20 13 11,1 1 1,6 11,5 10 12° 1/4 - 18 NPT 16,4 10,0
M 12 x 1,5 16,9 22 16 13,8 1,5 2,4 14 11,5 15° 3/8 - 18 NPT 17,4 10,3
M 14 x 1,5 18,9 25 18 15,8 1,5 2,4 14 11,5 15° 1/2 - 14 NPT 22,6 13,6
M 16 x 1,5 20,9 27 20 17,8 1,5 2,4 15,5 13 15° 3/4 - 14 NPT 23,1 14,1
M 18 x 1,5 22,9 29 22 19,8 2 2,4 16,5 14,5 15° 1 - 11,5 NPT 27,8 16,8
M 20 x 1,5 24,9 32 24 21,8 2 2,4 16,5 14 15° 1 1/4 - 11,5 NPT 28,3 17,3
M 22 x 1,5 26,9 34 26 23,8 2 2,4 18 15,5 15° 1 1/2 - 11,5 NPT 28,3 17,3
M 26 x 1,5 30,9 37 31 29,05 2 3,1 18,5 16 15°
M 27 x 2 31,9 40 32 29,4 2 3,1 22 19 15°
M 33 x 2 37,9 46 38 35,4 2,5 3,1 22 19 15°
M 42 x 2 47,9 56 47 44,4 2,5 3,1 22,5 19,5 15°
M 48 x 2 54,9 64 53 50,4 2,5 3,1 25 22 15°
d2 d3 d4 d5 a1 t2 t1 b1 a
UNF/UN min. +0,1 max. min. min. ±1°
B9
Rohranschlußmaße für Stutzen
Stud connection dimensions
Dimensions de raccordement pour implantation
B
Gewindezapfen nach DIN 3853/lSO 8434
Bohrungsform W nach DIN 3861
Stud form to DIN 3853/lSO 8434
Port form W to DIN 3861
Implantation selon DIN 3853/lSO 8434
Taraudage forme W selon DIN 3861
Reihe Rohr-AD
Series Tube OD
Série PN Tube Ø ext. M d1 d2B11 d4+0,1 I3 L I8+0,3
4 M 8x1 3 4 5 8 14 4
LL 100 6 M 10 x 1 4,5 6 7,5 8 14 5,5
8 M 12 x 1 6 8 9,5 9 15 5,5
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 6 8,1 10 18 7
500 8 M 14 x 1,5 6 8 10,1 10 18 7
10 M 16 x 1,5 8 10 12,3 11 19 7
12 M 18 x 1,5 10 12 14,3 11 19 7
L 400 15 M 22 x 1,5 12 15 17,3 12 20 7
18 M 26 x 1,5 15 18 20,3 12 21 7,5
22 M 30 x 2 19 22 24,3 14 23 7,5
28 M 36 x 2 24 28 30,3 14 23 7,5
250
35 M 45 x 2 30 35,25+0,15 38 16 27 10,5
42 M 52 x 2 36 42,25+0,15 45 16 28 11
6 M 14 x 1,5 4 6 8,1 12 20 7
800 8 M 16 x 1,5 5 8 10,1 12 20 7
10 M 18 x 1,5 7 10 12,3 12 21 7,5
12 M 20 x 1,5 8 12 14,3 12 21 7,5
S 630 14 M 22 x 1,5 10 14 16,3 14 24 8
16 M 24 x 1,5 12 16 18,3 14 24 8,5
20 M 30 x 2 16 20 22,9 16 27 10,5
25 M 36 x 2 20 25 27,9 18 30 12
400
30 M 42 x 2 25 30 33 20 33 13,5
38 M 52 x 2 32 38,25+0,15 41 22 37 16
B10
Korrekturtabelle für Baulängen
Table for length correction
Tableau de correction pour les longueurs
B
Das Maß L2 entspricht bei allen Teilen dem ungefähren Längenmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter. P-R
oder/or/ou
Im Katalog bezieht sich dieses Maß immer auf eine montierte Profilring- oder Walformverschraubung.
WF-WD
For all parts, dimension L2 corresponds to the approximate length with tightened nut. In the catalogue,
this dimension always refers to an assembled profile ring or Walform fitting.
La cote L2 correspond à la longueur approximative de toutes les pièces à écrou serré. Dans le
catalogue, cette cote est toujours celle d'un raccord à bague profilée Walform.
Für die Bördelverschraubung muß das Maß L2 für jede Größe durch addieren des X-Wertes
(s. Tabelle 1: X/Y-Wert) und des Korrekturwertes K (siehe Tabelle 2: Korrekturwert), abhängig von der
verwendeten Wandstärke, berechnet werden. Zur Ermittlung des Längenmaßes bis Ende Druckring
muß zusätzlich das Maß Y addiert werden.
For the flare fitting, dimension L2 must be calculated for each size by adding the value of X
(see Table 1: X/Y value) and the corrective dimension K (see Table 2: Corrective dimension), depending
on the wall thickness used. Dimension Y must also be added in order to determine the length up to
the end of the loose sleeve.
Pour le raccord pour tube évasé, la cote L2 doit être calculée pour chaque taille en additionnant la
valeur X (voir tableau 1: valeur X/Y) et la valeur de correction K (voir tableau 2: valeur de correction)
en fonction des épaisseurs de paroi utilisées. Pour déterminer la longueur jusqu'à l'extrémité de la
manchette, il convient d’y ajouter la cote Y.
B11
Normenübersicht
Survey of applicable standards
Vue d’ensemble des normes en vigueur
Rohranschluß
DIN 3861
Tube connection
DIN EN ISO 8434-1
Raccordement pour tubes
Einschraubzapfen
Male stud
Embout mâle
Technische
Lieferbedingungen
Technical
DIN 3859-1
specifications
Spécifications
techniques
Prüfungen
DIN 3859-3
Tests
ISO 8434-5
Essais
Montagen
Assembly DIN 3859-2
Montage
SAE 37°-Bördelflanschsystem / SAE 37° flared flange system / Système bride d’évasement 37° SAE
Technische
Lieferbedingungen
Technical
DIN 1630-NBK-3.1B DIN 17458-Ausführung/type/exécution „m“-3.1B
specifications
Spécifications
techniques
Maße
Dimensions DIN 2391-1 DIN EN ISO 1127
Dimensions
Toleranzen
Tolerances DIN 2391 DIN 2391
Tolérances
Berechnungsdrücke
Calculated pressures DIN 2413
Pressions théoriques
B12
Montageanleitungen Assembly instructions Instructions de montage
Seite
Page
Page
Montagearten C2-C3
Assembly modes
Méthodes de montage
C
Profile ring tube fittings Turning-angle-controlled assembly in pre-assembly adaptor
Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes Montage suivant le nombre de tours prescrit dans le bloc de pré-sertissage
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen WALFORM-Verschraubung mit Weichdichtung und Stützring für dünne Rohrwandstärken WALFORMplus, WD C24-C27
WALFORM tube fittings WALFORM fitting with captive seal and back-up ring for thin-walled tubes
Raccords de tubes WALFORM Raccord WALFORM à joint mou et bague d’appui pour tubes à faibles épaisseurs de paroi
Schweißnippel-Verschraubung C64-C66
Welding nipple fitting
Raccord à embout à souder
Dichtkegel-Verschraubung C67
Taper fitting
Raccord avec cône d’étanchéité
Schaft-Verschraubung C67
Standpipe assembly
Raccord à embout lisse assemblé
C1
Montagearten
Assembly modes
Méthodes de montage
WALPRO
Rohr Schaft
Tube Standpipe
Tube Embout lisse
L/S L/S
Fertigmontage 180° n. Fp. Fertigmontage 180° n. Fp. 360° n. Dp. 30° n. Fp. Drehmoment Fertigmontage 180° n. Fp.
Final assy 180° after inc. in f. Final assy 180° after inc. in f. 360° after pr. p. 30° after inc. in f. Torque Final assy 180° after inc. in f.
Montage final 180° après p. d. r. Montage final 180° après p. d. r. 360° après p. d. 30° après p. d. r. Couple Montage final 180° après p. d. r.
M (metallisch) WD (weichdichtend) plus (weichdichtend) in Stahl und Edelstahl (1.4571) après p. d. r. = après le point de résistance
M (metal to metal) WD (captive sealed) plus (captive sealed) in steel and stainless steel (1.4571) après p. d. = après le point dur
M (métallique) WD (avec joint mou) plus (avec joint mou) en acier et acier inox (1.4571) e. n. p. = éffort nettement perceptible
Note
alternativ: Drehmoment nach Walterscheid-Tabelle Avant de procédure au montage, tous les éléments de
alternative: torque to Walterscheid table raccords en acier inoxydable doivent être graissés avec
en option: couple suivant tableau de Walterscheid une graisse spéciale. La graisse WALTERSCHEID ABF
(graisse anti-blocage) est la plus appropriée.
C2
Montagearten
Assembly modes
Méthodes de montage
L/S
C
L S
metrisch zoll
metric inch
métrique pouce
DRW DKR
90° n. Fp.
90° after inc. in f. 180° n. Fp.
90° après p. d. r. 180° after inc. in f.
180° après p. d. r.
60° n. Fp. 90° n. Fp.
60° after inc. in f. 90° after inc. in f.
60° après p. d. r. 90° après p. d. r.
Schweißnippelverschraubung Einschraubverschraubung
Welding nipple fitting Male stud fitting
Raccord à embout à souder Raccord mâle
L/S L/S
120° n. Fp.
120° after inc. in f. metrisch zoll
120° après p. d. r. metric inch
métrique pouce
Dichtkegelverschraubung
Taper fitting 30° n. Fp. alternativ: Drehmoment nach Walterscheid-Tabelle
Raccord avec cône d’étanchéité 30° after inc. in f. alternative: torque to Walterscheid table
30° après p. d. r. en option: couple suivant tableau de Walterscheid
L/S
Verschlußschraube
Blanking end
120° n. Fp. Vis d’obturation
120° after inc. in f.
120° après p. d. r.
metrisch zoll
metric inch
n. Fp. = Umdrehung nach Festpunkt métrique pouce
n. Dp. = Umdrehung nach Druckpunkt
après p. d. r. = après le point de résistance 30° n. Fp. alternativ: Drehmoment nach Walterscheid-Tabelle
après p. d. = après le point dur 30° after inc. in f. alternative: torque to Walterscheid table
30° après p. d. r. en option: couple suivant tableau de Walterscheid
C3
WALPRO
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions Drehwegbezogene Montage im Vormontagestutzen
Instructions de montage Turning-angle-controlled assembly in pre-assembly adaptor
Montage suivant le nombre de tours prescrit dans le bloc de pré-sertissage
Profilring-
Rohrverschraubungen
Profile ring tube fittings
Raccords à bague Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
profilée pour tubes
hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. bending and flaring is to be used. est apte au cintrage à froid et à
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von We recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel tubes, material l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4 St 37.4 / St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type acier, sans soudure, matériau
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK - NBK-3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem steel 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, scale-free heat-treated, form “m“ to acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- DIN 17458. Tolerances of tube soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, outside and inside diameters to thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. Calculated selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, pressure according to DIN 2413. diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach Disregarding this tube selection des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl may lead to tool failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
Hinweis Note Note
Zur Gewährleistung einer funktions- In order to ensure effective Afin d'assurer une qualité fonc-
gerechten Montagequalität sollten assemblies, WALPRO steel fittings tionnelle du montage, le pré-
WALPRO-Verschraubungen (Stahl) should always be pre-assembled in sertissage des raccords WALPRO
grundsätzlich im eingeölten, an oiled pre-assembly adapter. For (acier) doit toujours se faire dans
WALPRO-X-Verschraubungen (Edel- WALPRO-X stainless steel (1.4571) un bloc de pré-sertissage huilé,
stahl 1.4571) im mit WALTERSCHEID fittings, the adapter should be celui des raccords WALPRO-X (acier
ABF-Fett (Anti Block Fett) eingefet- greased with WALTERSCHEID ABF inox 1.4571) dans des embouts de
teten Vormontagestutzen vormon- grease (anti-jamming grease). montage lubrifiés à la graisse
tiert werden. Direct assemblies can only be WALTERSCHEID ABF (graisse anti-
Direktmontagen sind nur bei carried out using WALPRO steel blocage).
Rohranschlag
Tube abutment WALPRO-Verschraubungen in Stahl fittings. Mechanical pre-assemblies Des montages directs sont unique-
Butée möglich. Maschinelle Vormontagen and WALTERSCHEID GE assemblies ment possibles pour les raccords
und die WALTERSCHEID GE-Mon- (mechanically controlled final WALPRO en acier. Des pré-
tage (maschinell gesteuerte End- assembly) can be carried out using sertissages mécaniques et un
montage) sind sowohl bei WALPRO- both WALPRO steel fittings and montage final à commande
Verschraubungen (Stahl), als auch WALPRO-X stainless steel (1.4571) mécanique WALTERSCHEID
bei WALPRO-X-Verschraubungen fittings (see separate assembly (montage GE) sont possibles tant
(Edelstahl 1.4571) möglich (vgl. instructions). pour les raccords WALPRO (acier)
separate Montageanleitungen). que pour les raccords WALPRO-X
(1.4571) (voir notice de montage
séparée).
C4
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
2. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 2. Lightly deburr the tube ends 2. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l’ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l’interieur et à l’extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d’huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
graisse ou d’huile, on utilisera des zulässige Anfasung
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
4. Überwurfmutter und Profilring auf 4. Place nut and profile ring on tube 4. Positionner l'écrou et la bague pro-
Rohr schieben, wie abgebildet. as shown. filée sur le tube comme ci-contre.
Completely assembled
Pre-assembled
Pré-sertissage
Fertig montiert
Montage fini
Vormontiert
C5
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
6.1 Bei ungünstigen Montagebedin- 6.1 With unfavourable mounting con- 6.1 Pour des conditions de montage
gungen und bei großen Rohrabmes- ditions and great tube dimensions, défavorables et l'emploi de grandes
sungen ist die Fertigmontage im final assembly must be completed in dimensions de tube, le montage final
Schraubstock durchzuführen. Hierfür a vice with the fitting body to be sub- doit être exécuté dans l'étau avec le
denselben Verschraubungsstutzen wie sequently installed. Caution! Any corps du raccord utilisé lors de l'in- 1/2 x
für den Einbau verwenden. Achtung! deviating number of tightening turns stallation ultérieure. Attention! Toute
Abweichende Anzugswege reduzieren reduces the nominal pressure and the course de serrage divergeante entraî-
die Nenndruckleistung und die service life of the fitting which causes ne une réduction de la pression nomi-
Lebensdauer der Verschraubung. leakages or slipping of the tube. nale admissible et de la durée de vie
Leckagen oder Herausrutschen des du raccord, ce qui provoque des fuites
Rohres sind die Folge. ou le désemmanchement du tube.
8. Mindestlänge für gerades 8. Minimum length of straight tube 8. Longueur droite minimale du
Rohrende bei Rohrbögen end for tube bends tube dans un cintrage de tube
Bei Rohrbögen muß das gerade For tube bends, the length of the Dans un cintrage de tube, la longueur
Rohrende bis zum Beginn des Biege- straight tube end up to the start of droite du tube jusqu'au rayon de cour-
radius mindestens 2 x Überwurfmut- the bending radius must be at least bure doit être au moins égale au
ternhöhe betragen. twice the nut length. double de la hauteur de l'écrou.
H
2xH
C6
WALPRO
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions Vormontage mit Walterscheid-Vormontagemaschine
Instructions de montage Pre-assembly with Walterscheid pre-assembly machine
Pré-sertissage avec la machine de pré-sertissage de Walterscheid
Profilring-
Rohrverschraubungen
Profile ring tube fittings
Raccords à bague Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
profilée pour tubes
hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. bending and flaring is to be used. est apte au cintrage à froid et à
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von We recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel tubes, material l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4 St 37.4 / St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type acier, sans soudure, matériau
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK - NBK-3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem steel 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, scale-free heat-treated, form “m“ to acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- DIN 17458. Tolerances of tube soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, outside and inside diameters to thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. Calculated selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, pressure according to DIN 2413. diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach Disregarding this tube selection des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl may lead to tool failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
C7
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
2. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 2. Lightly deburr the tube ends 2. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l’ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l’interieur et à l’extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d’huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
graisse ou d’huile, on utilisera des zulässige Anfasung
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
3. Überwurfmutter und Profilring auf 3. Place nut and profile ring on tube 3. Positionner l'écrou et la bague pro-
Rohr schieben, wie abgebildet. as shown. filée sur le tube comme ci-contre.
4. Stützscheibe und Vormontagestut- 4. Insert back-up plate and pre- 4. Mettre en place la plaque d’appui
zen in Vormontagemaschine einlegen. assembly adaptor in the pre-assembly et le bloc de pré-sertissage dans la
Nur Vormontagestutzen von Walter- machine. Use only pre-assembly machine de pré-sertissage. N‘utiliser
scheid verwenden. Bedienungsanlei- adaptors from Walterscheid. For the que des blocs de pré-sertissage de
tung der Vormontagemaschine für function “pre-assembly“, the opera- Walterscheid. Pour la fonction «pré-
Funktion ‚Vormontage‘ beachten. ting instructions for the pre-assembly sertissage», il convient de tenir
Hinweis: Bei Edelstahl (1.4571) sind machine have to be taken into compte des instructions de service
sämtliche Verschraubungsteile vor der account. Note: Prior to assembly, pour la machine de pré-sertissage.
Montage mit Spezialfett einzufetten. all stainless steel (1.4571) joint Note: Avant de procédure au
Geeignet ist das WALTERSCHEID components must be greased with montage, tous les éléments de
ABF-Fett (Anti Block Fett). special grease, such as WALTER- raccords en acier inoxydable doivent
SCHEID ABF grease (anti-jamming être graissés avec une graisse
grease). spéciale. La graisse WALTERSCHEID
ABF (graisse anti-blocage) est la plus
appropriée.
5. Rohr mit Überwurfmutter und 5. Insert the tube with nut and profile 5. Mettre en place le tube avec écrou
Profilring in Maschine einlegen. Rohr ring in the machine. Hold the tube et bague profilée dans la machine.
gegen Rohranschlag im Vormontage- firmly against the abutment in the Presser le tube contre la butée dans
stutzen drücken. Sicherheitsklappe pre-assembly adaptor. Close safety le bloc de pré-sertissage. Fermer la
schließen. Der Montagevorgang läuft cover. Assembly is done auto- capot de sécurité. Le montage se fait
automatisch ab. matically. automatiquement.
C8
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
7.1 Bei ungünstigen Montagebedin- 7.1 With unfavourable mounting con- 7.1 Pour des conditions de montage
gungen und bei großen Rohrabmes- ditions and great tube dimensions, défavorables et l'emploi de grandes
sungen ist die Fertigmontage im final assembly must be completed in dimensions de tube, le montage final
Schraubstock durchzuführen. Hierfür a vice with the fitting body to be sub- doit être exécuté dans l'étau avec le
denselben Verschraubungsstutzen wie sequently installed. Caution! Any corps du raccord utilisé lors de l'in- 1/2 x
für den Einbau verwenden. Achtung! deviating number of tightening turns stallation ultérieure. Attention! Toute
Abweichende Anzugswege reduzieren reduces the nominal pressure and the course de serrage divergeante entraî-
die Nenndruckleistung und die service life of the fitting which causes ne une réduction de la pression nomi-
Lebensdauer der Verschraubung. leakages or slipping of the tube. nale admissible et de la durée de vie
Leckagen oder Herausrutschen des du raccord, ce qui provoque des fuites
Rohres sind die Folge. ou le désemmanchement du tube.
9. Mindestlänge für gerades 9. Minimum length of straight tube 9. Longueur droite minimale du
Rohrende bei Rohrbögen end for tube bends tube dans un cintrage de tube
Bei Rohrbögen muß das gerade For tube bends, the length of the Dans un cintrage de tube, la longueur
Rohrende bis zum Beginn des Biege- straight tube end up to the start of droite du tube jusqu'au rayon de cour-
radius mindestens 2 x Überwurfmut- the bending radius must be at least bure doit être au moins égale au
ternhöhe betragen. twice the nut length. double de la hauteur de l'écrou.
H
2xH
C9
C
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions Drehwegbezogene Direktmontage im Verschraubungsstutzen für Reparaturzwecke (Stahl)
Instructions de montage Turning-angle-controlled direct assembly in the fitting body for repair purposes (steel)
Montage direct suivant le nombre de tours dans le corps du raccord pour réparation (acier)
Profilring-
Rohrverschraubungen
Profile ring tube fittings Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Raccords à bague Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
profilée pour tubes hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. bending and flaring is to be used. est apte au cintrage à froid et à
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von We recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel tubes, material l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4 St 37.4 / St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type acier, sans soudure, matériau
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK - NBK-3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem steel 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, scale-free heat-treated, form “m“ to acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- DIN 17458. Tolerances of tube soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, outside and inside diameters to thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. Calculated selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, pressure according to DIN 2413. diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach Disregarding this tube selection des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl may lead to tool failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
C10
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes
2. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 2. Lightly deburr the tube ends 2. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l’ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l’interieur et à l’extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d’huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
graisse ou d’huile, on utilisera des zulässige Anfasung
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
3. Überwurfmutter und Profilring auf 3. Place nut and profile ring on tube 3. Positionner l'écrou et la bague pro-
Rohr schieben, wie abgebildet. as shown. filée sur le tube comme ci-contre.
4. Rohr gegen Rohranschlag im 4. Press tube into fitting body up to 4. Presser le tube contre la butée du
Verschraubungsstutzen drücken. tube abutment. Tighten nut by hand. tube dans le corps du raccord.
Überwurfmutter von Hand anziehen. Serrer l'écrou à la main.
4.1 Bei ungünstigen Montagebedin- 4.1 With unfavourable mounting con- 4.1 Pour des conditions défavorables
gungen und bei großen Rohrabmes- ditions and great tube dimensions, de montage et l'emploi de grandes
sungen ist der dazugehörende Ver- the appropriate fitting body must be dimensions de tube, serrer le corps du
schraubungsstutzen im Schraubstock fixed in a vice. raccord approprié dans l'étau.
einzuspannen.
5. Überwurfmutter anziehen, bis der 5. Tighten nut until the profile ring 5. Serrer l'écrou jusqu'à ce que la
Profilring das Rohr erfaßt. Dieser grips the tube which is felt by a bague profilée pénètre dans le tube
Anzugsmoment . Tightening torque
(Druckpunkt).
Montage fini
C11
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes
6. Anschließend Fertigmontage mit 6. Final assembly by 1 turn. 6. Montage final par 1 tour.
1 Umdrehung. Important: Hold fitting body firmly by Important: Maintenir le corps du
1x
Wichtig: Verschraubungsstutzen mit means of a spanner. raccord avec une clef.
C Schlüssel gegenhalten.
6.1 Bei ungünstigen Montagebedin- 6.1 With unfavourable mounting con- 6.1 Pour des conditions de montage
gungen und bei großen Rohrabmes- ditions and great tube dimensions, défavorables et l'emploi de grandes
sungen ist die Fertigmontage im final assembly must be completed in dimensions de tube, le montage final
Schraubstock durchzuführen. Hierfür a vice with the fitting body to be sub- doit être exécuté dans l'étau avec le
denselben Verschraubungsstutzen wie sequently installed. Caution! Any corps du raccord utilisé lors de l'in- 1x
für den Einbau verwenden. Achtung! deviating number of tightening turns stallation ultérieure. Attention! Toute
Abweichende Anzugswege reduzieren reduces the nominal pressure and the course de serrage divergeante entraî-
die Nenndruckleistung und die Le- service life of the fitting which causes ne une réduction de la pression nomi-
bensdauer der Verschraubung. leakages or slipping of the tube. nale admissible et de la durée de vie
Leckagen oder Herausrutschen des du raccord, ce qui provoque des fuites
Rohres sind die Folgen. ou le désemmanchement du tube.
9. Mindestlänge für gerades 9. Minimum length of straight tube 9. Longueur droite minimale du
Rohrende bei Rohrbögen end for tube bends tube dans un cintrage de tube
Bei Rohrbögen muß das gerade For tube bends, the length of the Dans un cintrage de tube, la longueur
Rohrende bis zum Beginn des Biege- straight tube end up to the start of droite du tube jusqu'au rayon de cour-
radius mindestens 2 x Überwurfmut- the bending radius must be at least bure doit être au moins égale au
ternhöhe betragen. twice the nut length. double de la hauteur de l'écrou.
H
2xH
C12
WALPRO
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions Gesteuerte Endmontage mit der Walterscheid-Vormontagemaschine
Instructions de montage Controlled final assembly with the Walterscheid pre-assembly machine
Montage final contrôlé avec la machine de pré-sertissage de Walterscheid
Profilring-
Rohrverschraubungen
Profile ring tube fittings
Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Raccords à bague Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
profilée pour tubes hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. bending and flaring is to be used. est apte au cintrage à froid et à
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von We recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel tubes, material l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4 St 37.4 / St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type acier, sans soudure, matériau
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK - NBK-3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem steel 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, scale-free heat-treated, form “m“ to acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- DIN 17458. Tolerances of tube soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, outside and inside diameters to thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. Calculated selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, pressure according to DIN 2413. diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach Disregarding this tube selection des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl may lead to tool failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
C13
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
2. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 2. Lightly deburr the tube ends 2. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l’ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l’interieur et à l’extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d’huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
zulässige Anfasung
graisse ou d’huile, on utilisera des
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
3. Überwurfmutter und Profilring auf 3. Place nut and profile ring on tube 3. Positionner l'écrou et la bague pro-
Rohr schieben, wie abgebildet. as shown. filée sur le tube comme ci-contre.
4. Stützscheibe und Endmontagestut- 4. Insert back-up plate and final 4. Mettre en place la plaque d’appui
zen (mit GE-Kennzeichnung) in Vor- assembly adaptor (marked GE) in the et le bloc de montage final
montagemaschine einlegen. Nur pre-assembly machine. Use only final (réperé GE) dans la machine de pré-
Endmontagestutzen (GE) von Walter- assembly adaptors (GE) from Walter- sertissage. N‘utiliser que des blocs de
scheid verwenden. Bedienungsanlei- scheid. For the function “controlled montage final (GE) de Walterscheid.
tung der Vormontagemaschine für final assembly“, the operating Pour la fonction «montage final GE
Funktion ‚Gesteuerte Endmontage‘ instructions for the pre-assembly contrôlé», il convient de tenir compte
beachten. Hinweis: Bei Edelstahl machine have to be taken into des instructions de service pour la
(1.4571) sind sämtliche Verschrau- account. Note: Prior to assembly, machine de pré-sertissage. Note:
bungsteile vor der Montage mit all stainless steel (1.4571) joint Avant de procédure au montage, tous
Spezialfett einzufetten. Geeignet ist components must be greased with les éléments de raccords en acier
das WALTERSCHEID ABF-Fett special grease, such as WALTER- inoxydable doivent être graissés avec
(Anti Block Fett). SCHEID ABF grease (anti-jamming une graisse spéciale. La graisse
grease). WALTERSCHEID ABF (graisse anti-
blocage) est la plus appropriée.
5. Rohr mit Überwurfmutter und 5. Insert the tube with nut and profile 5. Mettre en place le tube avec écrou
Profilring in Maschine einlegen. Rohr ring in the machine. Hold the tube et bague profilée dans la machine.
gegen Rohranschlag im Vormontage- firmly against the abutment in the Presser le tube contre la butée dans
stutzen drücken. Sicherheitsklappe pre-assembly adaptor. Close safety le bloc de pré-sertissage. Fermer la
schließen. Der Montagevorgang läuft cover. Assembly is done auto- capot de sécurité. Le montage se fait
automatisch ab. matically. automatiquement.
C14
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
7.1 Drehmomentbezogene Fertigmon- 7.1 Torque-controlled final assembly 7.1 Montage final selon le couple
tage im Verschraubungsstutzen. in the fitting body. dans le corps du raccord. [Nm]
Überwurfmutter mit Drehmomentschlüssel Tighten nut with torque wrench (torque Serrer l'écrou avec une clef dynamo-
anziehen (Drehmomente nach Tabelle). according to table). Caution! Any métrique (couples, voir tableau).
Achtung! Abweichende Drehmomente deviating torque reduces the nominal Attention! Tout couple divergeant entraîne
reduzieren die Nenndruckleistung und die pressure and the service life of the fitting une réduction de la pression nominale
Lebensdauer der Verschraubung. Leckagen which causes leakages. Important: Hold admissible et de la durée de vie du
sind die Folge. Wichtig: Verschraubungs- fitting body firmly by means of a spanner. raccord, ce qui pro-voque des fuites.
stutzen mit Schlüssel gegenhalten. Important: Maintenir le corps du raccord
avec une clef.
H
2xH
Gesteuerte Endmontage / Controlled final assembly / Montage final contrôlé
Angegebene Werte gelten nur für Stahl / The specified data apply only to steel fittings / Les valeurs indiquées s’appliquent exclusivement à l’acier
Rohr-AD Reihe Fertigmontage [Nm] oder 30° Rohrwandstärke min. Montagekraft* Bei anderen Rohrwandstärken und
Tube OD Series Final assembly [Nm] or 30° Min. tube wall thickness Assembly force* [kN] Rohrwerkstoffen bitte Rücksprache mit
Tube Série Montage final [Nm] ou 30° Epaisseur de paroi mini Force de montage* unserer Anwendungstechnik.
Ø ext.
Please contact our application
6 25 6 x 1 17
engineers for any other tube wall
8 40 8 x 1 22
thicknesses and tube materials.
10 50 10 x 1 30
12 70 12 x 1,5 40 Veuillez contacter notre service
15 90 15 x 1,5 44 application technique pour d‘autres
18 L 115 18 x 1,5 46 épaisseurs de paroi et matériaux des
22 210 22 x 2 77 tubes.
28 310 28 x 2 77
35 500 35 x 3 100
42 600 42 x 3 125 * Die ermittelten Montagekräfte sind Richtwerte.
6 35 6 x 2 23 Diese sind abhängig von der Federkraft des
8 55 8 x 1,5 40 Zylinders, der Vorspannkraft der Dichtungen und
10 70 10 x 1,5 37 der Montagezeit.
12 85 12 x 1,5 40 * The assembly forces determined are reference
14 110 14 x 2 46 values depending on the spring-loaded cylinder,
16 S 120 16 x 1,5 46 the prestress of the seals and the assembly time.
20 200 20 x 2 77 * Les forces de montage déterminées sont des
25 340 25 x 2,5 95 valeurs de référence en fonction du cylindre
30 480 30 x 3 120 chargé par ressort, de la précontrainte des
38 850 38 x 4 145 étanchéités et du temps de montage.
Hinweis: Werte für Edelstahl Note: Data for stainless steel Note: Les valeurs pour l’acier inoxydable
auf Anfrage möglich. available on request. sont disponibles sur demande.
C15
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
C Einsteckhülsen sind generell bei Tube inserts are always required in Lors de l'utilisation de tubes en
Verwendung von Kunststoffrohren connection with plastic tubes. Usually matière plastique, I'emploi de fourrur-
erforderlich. In der Regel gilt dies this also applies to tubes made of es s’irnpose ce qui est normalement
auch für Rohre aus NE-Metall wie non-ferrous metals such as copper, aussi valable pour les tubes en
Kupfer, Messing und Aluminium. brass and aluminium. Tube inserts métaux non-ferreux tels que le cuivre,
Werden, wie bei geringen Drücken should also be used for thin-walled le laiton et l'aluminiurn. L'emploi de
üblich, dünnwandige Stahlrohre ein- steel tubes in low-pressure applicati- fourrures est également préconisé
gesetzt, sind auch hier Einsteckhülsen ons. With such tubes, material pour des tubes en acier de faible
zu verwenden. Bei diesen Rohren sind strength and wall thickness are often épaisseur fréquemment utilisés sous
die Materialfestigkeit, Wandstärke insufficient to withstand the radial basse pression. Pour ces tubes, la
und damit die Widerstandskraft viel- forces of the ring generated during résistance du matériau, I'épaisseur de
fach nicht ausreichend, um den bei assembly, which causes necking of paroi et ainsi la force de résistance
der Montage auftretenden Radial- the tube and leakages. sont souvent insuffisantes par rapport
kräften der Ringe entgegenzuwirken. à la force radiale de la bague lors du
Es kommt zu Rohreinschnürungen und montage. L'étranglement du tube et
Leckagen. des fuites en sont la conséquence.
1. Einsteckhülsen für sichere Montage 1. Tube insert for safe assembly of 1. Fourrure pour un montage sûr des
von Kunststoff, NE-Metall- und dünn- couplings on plastic, non-ferrous tubes en matière plastique, métaux
wandigen Stahlrohren. metal and thinwalled steel tubes. non-ferreux et acier de faible épais-
seur.
2. Rohr rechtwinklig abtrennen (kei- 2. Cut off the tube at right angles (do 2. Couper le tube à angle droit (ne pas
nen Rohrabschneider verwenden). not use a tube cutter). Lightly deburr utiliser de coupe-tube). Ebavurer
Rohrenden innen und außen leicht tube ends at the inside and outside. légèrement les extrémités intérieures
entgraten. Nicht anfasen! Reinigen. Do not chamfer! Clean. et extérieures du tube. Ne pas chan-
freiner! Nettoyer.
3. Einsteckhülse bis zur Rändelung in 3. Place the tube insert into the tube 3. Introduire la fourrure dans le tube
das Rohr einstecken . up to the knurl. jusqu'aux stries.
4. Mit Hammer (Hartgummi oder 4. Using a hammer (hard rubber or 4. Avec un marteau (en plastique ou
Kunststoff) ganz einschlagen. plastic) drive the insert fully home. caoutchouc dur) I'emmancher complè-
Rändelung wird in die Innenwand des The knurled portion is forced into the tement. Les stries pénètrent dans la
Rohres eingedrückt und sichert die inner wall of the tube and prevents paroi intérieure ainsi évitant tout
Hülse gegen Verschieben oder the insert from turning or falling out. déplacement ou désemmanchement
Herausfallen . de la fourrure.
C16
Montageanleitung Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Profile ring tube fittings
Instructions de montage Raccords à bague profilée pour tubes WALPRO
5. Hülse muß mit Rohrende bündig 5. The insert must be flush with the 5. La fourrure doit affleurer
abschließen. tube end. l’extrémité du tube.
6. Keine Rohreinschnürung nach der 6. No tube necking after assembly 6. Pas d’étranglement du tube après
Montage mit Einsteckhülse. with tube insert. Subsequent le montage avec fourrure. Pour les
Weitere Montage gemäß Montage- assembly should be carried out in opérations ultérieures de montage,
anleitung Profilring-Verschraubung. accordance with assembly instruc- tenir compte des instructions de
tions for profile ring fittings. montage pour le raccord à bague
profilée.
18 ●
22 ●
25 ●
28 ●
35 ●
Für Rohre aus Stahl (St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4) oder nicht rostendem Stahl (1.4571)
For tubes made of steel (St 37.4 / St 52.4) or stainless steel (1.4571)
Pour des tubes en acier (St 37.4 / St 52.4) ou en acier inox (1.4571)
C17
+
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions WALFORM-Verschraubung mit Weichdichtung
Instructions de montage WALFORM fitting with captive seal
Raccord WALFORM avec joint mou
WALFORM-
Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Raccords Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. bending and flaring is to be used. est apte au cintrage à froid et à
de tubes WALFORM
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von We recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel tubes, material l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
WALFORMplus Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4 St 37.4 / St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type acier, sans soudure, matériau
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK - NBK-3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem steel 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, scale-free heat-treated, form “m“ to acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- DIN 17458. Tolerances of tube soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, outside and inside diameters to thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. Calculated selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, pressure according to DIN 2413. diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach Disregarding this tube selection des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl may lead to tool failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
C18
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus +
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
3. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 3. Lightly deburr the tube ends 3. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Innen und außen entgraten und reini- Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
gen. Der Spann- und Umformbereich The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l'ébarbage et au nettoyage
muß frei von Spänen, Schmutz, Fett, must be clean and free of any chips, à l'intérieur et à I'extérieur du tube.
Öl und Farbe sein! Wenn fettig oder dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
ölig, umweltfreundliches Lösungs- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
mittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d'huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de zulässige Anfasung
graisse ou d'huile, on utilisera des permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
4. Überwurfmutter auf das Rohr 4. Slide the nut onto the tube. 4. Glisser l'écrou sur le tube.
schieben. Rohr umformen. Reshape the tube. Procéder au formage du tube.
Rohrenden mit Walterscheid Reshape the tube ends with the Former les extrémités du tube en utili-
WALFORM-Umformmaschine umfor- Walterscheid WALFORM machine sant la machine WALFORM de
men (siehe Bedienungsanleitung für (see instructions for WALFORM Walterscheid. (Voir la notice d'utilisa-
WALFORM-Maschinen). machines). tion pour machines WALFORM).
C19
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus +
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
5. Kontrolle des 5. Check the tube after reshaping 5. Contrôle du tube formé
fertig umgeformten Rohres Check the diameter D1 of the re- Contrôler la précision dimensionnelle
Den Durchmesser D1 des umgeform- shaped tube for dimensional accuracy du diamètre D1 du tube formé (voir la
Fin de montage
Couple de montage
reduzieren die Druckbelastbarkeit und fitting and results in leakage or et la durée de vie du raccord.
Assembly torque
C20
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus +
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C21
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
Tabellenteil
Tables
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus +
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
WALFORMplus Hinweis: Für die Maße L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
s L1 [mm] von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d
[mm] L2 [mm] Note: A tolerance of ± 0.5 mm must be taken into consideration for
[mm] dimensions L1 and L2 after reshaping!
1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 Nota: Pour les cotes L1 et L2, il faut considérer une tolérance de
6,5 ± 0,5 mm après le formage!
6 L/S
13,5
7,0 6,5
8 L/S
14,0 13,5
7,0 6,0 6,0 5,5 Kontrolldurchmesser (D1min)
10 L
14,0 13,0 13,0 12,5 Control diameter (D1min)
6,5 5,5 5,5 5,0 Diamètre de contrôle (D1min)
10 S
14,0 13,0 13,0 12,5
7,0 6,5 6,0 4,5
12 L
14,0 13,5 13,0 11,5
6,5 6,0 5,5 4,0
12 S
14,0 13,5 13,0 11,5
6,5 6,5 6,0
15 L
13,5 13,5 13,0
7,0 6,5 7,0 5,5
16 S
15,5 15,0 15,5 14,0
6,5 6,5 6,0
18 L
14,0 14,0 13,5
8,5 8,0 7,5 7,5 Mindestrohrlängen zum Einspannen bei geraden
20 S
19,0 18,5 18,0 18,0
und gebogenen Rohren
7,0 7,0 6,5
22 L
14,5 14,5 14,0 Minimum tube lengths for clamping for straight
9,0 8,0 8,0 8,5 8,0 7,5 and bent tubes
25 S
21,0 20,0 20,0 20,5 20,0 19,5
6,5 6,5 6,5 7,0 Longueurs de serrage minimales des tubes droits
28 L
14,0 14,0 14,0 14,5 et cintrés
8,5 9,0 9,0 9,0 8,5
30 S
22,0 22,5 22,5 22,5 22,0
8,0 8,5 8,0
35 L
18,5 19,0 18,5
9,5 9,5 10,0 10,0
38 S
25,5 25,5 26,0 26,0
8,0 8,0 8,5
42 L
19,0 19,0 19,5
* Soll das gerade Rohrende wegen Einbauschwierigkeiten * If installation problems require a shorter straight tube * Si, à cause de difficultés de montage, la longueur
kürzer sein als in Tabelle angegeben, muß das Biegen nach length than indicated in the table, bending must be carried droite doit être plus courte qu’indiqué sur le tableau,
dem Umformen erfolgen (siehe Rohrbiegewerkzeuge). out after reshaping (see Tube bending tools). le cintrage devra être effectué après le formage.
(Voir les cintreuses pour tubes)
C22
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
Tabellenteil
Tables
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus +
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
MEG-WF2 MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO
WALFORMplus
s L1 [mm]
d
[mm] L2 [mm]
[mm]
1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 Hinweis: Für die Maße L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
MEG-WF2 MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO Note: A tolerance of ± 0.5 mm must be taken into consideration for
dimensions L1 and L2 after reshaping!
6,5
6 L/S Nota: Pour les cotes L1 et L2, il faut considérer une tolérance de
13,5
± 0,5 mm après le formage!
7,0 7,0
8 L/S
14,0 14,0
7,5 7,0
10 L
14,5 14,0
Kontrolldurchmesser (D1min)
7,0 6,5
10 S Control diameter (D1min)
14,5 14,0
7,0 6,5 Diamètre de contrôle (D1min)
12 L
14,0 13,5
6,5 6,0
12 S
14,0 13,5
7,5 7,0
15 L
14,5 14,0
7,0 7,5 7,5 7,0
16 S
15,5 16,0 16,0 15,5
7,0 7,0 6,5
18 L
14,5 14,5 14,0
9,5 9,0 8,5
20 S
20,0 19,5 19,5
22 L
7,5 7,0 7,0 Mindestrohrlängen zum Einspannen bei geraden
15,0 14,5 14,5 und gebogenen Rohren
10,0 10,0 9,0
25 S Minimum tube lengths for clamping for straight
22,0 22,0 21,0
28 L
8,0 8,0 8,0 and bent tubes
15,5 15,5 15,5
9,0 10,5 10,5 10,0 Longueurs de serrage minimales des tubes droits
30 S
22,5 24,0 24,0 23,5 et cintrés
MEG-WF3/BO
8,5 9,5 9,5
35 L
19,0 20,0 20,0
11,5 12,0 11,5 11,0
38 S
27,5 28,0 27,0 27,0
10,0
42 L
21,0
* Soll das gerade Rohrende wegen Einbauschwierigkeiten * If installation problems require a shorter straight tube * Si, à cause de difficultés de montage, la longueur
kürzer sein als in Tabelle angegeben, muß das Biegen nach length than indicated in the table, bending must be carried droite doit être plus courte qu’indiqué sur le tableau,
dem Umformen erfolgen (siehe Rohrbiegewerkzeuge). out after reshaping (see Tube bending tools). le cintrage devra être effectué après le formage.
(Voir les cintreuses pour tubes)
C23
+
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions WALFORM-Verschraubung mit Weichdichtung und Stützring für dünne Rohrwandstärken
Instructions de montage WALFORM fitting with captive seal and back-up ring for thin-walled tubes
Raccord WALFORM à joint mou et bague d’appui pour tubes à faibles épaisseurs de paroi
WALFORM-
Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Raccords Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. bending and flaring is to be used. est apte au cintrage à froid et à
de tubes WALFORM
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von We recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel tubes, material l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
WALFORMplus, WD Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4 St 37.4 / St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type acier, sans soudure, matériau
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK - NBK-3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem steel 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, scale-free heat-treated, form “m“ to acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- DIN 17458. Tolerances of tube soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, outside and inside diameters to thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. Calculated selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, pressure according to DIN 2413. diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach Disregarding this tube selection des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl may lead to tool failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
C24
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus, WD +
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
Hierbei wird dem entsprechend in the fitting bodies. Dimension L1 mesure entre ses deux extrémités
gemessenen Maß je Rohranschluß must then be added for each tube venant buter contre le corps des
das Maß L1 hinzuaddiert. connection. raccords. A cette longueur mesurée, on
b) Durch Messen von Stirnseite b) The tube length is determined by ajoutera, pour chaque raccord de tube,
Stutzen zu Stirnseite Stutzen. Hierbei measuring from face end to face end la cote L1.
wird dem entsprechend gemessenen of the fitting bodies. Dimension L2 b) La longueur exacte d'un tube se
mesure entre les faces des corps de
Maß je Rohranschluß das Maß L2 must then be added for each tube
raccords. A cette longueur mesurée, on
hinzuaddiert. connection.
ajoutera, pour chaque raccord de tube,
Achtung: Stahl und nicht rostender Caution: For steel and stainless steel la cote L2.
Stahl haben unterschiedliche Maße. different dimensions apply. Attention: L'acier et l'acier inox ont
Die Maße L1 und L2 sowie minimale Dimensions L1 and L2, minimum différentes dimensions. Les cotes L1 et
gerade Rohrlängen und Mindestlän- straight tube lengths and minimum L2 ainsi que la longueur minimale de
gen für gerade Rohrenden bei Rohr- lengths for the straight tube end on tubes en ligne droite et la longueur
bögen sind der Bedienungsanleitung tube bends are indicated in the minimale pour une extrémité de tubes
bzw. den entsprechenden Tabellen- operating instructions and relevant en ligne droite des tubes en coude
werken zu entnehmen. tables. figurent dans la notice d'utilisation et
les tableaux correspondants.
3. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 3. Lightly deburr the tube ends 3. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l'ébarbage et au nettoyage à
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, l'intérieur et à I'extérieur du tube. Veillez
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an à ce que la zone de serrage et de
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to formage soit exempte de copeaux, de
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. saletés, de graisse, d'huile et de
Hinweis: Bei dünnwandigen Rohren Note: Incorrect tube preparation is peinture! En cas de présence de graisse zulässige Anfasung
wirkt sich eine unsachgemäße Rohr- particularly critical in the case of ou d'huile, on utilisera des solvants permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
vorbereitung besonders kritisch aus thin-walled tubes (see Item 3.1). écophiles. Nota: Les conséquences
d’une préparation non conforme des
(siehe Punkt 3.1).
tubes à faibles épaisseurs de paroi sont
particulièrement critiques (voir point 3.1)
3.1 Fehler bei unsachgemäßer 3.1 Incorrect tube preparation 3.1 Défaillance dans le cas d’une
Rohrvorbereitung Due to the tapered locating hole in préparation non conforme des
Bei unsachgemäßer Rohrvorbereitung the shaper, the tube cannot be tubes
unzulässiger
kann das Rohr aufgrund der konischen completely inserted into the reshaping Dans le cas d’une préparation non Grat
Aufnahmebohrung im Formstutzen tool in case of incorrect tube pre- conforme, le tube ne peut pas être impermissible
nicht ganz in das Umformwerkzeug paration. This leads to incorrect introduit entièrement dans l’outil de flash
formage en raison de son alésage de bavure
eingeführt werden. Dies führt zu einer reshaping, which can be detrimental inadmissible
nicht ordnungsgemäßen Umformung to the performance of the tube réception conique. Il en résulte un
wodurch die Leistung der Rohrverbin- connection. formage non conforme aux règles de
dung beeinträchtigt werden kann. l’art, pouvant porter préjudice à la
performance du raccord de tube.
4. Überwurfmutter auf das Rohr 4. Slide the nut onto the tube. 4. Glisser l'écrou sur le tube.
schieben. Rohr umformen. Reshape the tube. Procéder au formage du tube.
Rohrenden mit Walterscheid Reshape the tube ends with the Former les extrémités du tube en
WALFORM-Umformmaschine umfor- Walterscheid WALFORM machine utilisant la machine WALFORM de
men (siehe Bedienungsanleitung für (see instructions for WALFORM Walterscheid. (Voir la notice d'utilisation
WALFORM-Maschinen). machines). pour machines WALFORM).
C25
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus, WD +
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
5. Kontrolle des 5. Check the tube after reshaping 5. Contrôle du tube formé
fertig verformten Rohres Check the diameter D of the reshaped Contrôler la propreté et la précision
Den Durchmesser D des verformten tube for dimensional accuracy (see dimensionnelle du diamètre D du tube
ØD
chende Tabellenwerke) und Verunrei- the reshaped tube must be clean. formé doit être propre. Seul un forma- d
nigung prüfen. Die Außenseite des Only faultless reshaping ensures a ge impeccable assure une longue
verformten Rohres muß sauber sein. long service life of the fitting. durée de vie du raccord.
Nur eine einwandfreie Verformung
ergibt eine lange Lebensdauer der
Verschraubung.
6. Stützring und Weichdichtung 6. Mount the back-up ring and the 6. Montage de la bague d’appui et
montieren captive seal du joint mou
Nach der Rohrumformung Stützring After reshaping the tube, slide the Après le formage du tube, glisser la
auf das umgeformte Rohr aufschie- back-up ring onto the reshaped tube. bague d’appui sur le tube formé.
ben. Achtung! Auf richtige Montage- Caution: Make sure that the back-up Attention! Veiller à ce que le sens du
richtung des Stützringes achten. ring is fitted in the right direction. The montage de la bague d’appui soit
Pfeilkennzeichnung muß in Montage- arrows must point in the direction of correct. Les flèches doivent indiquer
richtung zeigen. tube assembly. le sens du montage.
Die Weichdichtung auf das Rohr bis Slide the captive seal onto the tube Procéder au montage du joint mou sur
zum Anschlag aufziehen. Hierbei auf until it abuts. Make sure that no le tube jusqu'à ce qu'il vienne buter.
verdrehfreie und beschädigungsfreie damage or torsion occurs during On veillera à ce que ce montage se
Montage achten. Funktion und assembly. Function and reliability are fasse sans torsion ni dommage. Le
Sicherheit der Verschraubung ist nur guaranteed only with original fonctionnement et la sécurité du rac-
mit Original Walterscheid Walterscheid WF-captive seals! cord ne sont assurés qu'en utilisant
WF-Weichdichtungen gewährleistet! des joints mous originaux du type WF
de Walterscheid!
7. Fertigmontage im 7. Final assembly in the 7. Montage final dans le corps
1/6 x
Verschraubungsstutzen fitting body du raccord
Überwurfmutter bis zum deutlich Tighten the nut up to the point of a Serrer l'écrou avec la clé de montage (60°)
spürbaren Kraftanstieg (Festpunkt) noticeable increase in force (point of appropriée jusqu'à ressentir un effort
mit geeignetem Montageschlüssel resistance) using an appropriate nettement plus élevé (point de
anziehen. Danach 60° (eine Schlüssel- wrench. For final assembly, tighten résistance). Terminer ensuite le mon-
fläche) endmontieren. Bei Verschrau- the nut further by 60° (one wrench tage par un serrage de 60° (une
bungen aus nicht rostendem Stahl ist face). For stainless steel fittings, the surface de clé). Pour les raccords en
die Überwurfmutter im Gewindebe- threaded portion and the 45° chamfer acier inox, on enduira l'écrou de
reich und auf der 45°-Schräge mit of the nut must be greased with ABF graisse ABF dans la zone filetée et au
Montagedrehmoment . Assembly torque
ABF-Fett zu fetten. Achtung: Abwei- grease. Caution: Any deviating niveau du chanfrein de 45°. Festpunkt Montageende
Point of Assembly completed
chende Anzugswege reduzieren die number of tightening turns reduces Attention: L'écart des couples de resistance
Couple de montage
Fin de montage
Point de
Druckbelastbarkeit und die Lebens- the nominal pressure and the service serrage réduit la pression nominale résistance
dauer der Verschraubung. Leckagen life of the fitting and results in et la durée de vie du raccord.
oder Funktionsstörungen sind die leakage or malfunction. Important: Conséquences: fuites et dysfonc-
Folge. Wichtig: Verschraubungsstut- Hold fitting body firmly by means of a tionnements. Important: Maintenir
zen mit Schlüssel gegenhalten. spanner. le corps du raccord avec une clef.
60° Montageweg
Assembly path
8. Wiederholungsmontage 8. Repeat assembly 8. Remontage Voie de montage
Nach jedem Lösen der Verbindung die Each time the fitting is disconnected, Après chaque desserrage du raccord,
Weichdichtung auf Beschädigungen the captive seal must be checked for vérifier si le joint mou est endom-
überprüfen und gegebenenfalls aus- possible damage and replaced if magé et le remplacer si nécessaire.
tauschen. Die Überwurfmutter wieder necessary. The nut must be firmly Resserrer l'écrou. Procéder au remon-
fest anziehen. Die Wiederholungs- retightened. For reassembly, the same tage en appliquant le même couple
montage ist mit dem gleichen Dreh- torque as for initial assembly must be que pour le premier montage!
moment wie bei der Erstmontage applied.
durchzuführen!
Hinweis Note Nota
Rohrlängendifferenzen müssen durch Differences in tube length must be Pour égaliser les différentes lon-
entsprechende längenausgleichende compensated by adequate laying of gueurs de tubes, on procèdera à un
Rohrverlegung, z.B. Rohrbögen, aus- tubes, e.g. tube bends. Exceeding or montage compensateur en utilisant
geglichen werden. Über- und Unter- falling short of the applicable speci- p.ex. des tubes en coude. Tout écart
schreitungen der gültigen Rohrlängen- fied tube lengths may cause leakage. en moins ou en plus de la longueur
vorgaben können zu Undichtigkeiten Prior to installation, short straight admissible des tubes peut engendrer
führen. Kurze, gerade Rohrstücke tube sections without length compen- des fuites. Avant de procéder au mon-
ohne Längenausgleich zwischen den sation between the installation ends tage, on vérifiera et on adaptera si
Einbauenden vor Einbau auf Endmaß must be checked for compliance with nécessaire la cote finale des tronçons
überprüfen und ggf. anpassen. the final dimension and adapted if de tubes en ligne droite de petites
necessary. dimensions, sans compensation en
longueur, situés entre les extrémités
de montage.
C26
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions
Tabellenteil
Tables
WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings
WALFORMplus, WD +
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
Dètermination de la longueur des tubes (L1, L2)
WALFORMplus, WD Hinweis: Für die Angabe L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,1 A* B Note: A tolerance of ± 0,5 mm must be taken into consideration for
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dimensions L1 and L2 after the forming process!
Attention: Pour l’indication L1 et L2 il faut considérer une tolérance de
6L 1 2,9 9,9 8 75 95 ± 0,5 mm aprés le formage!
8L 1 2,7 9,7 10 75 95
10 L 1 2,7 9,7 12 75 95
Kontrolldurchmesser (D ± 0,1)
12 L 1 2,4 9,4 14 75 95 Control diameter (D ± 0,1)
Diamètres de contrôle (D ± 0,1)
ØD s
WALFORMplus, WD
Mindestrohrlängen zum Einspannen bei geraden
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,1 A* B und gebogenen Rohren
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Minimum tube lengths for clamping for straight
6L 1 2,9 9,9 8 75 95 and bent tubes
8L 1 3,1 10,1 10 75 95 Longueurs de serrage minimales des tubes droits
et cintrès
10 L 1 3,4 10,4 12 76 97
12 L 1 3,3 10,3 14 76 97
C27
C
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions WALFORM-Verschraubung mit Weichdichtung
Instructions de montage WALFORM fitting with captive seal
Raccord WALFORM à joint mou
WALFORM-
Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Raccords Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold-ben- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. ding and flaring is to be used. We est apte au cintrage à froid et à
de tubes WALFORM
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel, material St 37.4 / l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
WD Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK -
St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type NBK-
3.1 B. Tubes made of stainless steel
acier, sans soudure, matériau
St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Rohre aus nicht rostendem 1.4571, cold-drawn seamless, scale- DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B. Tubes en
Stahl 1.4571, nahtlos kaltgezogen, free heat-treated, form “m“ to DIN acier inox 1.4571, étirés à froid sans
zunderfrei wärmebehandelt, Aus- 17458. Tolerances of tube outside soudure, soumis à un traitement
führungsart “m“ nach DIN 17458, and inside diameters to DIN 2391, thermique sans paille, type «m»
Toleranzen der Rohraußen- und sheet 1-C. Calculated pressure selon DIN 17458. Tolérances des
Innendurchmesser nach DIN 2391, according to DIN 2413. Disregarding diamètres extérieurs et intérieurs
Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke nach this tube selection may lead to tool des tubes selon DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohrauswahl failure! Pressions théoriques selon DIN
nicht berücksichtigt, so kann dies zu 2413. Si les tubes recommandés ne
einem Werkzeugbruch führen! sont pas utilisés, une rupture d’outil
en peut être la conséquence!
C28
Montageanleitung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions WALFORM tube fittings WD
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
3. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 3. Lightly deburr the tube ends 3. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Innen und außen entgraten und reini- Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
gen. Der Spann- und Umformbereich The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l'ébarbage et au nettoyage
muß frei von Spänen, Schmutz, Fett, must be clean and free of any chips, à l'intérieur et à I'extérieur du tube.
Öl und Farbe sein! Wenn fettig oder dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
ölig, umweltfreundliches Lösungsmit- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
tel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d'huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
zulässige Anfasung
graisse ou d'huile, on utilisera des
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
4. Überwurfmutter auf das Rohr 4. Slide the nut onto the tube. 4. Glisser l'écrou sur le tube.
schieben. Rohr umformen. Reshape the tube. Procéder au formage du tube.
Rohrenden mit Walterscheid Reshape the tube ends with the Former les extrémités du tube en utili-
WALFORM-Umformmaschine umfor- Walterscheid WALFORM machine sant la machine WALFORM de
men (siehe Bedienungsanleitung für (see instructions for WALFORM Walterscheid. (Voir la notice d'utilisa-
WALFORM-Maschinen). machines). tion pour machines WALFORM).
C29
Montageanleitung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions WALFORM tube fittings WD
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
5. Kontrolle des fertig 5. Check the tube after reshaping 5. Contrôle du tube formé
umgeformten Rohres Check the diameter D of the reshaped Contrôler la précision dimensionnelle
Den Durchmesser D des umgeformten tube for dimensional accuracy (see du diamètre D du tube formé (voir la
Schräge mit ABF-Fett zu fetten. grease. au niveau du chanfrein de 45°. Festpunkt Montageende
Achtung: Abweichende Anzugswege Caution: Any deviating number of Attention: L'écart des couples de Point of Assembly completed
resistance
Couple de montage
Fin de montage
reduzieren die Druckbelastbarkeit und tightening turns reduces the nominal serrage réduit la pression nominale Point de
résistance
die Lebensdauer der Verschraubung. pressure and the service life of the et la durée de vie du raccord.
Leckagen oder Funktionsstörungen fitting and results in leakage or Conséquences: fuites et dysfonc-
sind die Folge. malfunction. tionnements.
Wichtig: Verschraubungsstutzen mit Important: Hold fitting body firmly by Important: Maintenir le corps du
Schlüssel gegenhalten. means of a spanner. raccord avec une clef. 60° Montageweg
Assembly path
Voie de montage
C30
Montageanleitung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions WALFORM tube fittings WD
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
können die notwendigen Montage- tension and, especially when dealing montage nécessaires peuvent
*Bei Verschraubungen aus nicht rostendem Stahl
drehmomente deutlich abweichen. with stainless steel, by incorrect s'écarter considérablement en raison
ist die Überwurfmutter im Gewindebereich und
Bei Anwendung der Drehmomente für lubrication. The above influences de l'influence des tolérances, des auf der 45°-Schräge mit Walterscheid ABF-Fett zu
Erstmontage dürfen die vorgenannten must not be present when applying tubes posés sous tension et d'une fetten.
Einflüsse nicht vorhanden sein. Daher the torques for initial assembly. lubrification non conforme, *For stainless steel fittings, the threaded portion
empfehlen wir generell die drehwin- Therefore, we generally recommend notamment dans le secteur de l'acier and the 45° chamfer of the nut must be greased
kelbezogene Montage. assembly based on the tightening inox. Les influences précitées ne with Walterscheid ABF grease.
travel. doivent pas exister lors de l'applica- *Pour les raccords en acier inox, on enduira l’écrou
tion des couples pour le premier de graisse ABF de Walterscheid dans la zone
montage. Nous recommandons donc filetée et au niveau du chanfrein de 45 °.
généralement le montage par angle
de rotation.
C31
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Tables WALFORM tube fittings WD
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
MEG-WF1/BO2
WALFORM-WD Hinweis: Für die Angabe L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,3 A* B Note: A tolerance of ± 0,5 mm must be taken into consideration for
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dimensions L1 and L2 after the forming process!
Attention: Pour l’indication L1 et L2 il faut considérer une tolérance de
6L 1,5 7,5 14,5 71,5 100 ± 0,5 mm aprés le formage!
10
6S 1,5 7,5 14,5 73,5 102
1,5 7 14 Kontrolldurchmesser (D ± 0,3)
8L 71,5 96
2 6 13 Control diameter (D ± 0,3)
12,3 Diamètres de contrôle (D ± 0,3)
1,5 7 14
8S 73,5 97
2 6 13
1,5 / 2 7,5 14,5
10 L 72,5 99
2,5 6,5 13,5
14,3
1,5 / 2 7 14,5
10 S 74,5 102
2,5 6 13,5
1,5 / 2 9 16
Mindestrohrlängen zum Einspannen bei geraden
12 L 2,5 6,5 13,5 72,5 100 und gebogenen Rohren
3 5,5 12,5 Minimum tube lengths for clamping for straight
16,3 and bent tubes
1,5 / 2 8,5 16
Longueurs de serrage minimales des tubes droits
12 S 2,5 6 13,5 74,5 104 et cintrès
3 5 12,5
15 L 1,5 / 2 / 2,5 7,5 14,5 20,2 74 101
2 / 2,5 / 3 7,5 16
16 S 21,5 77,5 108
4 6,5 15
18 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 8,5 16 24,2 75 108
20 S 2 / 2,5 10,5 21 27 81 118
22 L 2 8,5 16 27 80 110 Gerade Rohrlänge (B)
Straight tube length (B)
Longueurs de tubes droits (B)
* Soll das gerade Rohrende wegen Einbauschwierigkeiten * If installation problems require a shorter straight tube * Si, à cause de difficultés de montage, la longueur
kürzer sein als in Tabelle angegeben, muß das Biegen nach length than indicated in the table, bending must be carried droite doit être plus courte qu’indiqué sur le tableau,
dem Umformen erfolgen (siehe Rohrbiegewerkzeuge). out after reshaping (see Tube bending tools). le cintrage devra être effectué après le formage.
(Voir les cintreuses pour tubes)
C32
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Tables WALFORM tube fittings WD
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
MEG-WF2 MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO
WALFORM-WD Hinweis: Für die Angabe L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,3 A* B Note: A tolerance of ± 0,5 mm must be taken into consideration for
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dimensions L1 and L2 after the forming process!
Attention: Pour l’indication L1 et L2 il faut considérer une tolérance de
6 L/S 1,5 7,5 14,5 10 100 115 ± 0,5 mm aprés le formage!
1,5 7 14
8 L/S 12,3 100 115
2 6 13
Kontrolldurchmesser (D ± 0,3)
1,5 / 2 7,5 14,5 Control diameter (D ± 0,3)
10 L 6,5 13,5 Diamètres de contrôle (D ± 0,3)
2,5
3 6 13
14,3 100 115
1,5 / 2 7 14,5
10 S 2,5 6 13,5
3 5,5 13
1,5 / 2 9 16
12 L 2,5 6,5 13,5
Mindestrohrlängen zum Einspannen bei geraden
3 5,5 12,5 und gebogenen Rohren
16,3 95 110
1,5 / 2 8,5 16 Minimum tube lengths for clamping for straight
and bent tubes
12 S 2,5 6 13,5
Longueurs de serrage minimales des tubes droits
3 5 12,5
et cintrès
15 L 1,5 / 2 / 2,5 7,5 14,5 20,2 90 110
2 / 2,5 / 3 7,5 16
16 S 21,5 95 120
4 6,5 15
18 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 8,5 16 24,2 95 125
2 / 2,5 10,5 21
20 S 27 105 140
3/4 9 19,5
2 / 2,5 / 3 8,5 16 Gerade Rohrlänge (B)
22 L 27 105 135 Straight tube length (B)
3,5 7,5 15
Longueurs de tubes droits (B)
2 9,5 21,5
25 S 32,2 105 140
2,5 / 3 / 3,5 / 4 / 5 8 20 *
2 7,5 15
28 L 2,5 / 3 6 13,5 32,8 100 130
3,5 5,5 13
30 S 2,5 / 3 / 4 / 5 / 6 9 22,5 38,3 130 170
35 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 / 4 / 5 8 18,5 41,8 120 155
3/4/6 10,5 26,5 Minimale gerade Rohrlänge (A)
38 S 47,6 135 180
5 11,5 27,5 Minimum straight tube length (A)
Longueurs minimales de tubes droits (A)
42 L 3 / 3,5 / 4 8,5 19,5 49 120 155
* Soll das gerade Rohrende wegen Einbauschwierigkeiten * If installation problems require a shorter straight tube * Si, à cause de difficultés de montage, la longueur
kürzer sein als in Tabelle angegeben, muß das Biegen nach length than indicated in the table, bending must be carried droite doit être plus courte qu’indiqué sur le tableau,
dem Umformen erfolgen (siehe Rohrbiegewerkzeuge). out after reshaping (see Tube bending tools). le cintrage devra être effectué après le formage.
(Voir les cintreuses pour tubes)
C33
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Tables WALFORM tube fittings WD
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
MEG-WF2 MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO
Hinweis: Für die Angabe L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
WALFORM-WD von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,3 A* B Note: A tolerance of ± 0,5 mm must be taken into consideration for
dimensions L1 and L2 after the forming process!
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Attention: Pour l’indication L1 et L2 il faut considérer une tolérance de
MEG-WF2 MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO ± 0,5 mm aprés le formage!
* Soll das gerade Rohrende wegen Einbauschwierigkeiten * If installation problems require a shorter straight tube * Si, à cause de difficultés de montage, la longueur
kürzer sein als in Tabelle angegeben, muß das Biegen nach length than indicated in the table, bending must be carried droite doit être plus courte qu’indiqué sur le tableau,
dem Umformen erfolgen (siehe Rohrbiegewerkzeuge). out after reshaping (see Tube bending tools). le cintrage devra être effectué après le formage.
(Voir les cintreuses pour tubes)
C34
C
C35
C
Montageanleitung
Assembly instructions WALFORM-Verschraubung metallisch dichtend
Instructions de montage WALFORM fitting with metallic seal
Raccord WALFORM avec joint d’étanchéité par arête métal
WALFORM-
Rohrverschraubungen
WALFORM tube fittings Rohrauswahl Tube selection Sélection de tube
Raccords Es ist eine kaltbiege- und bördelfä- A tube grade suitable for cold-ben- On utilisera un tube dont la qualité
hige Rohrqualität zu verwenden. ding and flaring is to be used. We est apte au cintrage à froid et à
de tubes WALFORM
Wir empfehlen die Verwendung von recommend the use of seamless l’évasement. Nous recommandons
nahtlosem Präzisionsstahlrohr, precision steel, material St 37.4 / l’utilisation de tubes de précision en
M Werkstoff St 37.4 bzw. St 52.4
gemäß DIN 1630, Ausführung NBK -
St 52.4 to DIN 1630, type NBK-
3.1 B. Tolerances of tube outside
acier, sans soudure, matériau
St 37.4 ou St 52.4 selon la norme
3.1 B. Toleranzen der Rohraußen- and inside diameters to DIN 2391, DIN 1630, type NBK-3.1 B.
und Innendurchmesser nach DIN sheet 1-C. Calculated pressure Tolérances des diamètres extérieurs
2391, Teil 1-C. Berechnungsdrücke according to DIN 2413. Disregarding et intérieurs des tubes selon DIN
nach DIN 2413. Wird diese Rohraus- this tube selection may lead to tool 2391, folio 1-C. Pressions théoriques
wahl nicht berücksichtigt, so kann failure! selon DIN 2413. Si les tubes recom-
dies zu einem Werkzeugbruch mandés ne sont pas utilisés, une
führen! Stainless steel 1.4571 and other rupture d’outil en peut être la
materials on request. conséquence!
Nicht rostender Stahl 1.4571 und
weitere Werkstoffe auf Anfrage. Acier inox 1.4571 et autres
matériaux sur demande.
C36
Montageanleitung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions WALFORM tube fittings M
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
3. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 3. Lightly deburr the tube ends 3. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l'ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l'intérieur et à I'extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d'huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
zulässige Anfasung
graisse ou d'huile, on utilisera des permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
4. Überwurfmutter auf das Rohr 4. Slide the nut onto the tube. 4. Glisser l'écrou sur le tube.
schieben. Rohr umformen. Reshape the tube. Procéder au formage du tube.
Rohrenden mit Walterscheid Reshape the tube ends with the Former les extrémités du tube en utili-
WALFORM-Umformmaschine umfor- Walterscheid WALFORM machine sant la machine WALFORM de
men (siehe Bedienungsanleitung für (see instructions for WALFORM Walterscheid. (Voir la notice d'utilisa-
WALFORM-Maschinen). machines). tion pour machines WALFORM).
C37
Montageanleitung WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions WALFORM tube fittings M
Instructions de montage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
5. Kontrolle des 5. Check the tube after reshaping 5. Contrôle du tube formé
fertig verformten Rohres Check the diameter D of the reshaped Contrôler la propreté et la précision
Den Durchmesser D des verformten tube for dimensional accuracy (see dimensionnelle du diamètre D du tube
Couple de montage
Fin de montage
means of a spanner. raccord avec une clef.
Festpunkt
Point of
resistance
Point dur
120° Montageweg
Assembly path
Voie de montage
C38
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Tables WALFORM tube fittings M
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
MEG-WF1/BO2
WALFORM-M Hinweis: Für die Angabe L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,2 A* B Note: A tolerance of ± 0,5 mm must be taken into consideration for
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dimensions L1 and L2 after the forming process!
Attention: Pour l’indication L1 et L2 il faut considérer une tolérance de
10 L 2 8 15 74,5 106 ± 0,5 mm aprés le formage!
14
10 S 2 8 15,5 76,5 108
12 L 2 6 13 74,5 102
15,6 Kontrolldurchmesser (D ± 0,2)
12 S 2 6 13,5 76,5 105 Control diameter (D ± 0,2)
15 L 6 13 18,5 76,0 103 Diamètres de contrôle (D ± 0,2)
2 / 2,5
16 S 2 / 2,5 / 3 5,5 14 19,8 79,5 111
18 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 5,5 13 21,7 77,0 105
20 S 2,5 / 3 7,5 18 24,7 83,0 120
22 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 6,5 14 26 79,0 111
C39
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Assembly instructions Tables WALFORM tube fittings M
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords de tubes WALFORM
C
Dètermination de la longueur des tubes (L1, L2)
WALFORM-M Hinweis: Für die Angabe L1 und L2 ist nach der Umformung eine Toleranz
von ± 0,5 mm zu berücksichtigen!
d s L1 L2 D ± 0,2 A* B Note: A tolerance of ± 0,5 mm must be taken into consideration for
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] dimensions L1 and L2 after the forming process!
Attention: Pour l’indication L1 et L2 il faut considérer une tolérance de
10 L 2 8 15 113 140 ± 0,5 mm aprés le formage!
14
10 S 2 8 15,5 113 142
12 L 2 6 13 111 136
15,6 Kontrolldurchmesser (D ± 0,2)
12 S 2 6 13,5 111 136 Control diameter (D ± 0,2)
15 L 6 13 18,5 115 Diamètres de contrôle (D ± 0,2)
2 / 2,5 94
16 S 2 / 2,5 / 3 5,5 14 19,8 104 134
18 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 5,5 13 21,7 95 119
20 S 2,5 / 3 7,5 18 24,7 106 141
22 L 2 / 2,5 / 3 6,5 14 26 99 128
25 S 2,5 / 3 / 3,5 / 4 9,5 21,5 29,7 112 153
28 L 2,5 / 3 / 3,5 8,5 16 32,4 104 138
Mindestrohrlängen zum Einspannen bei geraden
30 S 2,5 / 3 / 3,5 / 4 / 5 9 22,5 34,9 133 177 und gebogenen Rohren
35 L 3 / 3,5 / 4 / 5 9 19,5 39,9 126 165 Minimum tube lengths for clamping for straight
and bent tubes
38 S 3 / 3,5 / 4 / 5 / 6 9,5 25,5 42,9 142 189
Longueurs de serrage minimales des tubes droits
42 L 3 / 3,5 / 4 9,5 20,5 46,8 130 168
et cintrès
C40
C
C41
C
C42
Montageanleitung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly instructions Flare tube fittings 37°
Instructions de montage Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
3. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 3. Lightly deburr the tube ends 3. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l’ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l’interieur et à l’extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d’huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
graisse ou d’huile, on utilisera des zulässige Anfasung
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
C43
Montageanleitung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly instructions Flare tube fittings 37°
Instructions de montage Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
6. O-Ringe ölen. Vorzugsweise ist der 6. Oil the O-rings. The centre unit 6. Huiler les joints toriques.
Zwischenring im Schraubstock eingepreßt
Zwischenring mittels Schraubstock should preferably be inserted by L'insertion du cône intermédiaire se Centre unit inserted by means of a vice
einzupressen. Verschraubungsteile means of a vice. Care should be taken fait, de préférence, à l'aide d'un étau. Cône intermédiaire inséré à l'aide d'un étau
hierbei vor Beschädigung schützen. in this case that the fitting compo- Dans ce cas, veiller à ce que les
nents are protected against damage. composants du raccord soient
protégés pour éviter toute détériorati-
on éventuelle.
6.1 Alternativ kann der Zwischenring 6.1 The centre unit can also be loose- 6.1 Comme alternative, le cône inter-
Zwischenring lose montiert, vor dem Anzug
lose in den Verschraubungsstutzen ly inserted into the fitting body. médiaire peut aussi être librement Centre unit loosely inserted prior to tightening
eingesetzt werden. Überwurfmutter Tighten nut by hand. Stainless steel engagé dans le corps du raccord. Cône intermédiaire librement engagé, avant le serrage
von Hand anziehen. Rohrverschrau- tube fittings: Make sure that especial- Serrer l'écrou à la main. Raccords en
bungen aus nichtrostendem Stahl: ly the threaded zone is greased with acier inox: Avant de procéder au mon-
Besonders den Gewindebereich vor a special grease agent prior to tage, appliquer de la graisse spéciale,
der Montage mit einem Spezialfett assembly, e.g. with Walterscheid ABF en particulier sur la zone filetée, p.ex.
versehen, z.B. Walterscheid ABF-Fett. grease. de la graisse ABF de Walterscheid.
7. Fertigmontage mit einge-preß- 7. Final assembly with inserted 7. Montage final avec cône inter-
tem Zwischenring (Pkt. 6.) centre unit (item 6.) médiaire inséré (pos. 6.)
Überwurfmutter bis zum deutlich Tighten nut until a noticeable increase Serrer l'écrou jusqu'au point de
spürbaren Kraftanstieg (Festpunkt) in force is felt (point of resistance). résistance. Au montage final, serrer
anziehen. Anschl. Fertigmontage: For subsequent final assembly, apply l'écrou de:
1/2 Umdrehung 1/2 a turn 1/2 tour
1/4 Umdrehung 6 L - 12 L 1/4 of a turn 6 L - 12 L 1/4 tour 6 L - 12 L
7.1 Fertigmontage mit lose mon- 7.1 Final assembly with loosely 7.1 Montage final avec cône inter-
Anzugsmoment . Tightening torque
tiertem Zwischenring (Pkt. 6.1) inserted centre unit (item 6.1) médiaire librement engagé
Point de résistance
Point of resistance
Überwurfmutter bis zum deutlich Tighten nut until a noticeable increase (pos. 6.1)
Couple de serrage
Completely assembled
Complètement monté
spürbaren Kraftanstieg (Festpunkt) in force is felt (point of resistance). Serrer l'écrou jusqu'au point de
Festpunkt
Montageende
anziehen. Dabei wird der Zwischen- The centre unit is pressed into the résistance. Le cône intermédiaire est
ring in den Stutzen gepreßt.. fitting body. For subsequent final ainsi introduit dans le corps. Au
Anschließend Fertigmontage: assembly, apply montage final, serrer l'écrou de
1/2 Umdrehung 1/2 a turn 1/2 tour Zwischenring
einpressen
Fertigmontage
Final assembly
Weg
Displacement
1/4 Umdrehung 6 L - 12 L 1/4 of a turn 6 L - 12 L 1/4 tour 6 L - 1 2 L Centre unit being Montage final
inserted
(turns)
Course (tours)
Insertion du cône intermédiaire
C44
Montageanleitung Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly instructions Flare tube fittings 37°
Instructions de montage Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
7.2 Fertigmontage 7.2 Final assembly 7.2 Montage final Reihe Rohr-AD Stahl Nichtrostender Stahl**
mit Drehmomentschlüssel* with torque wrench* avec clé dynamométrique* Range Tube OD Steel Stainless steel**
Série Dia. ext. Acier Acier inox**
du tube
C
1.4571
Wichtig: Verschraubungsstutzen mit Important: Hold fitting body firmly by Important: Maintenir le corps du Md [Nm]* Md [Nm]
Schlüssel gegenhalten . means of a spanner. raccord avec une clef.
Achtung! Abweichende Anzugswege Caution! Any deviating number of Attention! Toute course de serrage 6 20 30
reduzieren die Nenndruckleistung und tightening turns reduces the nominal divergeante entraîne une réduction 8 40 55
10 45 65
die Lebensdauer der Verbindung. pressure and the service life of the de la pression nominale admissible et 12 55 110
Leckagen sind die Folge. connection which causes leakages. de la durée de vie du raccordement. L 15 70 190
Des fuites en sont la conséquence. 18 120 250
22 200 400
*Anzugsdrehmomente gelten nur für *Tightening torques only apply to 28 300 550
Stahlverschraubungen. steel fittings. *Les couples de serrage ne s’appli- 35 600 900
quent qu’aux raccords en acier. 42 800 900
6 30 85
8 45 100
10 55 130
12 80 190
14 90 260
**Besonders der Gewindebereich muß vor der Montage mit einem Spezialfett versehen werden. Geeignet ist das Walterscheid ABF-Fett. S 16 130 330
**Prior to assembly, particulary the threaded section must be provided with an appropriate special grease agent, e.g. the Walterscheid ABF grease. 20 250 350
**Avant de procéder au montage, il faut appliquer de la graisse spéciale appropriée, p.ex. de la graisse ABF de Walterscheid, en particulier sur la zone filetée. 25 400 700
30 500 900
38 800 900
9. Mindestlänge für gerades Rohr- 9. Minimum length of straight tube 9. Longueur droite mini du tube
ende bei Rohrbögen und minimale end in tube bends and minimum dans un cintrage de tube et
gerade Rohrlänge (siehe Tabellen- straight tube length (see tables.) longueur droite mini du tube.
teil.) (Voir tableaux.)
C45
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly instructions Tables Flare tube fittings 37°
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
d s x1 x2 L1 Da min Da max
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] Rohrlängenbestimmung (x1, x2, L1)
Tube length determination (x1, x2, L1)
C
1 1 3,5 8 Dètermination de la longueur des tubes (x1, x2, L1)
6 9,1 10
1,5 2 2,5 9
1 1 4 8
8 1,5 2 3 9 11,3 12
2 2,5 2,5 9,5
1 1 4,5 8
10 1,5 2 3,5 9 13,1 14
2 3 2,5 10
1 1 4,5 8
12 1,5 2 3,5 9 15,3 16
2 3 2,5 10
1,5 0,5 5,5 8,5
2 1 5 9
14 18,6 19,6
2,5 2 4 10
3 3 3 11
1,5 1 4,5 8
15 2 2 3,5 9 19,1 20
2,5 3 2,5 10 Kontrolldurchmessser (Da min, Da max)
1,5 0 6,5 8,5 Control diameter (Da min, Da max)
2 1 5,5 9,5 Diamètres de contrôle (Da min, Da max)
16 20,6 22
2,5 1,5 5 10
3 2,5 4 11
1,5 0 5,5 7,5
18 2 1 4,5 8,5 23,2 24
2,5 1,5 4 9
2 1 7 11,5
2,5 2 6 12,5
20 25,6 26,8
3 3 5 13,5
3,5 4 4 14,5
1,5 1 5,7 8,5
2 2 4,7 9,5
22 26,5 27,5
2,5 3 3,7 10,5
3 3,5 3,2 11
2 1 7 13
2,5 1,5 6,5 13,5
25 31,1 33
3 2,5 5,5 14,5
4 4 4 16
2 1,5 5,7 9
28 2,5 2,5 4,7 10 32,7 33,3
3 3 4,2 10,5
2 -0,5 9 13
2,5 0,5 8 14
30 3 1 7,5 14,5 37 38,7
4 3 5,5 16,5
5 4,5 4 18
2 1,5 6,5 12
2,5 2 6 12,5
35 41,8 42,7
3 3 5 13,5
4 4,5 3,5 15
2,5 0 10 16
3 0,5 9,5 16,5
46 47,2
38 4 2 8 18
5 4 6 20
* Nur mit Bördelmaschine MEG-BO2, MEG-WF1/BO2
6* 2,5 7,5 18,5 46 48 und Sonderbördelbacken
2 1,5 7 12,5 * Only with flaring machine MEG-BO2, MEG-WF1/BO2
42 3 3 6,5 14 48,8 49,8 and special clamping jaws
* Seulement avec machine à évaser MEG-BO2, MEG-WF1/BO2
4 4,5 5 15,5 et des mâchoires spéciales de serrage
C46
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly instructions Tables Flare tube fittings 37°
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
6 52 59
C47
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Assembly instructions Tables Flare tube fittings 37°
Instructions de montage Tableaux Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
Druckeinstellung
Rohr-AD Wandstärke s [mm]
Tube OD Wall thickness s [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi s [mm] der Bördelmaschine MEG-BO2 (MEG-WF1/BO2)
Tube Ø ext. Pressure setting
Druckeinstellung
4 5 6 of flaring machine MEG-BO2 (MEG-WF1/BO2)
Réglage de la pression
de la machine à évaser MEG-BO2 (MEG-WF1/BO2)
Pressure setting / Réglage de la pression
6 24 26
8 24 26 31
10 22 27 32
12 23 27 32
14 28 33 46 51
15 28 34 47 MEG-BO2
16 29 34 47 51 (MEG-WF1/BO2)
18 29 35 49
20 35 49 55 63
22 33 36 51 57
25 39 51 58 73 Stahl / Steel / Acier
28 42 53 59 St 37.4 / 52.4
30 45 55 61 75 84
35 51 59 65 76
38 61 67 77 84
38 95
42 61 70 81
6 110 160
8 100 150 200
10 90 140 180
12 80 140 170
14 140 160 270 370
15 140 160 260
MHH-BO
16 140 140 250 370
18 140 140 250
20 150 250 350 440
22 160 160 260 350
25 200 280 360 500
Stahl / Steel / Acier
28 210 290 360
St 37.4 / 52.4
30 230 300 370 500 600
35 250 320 390 500
38 360 410 600 600
42 280 420 500
C48
C
C49
C
C50
Montageanleitung Bördelflansche 37°
Assembly instructions 37° flared flanges
Instructions de montage Brides d’évasement 37°
3. Rohrenden leicht entgraten 3. Lightly deburr the tube ends 3. Procéder à un léger ébarbage
und Rohr reinigen! and clean the tube! des extrémités du tube et au
Entgratung und Reinigung innen und Remove burr and clean inside and out. nettoyage du tube!
außen durchführen. Der Spann- und The clamping and reshaping area Procéder à l'ébarbage et au nettoyage
Umformbereich muß frei von Spänen, must be clean and free of any chips, à l'intérieur et à I'extérieur du tube.
Schmutz, Fett, Öl und Farbe sein! dirt, grease, oil and paint! Use an Veillez à ce que la zone de serrage et
Wenn fettig oder ölig, umweltfreund- environment-friendly solvent to de formage soit exempte de copeaux,
liches Lösungsmittel verwenden. remove grease or oil. de saletés, de graisse, d'huile et de
peinture! En cas de présence de
zulässige Anfasung
graisse ou d'huile, on utilisera des
permissible chamfer / chanfrein admissible
solvants écophiles.
5. Kontrolle des fertig gebördelten 5. Check the flared tube 5. Contrôle du tube évasé
Rohres Verify the dimensional accuracy of Procéder au contrôle dimensionnel du
Den Durchmesser Da des gebördelten diameter Da of the flared tube, and diamètre Da du tube et veiller à ce
Rohres auf Maßhaltigkeit und Verun- check for any impurities. The checking qu’il soit exempt d’impuretès. Le
reinigung prüfen. Der Kontroll-Ø (Da) diameter (Da) corresponds to the diamètre de contrôle (Da) correspond
entspricht dem Außen-Ø des Bördel- outside diameter of the flared tube au diamètre exterieur du collet évasé.
kragens. Die Maße sind der Bedie- end. Please refer to the Operating Pour les cotes correspondantes, voir
nungsanleitung bzw. den entsprechen- Instructions and tables for the respec- la notice d’utilisation et les tableaux.
den Tabellenwerken zu entnehmen. tive dimensions. The flare must be at Le collet évasé doit être à angle droit
Der Bördelkragen muß rechtwinklig right angles to the tube axis and par rapport à l’axe du tube et concen-
zur Rohrachse und konzentrisch zum concentric with the tube. Irregular trique par rapport au tube. Un collet
Rohr und Flansch sein. Ungleiche und and eccentric flares point to defective évasé irrégulier et décentré indique
exzentrische Bördelungen deuten auf tools or operating errors. Perfect l’utilisation d’outils défectueux ou une
mangelhafte Werkzeuge oder flaring is the prerequisite to a long erreur de manipulation. Seul un éva-
Bedienfehler hin. Nur eine einwand- service life of the fitting. sement impeccable peut assurer une
freie Bördelung ergibt eine lange longue durée de vie du raccord.
Lebensdauer der Verschraubung.
C51
Montageanleitung Bördelflansche 37°
Assembly instructions 37° flared flanges
Instructions de montage Brides d’évasement 37°
6. Mindestlänge für gerades 6. Minimum length of straight tube 6. Longueur minimale de l’extré-
Rohrende bei Rohrbogen und end in tube bends and minimum mité du tube droit dans un cintra-
minimale gerade Rohrlänge. straight tube length. ge de tube et longueur minimale
10. Schrauben anziehen 10. Tighten the screws 10. Serrage des vis
Schrauben müssen nach Drehmoment The screws must be tightened accor- Les vis doivent être serrées en
(siehe unten) angezogen werden. Eine ding to torque (see below). Path- appliquant un couple défini (voir ci-
drehwegbezogene Montage ist nicht based tightening is not permissible! dessous). Un montage par nombre de
zulässig! Schrauben in mehreren Tighten the screws in cross-over tours n'est pas admis! Serrer les vis
Drehmomentstufen über Kreuz fashion (1-2-3-4) and in several torque en diagonale et en plusieurs étapes
(1-2-3-4) anziehen, bis max. Drehmo- steps until the maximum torque is (1-2-3-4) jusqu'à ce que le couple
ment erreicht ist! reached! maximal soit atteint!
Flansch / Flange Schraube Flansch / Flange Schraube Drehmoment M für Schraube 8.8
Bride Screw Bride Screw Torque M for screw 8.8
3000 PSI Vis 6000 PSI Vis Couple M pour vis 8.8
[“] [“] (Nm)
1/2 M8 x 30 1/2 M8 x 30 25
3/4 M10 x 35 3/4 M10 x 35
1 M10 x 35 53
1 1/4 M10 x 40
1 1/2 M12 x 40 1 M12 x 45
2 M12 x 45 95
1 1/4 M14 x 55 150 Bei Schrauben der Festigkeit 8.8 besteht eine
1 1/2 M16 x 60 Sicherheit von 2,5
For screws having a strength of 8.8, the safety
factor is 2.5.
220 Pour les vis ayant une résistance de 8.8, le
2 M20 x 60 390 coefficient de sécurité est de 2,5.
C52
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördelflansche 37°
Assembly instructions Tables 37° flared flanges
Instructions de montage Tableaux Brides d’évasement 37°
Obige Einstellwerte gelten nur für Rohr aus St 37.4. Für Rohre mit einer höheren Festigkeit ist eine höhere Druckeinstellung erforderlich. Die Druckeinstellung ist soweit zu erhöhen, bis der vorge- richtig / correct / correct
schriebene Kragendurchmesser erreicht wird und die Bördeltulpe innen und außen geometrisch voll ausgeprägt ist. Achtung! Druckeinstellung nicht durch Nachbördeln ermitteln, jeweils ein neues
Rohrstück verwenden (Probebördelung).
The above-mentioned setting values apply exclusively to tubes made of St 37.4. Tubes of higher strength require higher pressure settings. The pressure setting must be increased until the specified
collar diameter is reached and the flare is developed to its full geometrical shape at the inside and outside. Caution! Pressure setting not to be determined by subsequent flaring. Use a new piece falsch / wrong / incorrect
of tube for each test flaring.
Les valeurs de réglage indiquées ci-dessus sont seulement valables pour des tubes en St 37.4. Il faut donc prévoir de plus hautes pressions de réglage pour des tubes ayant une résistance plus éle-
vée. Augmenter la pression de réglage jusqu’à ce que le diamètre prescrit du collet soit atteint et le collet évasé soit complètement effectué géométriquement à l’intérieur et à l’extérieur. Attention!
Ne pas déterminer la pression de réglage par l’évasement ultérieur. Utiliser un nouveau bout de tube le cas échéant (évasement d’essai).
C53
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördelflansche 37°
Assembly instructions Tables 37° flared flanges
Instructions de montage Tableaux Brides d’évasement 37°
Rohr-AD Wandstärke
Tube OD Wall thickness 1/2“ 3/4“ 1“ 1 1/4“ 1 1/2“ 2“
Tube Ø ext. Epaisseur de paroi
[mm] [mm] X ± 0,5 mm
2,0 5,4
16 2,5 5,7
3,0 5,9
2,0 6,0 7,6
2,5 6,1 7,7
20 3,0 6,2 7,8
3,5 6,3 7,9
4,0 7,5
22 2,0 6,2
2,5 6,7 8,6
25 3,0 6,5 8,4
4,0 6,3 8,2
28 3,0 6,6
4,0 7,4
30
5,0 7,5 8,1
3,0 6,9
35
5,0 6,5
4,0 6,6 7,7
38 5,0 4,8 5,8 6,4
6,0 4,7 5,1
3,0 7,0 9,1
42
4,0 6,8 9,2
48,3 3,2 7,5
2,5 8,1
3,0 7,9
50 5,0 7,7
6,0 7,5
8,0 7,3
60 3,0 10,6
3,6 10,3
60,3
5,6 9,6
5,0 9,2
60
6,0 8,8
8,0 8,1
60/60,3
10,0 7,5
C54
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördelflansche 37°
Assembly instructions Tables 37° flared flanges
Instructions de montage Tableaux Brides d’évasement 37°
C55
Montageanleitung Tabellenteil Bördelflansche 37°
Assembly instructions Tables 37° flared flanges
Instructions de montage Tableaux Brides d’évasement 37°
C
un cintrage de tube
MEG-BO2
MEG-WF1/BO2 MEG-WF2/BO MEG-WF3/BO
80
Gerade Rohrlänge bis Beginn Biegeradius ergibt sich in beiden Fällen aus der Addition der min. Rohrlänge A und
der Flanschhöhe.
In both cases, the straight tube length up to the start of the bending radius results from adding the min. tube length
A and the flange height.
Dans les deux cas, la longueur mini du tube droit jusq’au début du rayon de cintrage résulte de l’addition de la lon-
gueur mini A du tube et de la hauteur de la bride.
1/2 16 16
3/4 17 19
1 19 24,5
1 1/4 20 30
1 1/2 22 32
2 24 32
C56
Anleitung für das Rohrbiegen (6-18 mm Rohr-AD)
Instructions for tube bending (6-18 mm tube OD)
Instructions pour le cintrage du tube (Ø ext. 6 à 18 mm)
L1
L2
5 Biegehebel einsetzen, zügiges Biegen bis kurz 6 Durch langsames Nachbiegen wird gewünschter 7 Rohrbogen herausnehmen, bei komplizierten
vor die gewünschte Endform. Während des Biegewinkel erreicht. Biegeformen eventuell Biegehebel und
Biegevorganges Rohr von Hand leicht mitziehen. Biegerolle entfernen
Slowly pull the bending lever until the required
Insert bending lever and bend without bending angle is obtained. Remove the bent tube. With complicated tube
interruption until the required final shape is bends, it may also be necessary to remove the
Terminer lentement le cintrage jusqu'à ce que
almost achieved. During this operation move the bending lever and bending roller.
l'angle désiré soit obtenu.
tube gently along by hand.
Sortir le tube cintré, en cas de formes de
Mettre le levier. Cintrer d'une façon continue cintrage complexes, retirer également le levier
jusqu'à l'approche de la position finale désirée. et le rouleau de cintrage.
Lors du cintrage, maintenir le tube à la main.
C57
Anleitung für das Rohrbiegen (6-18 mm Rohr-AD)
Instructions for tube bending (6-18 mm tube OD)
Instructions pour le cintrage du tube (Ø ext. 6 à 18 mm)
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 033 012 Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 033 020
6 20 36 - -
8 20 36 - -
10 25 32 36 64
12 25 32 36 64
15 - - 43 53
16 - - 44 53
18 - - 51 73
C58
Anleitung für das Rohrbiegen (Rohrbiegewerkzeug SA1)
Instructions for tube bending (Tube bending tool SA1)
Instructions pour le cintrage du tube (Cintreuse pour tube SA1)
2 Vorrichtung einspannen, Prismenbacke (entspre- 3 Rohr mit Mutter einlegen. Dabei wird die Mutter 4 Zügiges Biegen bis kurz vor die gewünschte
chend Rohr-AD) aufstecken. Biegerolle (Rohr-AD zwischen der Prismenbacke und der Biegerolle Endform. Während des Biegevorganges Rohr
eingestempelt) für das zu biegende Rohr aufset- plaziert. Biegehebel aufstecken. von Hand leicht mitziehen. Durch langsames
zen. Nachziehen wird gewünschter Biegewinkel
Insert the tube with nut, positioning the nut
erreicht.
Clamp the fixture and fit the holding attachment between the holding attachment and the
(to match the tube OD). Attach the required size bending roller. Attach the bending lever. Bend without interruption until the required final
of bending roller (the tube OD is stamped on shape is almost achieved. During the process,
Insérer le tube avec l'écrou. L'écrou est disposé
the bending roller). guide the tube gently by hand. Slowly pull the
entre le doigt d'appui et le rouleau de cintrage.
bending lever until the required bending angle is
Serrer le corps, emboîter le doigt d'appui (pour Emboîter le levier de cintrage.
reached.
diamètre extérieur du tube). Mettre en place le
rouleau de cintrage (diamètre extérieur du tube Cintrer sans interruption jusqu´à ce que la forme
emboîté) adapté au tube à cintrer. finale souhaitée soit presque atteinte. Tirer
légèrement sur le tube pour l'accompagner
pendant le processus de cintrage. L'angle de
cintrage souhaité est obtenu par une lente
traction finale.
C59
Anleitung für das Rohrbiegen (Rohrbiegewerkzeug SA2)
Instructions for tube bending (Tube bending tool SA2)
Instructions pour le cintrage du tube (Cintreuse pour tube SA2)
L1 L2
2 Biegen 24 mm hinter der Mutter 3 Biegen nach Rohrlängenbestimmung L1 4 Biegen nach Rohrlängenbestimmung L2
Vorrichtung mit einstellbarem Gegenhalter ein- Vorrichtung mit einstellbarem Gegenhalter (nur für 90°-Bögen)
spannen. Biegerolle (Rohr-AD eingestempelt) für einspannen. Biegerolle (Rohr-AD eingestempelt) Vorrichtung mit einstellbarem Gegenhalter ein-
das zu biegende Rohr aufsetzen. Rohr einlegen für das zu biegende Rohr aufsetzen. Gegenhal- spannen. Biegerolle (Rohr-AD eingestempelt) für
und den Gegenhalter entsprechend dem Rohr- ter drehen, so daß die breite Fläche in Richtung das zu biegende Rohr aufsetzen. Gegenhalter
AD fixieren. Die Mutter liegt in diesem Fall an Biegerolle zeigt. Gewünschter Abstand des gera- drehen, so daß die breite Fläche in Richtung
der Planfläche von dem Gegenhalter und der den Rohrendes bis Beginn Rohrbogen markie- Biegerolle zeigt. Gewünschte Schenkellänge
Biegerolle an. ren. Rohr einlegen und so ausrichten, daß die (gerades Rohrende plus Rohrbogen) des Rohres
Markierung im rechten Winkel zur Mitte der markieren. Rohr einlegen und so ausrichten, daß
Bending 24 mm behind the nut
Biegerolle steht. die Markierung rechtwinkelig zum äußeren Rand
Clamp the fixture with the adjustable support.
der Biegerolle steht.
Attach the required size of bending roller (the Bending after determining tube length L1
tube OD is stamped on the bending roller). Clamp the fixture with the adjustable support. Bending after determining tube length L2
Insert the tube and fix the support in accordance Attach the required size of bending roller (the (for 90° bends only)
with the tube OD. In this case, the nut lies tube OD is stamped on the bending roller). Turn Clamp the fixture with the adjustable support.
against the flat surface of the support and the the support so that the wide surface faces the Attach the required size of bending roller (the
bending roller. bending roller. Mark off the required distance tube OD is stamped on the bending roller). Turn
from the straight tube end to the start of the the support so that the wide surface faces the
Cintrage 24 mm derrière l'écrou
tube bend. Insert the tube and align it with the bending roller. Mark off the required distance
Serrer le corps avec le doigt d'appui réglable.
mark at right angles to the centre of the bending between the straight tube end and the outside
Mettre en place le rouleau de cintrage (diamètre
roller. bending radius of the tube. Insert the tube and
extérieur du tube emboîté) adapté au tube à
align it with the mark at right angles to the outer
cintrer. Insérer le tube et fixer le doigt d'appui Cintrage selon la mesure de longueur de
edge of the bending roller.
adapté au diamètre extérieur du tube. L'écrou tube L1
s'appuie dans ce cas sur la surface plane du Serrer le corps avec le doigt d'appui réglable. Cintrage selon la mesure de longueur de
doigt d'appui et du rouleau de cintrage. Mettre en place le rouleau de cintrage (diamètre tube L2 (uniquement pour coudes à 90°)
extérieur du tube emboîté) pour le tube à cintrer. Serrer le corps avec le doigt d'appui réglable.
Tourner le doigt d'appui de sorte que la surface Mettre en place le rouleau de cintrage (diamètre
large soit dirigée vers le rouleau de cintrage. extérieur du tube emboîté) pour le tube à cintrer.
Marquer la distance souhaitée entre l'extrémité Tourner le doigt d'appui de sorte que la surface
droite du tube et le début du coude du tube. large soit dirigée vers le rouleau de cintrage.
Insérer le tube et l'ajuster de manière à ce que Marquer la longueur souhaitée du côté
le repère soit perpendiculaire au milieu du (extrémité droite du tube plus le coude) du tube.
rouleau de cintrage. Insérer le tube et l'ajuster de manière à ce que
le repère soit perpendiculaire au bord extérieur
du rouleau de cintrage.
C60
Anleitung für das Rohrbiegen (Rohrbiegewerkzeug SA2)
Instructions for tube bending (Tube bending tool SA2)
Instructions pour le cintrage du tube (Cintreuse pour tube SA2)
C
5 Einstellbare Hebelvorrichtung aufstecken und 6 Hebelverlängerung aufstecken. Zügiges Biegen 7 Zum Herausnehmen des Rohrbogen Gegenhal-
entsprechend dem Rohr-AD arretieren. bis kurz vor die gewünschte Endform. Während ter lösen. Rohrbogen herausnehmen, bei kompli-
des Biegevorganges Rohr von Hand leicht mitzie- zierten Biegeformen eventuell Hebelvorrichtung
Attach the adjustable lever device and lock in
hen. Durch langsames Nachziehen wird ge- und Biegerolle entfernen.
position in accordance with the tube OD.
wünschter Biegewinkel erreicht.
Emboîter le dispositif à levier réglable et le Release the support to remove the bend tube.
Attach the lever extension. Bend without Remove the bent tube. With complicated tube
bloquer en fonction du diamètre extérieur du
interruption until the required final shape is bends, it may also be necessary to remove the
tube.
almost achieved. During the process, guide the lever device and bending roller.
tube gently by hand. Slowly pull the lever device
Débloquer le doigt d'appui pour sortir le tube
until the required bending angle is reached.
cintré. Sortir le tube cintré, en cas de formes de
Emboîter la rallonge du levier. Cintrer sans cintrage complexes, retirer également le levier
interruption jusqu´à ce que la forme finale et le rouleau de cintrage.
souhaitée soit presque atteinte. Tirer légèrement
sur le tube pour l'accompagner pendant le
processus de cintrage. L'angle de cintrage
souhaité est obtenu par une lente traction finale.
6 36
8 36
10 36
12 36
14 36
15 44
16 44
18 52
20 64
22 63
C61
Montageanleitung Verlegungsgrundsätze von Rohrleitungen
Assembly instructions Laying principles of conduits
Instructions de montage Principes d’installation de tuyauteries
• Rohrlängendifferenzen und Tempe- • Tube length differences and tempe- • Des différences d'allongement des
C62
Montageanleitung Verlegungsgrundsätze von Rohrleitungen
Assembly instructions Laying principles of conduits
Instructions de montage Principes d’installation de tuyauteries
Rohrleitungen sind so zu befestigen, Conduits have to be fastened so that Les tuyauteries doivent être fixées de
daß
Verlegungsbeispiele / Examples for laying / Exemples d’installation Axialer Freiraum für Überwurfmutter (min)
Axial clearance for union nut (min)
günstig / favourable / favorable ungünstig / unfavourable / défavorable Espace libre axial pour l'écrou
Rohraußendurchmesser Abstandsmaß
RAD (mm) Schelle/Mutter (mm)
Tube outside diameter Distance measure
RAD (mm) Clamp/Nut (mm)
Dia. ext. du tube (mm) Distance entre
collier/écrou (mm)
6, 8 13
10, 12, 15 15
16 16,5
18 15,5
20 19,5
22, 25 22,5
28 17,5
30 25,5
35 22,5
38 31,5
42 26
C63
C
C64
Montageanleitung Schweißnippel-Verschraubung
Assembly instructions Welding nipple fitting
Instructions de montage Raccord à embout à souder
2. Rohr rechtwinklig abtrennen! 2. Cut the tube at right angles! 2. Couper le tube à angle droit!
3. Rohrende zum Schweißen 3. Chamfer tube end at the outside 3. Chanfreiner l’extrémité du
Rohr
außen anfasen, innen leicht ent- and lightly debur at the inside for tube à l'extérieur et l’ébavurer Tube
graten. Reinigen! welding. Clean! légèrement à l’intérieur pour le Tube
soudage. Nettoyer!
4. Überwurfmutter wie abgebildet auf 4. Place the nut on the welding 4. Mettre l'écrou sur l’embout à
Schweißnippel schieben. Schweiß- nipple, as shown. Weld nipple and souder comme figuré. Souder
nippel und Rohr nach Schweißricht- tube according to the applicable l’embout et le tube suivant les
linien verschweißen. Schweißstelle guidelines for welding. Descale the procédés de soudure habituels.
entzundern und O-Ring Nut reinigen. weld and clean the O-ring groove. Décalaminer la soudure et nettoyer
la gorge du joint torique.
5. Lose mitgelieferten O-Ring aufzie- 5. Place the separately supplied 5. Placer le joint torique. Huiler le
hen. Gewinde und O-Ring ölen. O-ring. Oil the thread and the O-ring. filetage et le joint torique.
Beachten! O-Ring darf nicht verdreht Important! O-ring must not be Important! Le joint torique ne doit
sein. twisted. pas être vrillé.
C65
Montageanleitung Schweißnippel-Verschraubung
Assembly instructions Welding nipple fitting
Instructions de montage Raccord à embout à souder
6 20
8 25
10 45
12 50
L 15 60
18 70
22 130
28 180
35 300
42 320
6 20
8 35
10 50
12 65
14 70
S 16 85
20 135
25 170
30 280
38 320
C66
Montageanleitung Dichtkegel-Verschraubung
Assembly instructions Taper fitting
Instructions de montage Raccord avec cône d’étanchéité
6 20
8 25
10 45
12 50
15 60
L
18 70
22 130
28 180
35 300
42 320
6 20
8 35
10 50
12 65
S 14 70
16 85
20 135
25 170
30 280
38 320
Montageanleitung Schaft-Verschraubung
Assembly instructions Standpipe assembly
Instructions de montage Raccord à embout lisse assemblé
C67
Montageanleitung Winkel- und T-Schwenkstutzen RSWS ... / RSTS ...
Assembly instructions Adjustable fittings (body only) RSWS ... / RSTS ...
Instructions de montage Raccords orientables (corps) RSWS ... / RSTS ...
C kleine Ausdrehung
small counterbore
kleine Anfasung
small chamfer
petit alésage petit chanfrein
1. Einschraubgewinde und O-Ring der Hohlschraube 1. Oil port thread and O-ring of bolt. 1. Huiler le filetage mâle et le joint torique du
ölen. goujon creux.
2. Insert bolt into banjo body (on the side with the
2. Hohlschraube durch das Schwenkgehäuse stecken small counterbore). 2. Passer le goujon creux à travers le corps orienta-
(in die Seite mit der kleinen Ausdrehung). ble (du côté au petit alésage).
3. Place sealing edge ring or captive sealing ring into
3. Dichtkantenring oder Weichdichtungsring in die the large counterbore of the body. - Centering 3. Mettre la rondelle à arête d'étanchéité ou
große Ausdrehung am Gehäuse einlegen. - Zentrie- through the bolt thread. Captive sealing rings are l'anneau joint mou dans le grand alésage du corps.
rung über das Hohlschraubengewinde, beim Weich- additionally centered through the counterbore in the Le centrage est assuré par le filetage du goujon
dichtungsring zusätzlich über die Ausdrehung im body (clearance between ring and body not permissi- creux. L'anneau joint mou est en plus centré par
Gehäuse (kein Spiel zwischen Dichtring und Gehäuse ble; with threads M 10x1, R 1/8, R 1/4 and l'alésage du corps (aucun jeu entre l'anneau joint
zulässig; für die Gewinde M 10x1, R 1/8, R 1/4 und M 14x1.5, only the small diameter of the captive mou et le corps n'est admissible; pour les filetages
M 14x1,5 paßt nur der kleinere Durchmesser des sealing ring fits into the counterbore of the body, M 10x1, R 1/8, R 1/4 et M 14x1,5, seul le petit
Dichtringes in die Gehäuseansenkung, in den restli- whereas for all other threads the large diameter diamètre de l'anneau joint mou s'adapte à l'alésage
chen Abmessungen der größere). matches the counterbore). dans le corps. Pour tout autre filetage, le grand
diamètre est à la mesure de l'alésage).
4. Schwenkgehäuse ausrichten und Hohlschraube 4. Align banjo body and tighten bolt with spanner
mit dem Schraubenschlüssel bis zum Punkt des until a noticeable increase in torque is required 4. Aligner le corps orientable et, à l'aide d'une clef,
deutlich ansteigenden Drehmomentes (Druckpunkt) (pressure point). visser le goujon creux jusqu'à l'augmentation nette
anziehen. du couple de serrage (point dur).
5.1 With captive sealing ring:
5.1 Mit Weichdichtungsring: Hohlschraube mit Tighten bolt with spanner by 1/6 of a turn (60°) 5.1 Avec anneau joint mou:
dem Schraubenschlüssel unter Gegenhalten des beyond the pressure point while holding the body Visser le goujon creux à l'aide d'une clef de 1/6 de
Gehäuses 1/6 Umdrehung (60°) nach dem Druck- in position. tour (60°) à partir du point dur en maintenant le
punkt anziehen. corps.
5.2 With sealing edge ring:
5.2 Mit Dichtkantenring: Hohlschraube mit dem Tighten bolt with spanner by 1/4 of a turn (90°) 5.2 Avec rondelle à arête d'étanchéité:
Schraubenschlüssel unter Gegenhalten des Gehäu- beyond the pressure point while holding the body Visser le goujon creux à l'aide d'une clef de 1/4 de
ses 1/4 Umdrehung (90°) nach dem Druckpunkt in position. The fitting is thus fixed and sealed. tour (90°) à partir du point dur en maintenant le
anziehen. Die Verschraubung ist hiermit fixiert und Assembly torques upon request. corps. Le raccord est ainsi immobilisé et étanche.
abgedichtet. Montage-Drehmomente auf Anfrage. Couples de montage sur demande.
Caution: For the version with captive seal, the
Achtung: In der Weichdichtungsversion kleinerer tightening travel is shorter and the tightening torque Attention: Le nombre de tours de serrage et le
Anzugsweg und geringeres Anzugsdrehmoment als lower than for the banjo fitting with sealing edge couple de serrage requis pour la version avec joint
bei der Schwenkverschraubung mit Dichtkantenring. ring. mou sont moins élevés que pour le raccord orienta-
ble avec rondelle à arête d'étanchéité.
6. Wiederholmontagen sind möglich. O-Ring und 6. Repeated reassembly is possible. Check O-ring
Weichdichtung auf Beschädigungen kontrollieren, and captive seal for any damage and replace if 6. Possibilité de remontages. Contrôler le joint
ggf. austauschen . necessary. torique et le joint mou pour toute détérioration
éventuelle, et les remplacer le cas échéant.
Achtung: Abweichende Anzugswege reduzieren die Caution: Deviating numbers of tightening turns
Nenndruckleistung und die Lebensdauer der Ver- cause a reduction in nominal pressure and service Attention: Tout nombre de tours de serrage diver-
schraubung. Leckagen oder andere Ausfallursachen life. This results in leakages or other causes of geant entraîne une réduction de la pression
sind die Folge. failure. nominale et de la durée de vie du raccord ce qui
donne lieu à des fuites ou d'autres causes de
défaillance.
C68
Montageanleitung Anzugsdrehmomente für Einschraubzapfen nach DIN 3852
Assembly instructions Tightening torques for studs to DIN 3852
Instructions de montage Couples de serrage pour implantations selon DIN 3852
M 10 x 1 18 18 G 1/8 A 10
M 12 x 1,5 30 25 G 1/4 A 30
M 14 x 1,5 45 45 G 3/8 A 40
M 16 x 1,5 65 55 G 1/2 A 400 80
L M 18 x 1,5 80 70 G 3/4 A 120
M 22 x 1,5 140 125 G1 A 200
M 26 x 1,5 190 180
M 33 x 2 340 310 G 1 1/4 A 350
250
M 42 x 2 500 450 G 1 1/2 A 400
M 48 x 2 630 540
G 1 1/4 400 400
M 12 x 1,5 35 35 G 1 1/2 500
M 14 x 1,5 55 55
M 16 x 1,5 70 70 M 10 x 1 10
M 18 x 1,5 110 90 M 12 x 1,5 20
S M 20 x 1,5 150 125 M 14 x 1,5 30
M 22 x 1,5 170 135 M 16 x 1,5 40
M 27 x 2 270 180 M 18 x 1,5 50
400
M 33 x 2 410 310 M 20 x 1,5 60
M 42 x 2 540 450 M 22 x 1,5 80
M 48 x 2 700 540 M 26 x 1,5 100
M 27 x 2 120
G 1/8 A 18 18 M 33 x 2 200
G 1/4 A 35 35
G 1/4 A 35 35 M 42 x 2 350
250
G 3/8 A 70 70 M 48 x 2 400
L G 1/2 A 140 90
G 1/2 A 100 90 M 42 x 2 400
400
G 3/4 A 180 180 M 48 x 2 500
G1 A 330 310
G 1 1/4 A 540 450
G 1 1/2 A 630 540
G 1/4 A 55 55
G 1/4 A 55 55
G 3/8 A 90 80
G 3/8 A 90 80
S G 1/2 A 130 115
G 1/2 A 130 115
G 3/4 A 270 180
G1 A 340 310
G 1 1/4 A 540 450
G 1 1/2 A 700 540
Zulässige Toleranz der Tabellenwerte + 10% Permissible tolerance of the values indicated in the Tolérance admissible des valeurs du tableau + 10%
tables + 10%
C69
C
C70
Rohr-Anschlußteile Nuts and rings Bagues et écrous
Rohr-Anschlußteile Überwurfmutter
für WALFORM- Nut M… D3
Rohrverschraubungen Ecrou
Nuts and rings for
Weichdichtung
WALFORM tube fittings
Captive seal WF-WD… D3
Eléments de raccord pour Joint mou
raccords à WALFORM
Stützring
Support sleeve D3
Bague d‘appui
Bördel-Anschlußteile Bördel-Anschlußteile
für Bördel- Connecting parts for flare tube fitting
BO-A… D4
Rohrverschraubungen Pièces de raccordement
pour raccords pour tube évasé
Connecting parts for
flare tube fittings
Zwischenring
Pièces de raccordement Centre unit BO-ZR… D5
pour raccords pour Cône intermédiaire
tube évasé
Druckring
Loose sleeve BO-DR… D6
Manchette
Überwurfmutter
Nut BO-M… D7
Ecrou
D1
Rohr-Anschlußteile für Profilring-Rohrverschraubungen
Nuts and rings for profile ring tube fittings
Eléments de raccord pour raccords à bague profilée
kg per kg per
Rohr-AD 100 St. 100 St.
Tube OD kg per kg per
Reihe PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Ø ext. Type Reference kg par Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) dN Désignation Réf. 100 p. M l1 S2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. l2
4 M 4 LL 039838 0,4 M 8x1 11 10 S-R 4 LL 039862 0,05 6
100
LL 6 M 6 LL 039840 0,5 M 10 x 1 11,5 12 S-R 6 LL 039864 0,09 7
(1450)
8 M 8 LL 039841 0,7 M 12 x 1 12 14 S-R 8 LL 039865 0,1 7
6 M 6L 039842 0,9 M 12 x 1,5 14,5 14 P-R 6 L/S 372404 0,2 9,8
500
8 M 8L 039843 1,4 M 14 x 1,5 14,5 17 P-R 8 L/S 372405 0,29 9,5
(7252)
10 M 10 L 039844 2,0 M 16 x 1,5 15,5 19 P-R 10 L/S 372406 0,39 10
12 M 12 L 039845 2,5 M 18 x 1,5 15,5 22 P-R 12 L/S 372407 0,45 9,5
400
15 M 15 L 039846 4,0 M 22 x 1,5 17 27 P-R 15 L 372408 0,58 9,8
L (5801)
18 M 18 L 039847 6,0 M 26 x 1,5 18 32 P-R 18 L 372409 0,73 9,8
22 M 22 L 039848 8,0 M 30 x 2 20 36 P-R 22 L 372410 0,86 10,5
D2
Rohr-Anschlußteile für WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Nuts and rings for WALFORM tube fittings
Eléments de raccord pour raccords à WALFORM
kg per
Rohr-AD 100 St.
Tube OD kg per
Reihe PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Ø ext. Type Reference kg par Type Reference
Série (psi) dN Désignation Réf. 100 p. M l1 l2 S2 Désignation Réf.
6 M 6L 039842 0,9 M 12 x 1,5 14,5 2,7 14 WF-WD 6 L/S VI 610871
500
8 M 8L 039843 1,4 M 14 x 1,5 14,5 2,7 17 WF-WD 8 L/S VI 610872
(7252)
10 M 10 L 039844 2,0 M 16 x 1,5 15,5 2,95 19 WF-WD 10 L/S VI 610873
12 M 12 L 039845 2,5 M 18 x 1,5 15,5 2,95 22 WF-WD 12 L/S VI 610874
400
15 M 15 L 039846 4,0 M 22 x 1,5 17 2,95 27 WF-WD 15 L VI 610875
(5801)
L
18 M 18 L 039847 6,0 M 26 x 1,5 18 2,95 32 WF-WD 18 L VI 610877
22 M 22 L 039848 8,0 M 30 x 2 20 2,95 36 WF-WD 22 L VI 610879
BO-A ......
Bördel-Anschlußteile bestehend aus:
Connecting parts for flare tube fitting consisting of:
Pièces de raccordement pour raccords pour tube évasé composées de:
D
Zwischenring
mit O-Ringen
Centre unit
with O-rings
Zwischenring Druckring Überwurfmutter Cône Druckring Überwurfmutter
Centre unit Loose sleeve Nut intermédiaire Loose sleeve Nut
Cône intermédiaire Manchette Ecrou avec joints toriques Manchette Ecrou
Zwischenring
kg per mit O-Ringen
Anschlußteile 100 St. Centre unit
Rohr-AD Connecting kg per with O-rings
Reihe PN Tube OD parts Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. Cône inter- Druckring Überwurfmutter
Series bar Tube Pièces de Reference kg par médiaire avec Loose sleeve Nut
Série (psi) Ø ext. raccordement Réf. 100 p. joints toriques Manchette Ecrou
6 BO-A 6L 374800 1,6 BO-ZR 6 L/S BO-DR 6 L/S BO-M 6L
500
8 BO-A 8L 374801 2,4 BO-ZR 8 L/S BO-DR 8 L/S BO-M 8L
(7252)
10 BO-A 10 L 374802 3,2 BO-ZR 10 L/S BO-DR 10 L/S BO-M 10 L
12 BO-A 12 L 374803 4,4 BO-ZR 12 L/S BO-DR 12 L/S BO-M 12 L
400
15 BO-A 15 L 374804 7,2 BO-ZR 15 L BO-DR 15 L BO-M 14 S/15 L
L (5801)
18 BO-A 18 L 374805 10,1 BO-ZR 18 L BO-DR 18 L BO-M 18 L
22 BO-A 22 L 374806 14,2 BO-ZR 22 L BO-DR 22 L BO-M 20 S/22 L
D4
Bördel-Anschlußteile für Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen
Connecting parts for flare tube fittings
Pièces de raccordement pour raccords pour tube évasé
BO-ZR ......
Zwischenring
mit O-Ringen NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Centre unit
with O-rings NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Cône intermédiaire
avec joints toriques NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
Rohr-AD 100 St.
Tube OD kg per *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
Reihe PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
Series bar Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint *Joint
Série (psi) dN Désignation Réf. 100 p. d2 l torique 1 torique 2
6 BO-ZR 6 L/S 374408 0,3 3 11,5 4,5 x 1,5 4,4 x 0,8
500
8 BO-ZR 8 L/S 374409 0,4 5 12 6 x 1,5 6 x 0,8
(7252)
10 BO-ZR 10 L/S 374410 0,6 6 12,5 8,5 x 1,5 7,5 x 0,8
12 BO-ZR 12 L/S 374411 0,8 8 12,5 10 x 1,5 9,5 x 0,8
400
15 BO-ZR 15 L 374412 1,0 11 12,5 13 x 1,5 12,5 x 0,8
L (5801)
18 BO-ZR 18 L 374413 1,3 14 13 16 x 1,5 15 x1
22 BO-ZR 22 L 374414 2,1 17 14,2 20 x2 18 x1
630 10 BO-ZR 10 L/S 374410 0,6 6 12,5 8,5 x 1,5 7,5 x 0,8
(9137) 12 BO-ZR 12 L/S 374411 0,8 8 12,5 10 x 1,5 9,5 x 0,8
14 BO-ZR 14 S 374418 1,1 9 14 12 x2 11 x1
S
16 BO-ZR 16 S 374419 1,5 11 15 14 x2 12,5 x 1
20 BO-ZR 20 S 374420 2,6 14 18,5 17,3 x 2,4 16 x1
BO-DR ……
Druckring
Loose sleeve
Manchette
Kennzeichnung:
D Identification:
Marquage:
kg per
Rohr-AD 100 St.
Tube OD kg per
Reihe PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Ø ext. Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) dN Désignation Réf. 100 p. d1 d2 I1
6 BO-DR 6 L/S 374376 0,2 7,6 10,2 10,5
500
8 BO-DR 8 L/S 374377 0,3 9,3 12,2 11
(7252)
10 BO-DR 10 L/S 374378 0,4 11,5 14,2 12,5
12 BO-DR 12 L/S 374379 0,5 13,6 16,2 13
400
15 BO-DR 15 L 374380 0,9 17,5 20,2 14
L (5801)
18 BO-DR 18 L 374381 1,4 21 24,2 14,5
22 BO-DR 22 L 374382 1,6 24,2 27,8 18
D6
Bördel-Anschlußteile für Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen
Connecting parts for flare tube fittings
Pièces de raccordement pour raccords pour tube évasé
BO-M ......
Überwurfmutter
Nut
Ecrou
Kennzeichnung:
Identification:
Marquage: B D
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. M l d1 S2
6 BO-M 6L 374510 1,1 M 12 x 1,5 17 7,8 14
500
8 BO-M 8L 374511 1,7 M 14 x 1,5 18 9,5 17
(7552)
10 BO-M 10 L 374512 2,2 M 16 x 1,5 19,5 11,7 19
12 BO-M 12 L 374513 3,1 M 18 x 1,5 20,5 13,8 22
400
15 BO-M 14 S/15 L 374522 5,3 M 22 x 1,5 23 17,7 27
L (5801)
18 BO-M 18 L 374514 7,4 M 26 x 1,5 23 21,2 32
22 BO-M 20 S/22 L 374524 10,5 M 30 x 2 27,5 24,4 36
D7
Bördel-Anschlußteile für Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen
Connecting parts for flare tube fittings
Pièces de raccordement pour raccords pour tube évasé
Kappe M ......
Cap M ......
Capuchon M ......
Schutzkappe für Zwischenring, rohrseitig
Protection cap for centre unit, tube end
Capuchon protecteur pour cône intermédiaire, côté tube
Werkstoff: HD-Polyäthylen
Material: HD polyethylene
D Matière: Polyéthylène HD
Rohr-AD
Reihe Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series Tube Type Reference
Série Ø ext. Désignation Réf. M ØD h
6 Kappe M 12 050120 M 12 x 1,5 11,5 12
8 Kappe M 14 050135 M 14 x 1,5 13,5 13,5
10 Kappe M 16 050160 M 16 x 1,5 15,7 15
12 Kappe M 18 050180 M 18 x 1,5 17,7 15
15 Kappe M 22 050213 M 22 x 1,5 21,3 15,5
L
18 Kappe M 26 064030 M 26 x 1,5 25,4 17,5
22 Kappe M 30 050300 M 30 x 2 29,3 18
28 Kappe M 36 / H=25 374826 M 36 x 2 34,8 25
35 Kappe M 45 064031 M 45 x 2 44,5 35
42 Kappe M 52 / H=29 374827 M 52 x 2 50,6 29
6 Kappe M 14 050135 M 14 x 1,5 13,5 13,5
8 Kappe M 16 050160 M 16 x 1,5 15,7 15
10 Kappe M 18 050180 M 18 x 1,5 17,7 15
12 Kappe M 20 050200 M 20 x 1,5 19,7 14
14 Kappe M 22 050213 M 22 x 1,5 21,3 15,5
S
16 Kappe M 24 050240 M 24 x 1,5 23,5 18,5
20 Kappe M 30 050300 M 30 x 2 29,3 18
25 Kappe M 36 / H=25 374826 M 36 x 2 34,8 25
30 Kappe M 42 050421 M 42 x 2 41,9 28
38 Kappe M 52 / H=29 374827 M 52 x 2 50,6 29
D8
Einschraubstutzen Male stud couplings (body only) Union simple mâle (corps)
Verbindungsstutzen Tube connectors (body only) Raccords pour tubes (corps)
Schottstutzen Bulkhead fittings (body only) Raccords de cloison (corps)
Schweißstutzen Weld fittings (body only) Raccords à souder (corps)
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen GES……RK E2
Male stud coupling (body only) GES……MK E2
Union simple mâle (corps) GES……NPT E3
GES……R E4
GES……M E5
GES……R-WD
GES……M-WD
GES……UNF/UN
E6
E7
E8
E
Winkel-Einschraubstutzen WES……RK E9
Male stud elbow (body only) WES……MK E10
Equerre mâle (corps) WES……NPT E11
Gerade-Stutzen
Straight coupling (body only) GS…… E12
Union double (corps)
Gerade-Reduzierstutzen
Straight reducing coupling (body only) GS…/… E13
Union double de réduction (corps)
Winkel-Stutzen
Equal elbow (body only) WS…… E14
Union équerre (corps)
T-Stutzen
Equal Tee (body only) TS…… E15
Union té (corps)
T-Reduzierstutzen
Reducing Tee (body only) TS…/…/… E16
Union té de réduction (corps)
Kreuz-Stutzen
Equal cross (body only) KS…… E17
Union croix (corps)
Gerade-Schottstutzen
Bulkhead coupling (body only) GSS…… E18
Union double de cloison (corps)
Winkel-Schottstutzen
Bulkhead elbow (body only) WSS…… E19
Equerre de cloison (corps)
Anschweiß-Stutzen
Weldable stud (body only) ASS…… E20
Union simple à souder (corps)
Einschweiß-Schottstutzen
Weldable bulkhead coupling (body only) ESS…… E21
Union double de cloison à souder (corps)
E1
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen
Male stud coupling (body only)
Union simple mâle (corps)
GES ...... RK
GES ...... MK
Einschraub- Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (kegelig)
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (kegelig)
Stud thread: BSP thread (taper)
metric (taper)
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (conique)
métrique (conique)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. R-M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i S1 S2
4 R 1/8 keg GES 4 LLRK 037505 0,8 25,5 20 16 8 10 10
100
LL 6 R 1/8 keg GES 6 LLRK 037507 1,0 26 20 14,5 8 11 12
(1450)
1
8 R /8 keg GES 8 LLRK 037508 1,0 28 22 16,5 8 12 14
6 R 1/4 keg GES 6 L/R 1/4 K 037509 2,0 34,5 27 20 12 14 14
1
8 R /4 keg GES 8 LRK 037510 2,0 34,5 27 20 12 14 17
8 R 3/8 keg GES 8 L/R 3/8 K 037511 3,0 34,5 27 20 12 17 17
1
10 R /4 keg GES 10 LRK 037512 2,4 35,5 28 21 12 17 19
250
L 10 R 3/8 keg GES 10 L/R 3/8 K 037513 2,9 35,5 28 21 12 17 19
(3626)
1 1
12 R /4 keg GES 12 L/R /4 K 037514 3,0 36,5 29 22 12 19 22
12 R 3/8 keg GES 12 LRK 037515 3,4 36,5 29 22 12 19 22
1 1
12 R /2 keg GES 12 L/R /2 K 037516 4,9 38,5 31 24 14 22 22
15 R 1/2 keg GES 15 LRK 028100 5,4 40 32 25 14 24 27
E
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. NPT Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i S1 S2
1 1
4 /8 NPT GES 4 LL / /8 NPT 037528 1,0 28 22 18 10 11 10
100
LL 6 1
/8 NPT GES 6 LL / 1/8 NPT 037530 1,0 28 22 16,5 10 11 12
(1450)
8 1
/8 NPT GES 8 LL / 1/8 NPT 037531 1,0 30 24 18,5 10 12 14
6 1
/8 NPT GES 6 L / 1/8 NPT 037532 1,2 32 24 17 10 12 14
1 1
6 /4 NPT GES 6 L / /4 NPT 037533 2,6 38 30 23 15 17 14
8 1
/4 NPT GES 8 L / 1/4 NPT 037534 2,6 38 30 23 15 17 17
1 1
10 /4 NPT GES 10 L / /4 NPT 037535 2,7 39 31 24 15 17 19
315 3 3
10 /8 NPT GES 10 L / /8 NPT 037536 3,7 40 32 25 15 19 19
(4569)
12 1
/4 NPT GES 12 L / 1/4 NPT 037537 3,3 40 32 25 15 19 22
12 3
/8 NPT GES 12 L / 3/8 NPT 037538 3,6 40 32 25 15 19 22
L
12 1
/2 NPT GES 12 L / 1/2 NPT 037539 6,4 45 37 30 20 24 22
15 1
/2 NPT GES 15 L / 1/2 NPT 037540 6,3 46 38 31 20 24 27
18 1
/2 NPT GES 18 L / 1/2 NPT 037541 7,3 48 39 31,5 20 27 32
22 3
/4 NPT GES 22 L / 3/4 NPT 037542 10,1 50 41 33,5 20 32 36
630 10 3
/8 NPT GES 10 S / 3/8 NPT 037549 4,9 44 35 27,5 15 19 22
(9137) 12 1
/4 NPT GES 12 S / 1/4 NPT 037550 5,8 46 37 29,5 15 22 24
3 3
12 /8 NPT GES 12 S / /8 NPT 037551 6,1 46 37 29,5 15 22 24
S 12 1
/2 NPT GES 12 S / 1/2 NPT 037552 8,4 51 42 34,5 20 22 24
1 1
14 /2 NPT GES 14 S / /2 NPT 037553 9,0 54 44 36 20 24 27
16 1
/2 NPT GES 16 S / 1/2 NPT 037554 9,3 54 44 35,5 20 27 30
400 20 3
/4 NPT GES 20 S / 3/4 NPT 037555 14,9 59 48 37,5 20 32 36
(5801) 25 1 NPT GES 25 S / 1 NPT 037556 27,6 69 57 45 25 41 46
1 1
30 1 /4 NPT GES 30 S / 1 /4 NPT 037557 40,0 73 60 46,5 26 46 50
315 (4569) 38 11/2 NPT GES 38 S / 11/2 NPT 037558 57,4 80 65 49 26 55 60
GES …… R
Einschraub-
gewinde: Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch),
Dichtkante Form B
Stud thread: BSP thread (parallel),
stud face form B
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (cylindrique),
arête d’étanchéité forme B
E Reihe
Series
Série
PN
bar
(psi)
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube
Ø ext. G
Typ
Type
Désignation
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
100 p. L5 L2 l i d S1 S2
1
4 G /8 A GES 4 LLR 037559 1,1 13,5 19 9,5 8 14 14 10
100 1
LL 6 G /8 A GES 6 LLR 037561 1,1 13,5 19,5 8 8 14 14 12
(1450) 1
8 G /8 A GES 8 LLR 037562 1,2 14,5 20,5 9 8 14 14 14
1
6 G /8 A GES 6 LR 037563 1,4 15,5 23 8,5 14 14 14 14
6 G 1
/4 A GES 6 L/R 1/4 037564 2,9 17 24,5 10 12 18 19 14
6 G 3
/8 A GES 6 L/R 3/8 027584 9,1 18,5 26 11,5 12 22 22 14
1
8 G /4 A GES 8 LR 037565 2,7 17 25 10 12 18 19 17
8 G 1
/8 A GES 8 L/R 1/8 604870 1,7 16,5 24 9,5 8 14 14 17
8 G 3
/8 A GES 8 L/R 3/8 037566 4,4 18,5 26 11,5 12 22 22 17
8 G 1
/2 A GES 8 L/R 1/2 062578 7,3 19 16,5 12 14 26 27 17
1
10 G /4 A GES 10 L/R 037567 2,9 18 26 11 12 18 19 19
400 10 G 3
/8 A GES 10 L/R 3/8 037568 4,4 19,5 27 12,5 12 22 22 19
(5801) 10 G 1
/2 A GES 10 L/R 1/2 028087 7,1 20 27,5 13 14 26 27 19
12 G 1
/4 A GES 12 L/R 1/4 037569 3,3 19 27 12 12 18 19 22
3
L 12 G /8 A GES 12 LR 037570 4,3 19,5 27 12,5 12 22 22 22
12 G 1
/2 A GES 12 L/R 1/2 037571 6,7 20 28 13 14 26 27 22
15 G 3
/8 A GES 15 L/R 3/8 028669 5,1 20,5 28,5 13,5 12 22 24 27
1
15 G /2 A GES 15 LR 037572 6,7 21 29 14 14 26 27 27
15 G 3
/4 A GES 15 L/R 3/4 028698 11,6 22 30 15 16 32 32 27
1
18 G /2 A GES 18 LR 037573 7,1 22 31 14,5 14 26 27 32
18 G 3
/4 A GES 18 L/R 3/4 028701 11,1 22 31 14,5 16 32 32 32
22 G 3/4 A GES 22 LR 037574 10,2 24 33 16,5 16 32 32 36
22 G 1/2 A GES 22 L/R 1/2 025257 8,7 24 33 16,5 14 26 32 36
250 28 G 1 A GES 28 LR 037575 16,8 25 34 17,5 18 39 41 41
(3626) 28 G 3/4 A GES 28 L/R 3/4 060071 14,3 25 34 17,5 16 32 41 41
35 G 1/4 A GES 35 LR 037576 27,6 28 39 17,5 20 49 50 50
42 G 11/2 A GES 42 LR 037577 35,2 30 42 19 22 55 55 60
1
6 G /4 A GES 6 SR 037578 3,6 20 28 13 12 18 19 17
1
8 G /4 A GES 8 SR 037579 4,1 22 30 15 12 18 19 19
8 G 3
/8 A GES 8 S/R 3/8 370740 5,8 22,5 30,5 15,5 12 22 22 19
3
10 G /8 A GES 10 SR 037580 5,7 22,5 31 15 12 22 22 22
10 G 1
/4 A GES 10 S/R 1/4 067917 4,0 22 30,5 14,5 12 18 19 22
10 G 1
/2 A GES 10 S/R 1/2 060170 9,7 25 33,5 17,5 14 26 27 22
630 3
12 G /8 A GES 12 SR 037581 6,3 24 33 17 12 22 22 24
(9137)
12 G 1
/4 A GES 12 S/R 1/4 371817 5,7 24 32,5 16,5 12 18 22 24
12 G 1
/2 A GES 12 S/R 1/2 037582 9,7 25 34 17,5 14 26 27 24
1
S 14 G /2 A GES 14 SR 037583 9,6 27 37 19 14 26 27 27
1
16 G /2 A GES 16 SR 037584 9,1 27 37 18,5 14 26 27 30
16 G 3
/8 A GES 16 S/R 3/8 024062 8,6 26,5 36,5 18 12 22 27 30
16 G 3
/4 A GES 16 S/R 3/4 025474 15,5 29 40 21,5 16 32 32 30
20 G 3/4 A GES 20 SR 037585 14,9 31 42 20,5 16 32 32 36
400 20 G 1/2 A GES 20 S/R 1/2 028704 13,6 31 40 18,5 14 26 32 36
(5801) 25 G 1 A GES 25 SR 037586 26,9 35 47 23 18 39 41 46
25 G 3/4 A GES 25 S/R 3/4 028789 24,3 35 47 23 16 32 41 46
30 G 11/4 A GES 30 SR 037587 41,8 37 50 23,5 20 49 50 50
250
38 G 11/2 A GES 38 SR 037588 56,8 42 57 26 22 55 55 60
(3626)
38 G 11/4 A GES 38 S/R 1/4 025223 56,7 42 57 26 20 49 55 60
GES …… M
Einschraub-
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch),
Dichtkante Form B
Stud thread: metric (parallel),
stud face form B
Filetage mâle: métrique (cylindrique),
arête d’étanchéité forme B
E
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L5 L2 l i d S1 S2
4 M 8x1 GES 4 LLM 037589 0,9 13,5 19 9,5 8 12 12 10
LL 100 6 M 10 x 1 GES 6 LLM 037591 1,1 13,5 19,5 8 8 14 14 12
(1450)
8 M 10 x 1 GES 8 LLM 037592 1,2 14,5 20,5 9 8 14 14 14
6 M 10 x 1 GES 6 LM 037593 1,4 15,5 23 8,5 8 14 14 14
6 M 12 x 1,5 GES 6 L/M 12 x 1,5 037594 2,6 17 24,5 10 12 17 17 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 GES 8 LM 037595 2,3 17 25 10 12 17 17 17
8 M 18 x 1,5 GES 8 L/M 18 x 1,5 024882 5,1 18,5 26 11,5 12 23 24 17
10 M 14 x 1,5 GES 10 LM 037596 2,9 18 26 11 12 19 19 19
10 M 16 x 1,5 GES 10 L/M 16 X 1,5 063190 4,0 19,5 27 12,5 12 21 22 19
10 M 18 x 1,5 GES 10 L/M 18 x 1,5 025287 5,0 19,5 27 12,5 12 23 24 19
400 10 M 22 x 1,5 GES 10 L/M 22 x 1,5 028692 7,6 20 27,5 13 14 27 27 19
(5801)
12 M 16 x 1,5 GES 12 LM 037597 4,0 19,5 27 12,5 12 21 22 22
L 12 M 18 x 1,5 GES 12 L/M 18 x 1,5 037598 4,7 19,5 27 12,5 12 23 24 22
12 M 22 x 1,5 GES 12 L/M 22 x 1,5 028695 7,3 20 27,5 13 14 27 27 22
15 M 18 x 1,5 GES 15 LM 037599 5,2 20,5 29 13,5 12 23 24 27
15 M 22 x 1,5 GES 15 L/M 22 x 1,5 028117 7,4 21 29 14 14 27 27 27
18 M 18 x 1,5 GES 18 L/M 18 x 1,5 029643 6,4 21,5 30 14 12 23 27 32
18 M 22 x 1,5 GES 18 LM 037600 7,6 22 31 14,5 14 27 27 32
22 M 26 x 1,5 GES 22 LM 037601 10,1 24 33 16,5 16 31 32 36
250 28 M 33 x 2 GES 28 LM 037602 16,7 25 34 17,5 18 39 41 41
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 GES 35 LM 037603 28,2 28 39 17,5 20 49 50 50
42 M 48 x 2 GES 42 LM 037604 35,8 30 42 19 22 55 55 60
6 M 12 x 1,5 GES 6 SM 037605 3,0 20 28 13 12 17 17 17
8 M 14 x 1,5 GES 8 SM 037606 4,3 22 30 15 12 19 19 19
630 10 M 16 x 1,5 GES 10 SM 037607 5,5 22,5 31 15 12 21 22 22
(9137) 12 M 18 x 1,5 GES 12 SM 037608 7,2 24,5 33 17 12 23 24 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 GES 14 SM 037609 9,4 27 37 19 14 25 27 27
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 GES 16 SM 037610 9,8 27 37 18,5 14 27 27 30
400 20 M 27 x 2 GES 20 SM 037611 15,3 31 42 20,5 16 32 32 36
(5801) 25 M 33 x 2 GES 25 SM 037612 26,9 35 47 23 18 39 41 46
250 30 M 42 x 2 GES 30 SM 037613 42,8 37 50 23,5 20 49 50 50
(3626) 38 M 48 x 2 GES 38 SM 037614 57,5 42 57 26 22 55 55 60
GES …… R-WD
mit Weichdichtung NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Einschraubgewinde: Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Stud thread: BSP thread (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (cylindrique)
E
DIN-ISO 228 (R …, DIN 259) kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. L5 L2 l i d S1 S2
1
6 G /8 A GES 6 LR-WD 037615 1,5 15,5 23 8,5 8 13,9 14 14
500 6 G 1
/4 A GES 6 L/R 1/4-WD 606456 3,0 17 24,5 10 12 18,9 19 14
1
(7252) 8 G /4 A GES 8 LR-WD 037616 2,5 17 25 10 12 18,9 19 17
8 G 1
/8 A GES 8 L/R 1/8-WD 606457 1,7 16,5 24 9,5 8 13,9 14 17
400 3 3
(5801) 8 G /8 A GES 8 L/R /8-WD 606458 4,8 18,5 26 11,5 12 21,9 22 17
1
10 G /4 A GES 10 LR-WD 037617 3,0 18 26 11 12 18,9 19 19
500 10 G 3
/8 A GES 10 L/R 3/8-WD 027596 4,0 19,5 27 12,5 12 21,9 22 19
(7252)
10 G 1
/2 A GES 10 L/R 1/2-WD 606414 5,2 21 27,5 13 14 26,9 27 19
12 G 1
/4 A GES 12 L/R 1/4-WD 037618 3,5 19 27 12 12 18,9 19 22
3
12 G /8 A GES 12 LR-WD 037619 4,0 19,5 27 12,5 12 21,9 22 22
400 12 G 1
/2 A GES 12 L/R 1/2-WD 024957 6,5 20 28 13 14 26,9 27 22
1
(5801) 15 G /2 A GES 15 LR-WD 037620 6,5 21 28,5 13,5 14 26,9 24 27
15 G 3
/8 A GES 15 L/R 3/8-WD 604985 4,9 20,5 29 14 12 21,9 27 27
1
18 G /2 A GES 18 LR-WD 037621 7,0 22 31 14,5 14 26,9 27 32
18 G 3
/4 A GES 18 L/R 3/4-WD 605124 13,5 22 31 14,5 16 31,9 32 32
22 G 3/4 A GES 22 LR-WD 037622 10,5 24 33 16,5 14 26,9 32 36
250 28 G 1 A GES 28 LR-WD 037623 16,5 25 34 17,5 18 39,9 41 41
(3626) 35 G 11/4 A GES 35 LR-WD 037624 27,0 28 39 17,5 20 49,9 50 50
42 G 11/2 A GES 42 LR-WD 037625 34,5 30 42 19 22 54,9 55 60
1
6 G /4 A GES 6 SR-WD 037626 3,5 20 28 13 12 18,9 19 17
1
8 G /4 A GES 8 SR-WD 037627 4,0 22 30 15 12 18,9 19 19
800 8 G 3
/8 A GES 8 S/R 3/8-WD 371292 6,2 22,5 30,5 15,5 12 21,9 22 19
3
(11603) 10 G /8 A GES 10 SR-WD 037628 5,5 22,5 31 15 12 21,9 22 22
10 G 1
/4 A GES 10 S/R 1/4-WD 602927 4,7 22 30,5 14,5 12 18,9 19 22
10 G 1
/2 A GES 10 S/R 1/2-WD 606460 13,9 25 33,5 17,5 14 26,9 27 22
3
12 G /8 A GES 12 SR-WD 037629 9,5 24,5 33 17 12 21,9 22 24
12 G 1
/4 A GES 12 S/R 1/4-WD 606425 5,8 24 32,5 16,5 12 18,9 22 24
12 G 1
/2 A GES 12 S/R 1/2-WD 027858 9,5 25 34 17,5 14 26,9 27 24
S 630 1
14 G /2 A GES 14 SR-WD 037630 9,5 27 37 19 14 26,9 27 27
(9137) 1
16 G /2 A GES 16 SR-WD 037631 9,0 27 37 18,5 14 26,9 27 30
16 G 3
/8 A GES 16 S/R 3/8-WD 371285 8,5 26 36,5 18 12 21,9 27 30
16 G 3
/4 A GES 16 S/R 3/4-WD 066454 15,5 29 39 20,5 16 31,9 32 30
20 G 3/4 A GES 20 SR-WD 037632 15,0 31 42 20,5 16 31,9 32 36
25 G 1 A GES 25 SR-WD 037633 26,5 35 47 23 18 39,9 41 46
420
(6091) 25 G 3/4 A GES 25 S/R 3/4-WD 066516 24,5 35 47 23 16 31,9 41 46
30 G 11/4 A GES 30 SR-WD 037634 42,0 37 50 23,5 20 49,9 50 50
38 G 11/2 A GES 38 SR-WD 037635 56,5 42 57 26 22 54,9 55 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
E6
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen
Male stud coupling (body only)
Union simple mâle (corps)
GES …… M-WD
mit Weichdichtung NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Einschraubgewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Stud thread: metric (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage mâle: métrique (cylindrique)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L5 L2 l i d S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 GES 6 LM-WD 037638 0,5 15,5 23 8,5 8 13,9 14 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 GES 8 LM-WD 037639 2,0 17 25 10 12 16,9 17 17
500
(7252) 10 M 14 x 1,5 GES 10 LM-WD 037640 3,0 18 26 11 12 18,9 19 19
10 M 18 x 1,5 GES 10 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 606459 19,5 27 12,5 12 23,9 24 19
10 M 22 x 1,5 GES 10 L/M 22 x 1,5-WD 604706 7,5 20 27,5 13 14 26,9 27 19
12 M 16 x 1,5 GES 12 LM-WD 037641 4,0 19,5 27 12,5 12 21,9 22 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 GES 12 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 024966 4,5 17 27 12,5 12 23,9 24 22
L 12 M 22 x 1,5 GES 12 L/M 22 x 1,5-WD 604514 7,0 20 27,5 13 14 26,9 27 22
400
(5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 GES 15 LM-WD 037642 5,0 20,5 29 13,5 12 23,9 24 27
15 M 22 x 1,5 GES 15 L/M 22 x 1,5-WD 604266 7,0 21 29 14 14 26,9 27 27
18 M 22 x 1,5 GES 18 LM-WD 037643 7,5 22 30 14 14 26,9 27 32
18 M 18 x 1,5 GES 18 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 606294 9,3 21,5 31 14,5 12 23,9 27 32
22 M 26 x 1,5 GES 22 LM-WD 037644 20,0 24 33 16,5 16 31,9 32 36
250 28 M 33 x 2 GES 28 LM-WD 037645 16,5 25 34 17,5 18 39,9 41 41
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 GES 35 LM-WD 037646 27,5 28 39 17,5 20 49,9 50 50
42 M 48 x 2 GES 42 LM-WD 037647 35,0 30 42 19 22 54,9 55 60
6 M 12 x 1,5 GES 6 SM-WD 037648 3,0 20 28 13 12 16,9 17 17
800
8 M 14 x 1,5 GES 8 SM-WD 037649 4,0 22 30 15 12 18,9 19 19
(11603)
10 M 16 x 1,5 GES 10 SM-WD 037650 5,5 22,5 31 15 12 21,9 22 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 GES 12 SM-WD 037651 7,0 24,5 33 17 12 23,9 24 24
630
S 14 M 20 x 1,5 GES 14 SM-WD 037652 9,5 27 37 19 14 25,9 27 27
(9137)
16 M 22 x 1,5 GES 16 SM-WD 037653 9,5 27 37 18,5 14 26,9 27 30
20 M 27 x 2 GES 20 SM-WD 037654 15,5 31 42 20,5 16 31,9 32 36
GES ...... U
mit O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Einschraubgewinde: UST (SAE J 514)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation U Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i d S1 S2 torique
9
6 GES 6 L/ /16-18 UNF 065356 2,8 25 17 10 10 17,6 19 14 11,9 x 1,98
7
8 GES 8 L/ /16-20 UNF 065358 2,0 25 17 10 9 14,4 17 17 8,92 x 1,83
8 GES 8 L/ 9/16-18 UNF 065359 2,0 25 17 10 10 17,6 19 17 11,9 x 1,98
7
10 GES 10 L/ /16-20 UNF 065361 2,0 26 18 11 9 14,4 17 19 8,92 x 1,83
9
10 GES 10 L/ /16-18 UNF 065362 2,8 26 18 11 10 17,6 19 19 11,9 x 1,98
WES ...... RK
Einschraub-
gewinde: Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (kegelig)
Stud thread: BSP thread (taper)
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (conique)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. R Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I i S1 S2
1
4 R /8 keg WES 4 LLRK 037695 1,7 17 21 15 11 8 11 10
100 1
LL (1450) 6 R /8 keg WES 6 LLRK 037697 1,6 17 21 15 9,5 8 11 12
8 R 1/8 keg WES 8 LLRK 037698 2,2 20 23 17 11,5 8 12 14
6 R 1/8 keg WES 6 LRK 037699 2,8 20 27 19 12 8 12 14
6 R 1/4 keg WES 6 L/R 1/4 K 037700 5,0 26 29 21 14 12 14 14
1
8 R /4 keg WES 8 LRK 037701 4,6 26 29 21 14 12 14 17
250 10 R 1/4 keg WES 10 LRK 037702 8,9 27 30 22 15 12 17 19
L
(3626) 10 3
R /8 keg 3
WES 10 L/R /8 K 037703 6,8 27 30 22 15 12 17 19
1 1
12 R /4 keg WES 12 L/R /4 K 037704 8,4 28 32 24 17 12 19 22
12 R 3/8 keg WES 12 LRK 037705 8,9 28 32 24 17 12 19 22
15 R 1/2 keg WES 15 LRK 037706 8,9 34 36 28 21 14 19 27
160 (2321) 18 R 1/2 keg WES 18 LRK 037707 12,0 36 40 31 23,5 14 24 32
6 R 1/4 keg WES 6 SRK 037708 5,4 26 31 23 16 12 14 17
8 R 1/4 keg WES 8 SRK 037709 7,7 27 32 24 17 12 17 19
3
630* 10 R /8 keg WES 10 SRK 037710 10,1 28 34 25 17,5 12 19 22
S
(9137) 12 R 3/8 keg WES 12 SRK 037711 12,7 28 38 29 21,5 12 22 24
1
14 R /2 keg WES 14 SRK 037712 10,6 32 40 30 22 14 19 27
400 (5801) 16 R 1/2 keg WES 16 SRK 037713 13,6 32 43 33 24,5 14 24 30
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * PN 630 nur bei kegeligen Einschraublöchern, sonst PN 400
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * PN 630 only applies to taper port forms;
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué PN 400 is applicable to parallel port forms
* PN 630 seulement avec taraudage conique, sinon PN 400
E9
Winkel-Einschraubstutzen
Male stud elbow (body only)
Equerre mâle (corps)
WES ...... MK
Einschraub-
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (kegelig)
Stud thread: metric (taper)
Filetage mâle: métrique (conique)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I i S1 S2
4 M 8x1 keg WES 4 LLMK 037714 1,5 17 21 15 11 8 11 10
100
LL (1450) 6 M 10 x 1 keg WES 6 LLMK 037716 1,6 17 21 15 9,5 8 11 12
8 M 10 x 1 keg WES 8 LLMK 037717 2,3 20 23 17 11,5 8 12 14
6 M 10 x 1 keg WES 6 LMK 037718 2,9 20 27 19 12 8 12 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 keg WES 8 LMK 037719 4,4 26 29 21 14 12 14 17
250
10 M 14 x 1,5 keg WES 10 LMK 037720 6,1 27 30 22 15 12 17 19
L (3626)
12 M 16 x 1,5 keg WES 12 LMK 037721 8,7 28 32 24 17 12 19 22
15 M 18 x 1,5 keg WES 15 LMK 037722 8,1 32 36 28 21 12 19 27
160 (2321) 18 M 22 x 1,5 keg WES 18 LMK 037723 12,2 36 40 31 23,5 14 24 32
6 M 12 x 1,5 keg WES 6 SMK 037724 5,3 26 31 23 16 12 14 17
8 M 14 x 1,5 keg WES 8 SMK 037725 7,8 27 32 24 17 12 17 19
630*
10 M 16 x 1,5 keg WES 10 SMK 037726 10,3 28 34 25 17,5 12 19 22
S (9137)
12 M 18 x 1,5 keg WES 12 SMK 037727 12,9 28 38 29 21,5 12 22 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 keg WES 14 SMK 037728 10,3 32 40 30 22 14 19 27
400 (5801) 16 M 22 x 1,5 keg WES 16 SMK 037729 11,4 32 43 33 24,5 14 24 30
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * PN 630 nur bei kegeligen Einschraublöchern, sonst PN 400
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * PN 630 only applies to taper port forms;
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué PN 400 is applicable to parallel port forms
* PN 630 seulement avec taraudage conique, sinon PN 400
E10
Winkel-Einschraubstutzen
Male stud elbow (body only)
Equerre mâle (corps)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. NPT Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I i S1 S2
1 1
4 /8 NPT WES 4 LL/ /8 NPT 037670 1,4 17 21 15 11 10 10 10
100 1 1
LL (1450) 6 /8 NPT WES 6 LL/ /8 NPT 037672 1,7 17 21 15 9,5 10 10 12
8 1
/8 NPT WES 8 LL/ 1/8 NPT 037673 2,3 20 23 17 11,5 10 12 14
1 1
6 /8 NPT WES 6 L/ /8 NPT 037674 2,8 20 27 19 12 10 12 14
1 1
8 /4 NPT WES 8 L/ /4 NPT 037675 4,5 26 29 21 14 15 14 17
1 1
250 10 /4 NPT WES 10 L/ /4 NPT 037676 6,0 27 30 22 15 15 17 19
(3626) 12 1
/4 NPT WES 12 L/ 1
/4 NPT 037677 8,1 28 32 24 17 15 19 22
3 3
L 12 /8 NPT WES 12 L/ /8 NPT 037678 8,6 28 32 24 17 15 19 22
1 1
15 /2 NPT WES 15 L/ /2 NPT 037679 8,8 34 36 28 21 14 19 27
1 1
160 18 /2 NPT WES 18 L/ /2 NPT 037680 13,1 36 40 31 23,5 20 24 32
(2321) 22 3
/4 NPT WES 22 L/ 3
/4 NPT 037681 14,9 42 44 35 27,5 20 27 36
100 (1450) 28 1 NPT WES 28 L/1 NPT 037682 28,3 48 47 38 30,5 23 36 41
1 1
6 /4 NPT WES 6 S/ /4 NPT 037685 5,3 26 31 23 16 15 14 17
1 1
8 /4 NPT WES 8 S/ /4 NPT 037686 7,3 27 32 24 17 15 17 19
630 3 3
10 /8 NPT WES 10 S/ /8 NPT 037687 9,7 28 34 25 17,5 15 19 22
(9137)
3 3
12 /8 NPT WES 12 S/ /8 NPT 037688 12,1 28 38 29 21,5 15 22 24
S 1 1
14 /2 NPT WES 14 S/ /2 NPT 037689 10,3 33 40 30 22 15 19 27
1 1
16 /2 NPT WES 16 S/ /2 NPT 037690 13,8 33 43 33 24,5 17 24 30
400 3 3
20 /4 NPT WES 20 S/ /4 NPT 037691 19,7 42 48 37 26,5 20 27 36
(5801)
25 1 NPT WES 25 S/1 NPT 037692 36,0 48 54 42 30 23 36 46
GS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I1 S1 S2
4 GS 4 LL 037844 0,6 31 20 12 9 10
100
LL 6 GS 6 LL 037846 0,7 32 20 9 11 12
(1450)
8 GS 8 LL 037847 1,1 35 23 12 12 14
6 GS 6 L 037848 1,3 39 24 10 12 14
500
8 GS 8 L 037849 1,7 40 25 11 14 17
(7252)
10 GS 10 L 037850 2,5 42 27 13 17 19
12 GS 12 L 037851 2,8 43 28 14 19 22
400
15 GS 15 L 037852 4,8 46 30 16 24 27
L (5801)
18 GS 18 L 028736 6,6 48 31 16 27 32
22 GS 22 L 028737 8,9 52 35 20 32 36
Rohr-AD 1 Rohr-AD 2
GS .../... Tube OD 1 Tube OD 2
Tube Tube
Ø ext. 1 Ø ext. 2
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD 1 Rohr-AD 2 kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD 1 Tube OD 2 Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. 1 Ø ext. 2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I1 S1 S2 S3
WS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I S1 S2
4 WS 4 LL 037863 1,2 21 15 11 8 10
100
LL 6 WS 6 LL 037865 1,4 21 15 9,5 11 12
(1450)
8 WS 8 LL 037866 2,2 23 17 11,5 12 14
6 WS 6 L 037867 2,8 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 WS 8 L 037868 4,1 29 21 14 14 17
(7252)
10 WS 10 L 037869 5,7 30 22 15 17 19
12 WS 12 L 037870 8,0 32 24 17 19 22
400
15 WS 15 L 037871 7,5 36 28 21 19 27
L (5801)
18 WS 18 L 037872 11,2 40 31 23,5 24 32
22 WS 22 L 037873 14,9 44 35 27,5 27 36
250 28 WS 28 L 037874 25,2 47 38 30,5 36 41
(3626) 35 WS 35 L 037875 46,5 56 45 34,5 41 50
42 WS 42 L 037876 61,6 63 51 40 50 60
6 WS 6 S 037877 9,4 31 23 16 14 17
800
8 WS 8 S 037878 7,2 32 24 17 17 19
(11603)
10 WS 10 S 037879 9,7 34 25 17,5 19 22
12 WS 12 S 037880 13,6 38 29 21,5 22 24
630
14 WS 14 S 037881 9,8 40 30 22 19 27
S (9137)
16 WS 16 S 037882 14,4 43 33 24,5 24 30
20 WS 20 S 037883 20,0 48 37 26,5 27 36
420
(6091) 25 WS 25 S 037884 36,5 54 42 30 36 46
30 WS 30 S 037885 46,5 62 49 35,5 41 50
400 (5801) 38 WS 38 S 037886 66,0 72 57 41 50 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué
E14
T-Stutzen
Equal Tee (body only)
Union té (corps)
TS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I1 S1 S2
4 TS 4 LL 037887 1,4 21 15 11 8 10
100
LL 6 TS 6 LL 037889 1,7 21 15 9,5 10 12
(1450)
8 TS 8 LL 037890 2,5 23 17 11,5 12 14
6 TS 6 L 037891 3,4 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 TS 8 L 037892 5,2 29 21 14 14 17
(7252)
10 TS 10 L 037893 6,3 30 22 15 17 19
12 TS 12 L 037894 8,6 32 24 17 19 22
400
15 TS 15 L 037895 8,9 36 28 21 19 27
L (5801)
18 TS 18 L 037896 14,7 40 31 23,5 24 32
22 TS 22 L 037897 19,6 44 35 27,5 27 36
250 28 TS 28 L 037898 33,4 47 38 30,5 36 41
(3626) 35 TS 35 L 037899 49,5 56 45 34,5 41 50
42 TS 42 L 037900 67,5 63 51 40 50 60
6 TS 6 S 037901 6,1 31 23 16 14 17
800
8 TS 8 S 037902 8,6 32 24 17 17 19
(11603)
10 TS 10 S 037903 10,8 34 25 17,5 19 22
12 TS 12 S 037904 16,0 38 29 21,5 22 24
630
14 TS 14 S 037905 13,2 40 30 22 19 27
S (9137)
16 TS 16 S 037906 16,0 43 33 24,5 24 30
20 TS 20 S 037907 26,8 48 37 26,5 27 36
420
(6091) 25 TS 25 S 037908 46,0 54 42 30 36 46
30 TS 30 S 037909 71,4 62 49 35,5 41 50
400 (5801) 38 TS 38 S 037910 103,5 72 57 41 50 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué
E15
T-Reduzierstutzen
Reducing Tee (body only)
Union té de réduction (corps)
TS.../.../...
Rohr-AD 1
Tube OD 1 Rohr-AD 2
Tube Tube OD 2
Ø ext. 1 Tube
Ø ext. 2
Rohr-AD 1
Tube OD 1 Rohr-AD 2
Tube Tube OD 2
Ø ext. 1 Tube
Ø ext. 2
Rohr-AD 3
Tube OD 3
Tube
Ø ext. 3
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) 1 2 3 Désignation Réf. 100 p. l1 l2 l3 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 L7 S1 S2 S3 S4
KS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I S1 S2
4 KS 4 LL 037911 1,5 21 15 11 9 10
100
LL 6 KS 6 LL 037913 1,5 21 15 9,5 9 12
(1450)
8 KS 8 LL 037914 2,6 23 17 11,5 12 14
6 KS 6 L 037915 3,5 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 KS 8 L 037916 4,1 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 KS 10 L 037917 4,6 30 22 15 14 19
12 KS 12 L 037918 7,3 32 24 17 17 22
400
15 KS 15 L 037919 12,5 36 28 21 19 27
L (5801)
18 KS 18 L 037920 18,2 40 31 23,5 24 32
22 KS 22 L 037921 23,5 44 35 27,5 27 36
GSS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube D D Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M min. max. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L3 L5 L6 I1 I2 S1 S2 S3
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 16 GSS 6 L m. 6kt M 063273 4,0 22 42 34 14 7 27 17 14 17
500
8 M 14 x 1,5 4 16 GSS 8 L m. 6kt M 024147 5,0 23 42 34 15 8 27 19 17 19
(7252)
10 M 16 x 1,5 4 16 GSS 10 L m. 6kt M 061656 6,5 25 43 35 17 10 28 22 19 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 4 16 GSS 12 L m. 6kt M 061657 7,5 25 44 36 17 10 29 24 22 24
400
15 M 22 x 1,5 4 16 GSS 15 L m. 6kt M 061995 13,0 27 45 38 19 12 31 30 27 27
L (5801)
18 M 26 x 1,5 4 16 GSS 18 L m. 6kt M 061658 19,5 30 49 40 21 13,5 32,5 36 32 32
22 M 30 x 2 5 16 GSS 22 L m. 6kt M 063759 25,5 33 51 42 44 16,5 34,5 41 36 36
WSS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube D D Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M min. max. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 I2 I3 d S1* S2 S3
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 16 WSS 6 L m. 6kt M 063274 5,0 14 27 42 34 19 27 12 17 17 14 12
500
8 M 14 x 1,5 4 16 WSS 8 L m. 6kt M 024146 6,5 17 29 42 34 21 27 14 19 19 17 12
(7252)
10 M 16 x 1,5 4 16 WSS 10 L m. 6kt M 024127 8,0 18 30 43 35 22 28 15 22 22 19 14
12 M 18 x 1,5 4 16 WSS 12 L m. 6kt M 063773 10,0 20 32 44 36 24 29 17 24 24 22 17
400
15 M 22 x 1,5 4 16 WSS 15 L m. 6kt M 063275 17,0 23 36 46 38 28 31 21 27 30 27 19
L (5801)
18 M 26 x 1,5 4 16 WSS 18 L m. 6kt M 063774 24,0 24 40 49 40 31 32,5 23,5 32 36 32 24
22 M 30 x 2 5 16 WSS 22 L m. 6kt M 063775 64,2 30 44 51 42 35 34,5 27,5 36 41 36 27
ASS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l I3 d1 S1 S2
6 ASS 6 L 037975 1,1 29 21 14 7 10 12 14
500
(7252) 8 ASS 8 L 037976 1,5 31 23 16 8 12 14 17
10 ASS 10 L 037977 2,2 33 25 18 8 14 17 19
12 ASS 12 L 037978 2,5 33 25 18 8 16 19 22
400
(5801) 15 ASS 15 L 037979 4,3 37 29 22 10 19 22 27
L
18 ASS 18 L 037980 6,6 40 31 23,5 10 22 27 32
22 ASS 22 L 037981 9,8 45 36 28,5 12 27 32 36
250 28 ASS 28 L 037982 15,9 47 38 30,5 12 32 41 41
(3626) 35 ASS 35 L 037983 23,0 54 43 32,5 14 40 46 50
42 ASS 42 L 037984 32,7 58 46 35 16 46 55 60
6 ASS 6 S 037985 2,1 34 26 19 7 11 14 17
800
8 ASS 8 S 037986 3,1 36 28 21 8 13 17 19
(11603)
10 ASS 10 S 037987 4,1 39 30 22,5 8 15 19 22
12 ASS 12 S 037988 5,6 41 32 24,5 10 17 22 24
630
(9137) 14 ASS 14 S 037989 7,0 45 35 27 10 19 24 27
S
16 ASS 16 S 037990 8,3 45 35 26,5 10 21 27 30
20 ASS 20 S 037991 12,9 51 40 29,5 12 26 32 36
420 25 ASS 25 S 037992 21,9 56 44 32 12 31 41 46
(6091) 30 ASS 30 S 037993 29,5 62 49 35,5 14 36 46 50
38 ASS 38 S 037994 44,7 69 54 38 16 44 55 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Werkstoff der Verschraubungsstutzen ist schmelzschweißbarer Stahl
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Body manufactured in weldable quality steel
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué Le corps est en acier soudable
E20
Einschweiß-Schottstutzen
Weldable bulkhead coupling (body only)
Union double de cloison à souder (corps)
ESS ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I2 I4 d S2
6 ESS 6 L 037995 10,3 85 70 56 50 18 14
500
8 ESS 8 L 037996 12,3 85 70 56 50 20 17
(7252)
10 ESS 10 L 037997 14,4 87 72 58 50 22 19
12 ESS 12 L 037998 17,9 87 72 58 50 25 22
400
15 ESS 15 L 037999 26,5 100 84 70 60 28 27
L (5801)
18 ESS 18 L 038000 33,4 101 84 69 60 32 32
22 ESS 22 L 038001 39,9 105 88 73 60 36 36
250 28 ESS 28 L 038002 45,1 106 88 73 60 40 41
(3626) 35 ESS 35 L 038003 72,2 114 92 71 60 50 50
42 ESS 42 L 038004 100,7 115 92 70 60 60 60
6 ESS 6 S 038005 13,6 89 74 60 50 20 17
800
8 ESS 8 S 038006 16,4 89 74 60 50 22 19
(11603)
10 ESS 10 S 038007 20,3 91 74 59 50 25 22
12 ESS 12 S 038008 25,3 91 74 59 50 28 24
630
14 ESS 14 S 038009 16,8 107 88 72 60 30 27
S (9137)
16 ESS 16 S 038010 44,5 107 88 71 60 35 30
20 ESS 20 S 038011 51,7 114 92 71 60 38 36
420 25 ESS 25 S 038012 72,5 120 96 72 60 45 46
(6091) 30 ESS 30 S 038013 87,9 126 100 73 60 50 50
38 ESS 38 S 038014 125,5 133 104 72 60 60 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Werkstoff der Verschraubungsstutzen ist schmelzschweißbarer Stahl
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Body manufactured in weldable quality steel
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué Le corps est en acier soudable
E21
E
E22
Richtungseinstellbare Stutzen Adjustable fittings (body only) Raccords orientables (corps)
F
Abb. Sinnbild Typ Seite
Fig. Symbol Type Page
Fig. Symbole Désignation Page
Winkel-Schwenkstutzen
Banjo coupling with one-piece bolt (body only) RSWS……R F2–F3
Raccord orientable (corps) RSWS……M F4–F5
T-Schwenkstutzen
Double banjo coupling with one-piece bolt (body only) RSTS……R F6–F7
Raccord orientable (corps) exécution en Té RSTS……M F8–F9
Einstellbare Winkel-Stutzen
Adjustable male stud elbow (body only) P-EWS……-SV F10
Equerre orientable (corps) EWSD…… F11
Einstellbare T-Stutzen
Adjustable branch Tee (body only) P-ETS……-SV F12
Té orientable (corps) ETSD…… F13
Einstellbare L-Stutzen
Adjustable male stud run Tee (body only) P-ELS……-SV F14
Té renversé orientable (corps) ELSD…… F15
EGESD……NPT F20
Gerade-Verbindung
Straight coupling SNV…… F21
Union double
F1
Winkel-Schwenkstutzen
Banjo coupling with one-piece bolt (body only)
Raccord orientable (corps)
200
150
100 L-Baureihe/L-series/Série L
S-Baureihe/S-series/Série S
50
Einschraub-
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch)
Stud thread: metric (parallel)
Filetage mâle: métrique (cylindrique)
Baureihe LL
Baureihe L und S Series LL
Series L and S Série LL
Séries L et S
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PB Tube OD 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube kg par d1
Série (psi) Ø ext. M 100 p. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i max. d2 S1 S2
4 M 8x1 3,4 8 22,5 17 17 13 6 12,5 12 12
100
LL (1450) 6 M 10 x 1 4,2 10 26 21 20 14,5 8 14,5 14 14
8 M 10 x 1 4,5 10 26 21 20 14,5 8 14,5 14 14
6 M 10 x 1 5,9 10 27,5 21 20 13 8 14,9 13 14 14
500
8 M 12 x 1,5 9,0 13,5 28,5 27 21 14 10 17,9 17,8 19 19
(7252)
10 M 14 x 1,5 10,3 13,5 29,5 27 22 15 10 19,9 17,8 19 19
400 (5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 15,8 16 32 32,5 24,5 17,5 10 21,9 21 24 22
315 (4569) 12 M 18 x 1,5 16,9 18,5 34,5 36 27 20 10 23,9 23 24 22
L
400 (5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 20,9 18,5 35 37 27 20 10 23,9 23 27 24
400 (5801) 18 M 22 x 1,5 31,9 21,5 36,5 43 28 20,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
22 M 26 x 1,5 48,6 24 43 48 34,5 27 16 31,9 31 36 32
250 28 M 33 x 2 88,5 30,5 48 59 39 31,5 18 39,9 39 46 41
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 151,0 35,5 57 70 46 35,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
42 M 48 x 2 234,0 40,5 62,5 80 51 40 22 55,9 55 65 55
6 M 12 x 1,5 8,5 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 17,9 17,8 19 19
500
(7252) 8 M 14 x 1,5 10,4 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 19,9 17,8 19 19
10 M 16 x 1,5 16,9 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 21 24 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 22,2 18,5 35,5 37 27 19,5 10 23,9 23 27 24
400
14 M 20 x 1,5 28,0 19,5 39,5 41 30 22 12 25 30 27
(5801)
16 M 22 x 1,5 32,3 21,5 39,5 43 30 21,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
S 315 (4569) 20 M 27 x 2 51,9 24 47,5 48 36,5 26 16 32,9 32 36 32
25 M 33 x 2 103,3 30,5 55 59 43 31 18 39,9 39 46 41
250 30 M 42 x 2 163,9 35,5 63 70 50 36,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
(3626)
38 M 48 x 2 252,7 40,5 71,5 80 57 41 22 55,9 55 65 55
F
Point of resistance s [Turns]
Point dur s [Tours] raturen oder aggressiven Medien) ist, bei der Ausführung mit
metallischer Dichtkante, der O-Ring zu entfernen!
With special application conditions (e. g. higher temperatures
or aggressive fluids) remove O-ring for the version with metallic
sealing edge!
Pour des conditions particulières d’utilisation (p. ex.
températures élevées ou fluides aggressifs) enlever le joint
torique pour la version avec étanchéité par arête métal!
Baureihe L und S
Series L and S
Séries L et S
Die angegebenen Betriebsdrücke (PB) sind unter Berücksichtigung der mind. 2,5-fachen Sicherheit
Betriebsdruck ausgelegt und stellen die maximal zulässigen Betriebsdrücke bei vorwiegend ruhender Belastung und
Operating pressure Temperaturen bis + 120°C (für Stahl) dar.
Pression de service Starke Druckstöße und mechanische Beanspruchungen, wie etwa Schwingungen, verlangen besondere
Berücksichtigung.
PB (bar) The operating pressures (PB) as shown are based on a safety factor of at least 2.5 and represent the
maximum operating pressure permitted with primarily uniform load conditions at temperatures up to
+ 120°C (for steel).
500 Allowances must be made for working conditions involving heavy impact pressure and mechanical
strain, such as vibrations.
450
Les pressions de service (PB) sont calculées avec un coéfficient mini de sécurité de 2,5 et représentent
400 les pressions de service maxi admissibles en présence de sollicitations essentiellement statiques et des
350 températures allant jusqu’à + 120°C (pour acier).
Pour toute application comportant des coups de bélier et des sollicitations mécaniques, telles que des
300 vibrations, ces données doivent être reconsidérées.
250
200
150
100 L-Baureihe/L-series/Série L
S-Baureihe/S-series/Série S
50
RSTS 6 LR-WD 609870 RSTS 6 LR 615526 607341 606516 8,5 x 1,5 304288 606481 605824
RSTS 8 LR-WD 606305 RSTS 8 LR 601153 607344 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
RSTS 10 LR-WD 609871 RSTS 10 LR 613340 607346 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
RSTS 12 LR-WD 609872 RSTS 12 LR 607290 607349 606523 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605827
RSTS 15 LR-WD 608193 RSTS 15 LR 606641 607354 606527 19,5 x 2 605951 606488 605831
RSTS 18 LR-WD 609873 RSTS 18 LR 607772 607356 606527 19,5 x 2 605951 606489 606454
RSTS 22 LR-WD 607438 RSTS 22 LR 615527 607358 607401 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
RSTS 28 LR-WD 609874 RSTS 28 LR 608289 607360 607403 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
RSTS 35 LR-WD 608195 RSTS 35 LR 615528 607362 607405 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
RSTS 42 LR-WD 608196 RSTS 42 LR 615529 607364 607407 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
RSTS 6 SR-WD 615520 RSTS 6 SR 615530 607343 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
RSTS 8 SR-WD 608191 RSTS 8 SR 607435 607345 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
RSTS 10 SR-WD 615521 RSTS 10 SR 607365 607347 606523 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605827
RSTS 12 SR-WD 608192 RSTS 12 SR 615531 607350 606523 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605827
RSTS 16 SR-WD 615522 RSTS 16 SR 615532 607355 606527 19,5 x 2 605951 606489 606454
RSTS 20 SR-WD 615523 RSTS 20 SR 615533 607357 607401 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
RSTS 25 SR-WD 615524 RSTS 25 SR 615534 607359 607403 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
RSTS 30 SR-WD 615525 RSTS 30 SR 615535 607361 607405 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
RSTS 38 SR-WD 612599 RSTS 38 SR 607958 607363 607407 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
Baureihe L und S
Series L and S
Séries L et S
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PB Tube OD 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube kg par d1
Série (psi) Ø ext. M 100 p. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i max. d2 S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 6,5 10 27,5 21 20 13 8 14,9 13 14 14
500
8 M 12 x 1,5 9,6 13,5 28,5 27 21 14 10 17,9 17,8 19 19
(7252)
10 M 14 x 1,5 11,1 13,5 29,5 27 22 15 10 19,9 17,8 19 19
400 (5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 16,7 16 32 32,5 24,5 17,5 10 21,9 21 24 22
315 (4569) 12 M 18 x 1,5 17,3 18,5 34,5 36 27 20 10 23,9 23 24 22
L
400 (5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 21,3 18,5 35 37 27 20 10 23,9 23 27 24
400 (5801) 18 M 22 x 1,5 33,6 21,5 36,5 43 28 20,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
22 M 26 x 1,5 50,2 24 43 48 34,5 27 16 31,9 31 36 32
250 28 M 33 x 2 89,9 30,5 48 59 39 31,5 18 39,9 39 46 41
(3626)
35 M 42 x 2 156,0 35,5 57 70 46 35,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
42 M 48 x 2 248,1 40,5 62,5 80 51 40 22 55,9 55 65 55
6 M 12 x 1,5 9,8 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 17,9 17,8 19 19
500
(7252) 8 M 14 x 1,5 11,7 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 19,9 17,8 19 19
10 M 16 x 1,5 18,7 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 21 24 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 22,7 18,5 35,5 37 27 19,5 10 23,9 23 27 24
400
S (5801) 14 M 20 x 1,5 29,8 19,5 39,5 41 30 22 12 25 30 27
16 M 22 x 1,5 34,7 21,5 39,5 43 30 21,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
315 (4569) 20 M 27 x 2 54,3 24 47,5 48 36,5 26 16 32,9 32 36 32
25 M 33 x 2 108,0 30,5 55 59 43 31 18 39,9 39 46 41
250
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 175,5 35,5 63 70 50 36,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
38 M 48 x 2 264,5 40,5 71,5 80 57 41 22 55,9 55 65 55
Druckpunkt s [Umdr.]
F
Point of resistance s [Turns]
Point dur s [Tours]
RSTS 6LM-WD 615536 RSTS 6LM 609780 607341 606515 8,5 x 1,5 304288 606481 605824
RSTS 8LM-WD 612600 RSTS 8LM 606718 607344 606517 11 x 2 023492 606483 606739
RSTS 10LM-WD 611676 RSTS 10LM 608274 607346 606518 11 x 2 023492 606484 605825
RSTS 12LM-WD 615537 RSTS 12LM 606719 607349 606520 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605826
RSTS 15LM-WD 615538 RSTS 15LM 615547 607352 606524 14,5 x 2 605949 606486 605830
RSTS 18LM-WD 615539 RSTS 18LM 606762 607356 606526 19,5 x 2 605951 606490 605832
RSTS 22LM-WD 615540 RSTS 22LM 615548 607358 607399 26 x 1,5 605952 606491 606455
RSTS 28LM-WD 608194 RSTS 28LM 607957 607360 607402 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
RSTS 35LM-WD 608308 RSTS 35LM 615549 607362 607404 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
RSTS 42LM-WD 615541 RSTS 42LM 615550 607364 607406 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
RSTS 6SM-WD 615542 RSTS 6SM 615551 607343 606517 11 x 2 023492 606483 606739
RSTS 8SM-WD 607568 RSTS 8SM 615552 607345 606518 11 x 2 023492 606484 605825
RSTS 10SM-WD 615543 RSTS 10SM 615553 607347 606520 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605826
RSTS 12SM-WD 601136 RSTS 12SM 615554 607351 606524 14,5 x 2 605949 606486 605830
RSTS 16SM-WD 608307 RSTS 16SM 608298 607355 606526 19,5 x 2 605951 606490 605832
RSTS 20SM-WD 615544 RSTS 20SM 615555 607357 607400 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
RSTS 25SM-WD 615545 RSTS 25SM 615556 607359 607402 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
RSTS 30SM-WD 608324 RSTS 30SM 615557 607361 607404 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
RSTS 38SM-WD 615546 RSTS 38SM 615558 607363 607406 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
P-EWS ......-SV
mit Schaft vormontiert
standpipe with pre-assembled nut and profile ring
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée pré-sertis
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 l1 S1 S2
6 P-EWS 6 L-SV 602582 2,5 26 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-EWS 8 L-SV 602579 4,0 27,5 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-EWS 10 L-SV 374926 5,0 29 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-EWS 12 L-SV 374927 7,5 29,5 32 24 17 17 22
L 400
15 P-EWS 15 L-SV 374928 12,5 32,5 36 28 21 19 27
(5801)
18 P-EWS 18 L-SV 602501 17,5 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32
EWSD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I S1 S2 S3 torique
6 EWSD 6 L 063877 6,0 26 29 21 14 14 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
8 EWSD 8 L 063878 6,0 27,5 29 21 14 14 17 17 6 x 1,5
(7252)
10 EWSD 10 L 063879 7,5 29 30 22 15 17 19 19 8,5 x 1,5
12 EWSD 12 L 063880 11,0 29,5 32 24 17 19 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 EWSD 15 L 063881 12,0 32,5 36 28 21 19 27 27 12 x 2,0
L (5801)
18 EWSD 18 L 063882 18,0 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32 32 15 x 2,0
22 EWSD 22 L 063883 24,0 38,5 44 35 27,5 27 36 36 20 x2
P-ETS ......-SV
mit Schaft vormontiert
standpipe with pre-assembled nut
and profile ring
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée
pré-sertis
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 l S1 S2
6 P-ETS 6 L-SV 602686 3,5 26 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-ETS 8 L-SV 374929 5,0 27,5 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-ETS 10 L-SV 602662 6,5 29 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-ETS 12 L-SV 602431 8,5 29,5 32 24 17 17 22
L 400
15 P-ETS 15 L-SV 602597 15,0 32,5 36 28 21 19 27
(5801)
18 P-ETS 18 L-SV 602687 19,0 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32
ETSD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I S1 S2 S3 torique
6 ETSD 6 L 063897 3,2 26 29 21 14 14 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
8 ETSD 8 L 063898 6,5 27,5 29 21 14 14 17 17 6 x 1,5
(7252)
10 ETSD 10 L 063899 9,5 29 30 22 15 17 19 19 8,5 x 1,5
12 ETSD 12 L 063900 12,5 29,5 32 24 17 19 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 ETSD 15 L 063901 14,0 32,5 36 28 21 19 27 27 12 x2
L (5801)
18 ETSD 18 L 063902 21,5 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32 32 15 x2
22 ETSD 22 L 063903 28,0 38,5 44 35 27,5 27 36 36 20 x2
L2 ist Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter *FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened *FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué *FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
F13
Einstellbare L-Stutzen
Adjustable male stud run Tee (body only)
Té renversé orientable (corps)
P-ELS ......-SV
mit Schaft vormontiert
standpipe with pre-assembled nut and profile ring
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée pré-sertis
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 l1 S1 S2
6 P-ELS 6 L-SV 602911 4,0 26 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-ELS 8 L-SV 374931 4,4 27,5 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-ELS 10 L-SV 374932 6,0 29 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-ELS 12 L-SV 602559 8,5 29,5 32 24 17 17 22
L 400
15 P-ELS 15 L-SV 374933 14,5 32,5 36 28 21 19 27
(5801)
18 P-ELS 18 L-SV 602467 21,0 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32
ELSD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et
joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I S1 S2 S3 torique
6 ELSD 6 L 063917 4,6 26 29 21 14 14 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
8 ELSD 8 L 063918 7,0 27,5 29 21 14 14 17 17 6 x 1,5
(7252)
10 ELSD 10 L 063919 9,0 29 30 22 15 17 19 19 8,5 x 1,5
12 ELSD 12 L 063920 12,5 29,5 32 24 17 19 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 ELSD 15 L 063921 13,1 32,5 36 28 21 19 27 27 12 x2
L (5801)
18 ELSD 18 L 063922 20,5 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32 32 15 x2
22 ELSD 22 L 063923 28,0 38,5 44 35 27,5 27 36 36 20 x2
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. i d L1 S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 P-EGES 6 LM-WD-SV 373879 2,5 8 13,9 24,5 14 14
500
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-EGES 8 LM-WD-SV 373880 4,0 12 16,9 26,5 17 17
(7252)
10 M 14 x 1,5 P-EGES 10 LM-WD-SV 373881 4,8 12 18,9 27,5 19 19
L 12 M 16 x 1,5 P-EGES 12 LM-WD-SV 373882 6,5 12 21,9 30,5 22 22
400
15 M 18 x 1,5 P-EGES 15 LM-WD-SV 373883 9,6 12 23,9 31,5 24 27
(5801)
18 M 22 x 1,5 P-EGES 18 LM-WD-SV 373884 13,0 14 26,9 31,5 27 32
250 (3626) 22 M 26 x 1,5 P-EGES 22 LM-WD-SV 373885 17,6 16 31,9 32,5 32 36
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-EGES 6 SM-WD-SV 373889 4,6 12 16,9 27 17 17
800 8 M 14 x 1,5 P-EGES 8 SM-WD-SV 373890 5,5 12 18,9 29,5 19 19
(11603)
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-EGES 10 SM-WD-SV 373891 8,3 12 21,9 32 22 22
S
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-EGES 12 SM-WD-SV 373892 11,5 12 23,9 34 24 24
630
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-EGES 14 SM-WD-SV 373893 14,9 14 25,9 36,5 27 27
(9137)
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-EGES 16 SM-WD-SV 373894 15,4 14 26,9 37 27 30
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
F18
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen
Stud standpipe adaptor (body only)
Raccord d’orientation (corps)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 i d S1 S2 torique
6 M 10 x 1 EGESD 6 LM-WD 063641 3,6 24,5 8 13,9 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
(7252) 8 M 12 x 1,5 EGESD 8 LM-WD 063642 5,7 26,5 12 16,9 17 17 6 x 1,5
10 M 14 x 1,5 EGESD 10 LM-WD 063643 5,8 27,5 12 18,9 19 19 8,5 x 1,5
12 M 16 x 1,5 EGESD 12 LM-WD 063644 7,5 30,5 12 21,9 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
(5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 EGESD 15 LM-WD 063645 14,4 31,5 12 23,9 24 27 12 x2
L
18 M 22 x 1,5 EGESD 18 LM-WD 063646 15,2 31,5 14 26,9 27 32 15 x2
22 M 26 x 1,5 EGESD 22 LM-WD 063647 20,2 32,5 16 31,9 32 36 20 x2
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. NPT Désignation Réf. 100 p. i L1 S1 S2 torique
1 1
6 /8 NPT EGESD 6 L/ /8 NPT 605721 3,7 10 36,5 11 14 4,5 x 1,5
8 1
/4 NPT EGESD 8 L/ 1/4 NPT 605722 6,9 15 41,5 14 17 6 x 1,5
250 1 1
10 /4 NPT EGESD 10 L/ /4 NPT 605723 5,9 15 40,5 17 19 8,5 x 1,5
(3626)
12 3
/8 NPT EGESD 12 L/ 3/8 NPT 605724 10,2 15 45,5 19 22 10 x 1,5
1 1
15 /2 NPT EGESD 15 L/ /2 NPT 605725 15,9 20 48 22 27 12 x2
L
160 18 1
/2 NPT EGESD 18 L/ 1/2 NPT 605726 15,8 20 47,5 27 32 15 x2
(2321) 22 3
/4 NPT EGESD 22 L/ 3/4 NPT 605727 21,6 20 49 30 36 20 x2
28 1 NPT EGESD 28 L/ 1 NPT 605728 43,9 25 57,5 36 41 26 x2
100 35 11/4 NPT EGESD 35 L/11/4 NPT 605729 50,5 26 65 46 50 32 x 2,5
(1450)
42 11/2 NPT EGESD 42 L/11/2 NPT 605730 77 26 65 50 60 38 x 2,5
1 1
6 /4 NPT EGESD 6 S/ /4 NPT 605731 6,1 15 41,5 17 17 4,5 x 1,5
1 1
8 /4 NPT EGESD 8 S/ /4 NPT 605732 6,2 15 41,5 17 19 6 x 1,5
630
10 3
/8 NPT EGESD 10 S/ 3/8 NPT 605733 9 15 44,5 19 22 8,5 x 1,5
(9137)
12 3
/8 NPT EGESD 12 S/ 3/8 NPT 605734 9,5 15 45,5 19 24 10 x 1,5
14 1
/2 NPT EGESD 14 S/ 1/2 NPT 605735 17,7 20 53,5 22 27 12 x2
S
16 1
/2 NPT EGESD 16 S/ 1/2 NPT 605736 23,6 20 53,5 24 30 14 x2
400
20 3
/4 NPT EGESD 20 S/ 3/4 NPT 605737 28,3 20 58 30 36 17,3 x 2,4
(5801)
25 1 NPT EGESD 25 S/ 1 NPT 605738 50,4 25 68 36 46 22,3 x 2,4
250 30 11/4 NPT EGESD 30 S/11/4 NPT 605739 65 26 73,5 46 50 27,3 x 2,4
(3626) 38 1
1 /2 NPT 1
EGESD 38 S/1 /2 NPT 605740 93,2 26 78 50 60 35 x 2,5
SNV ......
beidseitig Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
O-Ring
taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) on both sides O-ring
Joint torique
cône d’étanchéité et joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan) des deux côtés
Rohr-AD *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. L l l2 S2 torique
6 SNV 6 L 372938 60 34 36 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
8 SNV 8 L 372939 64 34 36 17 6 x 1,5
(7252)
10 SNV 10 L 372940 67 36 37 19 8,5 x 1,5
12 SNV 12 L 372941 71 36 37 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 SNV 15 L 372942 82 39 40 27 12 x2
L (5801)
18 SNV 18 L 372943 89,5 40,5 42,5 32 15 x2
22 SNV 22 L 372944 101,5 45 46,5 36 20 x2
SNV …… L
Reduzierverschraubung
beidseitig Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Reducing fitting
taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) on both ends
Raccord de réduction
cône d’étanchéité et joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
des deux côtés
Rohr-AD
Tube OD *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
bar ∆ ext. Type Reference *Joint *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. L I I2 S1 S2 torique 1 torique 2
SNV …… S
Reduzierverschraubung
beidseitig Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Reducing fitting
taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) on both ends
Raccord de réduction
cône d’étanchéité et joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
des deux côtés
Rohr-AD
Tube OD *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
bar ∆ ext. Type Reference *Joint *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. L I I2 S1 S2 torique 1 torique 2
Rohr-AD
Tube OD *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
bar ∆ ext. Type Reference *Joint *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. L I I2 S1 S2 torique 1 torique 2
6 6 SNV 6L/ 6 S 612716 67,5 35,5 37,5 17 17 4,5 x 1,5 4,5 x 1,5
8 8 SNV 8L/ 8 S 612717 68,5 35,5 37,5 17 19 6 x 1,5 6 x 1,5
400
10 10 SNV 10L/10 S 612718 72,5 38,5 40 19 22 8,5 x 1,5 8,5 x 1,5
(5801)
12 12 SNV 12L/12 S 612719 79 39 40,5 22 24 10 x 1,5 10 x 1,5
18 16 SNV 18L/16 S 612720 94,5 43,5 46,5 32 30 15 x2 14 x2
22 20 SNV 22L/20 S 612721 107,5 50 53,5 36 36 20 x2 17,3 x 2,4
Winkel-Einschraub-Drehstutzen
DGWES……R-WD G4
Swivel banjo coupling (body only)
DGWES……M-WD G5
Raccord tournant équerre mâle (corps)
Winkel-Drehstutzen
Swivel elbow coupling (body only) DGWS…… G6
Raccord tournant union équerre (corps)
Ventileinsatz
Valve insert G8
Insert clapet
Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
Non-return valve (body only)
Clapet anti-retour mâle (corps)
RS…… G9 G
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
RSV……R-WD G10
Non-return valve with male stud (body only)
RSV……M-WD G11
Clapet anti-retour mâle (corps)
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
RSZ……R-WD G12
Non-return valve with male stud (body only)
RSZ……M-WD G13
Clapet anti-retour mâle (corps)
Wechselventil (Stutzen)
Shuttle valves (body only) TWS…… G15
Soupapes à deux voies (corps)
Kugelhahn (Stutzen)
Ball valve (body only) KHS…… G18
Robinet à boisseau sphérique (corps)
Kompakt-Umschalthahn (Stutzen)
Compact diverter valve (body only) KH3KS…… G19
Robinet compact de renversement (corps)
Kompakt-Umschalthahn (Stutzen)
Compact diverter valve (body only) KH3KS-R…… G20
Robinet compact de renversement (corps)
Dreiwege-Kugelhahn (Stutzen)
Three way ball valve (body only) KH3S-R…… G21
Robinet à trois voies (corps)
G1
Drehstutzen
Swivel banjo (body only)
Raccord tournant (corps)
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Dètaile technique
Walterscheid-Drehverschraubungen sind Walterscheid swivel banjos are connecting Les raccords tournants Walterscheid sont des
Verbindungselemente für die Übertragung von components between pipework and equipment to éléments de liaison entre machines et conduites
Schwenk- und Drehbewegungen mit geringer allow swivel movement and slow speed rotation. installés pour assurer la transmission de
Winkelgeschwindigkeit zwischen Aggregaten mouvements tournants ou rotatifs à basse
G und Leitungen.
Die Nenndrücke der Drehverschraubungen The nominal pressures of the swivel banjos are Les pressions des raccords tournants sont
sind unter Berücksichtigung einer 2,5-fachen based on a safety factor of 2.5. The use at lower calculées avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 2,5.
Sicherheit ausgelegt. Bei Anwendung in nied- pressure ranges consequently results in higher Par conséquent, l’utilisation dans des plages de
rigen Druckbereichen ergeben sich entspre- safety. pression plus basses donne lieu à des sécurités
chend höhere Sicherheiten. plus élevées.
Serienmäßig aus Stahl. Sonderwerkstoff Production type made of steel. Special material Acier en série. Matériau spécial, c.-à-d. acier inox
nichtrostender Stahl (1.4571) ist auf Anfrage stainless steel (1.4571) is available on request. (1.4571), sur demande.
lieferbar.
Galvanisch verzinkt und gelb chromatiert Cold-galvanized and yellow passivated Zingué et passivé en coloration jaune
(DIN ISO 4042) (DIN ISO 4042) (DIN ISO 4042)
Sind standardmäßig aus NBR (z. B. Perbunan) Standard seals are made of NBR (e. g. Perbunan) Joints standard en NBR (p. ex. Perbunan)
und leicht auswechselbar. and are easily exchangeable. For special hydraulic faciles à changer. En cas de fluides hydrauliques
Bei speziellen Hydraulikflüssigkeiten oder fluids or higher operating temperatures, special spéciaux ou de températures de service plus
höheren Betriebstemperaturen sind auf An- seal materials are available on request. élevées, des matériaux spéciaux d’étanchéité
frage spezielle Dichtungswerkstoffe lieferbar. sont disponibles sur demande.
Life of the sealing elements is dependent upon
Die Lebensdauer der Dichtelemente ist operating pressure and running speed. La durée de vie des éléments d’étanchéité
abhängig vom Betriebsdruck und der Gleitge- dépend de la pression de service et de la vitesse
schwindigkeit. Seal kits are available on request. de glissement.
Dichtungssätze sind auf Anfrage lieferbar. Jeux de joints disponibles sur demande.
Temperaturbereich von – 30 °C bis + 100 °C Temperature range from – 30 °C to + 100 °C Plage de température de – 30 °C à + 100 °C
G2
Drehstutzen
Swivel banjo (body only)
Raccord tournant (corps)
G3
Winkel-Einschraub-Drehstutzen
Swivel banjo coupling (body only)
Raccord tournant équerre mâle (corps)
G
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259)
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i d S1 S2 S3
6 G 1
/8 A DGWES 6 LR-WD 608101 39 31 21,5 23,5 16,5 8 13,9 27 14 17
6 G 1
/4 A DGWES 6 L/R 1/4-WD 608102 40 31 22,5 23,5 16,5 12 18,9 27 14 19
8 G 1
/4 A DGWES 8 LR-WD 608103 45,5 32,5 25 25 18 12 18,9 30 17 22
250 10 G 1
/4 A DGWES 10 LR-WD 608104 45,5 33,5 25 26 19 12 18,9 30 19 22
(3626) 10 G 3
/8 A DGWES 10 L/R /8-WD
3
608105 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 19 24
12 G 3
/8 A DGWES 12 LR-WD 608106 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 22 24
L 12 G 1
/2 A DGWES 12 L/R /2-WD
1
608107 54 36,5 30 29 22 14 26,9 36 22 27
15 G 1
/2 A DGWES 15 LR-WD 608108 59 40 33 32 25 14 26,9 40 27 32
160 18 G 1
/2 A DGWES 18 LR-WD 608109 59 40,5 33 32 24,5 14 26,9 40 32 32
(2321) 22 G 3
/4 A DGWES 22 LR-WD 608110 64 45 35,5 36,5 29 16 32,9 45 36 36
28 G1 A DGWES 28 LR-WD 608111 76 50,5 41,5 45,5 38 18 39,9 55 41 41
100
35 1
G 1 /4 A DGWES 35 LR-WD 608112 92 59,5 51,5 48,5 38 20 49,9 65 50 50
(1450)
42 G 11/2 A DGWES 42 LR-WD 608113 102 65 56,5 53,5 42,5 22 54,9 75 60 55
6 G 1
/4 A DGWES 6 SR-WD 608114 40 33 22,5 25,5 18,5 12 18,9 27 17 19
8 G 1
/4 A DGWES 8 SR-WD 608115 40 33 22,5 25,5 18,5 12 18,9 27 19 19
400 10 G 3
/8 A DGWES 10 SR-WD 608116 45,5 35,5 25 27 19,5 12 21,9 30 22 22
(5801) 12 G 3
/8 A DGWES 12 SR-WD 608117 47,5 36,5 27 28 20,5 12 21,9 32 24 24
14 G 1
/2 A DGWES 14 SR-WD 608118 54 41,5 30 32 24 14 26,9 36 27 27
S
16 G 1
/2 A DGWES 16 SR-WD 608119 59 43,5 33 34 25,5 14 26,9 40 30 32
20 G 3
/4 A DGWES 20 SR-WD 608120 64 49,5 35,5 38,5 28 16 31,9 45 36 36
G
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i d S1 S2 S3
6 M 10 x 1 DGWES 6 LM-WD 608124 39 31 21,5 23 16,5 8 13,9 27 14 17
6 M 12 x 1,5 DGWES 6 L/M 12 x 1,5-WD 608125 40 31 22,5 23 16,5 12 16,9 27 14 19
8 M 12 x 1,5 DGWES 8 LM-WD 608126 40 31 22,5 23 16,5 12 16,9 27 17 19
8 M 14 x 1,5 DGWES 8 L/M 14 x 1,5-WD 608127 45,5 32,5 25 25 18 12 18,9 30 17 22
250 10 M 14 x 1,5 DGWES 10 LM-WD 608128 45,5 33,5 25 26 19 12 18,9 30 19 22
(3626)
10 M 16 x 1,5 DGWES 10 L/M 16 x 1,5-WD 608129 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 19 24
12 M 16 x 1,5 DGWES 12 LM-WD 608130 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 22 24
L
12 M 18 x 1,5 DGWES 12 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 608131 54 36,5 30 29 22 12 23,9 36 22 27
15 M 18 x 1,5 DGWES 15 LM-WD 608132 54 38 30 30 23 12 23,9 36 27 27
160 18 M 22 x 1,5 DGWES 18 LM-WD 608133 59 40,5 33 32 24,5 14 26,9 40 32 32
(2321) 22 M 26 x 1,5 DGWES 22 LM-WD 608134 64 45 35,5 36 29 16 31,9 45 36 36
28 M 33 x 2 DGWES 28 LM-WD 608135 76 50,5 41,5 41 34 18 39,9 55 41 41
100
35 M 42 x 2 DGWES 35 LM-WD 608136 92 59,5 51,5 48 38 20 49,9 65 50 50
(1450)
42 M 48 x 2 DGWES 42 LM-WD 608137 102 65 56,5 53 42,5 22 54,9 75 60 55
6 M 12 x 1,5 DGWES 6 SM-WD 608138 40 33 22,5 25 18,5 12 16,9 27 17 19
8 M 14 x 1,5 DGWES 8 SM-WD 608139 40 33 22,5 25 18,5 12 18,9 27 19 19
400 10 M 16 x 1,5 DGWES 10 SM-WD 608140 45,5 35,5 25 27 19,5 12 21,9 30 22 22
(5801) 12 M 18 x 1,5 DGWES 12 SM-WD 608141 47,5 36,5 27 28 20,5 12 23,9 32 24 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 DGWES 14 SM-WD 608142 54 41,5 30 32 24 14 25,9 36 27 27
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 DGWES 16 SM-WD 608143 59 43,5 33 34 25,5 14 26,9 40 30 32
20 M 27 x 2 DGWES 20 SM-WD 608144 64 49,5 35,5 38 28 16 31,9 45 36 36
250 25 M 33 x 2 DGWES 25 SM-WD 608145 76 57,5 41,5 45 33,5 18 39,9 55 46 41
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 DGWES 30 SM-WD 608146 92 65,5 51,5 52 39 20 49,9 65 50 50
38 M 48 x 2 DGWES 38 SM-WD 608147 102 74 56,5 59 43,5 22 54,9 75 60 55
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
G5
Winkel-Drehstutzen
Swivel elbow coupling (body only)
Raccord tournant union équerre (corps)
DGWS ......
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 I1 I2 S1 S2 S3
6 DGWS 6 L 060910 39 31 56,5 31,5 23,5 24,5 16,5 27 14 19
8 DGWS 8 L 060911 40,5 32,5 61 33 25 26 18 30 17 22
250
10 DGWS 10 L 060912 43,5 34,5 64 36 27 29 20 32 19 24
(3626)
12 DGWS 12 L 060913 46,5 36,5 70,5 39 29 32 22 36 22 27
15 DGWS 15 L 060914 50 40 76 42 32 35 25 40 27 32
L
160 18 DGWS 18 L 060915 55 43 83,5 46,5 34,5 39 27 45 32 36
(2321) 22 DGWS 22 L 060916 63 50 97,5 54,5 41,5 47 34 55 36 41
28 DGWS 28 L 060917 71,5 55,5 112 62,5 46,5 55 39 65 41 50
100
35 DGWS 35 L 060918 80,5 64,5 126 69,5 53,5 59 43 75 50 55
(1450)
42 DGWS 42 L 060919 92,5 72,5 146,5 81 61 70 50 90 60 70
6 DGWS 6 S 060920 41 33 58,5 33,5 25,5 26,5 18,5 27 17 19
8 DGWS 8 S 060921 41 33 58,5 33,5 25,5 26,5 18,5 27 19 19
400 10 DGWS 10 S 060922 43,5 35,5 64 35 27 27,5 19,5 30 22 22
(5801) 12 DGWS 12 S 060923 45,5 36,5 66 37 28 29,5 20,5 32 24 24
14 DGWS 14 S 060924 51,5 41,5 75,5 42 32 34 24 36 27 27
S
16 DGWS 16 S 060925 63,5 43,5 79,5 44 34 35,5 25,5 40 30 32
20 DGWS 20 S 060926 61,5 49,5 90 50,5 38,5 40 28 45 36 36
250 25 DGWS 25 S 060927 70,5 57,5 105 58,5 45,5 46,5 33,5 55 46 41
(3626) 30 DGWS 30 S 060928 81,5 65,5 122 68,5 52,5 55 39 65 50 50
38 DGWS 38 S 060929 90 74 135,5 75,5 59,5 59,5 43,5 75 60 55
L1, L2 und L3 = Ungefährmaße bei angezogenen Überwurfmuttern
L1, L2 and L3 = approximate lengths with nuts tightened
L1, L2 et L3 = longueurs approximatives, les écrous étant bloqués
G6
Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
Non-return valve (body only)
Clapet anti-retour (corps)
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Détails techniques
G
Ventilbetätigung. operation. température et la fréquence d’actionnement des
soupapes.
G7
Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
Non-return valve (body only)
Clapet anti-retour (corps)
Ventileinsatz
Valve insert
Insert clapet
Hülse Druckfeder
für Öffnungsdruck 1 bar Sleeve Compression spring
for 1 bar opening pressure Cuvette Ressort de compression
pour une pression d’ouverture de 1 bar
Einbaumaße auf Anfrage
Fitting dimensions on request Ventil-Bolzen Bolzenführung
Dichtung
Cotes de montage sur demande Valve bolt Bolt guide
Seal
Boulon clapet Guide-boulon
Joint
Nennweite Rohr-AD Best.-Nr.
Nominal width Tube OD Reference
Largeur nomin. Tube Ø ext. Réf.
6 6–12 032431
10 14–18 032438
16 20–28 032445
25 30 032451
32 35–42 032457
Der Ventileinsatz der Nennweite 16 kann beim The valve insert for nominal width 16 can be L’insert clapet de largeur 16 ne peut être
Einbau nicht umgekehrt eingesetzt werden. fitted in this position only. installé que dans cette position.
Type Type
p (bar)
p (bar)
p (bar)
Pressure drop p (bar)
p (bar)
Druckabfall p (bar)
Chute de pression
Chute de pression
Pressure drop
Druckabfall
42 L
G8
Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
Non-return valve (body only)
Clapet anti-retour (corps)
RS ......
Beidseitiger Rohranschluß
Tube connection both ends
Raccord sur tube des deux côtés
Ø entspr.
kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Ø de pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 pondant
6 RS 6 L 068052 12,0 67 52 38 22 14 27 4,0
8 RS 8 L 067394 12,5 67 52 38 22 17 27 6,0
400 10 RS 10 L 067395 11,5 67 52 38 22 19 27 7,5
(5801) 12 RS 12 L 066490 12,5 68 53 39 22 22 27 7,5
15 RS 15 L 067396 18,5 74 58 44 27 27 32 11,0
L
18 RS 18 L 063191 23,0 80 63 48 27 32 32 11,0
22 RS 22 L 067397 51,1 92 75 60 41 36 46 18,5
Ø entspr.
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259) kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
1
6 G /8 A RSV 6 LR-WD 374839 12,0 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
1
8 G /4 A RSV 8 LR-WD 370763 12,0 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
1
400 10 G /4 A RSV 10 LR-WD 371045 11,5 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 6,0
(5801) 12 G 3
/8 A RSV 12 LR-WD 068470 14,0 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
1
15 G /2 A RSV 15 LR-WD 371264 19,0 26,9 56 48 41 14 27 27 32 11,0
L 1
18 G /2 A RSV 18 LR-WD 602598 23,0 26,9 61,5 53 45,5 14 27 32 32 11,0
3
22 G /4 A RSV 22 LR-WD 060241 47,0 31,9 69,5 61 53,5 16 41 36 46 18,0
Ø entspr.
kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
6 M 10 x 1 RSV 6 LM-WD 610475 12,0 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
8 M 12 x 1,5 RSV 8 LM-WD 374842 12,1 16,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
400 10 M 14 x 1,5 RSV 10 LM-WD 067897 11,0 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 7,0
(5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 RSV 12 LM-WD 607416 14,0 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
15 M 18 x 1,5 RSV 15 LM-WD 067988 18,0 23,9 56 48 41 12 27 27 32 11,0
L
18 M 22 x 1,5 RSV 18 LM-WD 372118 23,0 29,9 61,5 53 45,5 14 27 32 32 11,0
22 M 26 x 1,5 RSV 22 LM-WD 061479 47,0 31,9 69,5 61 53,5 16 41 36 46 18,0
250 28 M 33 x 2 RSV 28 LM-WD 604421 52,5 39,9 77 68 60,5 18 41 41 46 18,5
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 RSV 35 LM-WD 615467 132,0 49,9 88,5 77,5 67 20 60 50 70 29,0
42 M 48 x 2 RSV 42 LM-WD 615468 140,0 54,9 87,5 75,5 64,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
6 M 12 x 1,5 RSV 6 SM-WD 615469 13,0 16,9 52,5 45 38 12 22 17 27 4,0
8 M 14 x 1,5 RSV 8 SM-WD 615214 11,9 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 19 27 5,0
10 M 16 x 1,5 RSV 10 SM-WD 371695 13,5 21,9 53,5 45 37,5 12 22 22 27 7,0
400
12 M 18 x 1,5 RSV 12 SM-WD 371496 15,5 23,9 55,5 47 39,5 12 24 24 27 7,5
(5801)
14 M 20 x 1,5 RSV 14 SM-WD 609976 19,5 25,9 59,5 50 42 14 27 27 32 10,0
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 RSV 16 SM-WD 371266 23,0 26,9 62,5 53 44,5 14 27 30 32 11,0
20 M 27 x 2 RSV 20 SM-WD 609900 47,0 31,9 74 63 52,5 16 41 36 46 16,0
25 M 33 x 2 RSV 25 SM-WD 025201 54,0 39,9 77 65 53 18 41 46 46 18,5
250
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 RSV 30 SM-WD 609901 86,0 49,9 87 74 60,5 20 50 50 55 24,0
38 M 48 x 2 RSV 38 SM-WD 068471 143,5 54,9 96 81,5 65,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
Ø entspr.
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259) kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
1
6 G /8 A RSZ 6 LR-WD 067531 12,0 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
1
8 G /4 A RSZ 8 LR-WD 370766 12,0 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
1
400 10 G /4 A RSZ 10 LR-WD 604922 10,4 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 6,0
(5801) 12 G 3
/8 A RSZ 12 LR-WD 371413 14,0 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
1
15 G /2 A RSZ 15 LR-WD 372065 19,5 26,9 56 48 41 14 27 27 32 11,0
L 1
18 G /2 A RSZ 18 LR-WD 067899 23,0 26,9 61,5 53 45,5 14 27 32 32 11,0
3
22 G /4 A RSZ 22 LR-WD 067989 47,0 31,9 69,5 61 53,5 16 46** 36 41** 18,0
250 28 G1 A RSZ 28 LR-WD 370767 52,5 39,9 71 62 54,5 18 46** 41 41** 20,0
(3626) 35 1
G 1 /4 A RSZ 35 LR-WD 371378 132,0 49,9 88,5 77,5 67 20 60 50 70 29,0
42 G 11/2 A RSZ 42 LR-WD 610625 140,0 54,9 87,5 75,5 64,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
1
6 G /4 A RSZ 6 SR-WD 608275 13,0 18,9 52,5 45 38 12 22 17 27 4,0
1
8 G /4 A RSZ 8 SR-WD 370768 12,0 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 19 27 5,0
3
10 G /8 A RSZ 10 SR-WD 068967 13,5 21,9 53,5 45 37,5 12 22 22 27 7,0
400 3
12 G /8 A RSZ 12 SR-WD 604061 14,5 21,9 55,5 47 39,5 12 22 24 27 7,5
(5801)
1
14 G /2 A RSZ 14 SR-WD 615470 19,5 26,9 59,5 50 42 14 27 27 32 10,0
S 1
16 G /2 A RSZ 16 SR-WD 067898 23,0 26,9 62,5 53 44,5 14 27 30 32 11,0
3
20 G /4 A RSZ 20 SR-WD 068472 47,0 31,9 73 62 51,5 16 46** 36 41** 16,0
25 G1 A RSZ 25 SR-WD 371067 54,0 39,9 77 65 53 18 46** 46 41** 20,0
250 1
(3626) 30 G 1 /4 A RSZ 30 SR-WD 067532 86,0 49,9 87 74 60,5 20 50 50 55 24,0
1
38 G 1 /2 A RSZ 38 SR-WD 067900 143,5 54,9 96 81,5 65,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage ** S1 und S3 entsprechen nicht der Darstellung
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request ** S1 and S3 differ from the illustration
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande ** S1 et S3 ne sont pas à l’échelle
G12
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil (Stutzen)
Non-return valve with male stud (body only)
Clapet anti-retour mâle (corps)
Ø entspr.
kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
6 M 10 x 1 RSZ 6 LM-WD 615471 12,0 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
8 M 12 x 1,5 RSZ 8 LM-WD 067925 12,1 16,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
400 10 M 14 x 1,5 RSZ 10 LM-WD 602599 11,0 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 7,0
(5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 RSZ 12 LM-WD 370765 14,0 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
15 M 18 x 1,5 RSZ 15 LM-WD 602432 18,5 21,9 56 48 41 12 27 27 32 11,0
L
18 M 22 x 1,5 RSZ 18 LM-WD 371162 23,0 26,9 61,5 53 45,5 14 27 32 32 11,0
22 M 26 x 1,5 RSZ 22 LM-WD 068991 47,0 31,9 70,5 62 54,5 16 46** 36 41** 18,0
250 28 M 33 x 2 RSZ 28 LM-WD 604405 52,5 39,9 71 62 54,5 18 46** 41 41** 18,5
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 RSZ 35 LM-WD 067533 132,0 49,9 88,5 77,5 67 20 60 50 70 29,0
42 M 48 x 2 RSZ 42 LM-WD 615472 140,0 54,9 87,5 75,5 64,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
6 M 12 x 1,5 RSZ 6 SM-WD 615473 13,0 16,9 52,5 45 38 12 22 17 27 4,0
8 M 14 x 1,5 RSZ 8 SM-WD 602874 11,9 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 19 27 5,0
10 M 16 x 1,5 RSZ 10 SM-WD 371694 13,5 21,9 53,5 45 37,5 12 22 22 27 7,0
400
12 M 18 x 1,5 RSZ 12 SM-WD 371461 15,5 23,9 55,5 47 39,5 12 24 24 27 7,5
(5801)
14 M 20 x 1,5 RSZ 14 SM-WD 615474 19,5 25,9 59,5 50 42 14 27 27 32 10,0
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 RSZ 16 SM-WD 371043 23,0 26,9 62,5 53 44,5 14 27 30 32 11,0
20 M 27 x 2 RSZ 20 SM-WD 610390 47,0 31,9 73 62 51,5 16 46** 36 41** 16,0
25 M 33 x 2 RSZ 25 SM-WD 068992 54,0 39,9 77 65 53 18 46** 46 41** 18,5
250
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 RSZ 30 SM-WD 615278 86,0 49,9 87 74 60,5 20 50 50 55 24,0
38 M 48 x 2 RSZ 38 SM-WD 612045 143,5 54,9 96 81,5 65,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage ** S1 und S3 entsprechen nicht der Darstellung
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request ** S1 and S3 differ from the illustration
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande ** S1 et S3 ne sont pas à l’échelle
G13
Wechselventil (Stutzen)
Shuttle valve (body only)
Soupape à deux voies (corps)
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Détails techniques
empfohlene Einbaulage
Recommended installation position
Position de montage recommandée
G verzinkt, gelb chromatiert (A3L) cold-galvanized, yellow chromated (A3L) galvanisée, à chromatation jaune (A3L)
A B A B A B
C C C
Entsprechend der anstehenden Druckölzufüh- According to whether the pressurized oil feed is En fonction de l’alimentation d’huile sous
rung über den Anschluss A bzw. B, wird dieser applied via connection A or B, the respective tube pression par le raccord A ou B, ce dernier est
mit dem Anschluss C verbunden. Der jeweils is linked to connection C. The non-pressurized relié au raccord C. Le raccord non sollicité est
nicht beaufschlagte Anschluss wird durch eine connection is closed off and sealed mechanically fermé avec une étanchéité métallique à l’aide
bewegliche Kugel metallisch dichtend verschlos- by a moving ball. d’une bille mobile.
sen.
G14
Wechselventil (Stutzen)
Shuttle valve (body only)
Soupape à deux voies (corps)
TWS ......
Wechselventil
Shuttle valve
Soupape à deux voies
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB* Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. L5 L2 I S1 S2
8 TWS 8L 611086 21 29 14 14 17
250
L 10 TWS 10L 612901 22 30 15 17 19
(3626)
12 TWS 12L 612902 24 32 17 19 22
L2 = ist Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * bei 1,5 facher Sicherheit
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * at a safety factor of 1,5
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 1,5
G15
Hochdruck-Kugelhahn (Stutzen)
High-pressure ball valve (body only)
Robinet à boisseau sphérique pour hautes pressions (corps)
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Détails techniques
G Konstruktion
Die Kugeldichtung gewährleistet durch die
Design
The ball seal being pre-loaded, sealing is
Construction
La tension initiale appliquée aux joints
Vorspannung auch bei geringeren Drücken ensured even at low pressure. assure l’étanchéité de l’ensemble, même
Dichtheit. pour des pressions faibles.
Owing to the ball’s floating position, any rise
Durch die schwimmend eingebaute Kugel of the system’s pressure has the effect that the L’étanchéité du boisseau sphérique contre
ergibt sich bei steigendem Druck eine ball is increasingly pressed towards the seal. le joint s’accroît quand la pression
höhere Anpressung der Kugel zur Dichtung. augmente, ce phénomène étant dû au
Handles may be fitted in any position, montage flottant du boisseau.
Die Schalthebel lassen sich in beliebiger at 45° stages.
Stellung, jeweils 45° versetzt, montieren. Les leviers peuvent être montés en toute
position, décalés toutefois de 45°.
G16
Kugelhahn (Stutzen)
Ball valve (body only)
Robinet à boisseau sphérique (corps)
KH-R ......
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
BSP thread
Filetage Whitworth
KHS ......
Beidseitiger Rohranschluß
Tube connection both ends
Raccord sur tube des deux côtés
G
Gewinde wahlweise mit Gewindeauslauf oder Freistich nach DIN 3853
Thread available with runout or alternatively with undercut according to DIN 3853
Filetage disponible en option avec filet incomplet ou dégagement par gorge selon DIN 3853
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB* Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. B H h h1 ± 5 I2 I1 L2 L5 S1 S2 S3 R1 DN
6 KHS 6 L/NW 4 029274 28 32 13 72 36 53 83 67 22 14 9 108 4
8 KHS 8 L/NW 6 029275 25 35 13 76 35 53 83 67 19 17 9 108 6
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * bei 1,5- / ** 1,2facher Sicherheit *** Gehäuse in Schmiedeausführung
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * at a safety factor of 1.5 / ** 1.2 *** Bodies machined from forgings
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 1,5 / ** 1,2 *** Corps forgés
G18
Kompakt-Umschalthahn (Stutzen)
Compact diverter valve (body only)
Robinet compact de renversement (corps)
KH3KS ......
L- oder T-Bohrung Rohranschluß Mit Innengewinde M 5
L- or T-port Tube connection With female thread M 5
Avec filetage intérieur M 5
alésage en L ou en T Raccordement pour tubes
Bohrungsform
Port form
Formes de réalisation
d’alésage
...L ...T
Gewinde wahlweise mit Gewindeauslauf oder Freistich Dieser Anschluß muß bei jeder Schaltstellung geöffnet sein.
nach DIN 3853 Druckbeaufschlagung nur von dieser Seite zulässig. Eine Druckbeaufschlagung
von den anderen Anschlüssen her ist nicht zulässig und führt zu Fehlfunktionen!
Thread available with runout or alternatively with undercut
This port must always be in the open position.
according to DIN 3853 Pressure may only be applied from this side. Application of pressure through the
Filetage disponible en option avec filet incomplet ou other ports is not permissible and causes malfunction.
dégagement par gorge selon DIN 3853 Cette ouverture doit être ouverte à toute position de connexion.
N’appliquer la pression que de ce côté. L’application de la pression par d’autres
connexions n’est pas permise et entraîne des défauts de fonctionnement.
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB* Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. B H h h1 I1 I2 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 S1 S2 S3 R1 DN
8 KH3KS 8 L/NW 6-L 062623 25 35 13 76 55,5 35 43,5 82 27,5 67 34,5 19 17 9 108 6
400 8 KH3KS 8 L/NW 6-T 062635 25 35 13 76 55,5 35 43,5 82 27,5 67 34,5 19 17 9 108 6
(5801) 10 KH3KS 10 L/NW 8-L 062624 32 40 17 81 62 42 49,5 89 30 74 37 27 19 9 108 8
10 KH3KS 10 L/NW 8-T 062636 26 32 13 70 57 48 49,5 89 30 71 32 22 19 9 108 8
L
12 KH3KS 12 L/NW 10-L 062625 32 40 17 76 62 42 49,5 89 30 74 37 27 22 9 108 10
350 12 KH3KS 12 L/NW 10-T 062637 32 38 16,3 76 61 43 43 77 30 75 35 27 22 9 108 10
(5076) 15 KH3KS 15 L/NW 13-L 062626 35 40 17,3 79 63 48 49,5 100 33 67,5 40 30 27 9 107 13
15 KH3KS 15 L/NW 13-T 062638 35 40 17,3 79 63 48 49,5 100 33 67,5 40 30 27 9 107 13
Mit Innengewinde M 5
KH3KS-R ...... With female thread M 5
Avec filetage intérieur M 5
L- oder T-Bohrung Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
L- or T-port BSP thread
alésage en L ou en T Filetage Whitworth
Bohrungsform
Port form
Formes de réalisation
d’alésage
...L ...T
KH3S-R ......
L- oder T-Bohrung Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
L- or T-port BSP thread
alésage en L ou en T Filetage Whitworth
Bohrungsform
Port form
Formes de réalisation
d’alésage
...L ...T
G /43
KH3S-R 3/4 /NW 20-L 062650 100 73 36 160,5 144 85 9 18 46 17 210 20
3 3
315 G /4 KH3S-R /4 /NW 20-T 062656 100 73 36 160,5 144 85 9 18 46 17 210 20
(4569) G 1 KH3S-R 1/NW 25-L 062651 127 78,7 42,5 158,5 172 105 11 19 50 17 200 25
G1 KH3S-R 1/NW 25-T 062657 127 78,7 42,5 158,5 172 105 11 19 50 17 200 25
* bei 1,5facher Sicherheit
* at a safety factor of 1.5
* avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 1,5
G21
G
G22
Reduzierstutzen Reducing fittings (body only) Raccords de réduction (corps)
Flanschstutzen Flange fittings (body only) Raccords à brides (corps)
Aufschraubstutzen Female fittings (body only) Raccords fémelles (corps)
Manometerstutzen Gauge fittings (body only) Raccords pour manomètres (corps)
H
Abb. Sinnbild Typ Seite
Fig. Symbol Type Page
Fig. Symbole Désignation Page
Reduzierstutzen
P-REDS……-SV H2
Reducing fitting (body only)
REDSDN…/… H3-H6
Raccord de réduction (corps)
Gerade-Flanschstutzen
Straight flange coupling (body only) GFS…… H10-H11
Union simple à bride (corps)
Winkel-Flanschstutzen
Elbow flange coupling (body only) WFS…… H12-H13
Union simple à bride en équerre (corps)
Gerade-Aufschraubstutzen
GAS……R H14
Parallel female stud coupling (body only)
GAS……M H15
Union simple femelle (corps)
Einstellbarer Manometer-Aufschraubstutzen
Adjustable gauge coupling (body only) M EMASD…… H16
Raccord pour manomètre avec embout lisse (corps)
Manometer-Aufschraubstutzen
Adjustable gauge coupling with sealing ring (body only) M MAS……R H17
Union simple femelle pour manomètre (corps)
H1
Reduzierstutzen
Reducing fitting (body only)
Raccord de réduction (corps)
P-REDS ......-SV
Baureihe L
Schaft vormontiert
Series L
standpipe with pre-assembled nut and profile ring
Série L
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée pré-sertis
H kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3
8 6 P-REDS 8/6 L-SV 604589 3,0 43 34,5 27,5 12 14 17
500
(7252) 6 P-REDS 10/6 L-SV 602458 4,0 43 35,5 28,5 12 14 19
10
8 P-REDS 10/8 L-SV 602753 4,0 43 35,5 28,5 14 17 19
6 P-REDS 12/6 L-SV 602691 5,5 42,5 35 28 14 14 22
12 8 P-REDS 12/8 L-SV 602585 5,5 43,5 36 29 14 17 22
10 P-REDS 12/10 L-SV 602433 5,5 44,5 37 30 17 19 22
6 P-REDS 15/6 L-SV 602992 7,5 43 35 28 17 14 27
8 P-REDS 15/8 L-SV 602930 8,5 44 36 29 17 17 27
15
400 10 P-REDS 15/10 L-SV 602586 8,5 45 37 30 17 19 27
(5801) 12 P-REDS 15/12 L-SV 602539 8,5 46 38 31 19 22 27
6 P-REDS 18/6 L-SV 602993 10,5 45 37 30 19 14 32
8 P-REDS 18/8 L-SV 602434 11,0 46 38 31 19 17 32
18 10 P-REDS 18/10 L-SV 602461 12,5 47 39 32 19 19 32
12 P-REDS 18/12 L-SV 602462 12,0 48 40 33 19 22 32
15 P-REDS 18/15 L-SV 602931 13,0 49 41 34 24 27 32
6 P-REDS 22/6 L-SV 612581 13,0 47 39 32 24 14 36
8 P-REDS 22/8 L-SV 604260 14,5 48 40 33 24 17 36
REDSDN .../...
Baureihe L
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series L
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série L
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
H
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 torique
8 6 REDSDN 8/6 L 619030 3,2 37,5 30 23 12 14 17 6 x 1,5
500
6 REDSDN 10/6 L 619031 4,0 39 31,5 24,5 14
(7252) 10 14 19 8,5 x 1,5
8 REDSDN 10/8 L 619032 4,0 39,5 31,5 24,5 17
6 REDSDN 12/6 L 619033 6,0 39,5 32 25 14
12 8 REDSDN 12/8 L 619034 5,5 40 32 25 17 17 22 10 x 1,5
10 REDSDN 12/10 L 619035 5,5 41 33 26 19
6 REDSDN 15/6 L 619036 8,5 41 33,5 26,5 14
8 REDSDN 15/8 L 619037 9,5 41,5 33,5 26,5 17
15 22 27 12 x 2
400 10 REDSDN 15/10 L 619038 9,0 42,5 34,5 27,5 19
(5801) 12 REDSDN 15/12 L 619039 9,0 42 34,5 27,5 22
6 REDSDN 18/6 L 619040 11,5 43 35,5 28,5 14
8 REDSDN 18/8 L 619041 11,5 43,5 35,5 28,5 17
18 10 REDSDN 18/10 L 619042 13,0 44,5 36,5 29,5 24 19 32 15 x 2
12 REDSDN 18/12 L 619043 12,5 44 36,5 29,5 22
15 REDSDN 18/15 L 619044 13,0 46 37,5 30,5 27
6 REDSDN 22/6 L 619045 16,0 45,5 38 31 14
8 REDSDN 22/8 L 619046 16,0 46 38 31 17
REDSDN .../...
Baureihe L
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series L
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série L
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
H PN
bar
(psi) d1
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube Ø ext.
d2
Typ
Type
Désignation
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3
*O-Ring
*O-ring
*Joint
torique
6 REDSDN 28/6 L 619051 29,0 45,5 38 31 14
8 REDSDN 28/8 L 619052 29,0 47 39 32 17
10 REDSDN 28/10 L 619053 27,5 48 40 33 19
28 12 REDSDN 28/12 L 619054 28,0 47,5 40 33 36 22 46 26 x 2
15 REDSDN 28/15 L 619055 28,0 49,5 41 34 27
18 REDSDN 28/18 L 619056 28,5 50 41 33,5 32
22 REDSDN 28/22 L 619057 31,0 52 43 35,5 36
6 REDSDN 35/6 L 619058 35,0 50,5 43 36 14
8 REDSDN 35/8 L 619059 32,4 51 43 36 17
10 REDSDN 35/10 L 619060 36,0 52 44 37 19
12 REDSDN 35/12 L 619061 33,5 51,5 44 37 22
35 46 50 32 x 2,5
15 REDSDN 35/15 L 619062 34,0 53,5 45 38 27
250
(3626) 18 REDSDN 35/18 L 619063 34,5 54 45 37,5 32
22 REDSDN 35/22 L 619064 35,0 56 47 39,5 36
28 REDSDN 35/28 L 619065 37,0 56 47 39,5 41
6 REDSDN 42/6 L 619066 49,5 52,5 45 38 14
8 REDSDN 42/8 L 619067 51,8 53 45 38 17
10 REDSDN 42/10 L 619068 50,0 54 46 39 19
12 REDSDN 42/12 L 619069 50,0 53,5 46 39 22
42 15 REDSDN 42/15 L 619070 46,0 55,5 47 40 50 27 60 38 x 2,5
18 REDSDN 42/18 L 619071 46,5 56 47 39,5 32
22 REDSDN 42/22 L 619072 48,5 58 49 41,5 36
28 REDSDN 42/28 L 619073 49,0 58 49 41,5 41
35 REDSDN 42/35 L 619074 55,0 61,5 50,5 40 50
REDSDN .../...
Baureihe S
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series S
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série S
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
H
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 torique
8 6 REDSDN 8/6 S 619075 4,5 43 35 28 14 17 19 6 x 1,5
800
6 REDSDN 10/6 S 619076 6,5 45,5 37,5 30,5 17
(11603) 10 17 22 8,5 x 1,5
8 REDSDN 10/8 S 619077 6,5 45,5 37,5 30,5 19
6 REDSDN 12/6 S 619078 8,5 46 38 31 17
12 8 REDSDN 12/8 S 619079 8,5 46 38 31 19 19 24 10 x 1,5
10 REDSDN 12/10 S 619080 8,5 46,5 38 30,5 22
6 REDSDN 14/6 S 619081 11,1 48,5 40,5 33,5 17
8 REDSDN 14/8 S 619082 11,5 48,5 40,5 33,5 19
14 22 27 12 x 2
630 10 REDSDN 14/10 S 619083 10,2 49 40,5 33 22
(9137) 12 REDSDN 14/12 S 619084 10,8 49 40,5 33 24
6 REDSDN 16/6 S 619085 11,5 49 41 34 17
8 REDSDN 16/8 S 619086 12,0 49 41 34 19
22 30 14 x 2
16 10 REDSDN 16/10 S 619087 13,0 49,5 41 33,5 22
12 REDSDN 16/12 S 619088 13,0 49,5 41 33,5 24
14 REDSDN 16/14 S 619089 13,0 53 43 35 24 27 30 14 x2
6 REDSDN 20/6 S 619090 16,2 53,5 45,5 38,5 17
8 REDSDN 20/8 S 619091 18,5 53,5 45,5 38,5 19
REDSDN .../...
Baureihe S
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series S
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série S
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
H PN
bar
(psi) d1
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube Ø ext.
d2
Typ
Type
Désignation
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
100 p. L2 L5 l S1 S2 S3
*O-Ring
*O-ring
*Joint
torique
6 REDSDN 25/6 S 619096 33,0 57 49 42 17
8 REDSDN 25/8 S 619097 33,0 57 49 42 19
10 REDSDN 25/10 S 619098 33,0 57,5 49 41,5 22
420 25 12 REDSDN 25/12 S 619099 33,5 57,5 49 41,5 36 24 46 22,3 x 2,4
(6091)
14 REDSDN 25/14 S 619100 34,0 61 51 43 27
16 REDSDN 25/16 S 619101 34,0 61 51 42,5 30
20 REDSDN 25/20 S 619102 35,0 64 53 42,5 36
6 REDSDN 30/6 S 619103 40,5 61 53 46 17
8 REDSDN 30/8 S 619104 41,0 61 53 46 19
10 REDSDN 30/10 S 619105 41,5 61,5 53 45,5 22
12 REDSDN 30/12 S 619106 41,5 61,5 53 45,5 24
30 41 50 27,3 x 2,4
14 REDSDN 30/14 S 619107 47,0 65 55 47 27
16 REDSDN 30/16 S 619108 41,5 65 55 46,5 30
20 REDSDN 30/20 S 619109 43,0 68 57 46,5 36
400 25 REDSDN 30/25 S 619110 46,0 71 59 47 46
(5801) 6 REDSDN 38/6 S 619111 57,0 64,5 56,5 49,5 17
8 REDSDN 38/8 S 619112 57,5 64,5 56,5 49,5 19
10 REDSDN 38/10 S 619113 58,0 65 56,5 49 22
12 REDSDN 38/12 S 619114 57,5 65 56,5 49 24
38 14 REDSDN 38/14 S 619115 67,2 68,5 58,5 50,5 50 27 60 35 x 2,5
16 REDSDN 38/16 S 619116 58,5 68,5 58,5 50 30
20 REDSDN 38/20 S 619117 59,0 71,5 60,5 50 36
25 REDSDN 38/25 S 619118 61,0 74,5 62,5 50,5 46
30 REDSDN 38/30 S 619119 67,5 77,5 64,5 51 50
RED ......-WD/...
mit Weichdichtung: NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
BSP thread (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage Whitworth (cylindrique)
400
1
G /2 RED-R 1 -WD/R 1/2 606607 16,0 29 11 39,9 14 41
(5801) 1
G /2 1 1
RED-R 1 /4-WD/R /2 606608 31,0 32 12 49,9 14 50
G 11/4 A
G 3/4 RED-R 11/4-WD/R 3/4 606609 27,0 32 12 49,9 16 50
1 1 1
G /2 RED-R 1 /2-WD/R /2 606610 47,0 36 14 54,9 14 55
G 11/2 A G 3/4 RED-R 11/2-WD/R 3/4 606611 43,0 36 14 54,9 16 55
1
G1 RED-R 1 /2-WD/R 1 606612 34,5 36 14 54,9 18 55
RED ......-WD/...
mit Weichdichtung: NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
BSP thread (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage Whitworth (cylindrique)
PN Typ Best.-Nr.
kg per
100 St.
kg per
100 pcs.
bar Type Reference kg par
(psi) G1 G2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L l d d1 t S1
1 1 1
G /4 RED-R /8-WD/R /4 606613 3,6 31 23 13,9 4 17 19
1
G /8 A 3 1 3
G /8 RED-R /8-WD/R /8 606614 4,5 32 24 13,9 4 17 24
1 1
G 1/8 RED-R /4-WD/R /8 606615 3,6 29 17 18,9 5 12 19
3 1 3
G /8 RED-R /4-WD/R /8 606616 6,6 36 24 18,9 5 17 24
1
G /4 A 1 1
G 1/2 RED-R /4-WD/R /2 606617 8,5 40 28 18,9 5 20 30
3 1 3
400 G /4 RED-R /4-WD/R /4 606618 17,3 43 31 18,9 5 22 36
(5801) G 1/4 RED-R 3
/8-WD/R 1
/4 606619 3,0 36 24 21,9 8 17 22
3 3 1
G /8 A G 1/2 RED-R /8-WD/R /2 606620 9,0 41 29 21,9 8 20 30
3 3 3
G /4 RED-R /8-WD/R /4 606621 17,5 44 32 21,9 8 22 36
3 1 3
G /8 RED-R /2-WD/R /8 606622 9,5 37 23 26,9 12 17 27
1 1
G /2 A G 3/4 RED-R /2-WD/R 3
/4 606623 18,0 46 32 26,9 12 22 36
1
G1 RED-R /2-WD/R 1 606624 22,5 49 35 26,9 12 24,5 41
1
250 (3626) G 1
/2 A G 11/4 RED-R /2-WD/R 11/4 606625 47,0 53 39 26,9 12 26,5 55
3 1
400 G 1/2 RED-R /4-WD/R /2 606626 15,0 43 27 31,9 16 20 32
3
G /4 A
(5801) G1 RED-R 3
/4-WD/R 1 606627 23,5 51 35 31,9 16 24,5 41
3
250 G 11/4 RED-R /4-WD/R 11/4 606628 48,3 55 39 31,9 16 26,5 55
3
G /4 A
(3626) G 11/2 RED-R 3
/4-WD/R 11/2 606629 54,5 57 41 31,9 16 28,5 60
3 3
400 (5801) G 1 A G /4 RED-R 1 -WD/R /4 606630 28,0 49 31 39,9 20 22 41
250 G 11/4 A G 11/2 RED-R 11/4-WD/R 11/2 606634 58,0 60 40 49,9 25 28,5 60
(3626) G 11/2 A G 11/4 RED-R 11/2-WD/R 11/4 606635 53,0 58 36 54,9 32 26,5 55
H9
Gerade-Flanschstutzen
Straight flange coupling (body only)
Union simple à bride (corps)
GFS ......
Vierlochbefestigung
Four-hole attachment
Fixation à quatre trous
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
D Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L L2 L5 l i S2
10 GFS 10 L-35 064121 10,9 39 37,5 30 23 12,5 19
315 (4569)
L 12 GFS 12 L-35 064122 11,5 39 37,5 30 23 12,5 22
35
250 (3626) 15 GFS 15 L-35 064123 11,7 39 38 30 23 12,5 27
S 315 (4569) 16 GFS 16 S-35 064125 13,3 39 39,5 30 21,5 12,5 30
15 GFS 15 L-40 064124 12,0 42 43 35 28 12,5 27
18 GFS 18 L-40 064126 16,4 42 43,5 35 27,5 12,5 32
40 L 100 (1450)
22 GFS 22 L-40 064128 14,9 42 43,5 35 27,5 12,5 36
28 GFS 28 L-40 064129 18,5 41 51 42 34,5 12,5 41
55 S 250 (3626) 20 GFS 20 S-55 064127 41,9 55 51 40 29,5 12,5 36
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Zubehörteile wie Innensechskantschrauben, Federringe und O-Ring werden lose mitgeliefert.
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Accessories, such as hexagon socket screws, spring washers and O-ring are supplied as separate items.
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué Les accessoires tels que vis à six pans creux, rondelles élastiques et joint torique font partie de la
livraison sans être montés.
H10
Gerade-Flanschstutzen
Straight flange coupling (body only)
Union simple à bride (corps)
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan) Federring DIN 128 Innensechskantschraube DIN 912
1 Stück 4 Stück 4 Stück
O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) Spring washer DIN 128 Hexagon socket screw DIN 912
1 piece 4 pieces 4 pieces
Joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan) Rondelle élastique DIN 128 Vis à six pans creux DIN 912
1 pièce 4 pièces 4 pièces
WFS ......
Vierlochbefestigung
Four-hole attachment
Fixation à quatre trous
H
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
D Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L L1 L2 L5 I i S2
10 WFS 10 L-35 064131 21,0 39 16,5 44,5 37,5 30,5 12,5 19
315 (4569)
L 12 WFS 12 L-35 064132 17,3 39 16,5 44,5 37,5 30,5 12,5 22
35 250 (3626) 15 WFS 15 L-35 064135 17,3 39 16,5 45 37 30 12,5 27
16 WFS 16 S-35 064137 20,0 39 20 47,5 38 29,5 12,5 30
S 315 (4569)
20 WFS 20 S-35 064139 28,8 39 25 56 45 34,5 12,5 36
15 WFS 15 L-40 064136 18,0 42 22,5 45 37 30 12,5 27
18 WFS 18 L-40 064138 18,6 42 22,5 46,5 38 30,5 12,5 32
L 100 (1450) 22 WFS 22 L-40 064142 21,5 42 22,5 46,5 38 30,5 12,5 36
40
28 WFS 28 L-40 064145 27,9 42 28 49 40 32,5 12,5 41
35 WFS 35 L-40 064147 36,3 42 34 52 41 30,5 12,5 50
S 250 (3626) 20 WFS 20 S-40 064140 25,5 42 22,5 51 40 29,5 12,5 36
22 WFS 22 L-55 064143 57,0 58 24 52 43 35,5 12,5 36
L 100 (1450) 35 WFS 35 L-55 064148 45,5 58 32 60 49 38,5 12,5 50
42 WFS 42 L-55 064149 84,0 58 40 60,5 49 38 12,5 60
55
20 WFS 20 S-55 064141 56,0 58 24 56 45 34,5 12,5 36
S 250 (3626) 25 WFS 25 S-55 064144 48,5 58 30 61 49 37 12,5 46
30 WFS 30 S-55 064146 54,9 58 32 62 49 35,5 12,5 50
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Zubehörteile wie Innensechskantschrauben, Federringe und O-Ring werden lose mitgeliefert.
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Accessories, such as hexagon socket screws, spring washers and O-ring are supplied as
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué separate items.
Les accessoires tels que vis à six pans creux, rondelles élastiques et joint torique font partie
de la livraison sans être montés.
H12
Winkel-Flanschstutzen
Elbow flange coupling (body only)
Union simple à bride en équerre (corps)
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan) Federring DIN 128 Innensechskantschraube DIN 912
1 Stück 4 Stück oder 3 4 Stück oder 3
O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) Spring washer DIN 128 Hexagon socket screw DIN 912
1 piece 4 pieces or 3 4 pieces or 3
Joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan) Rondelle élastique DIN 128 Vis à six pans creux DIN 912
1 pièce 4 pièces ou 3 4 pièces ou 3
H
für Vierlochbefestigung O-Ring Federring Innensechskantschraube
for four-hole attachment O-ring Spring washer Hexagon socket screw
pour fixation à quatre trous Joint torique Rondelle élastique Vis à six pans creux
Rohr-AD
Tube OD Typ Abm. Best.-Nr. Abm. Best.-Nr. Stck. Abm. Best.-Nr. Stck. Abm. Best.-Nr.
Tube Type Dim. Reference Dim. Reference pcs. Dim. Reference pcs. Dim. Reference
D Ø ext. Désignation Dim. Réf. Dim. Réf. pce. Dim. Réf. pce. Dim. Réf.
10 WFS 10 L-35 2 M 6 x 35 020313
12 WFS 12 L-35 2 M 6 x 35 020313
35 15 WFS 15 L-35 20 x 2,5 610519 B6 020102 2 M 6 x 35 020313 2 M 6 x 22 020309
16 WFS 16 S-35 2 M 6 x 40 021785
20 WFS 20 S-35 2 M 6 x 45 021956
15 WFS 15 L-40 4 M 6 x 22 020309
18 WFS 18 L-40 4 M 6 x 22 020309
22 WFS 22 L-40 4 M 6 x 22 020309
40 26 x 2,5 610499 B6 020102
28 WFS 28 L-40 2 M 6 x 50 021786
35 WFS 35 L-40 2 M 6 x 60 021787 2 M 6 x 22 020309
20 WFS 20 S-40 2 M 6 x 45 021956
22 WFS 22 L-55 2 M 8 x 50 020331
35 WFS 35 L-55 2 M 8 x 60 021793
42 WFS 42 L-55 2 M 8 x 70 021794
55 33 x 2,5 610500 B8 020104 2 M 8 x 25 020324
20 WFS 20 S-55 2 M 8 x 50 020331
25 WFS 25 S-55 2 M 8 x 55 023977
30 WFS 30 S-55 2 M 8 x 50 020331
GAS ...... R
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
BSP thread
Filetage Whitworth
GAS ...... M
Metrisches Gewinde
Metric thread
Filetage métrique
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i d S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 GAS 6 LM 060046 1,9 34 26,5 7 12,5 4 14 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 GAS 8 LM 061084 3,1 39 31 7 17 6 17 17
250
10 M 14 x 1,5 GAS 10 LM 060213 3,8 40 32 8 17 8 19 19
(3626)
L 12 M 16 x 1,5 GAS 12 LM 025317 5,2 41 33 9 17 10 22 22
15 M 18 x 1,5 GAS 15 LM 024357 6,7 43 35 11 17 12 24 27
160 18 M 22 x 1,5 GAS 18 LM 062966 10,9 46 37 10,5 19 15 30 32
(2321) 22 M 26 x 1,5 GAS 22 LM 061612 12,1 51 42 13,5 21 19 32 36
6 M 12 x 1,5 GAS 6 SM 066876 3,6 41 33 9 17 4 17 17
8 M 14 x 1,5 GAS 8 SM 061634 4,2 41 33 9 17 5 19 19
630
10 M 16 x 1,5 GAS 10 SM 060704 5,7 43 34 9,5 17 7 22 22
(9137)
S 12 M 18 x 1,5 GAS 12 SM 060069 6,9 44 35 10,5 17 8 24 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 GAS 14 SM 066855 9,3 49 39 12 19 10 27 27
EMASD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
MAS ...... R
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
BSP thread
Filetage Whitworth
H18
Einschraubverschraubungen Male stud fittings Raccords mâles
Verbindungsverschraubungen Tube connectors Raccords pour tubes
Schottverschraubungen Bulkhead fittings Raccords de cloison
Schweißverschraubungen Weld fittings Raccords à souder
Gerade-Einschraubverschraubung P-GEV……RK I2
Male stud coupling P-GEV……MK I2
Union simple mâle P-GEV……NPT I3
P-GEV……R I4
P-GEV……M I5
P-GEV……R-WD I6
P-GEV……M-WD I7
P-GEV……UNF/UN I8
Winkel-Einschraubverschraubung P-WEV……RK I9
Male stud elbow P-WEV……MK I10
Equerre mâle P-WEV……NPT I11
Gerade-Verschraubung
Straight coupling P-GV…… I12
Union double
Gerade-Reduzierverschraubung
Straight reducing coupling P-GV…/… I13
Union double de réduction
Winkel-Verschraubung
Equal elbow P-WV…… I14
I
Union équerre
T-Verschraubung
Equal Tee P-TV…… I15
Union té
T-Reduzierverschraubung
Reducing Tee P-TV…/…/… I16
Union té de réduction
Kreuz-Verschraubung
Equal cross P-KV…… I17
Union croix
Gerade-Schottverschraubung
Bulkhead coupling P-GSV…… I18
Union double de cloison
Winkel-Schottverschraubung
Bulkhead elbow P-WSV…… I19
Equerre de cloison
Anschweiß-Verschraubung
Weldable stud P-ASV…… I20
Union simple à souder
Einschweiß-Schottverschraubung
Weldable bulkhead coupling P-ESV…… I21
Union double de cloison à souder
I1
Gerade-Einschraubverschraubung
Male stud coupling
Union simple mâle
P-GEV ...... RK
P-GEV ...... MK
Einschraub- Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (kegelig)
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (kegelig)
Stud thread: BSP thread (taper)
metric (taper)
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (conique)
métrique (conique)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. R-M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i S1 S2
I LL
100
(1450)
4
6
R 1/8 keg
R 1/8 keg
1
S-GEV 4 LLRK
S-GEV 6 LLRK
038218
038220
1,4
1,6
25,5
26
20
20
16
14,5
8
8
10
11
10
12
8 R /8 keg S-GEV 8 LLRK 038221 1,8 28 22 16,5 8 12 14
6 R 1/4 keg P-GEV 6 L/R 1/4 K 373003 3,4 34,5 27 20 12 14 14
1
8 R /4 keg P-GEV 8 LRK 373004 3,7 34,5 27 20 12 14 17
8 R 3/8 keg P-GEV 8 L/R 3/8 K 373005 4,9 34,5 27 20 12 17 17
1
10 R /4 keg P-GEV 10 LRK 373006 4,8 35,5 28 21 12 17 19
250
L 10 R 3/8 keg P-GEV 10 L/R 3/8 K 373007 5,4 35,5 28 21 12 17 19
(3626)
1 1
12 R /4 keg P-GEV 12 L/R /4 K 373008 5,7 36,5 29 22 12 19 22
12 R 3/8 keg P-GEV 12 LRK 373009 6,1 36,5 29 22 12 19 22
1 1
12 R /2 keg P-GEV 12 L/R /2 K 373010 7,8 38,5 31 24 14 22 22
15 R 1/2 keg P-GEV 15 LRK 373011 10,2 40 32 25 14 24 27
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. NPT Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i S1 S2
1 1
4 /8 NPT S-GEV 4 LL / /8 NPT 038241 1,5 28 22 18 10 11 10
100
LL 6 1
/8 NPT S-GEV 6 LL / 1/8 NPT 038243 1,5 28 22 16,5 10 11 12
(1450)
8 1
/8 NPT S-GEV 8 LL / 1/8 NPT 038244 2,0 30 24 18,5 10 12 14
6 1
/8 NPT P-GEV 6 L / 1/8 NPT 373026 2,6 32 24 17 10 12 14
1 1
6 /4 NPT P-GEV 6 L / /4 NPT 373027 3,9 38 30 23 15 17 14
8 1
/4 NPT P-GEV 8 L / 1/4 NPT 373028 4,0 38 30 23 15 17 17
1 1
10 /4 NPT P-GEV 10 L / /4 NPT 373029 4,8 39 31 24 15 17 19
I
315 3 3
10 /8 NPT P-GEV 10 L / /8 NPT 373030 6,0 40 32 25 15 19 19
(4569)
12 1
/4 NPT P-GEV 12 L / 1/4 NPT 373031 6,0 40 32 25 15 19 22
12 3
/8 NPT P-GEV 12 L / 3/8 NPT 373032 6,5 40 32 25 15 19 22
L
12 1
/2 NPT P-GEV 12 L / 1/2 NPT 373033 8,5 45 37 30 20 24 22
1 1
15 /2 NPT P-GEV 15 L / /2 NPT 373034 11,0 46 38 31 20 24 27
18 1
/2 NPT P-GEV 18 L / 1/2 NPT 373035 13,5 48 39 31,5 20 27 32
22 3
/4 NPT P-GEV 22 L / 3/4 NPT 373036 19,0 50 41 33,5 20 32 36
630 10 3
/8 NPT P-GEV 10 S / 3/8 NPT 373043 8,0 44 35 27,5 15 19 22
(9137) 12 1
/4 NPT P-GEV 12 S / 1/4 NPT 373044 9,5 46 37 29,5 15 22 24
12 3
/8 NPT P-GEV 12 S / 3/8 NPT 373045 10,0 46 37 29,5 15 22 24
S 12 1
/2 NPT P-GEV 12 S / 1/2 NPT 373046 12,5 51 42 34,5 20 22 24
14 1
/2 NPT P-GEV 14 S / 1/2 NPT 373047 15,5 54 44 36 20 24 27
16 1
/2 NPT P-GEV 16 S / 1/2 NPT 373048 16,0 54 44 35,5 20 27 30
400 20 3
/4 NPT P-GEV 20 S / 3/4 NPT 373049 25,0 59 48 37,5 20 32 36
(5801) 25 1 NPT P-GEV 25 S / 1 NPT 373050 47,5 69 57 45 25 41 46
1 1
30 1 /4 NPT P-GEV 30 S / 1 /4 NPT 373051 62,0 73 60 46,5 26 46 50
315 (4569) 38 11/2 NPT P-GEV 38 S / 11/2 NPT 373052 89,0 80 65 49 26 55 60
P-GEV …… R
Einschraub-
gewinde: Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch),
Dichtkante Form B
Stud thread: BSP thread (parallel),
stud face form B
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (cylindrique),
arête d’étanchéité forme B
I 15
15
18
G
G
G
1
1
/2 A
/4 A
/2 A
P-GEV 15 LR
P-GEV 15 L/R 3/4
P-GEV 18 LR
602629
373066
373068
16,5
9,3
12,9
21
22
22
29
30
31
14
15
14,5
14
16
14
26
32
26
27
32
27
27
27
32
18 G 3
/4 A P-GEV 18 L/R 3/4 374919 18,0 22 31 14,5 16 32 32 32
22 G 3/4 A P-GEV 22 LR 373069 17,6 24 33 16,5 16 32 32 36
22 G 1/2 A P-GEV 22 L/R 1/2 374845 17,5 24 33 16,5 14 26 32 36
250 28 G 1 A P-GEV 28 LR 373070 24,7 25 34 17,5 18 39 41 41
(3626) 28 G 3/4 A P-GEV 28 L/R 3/4 374846 25,0 25 34 17,5 16 32 41 41
35 G 11/4 A P-GEV 35 LR 373071 40,7 28 39 17,5 20 49 50 50
42 G 11/2 A P-GEV 42 LR 373072 45,6 30 42 19 22 55 55 60
1
6 G /4 A P-GEV 6 SR 373073 5,0 20 28 13 12 18 19 17
1
8 G /4 A P-GEV 8 SR 373074 5,5 22 30 15 12 18 19 19
8 G 3
/8 A P-GEV 8 S/R 3/8 374849 8,0 22,5 30,5 15,5 12 22 22 19
3
10 G /8 A P-GEV 10 SR 373075 8,2 22,5 31 15 12 22 22 22
10 G 1
/4 A P-GEV 10 S/R 1/4 602938 7,5 22 30,5 14,5 12 18 19 22
10 G 1
/2 A P-GEV 10 S/R 1/2 374850 13,0 25 33,5 17,5 14 26 27 22
630 3
12 G /8 A P-GEV 12 SR 373076 9,5 24 33 17 12 22 22 24
(9137)
12 G 1
/4 A P-GEV 12 S/R 1/4 602939 9,5 24 32,5 16,5 12 18 22 24
12 G 1
/2 A P-GEV 12 S/R 1/2 373077 13,5 25 34 17,5 14 26 27 24
1
S 14 G /2 A P-GEV 14 SR 373078 14,8 27 37 19 14 26 27 27
1
16 G /2 A P-GEV 16 SR 373079 15,4 27 37 18,5 14 26 27 30
16 G 3
/8 A P-GEV 16 S/R 3/8 374852 16,0 26,5 36,5 18 12 22 27 30
16 G 3
/4 A P-GEV 16 S/R 3/4 604264 23,0 29 40 21,5 16 32 32 30
20 G 3/4 A P-GEV 20 SR 373080 25,3 31 42 20,5 16 32 32 36
400 20 G 1/2 A P-GEV 20 S/R 1/2 602651 24,5 31 40 18,5 14 26 32 36
(5801) 25 G 1 A P-GEV 25 SR 373081 46,5 35 47 23 18 39 41 46
25 G 3/4 A P-GEV 25 S/R 3/4 374854 45,5 35 47 23 16 32 41 46
30 G 11/4 A P-GEV 30 SR 373082 64,4 37 50 23,5 20 49 50 50
250
38 G 11/2 A P-GEV 38 SR 373083 88,9 42 57 26 22 55 55 60
(3626)
38 G 11/4 A P-GEV 38 S/R 1/4 603977 89,6 42 57 26 20 49 55 60
P-GEV …… M
Einschraub-
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch),
Dichtkante Form B
Stud thread: metric (parallel),
stud face form B
Filetage mâle: métrique (cylindrique),
arête d’étanchéité forme B
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L5 L2 l i d S1 S2
4 M 8x1 S-GEV 4 LLM 038302 1,8 13,5 19 9,5 8 12 12 10
LL 100 6 M 10 x 1 S-GEV 6 LLM 038304 1,9 13,5 19,5 8 8 14 14 12
(1450)
8 M 10 x 1 S-GEV 8 LLM 038305 2,3 14,5 20,5 9 8 14 14 14
6 M 10 x 1 P-GEV 6 LM 373087 2,5 15,5 23 8,5 8 14 14 14
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-GEV 6 L/M 12 x 1,5 373088 4,0 17 24,5 10 12 17 17 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-GEV 8 LM 373089 4,0 17 25 10 12 17 17 17
8 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 8 L/M 18 x 1,5 373090 6,8 18,5 26 11,5 12 23 24 17
I
10 M 14 x 1,5 P-GEV 10 LM 373091 4,7 18 26 11 12 19 19 19
10 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 10 L/M 18 x 1,5 373092 7,6 19,5 27 12,5 12 23 24 19
400 10 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 10 L/M 22 x 1,5 373093 8,3 20 27,5 13 14 27 27 19
(5801)
12 M 16 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 LM 373094 6,3 19,5 27 12,5 12 21 22 22
L 12 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 L/M 18 x 1,5 373095 7,8 19,5 27 12,5 12 23 24 22
12 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 L/M 22 x 1,5 373096 9,5 20 27,5 13 14 27 27 22
15 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 15 LM 373097 9,5 20,5 29 13,5 12 23 24 27
15 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 15 L/M 22 x 1,5 373098 11,5 21 29 14 14 27 27 27
18 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 18 L/M 18 x 1,5 373099 12,2 21,5 30 14 12 23 27 32
18 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 18 LM 373100 12,9 22 31 14,5 14 27 27 32
22 M 26 x 1,5 P-GEV 22 LM 373101 17,6 24 33 16,5 16 31 32 36
250 28 M 33 x 2 P-GEV 28 LM 373102 24,7 25 34 17,5 18 39 41 41
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 P-GEV 35 LM 373103 40,7 28 39 17,5 20 49 50 50
42 M 48 x 2 P-GEV 42 LM 373104 45,6 30 42 19 22 55 55 60
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-GEV 6 SM 373105 4,5 20 28 13 12 17 17 17
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-GEV 8 SM 373106 5,5 22 30 15 12 19 19 19
630 10 M 16 x 1,5 P-GEV 10 SM 373107 8,2 22,5 31 15 12 21 22 22
(9137) 12 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 SM 373108 10,5 24,5 33 17 12 23 24 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-GEV 14 SM 373109 14,8 27 37 19 14 25 27 27
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 16 SM 373110 15,4 27 37 18,5 14 27 27 30
400 20 M 27 x 2 P-GEV 20 SM 373111 25,3 31 42 20,5 16 32 32 36
(5801) 25 M 33 x 2 P-GEV 25 SM 373112 46,5 35 47 23 18 39 41 46
250 30 M 42 x 2 P-GEV 30 SM 373113 64,4 37 50 23,5 20 49 50 50
(3626) 38 M 48 x 2 P-GEV 38 SM 373114 88,9 42 57 26 22 55 55 60
P-GEV …… R-WD
mit Weichdichtung NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Einschraubgewinde: Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Stud thread: BSP thread (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (cylindrique)
I 400
(5801)
12
12
15
G
G
G
3
1
/8 A
/2 A
/2 A
P-GEV 12 LR-WD
P-GEV 12 L/R 1/2-WD
P-GEV 15 LR-WD
373118
602513
373120
6,0
10,0
11,5
19,5
20
21
27
28
28,5
12,5
13
13,5
12
14
14
21,9
26,9
26,9
22
27
24
22
22
27
15 G 3
/8 A P-GEV 15 L/R 3/8-WD 605443 9,3 20,5 29 14 12 21,9 27 27
1
18 G /2 A P-GEV 18 LR-WD 373121 12,9 22 31 14,5 14 26,9 27 32
18 G 3
/4 A P-GEV 18 L/R 3/4-WD 605215 18,0 22 31 14,5 16 31,9 32 32
22 G 3/4 A P-GEV 22 LR-WD 373122 17,6 24 33 16,5 14 26,9 32 36
250 28 G 1 A P-GEV 28 LR-WD 373123 24,7 25 34 17,5 18 39,9 41 41
(3626) 35 G 11/4 A P-GEV 35 LR-WD 373124 40,7 28 39 17,5 20 49,9 50 50
42 G 11/2 A P-GEV 42 LR-WD 373125 45,6 30 42 19 22 54,9 55 60
1
6 G /4 A P-GEV 6 SR-WD 373126 5,0 20 28 13 12 18,9 19 17
1
8 G /4 A P-GEV 8 SR-WD 373127 5,5 22 30 15 12 18,9 19 19
800 8 G 3
/8 A P-GEV 8 S/R 3/8-WD 604229 5,3 22,5 30,5 15,5 12 21,9 22 19
3
(11603) 10 G /8 A P-GEV 10 SR-WD 373128 8,2 22,5 31 15 12 21,9 22 22
10 G 1
/4 A P-GEV 10 S/R 1/4-WD 605114 7,5 22 30,5 14,5 12 18,9 19 22
10 G 1
/2 A P-GEV 10 S/R 1/2-WD 605932 8,9 25 33,5 17,5 14 26,9 27 22
3
12 G /8 A P-GEV 12 SR-WD 373129 9,5 24,5 33 17 12 21,9 22 24
12 G 1
/4 A P-GEV 12 S/R 1/4-WD 605933 9,5 24 32,5 16,5 12 18,9 22 24
12 G 1
/2 A P-GEV 12 S/R 1/2-WD 604466 13,5 25 34 17,5 14 26,9 27 24
S 630 1
14 G /2 A P-GEV 14 SR-WD 373130 14,8 27 37 19 14 26,9 27 27
(9137) 1
16 G /2 A P-GEV 16 SR-WD 373131 15,4 27 37 18,5 14 26,9 27 30
16 G 3
/8 A P-GEV 16 S/R 3/8-WD 605222 15,2 26 36,5 18 12 21,9 27 30
16 G 3
/4 A P-GEV 16 S/R 3/4-WD 604561 23,0 29 39 20,5 16 31,9 32 30
20 G 3/4 A P-GEV 20 SR-WD 373132 25,3 31 42 20,5 16 31,9 32 36
25 G 1 A P-GEV 25 SR-WD 373133 46,5 35 47 23 18 39,9 41 46
420
(6091) 25 G 3/4 A P-GEV 25 S/R 3/4-WD 604562 45,5 35 47 23 16 31,9 41 46
30 G 11/4 A P-GEV 30 SR-WD 373134 64,4 37 50 23,5 20 49,9 50 50
38 G 11/2 A P-GEV 38 SR-WD 373135 88,9 42 57 26 22 54,9 55 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
I6
Gerade-Einschraubverschraubung
Male stud coupling
Union simple mâle
P-GEV …… M-WD
mit Weichdichtung NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Einschraubgewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Stud thread: metric (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage mâle: métrique (cylindrique)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L5 L2 l i d S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 P-GEV 6 LM-WD 373136 2,5 15,5 23 8,5 8 13,9 14 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-GEV 8 LM-WD 373137 4,0 17 25 10 12 16,9 17 17
500
(7252) 10 M 14 x 1,5 P-GEV 10 LM-WD 373138 4,7 18 26 11 12 18,9 19 19
10
10
M 18 x 1,5
M 22 x 1,5
P-GEV 10 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 605930
P-GEV 10 L/M 22 x 1,5-WD 605931
7,6
8,3
19,5
20
27
27,5
12,5
13
12
14
23,9
26,9
24
27
19
19
I
12 M 16 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 LM-WD 373139 6,3 19,5 27 12,5 12 21,9 22 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 602562 7,8 17 27 12,5 12 23,9 24 22
L 12 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 L/M 22 x 1,5-WD 602563 9,5 20 27,5 13 14 26,9 27 22
400
(5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 15 LM-WD 373140 9,5 20,5 29 13,5 12 23,9 24 27
15 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 15 L/M 22 x 1,5-WD 602564 11,5 21 29 14 14 26,9 27 27
18 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 18 LM-WD 373141 12,2 22 30 14 14 26,9 27 32
18 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 18 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 605934 12,9 21,5 31 14,5 12 23,9 27 32
22 M 26 x 1,5 P-GEV 22 LM-WD 373142 17,6 24 33 16,5 16 31,9 32 36
250 28 M 33 x 2 P-GEV 28 LM-WD 373143 24,7 25 34 17,5 18 39,9 41 41
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 P-GEV 35 LM-WD 373144 40,7 28 39 17,5 20 49,9 50 50
42 M 48 x 2 P-GEV 42 LM-WD 373145 45,6 30 42 19 22 54,9 55 60
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-GEV 6 SM-WD 373146 4,5 20 28 13 12 16,9 17 17
800
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-GEV 8 SM-WD 373147 5,5 22 30 15 12 18,9 19 19
(11603)
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-GEV 10 SM-WD 373148 8,2 22,5 31 15 12 21,9 22 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-GEV 12 SM-WD 373149 10,5 24,5 33 17 12 23,9 24 24
630
S 14 M 20 x 1,5 P-GEV 14 SM-WD 373150 14,8 27 37 19 14 25,9 27 27
(9137)
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-GEV 16 SM-WD 373151 15,4 27 37 18,5 14 26,9 27 30
20 M 27 x 2 P-GEV 20 SM-WD 373152 25,3 31 42 20,5 16 31,9 32 36
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation U Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i d S1 S2 torique
9
6 P-GEV 6 L/ /16-18 UNF 373157 3,7 25 17 10 10 17,6 19 14 11,9 x 1,98
7
8 P-GEV 8 L/ /16-20 UNF 373158 3,2 25 17 10 9 14,4 17 17 8,92 x 1,83
9
8 P-GEV 8 L/ /16-18 UNF 373159 3,7 25 17 10 10 17,6 19 17 11,9 x 1,98
7
10 P-GEV 10 L/ /16-20 UNF 373160 4,0 26 18 11 9 14,4 17 19 8,92 x 1,83
I 400
10
10
9
P-GEV 10 L/ /16-18 UNF
P-GEV 10 L/ 3/4 - 16 UNF
373161
373162
4,6
7,6
26
28
18
20
11
13
10
11
17,6
22,3
19
24
19
19
11,9 x 1,98
16,36 x 2,20
(5801) 12 P-GEV 12 L/ 9/16-18 UNF 373164 6,1 26 18 11 10 17,6 19 22 11,9 x 1,98
12 P-GEV 12 L/ 3/4 -16 UNF 373165 7,6 28 20 13 11 22,3 24 22 16,36 x 2,20
12 P-GEV 12 L/ 7/8 - 14 UNF 373166 8,8 29 21 14 12,7 25,5 27 22 19,18 x 2,46
L 15 P-GEV 15 L/ 3/4 - 16 UNF 373168 9,5 29 21 14 11 22,3 24 27 16,36 x 2,20
15 P-GEV 15 L/ 7/8 - 14 UNF 373169 11,0 30 22 15 12,7 25,5 27 27 19,18 x 2,46
18 P-GEV 18 L/ 3/4 - 16 UNF 373170 12,5 31 22 14,5 11 22,3 27 32 16,36 x 2,20
7
18 P-GEV 18 L/ /8 - 14 UNF 373171 13,2 31 22 14,5 12,7 25,5 27 32 19,18 x 2,46
22 P-GEV 22 L/ 7/8 - 14 UNF 373172 17,2 33 24 16,5 12,7 25,5 32 36 19,18 x 2,46
1
22 P-GEV 22 L/1 /16-12 UN 373173 18,5 33 24 16,5 15 31,9 32 36 23,47 x 2,95
7
250 28 P-GEV 28 L/ /8 - 14 UNF 373174 22,0 34 25 17,5 12,7 25,5 41 41 19,18 x 2,46
(3626) 28 P-GEV 28 L/1 5/16-12 UN 373175 25,0 34 25 17,5 15 38,2 41 41 29,74 x 2,95
35 P-GEV 35 L/1 5/8 - 12 UN 373177 40,0 39 28 17,5 15 47,7 50 50 37,46 x 3
42 P-GEV 42 L/1 5/8 - 12 UN 374346 46,2 42 30 19 15 47,7 55 55 37,46 x 3
12 P-GEV 12 S/ 3/4 - 16 UNF 373180 10,0 34 25 17,5 11 22,3 24 24 16,36 x 2,20
630
16 P-GEV 16 S/ 3/4 - 16 UNF 373182 13,0 34 24 15,5 11 22,3 24 30 16,36 x 2,20
(9137)
7
16 P-GEV 16 S/ /8 -14 UNF 373183 15,0 37 27 18,5 12,7 25,5 27 30 19,18 x 2,46
20 P-GEV 20 S/ 3/4 - 16 UNF 373184 22,0 42 31 20,5 11 22,3 32 36 16,36 x 2,20
S
400 20 P-GEV 20 S/ 7/8 - 14 UNF 373185 23,0 42 31 20,5 12,7 25,5 32 36 19,18 x 2,46
(5801) 20 P-GEV 20 S/11/16-12 UN 373186 25,0 42 31 20,5 15 31,9 32 36 23,47 x 2,95
25 P-GEV 25 S/15/16-12 UN 373189 46,0 47 35 23 15 38,2 41 46 29,74 x 2,95
315 (4569) 30 P-GEV 30 S/15/8 - 12 UN 373191 62,0 50 37 23,5 15 47,7 50 50 37,46 x 3
P-WEV ...... RK
Einschraub-
gewinde: Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (kegelig)
Stud thread: BSP thread (taper)
Filetage mâle: Whitworth (conique)
kg per
100 St.
I
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. R Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I i S1 S2
1
4 R /8 keg S-WEV 4 LLRK 038408 2,1 17 21 15 11 8 11 10
100 1
LL (1450) 6 R /8 keg S-WEV 6 LLRK 038410 2,4 17 21 15 9,5 8 11 12
8 R 1/8 keg S-WEV 8 LLRK 038411 3,4 20 23 17 11,5 8 12 14
6 R 1/8 keg P-WEV 6 LRK 373195 4,0 20 27 19 12 8 12 14
6 R 1/4 keg P-WEV 6 L/R 1/4 K 373196 6,0 26 29 21 14 12 14 14
1
8 R /4 keg P-WEV 8 LRK 373197 6,6 26 29 21 14 12 14 17
250 10 R 1/4 keg P-WEV 10 LRK 373198 8,3 27 30 22 15 12 17 19
L
(3626) 10 3
R /8 keg 3
P-WEV 10 L/R /8 K 373199 9,0 27 30 22 15 12 17 19
1 1
12 R /4 keg P-WEV 12 L/R /4 K 373200 11,4 28 32 24 17 12 19 22
12 R 3/8 keg P-WEV 12 LRK 373201 11,8 28 32 24 17 12 19 22
1
15 R /2 keg P-WEV 15 LRK 373202 13,0 34 36 28 21 14 19 27
160 (2321) 18 R 1/2 keg P-WEV 18 LRK 373203 16,6 36 40 31 23,5 14 24 32
6 R 1/4 keg P-WEV 6 SRK 373204 7,2 26 31 23 16 12 14 17
8 R 1/4 keg P-WEV 8 SRK 373205 8,8 27 32 24 17 12 17 19
3
630* 10 R /8 keg P-WEV 10 SRK 373206 13,4 28 34 25 17,5 12 19 22
S
(9137) 12 R 3/8 keg P-WEV 12 SRK 373207 16,5 28 38 29 21,5 12 22 24
1
14 R /2 keg P-WEV 14 SRK 373208 15,3 32 40 30 22 14 19 27
400 (5801) 16 R 1/2 keg P-WEV 16 SRK 373209 17,9 32 43 33 24,5 14 24 30
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * PN 630 nur bei kegeligen Einschraublöchern, sonst PN 400
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * PN 630 only applies to taper port forms;
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué PN 400 is applicable to parallel port forms
* PN 630 seulement avec taraudage conique, sinon PN 400
I9
Winkel-Einschraubverschraubung
Male stud elbow
Equerre mâle
P-WEV ...... MK
Einschraub-
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (kegelig)
Stud thread: metric (taper)
Filetage mâle: métrique (conique)
I
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I i S1 S2
4 M 8x1 keg S-WEV 4 LLMK 038427 2,1 17 21 15 11 8 11 10
100
LL (1450) 6 M 10 x 1 keg S-WEV 6 LLMK 038429 2,4 17 21 15 9,5 8 11 12
8 M 10 x 1 keg S-WEV 8 LLMK 038430 3,4 20 23 17 11,5 8 12 14
6 M 10 x 1 keg P-WEV 6 LMK 373213 4,0 20 27 19 12 8 12 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 8 LMK 373214 6,6 26 29 21 14 12 14 17
250
10 M 14 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 10 LMK 373215 8,3 27 30 22 15 12 17 19
L (3626)
12 M 16 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 12 LMK 373216 11,8 28 32 24 17 12 19 22
15 M 18 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 15 LMK 373217 12,0 32 36 28 21 12 19 27
160 (2321) 18 M 22 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 18 LMK 373218 16,6 36 40 31 23,5 14 24 32
6 M 12 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 6 SMK 373219 7,2 26 31 23 16 12 14 17
8 M 14 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 8 SMK 373220 8,8 27 32 24 17 12 17 19
630*
10 M 16 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 10 SMK 373221 13,4 28 34 25 17,5 12 19 22
S (9137)
12 M 18 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 12 SMK 373222 16,5 28 38 29 21,5 12 22 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 14 SMK 373223 15,3 32 40 30 22 14 19 27
400 (5801) 16 M 22 x 1,5 keg P-WEV 16 SMK 373224 17,9 32 43 33 24,5 14 24 30
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * PN 630 nur bei kegeligen Einschraublöchern, sonst PN 400
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * PN 630 only applies to taper port forms;
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué PN 400 is applicable to parallel port forms
* PN 630 seulement avec taraudage conique, sinon PN 400
I10
Winkel-Einschraubverschraubung
Male stud elbow
Equerre mâle
kg per
100 St.
Reihe
Series
Série
PN
bar
(psi)
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube
Ø ext. NPT
Typ
Type
Désignation
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
100 p. L1 L2 L5 I i S1 S2
I
1 1
4 /8 NPT S-WEV 4 LL/ /8 NPT 038383 2,0 17 21 15 11 10 10 10
100 1 1
LL (1450) 6 /8 NPT S-WEV 6 LL/ /8 NPT 038385 2,3 17 21 15 9,5 10 10 12
8 1
/8 NPT S-WEV 8 LL/ 1/8 NPT 038386 3,3 20 23 17 11,5 10 12 14
1 1
6 /8 NPT P-WEV 6 L/ /8 NPT 373228 4,0 20 27 19 12 10 12 14
1 1
8 /4 NPT P-WEV 8 L/ /4 NPT 373229 6,3 26 29 21 14 15 14 17
1 1
250 10 /4 NPT P-WEV 10 L/ /4 NPT 373230 8,2 27 30 22 15 15 17 19
(3626) 12 1
/4 NPT P-WEV 12 L/ 1
/4 NPT 373231 11,4 28 32 24 17 15 19 22
3 3
L 12 /8 NPT P-WEV 12 L/ /8 NPT 373232 11,6 28 32 24 17 15 19 22
1 1
15 /2 NPT P-WEV 15 L/ /2 NPT 373233 14,0 34 36 28 21 14 19 27
1 1
160 18 /2 NPT P-WEV 18 L/ /2 NPT 373234 16,5 36 40 31 23,5 20 24 32
(2321) 22 3
/4 NPT P-WEV 22 L/ 3
/4 NPT 373235 23,5 42 44 35 27,5 20 27 36
100 (1450) 28 1 NPT P-WEV 28 L/1 NPT 373236 37,5 48 47 38 30,5 23 36 41
1 1
6 /4 NPT P-WEV 6 S/ /4 NPT 373239 6,9 26 31 23 16 15 14 17
1 1
8 /4 NPT P-WEV 8 S/ /4 NPT 373240 9,5 27 32 24 17 15 17 19
630 3 3
10 /8 NPT P-WEV 10 S/ /8 NPT 373241 13,3 28 34 25 17,5 15 19 22
(9137)
3 3
12 /8 NPT P-WEV 12 S/ /8 NPT 373242 16,8 28 38 29 21,5 15 22 24
S 1 1
14 /2 NPT P-WEV 14 S/ /2 NPT 373243 16,6 33 40 30 22 15 19 27
1 1
16 /2 NPT P-WEV 16 S/ /2 NPT 373244 18,4 33 43 33 24,5 17 24 30
400 3 3
20 /4 NPT P-WEV 20 S/ /4 NPT 373245 30,0 42 48 37 26,5 20 27 36
(5801)
25 1 NPT P-WEV 25 S/1 NPT 373246 56,6 48 54 42 30 23 36 46
P-GV ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I1 S1 S2
I LL
100
(1450)
4
6
S-GV 4 LL
S-GV 6 LL
038557
038559
1,4
2,1
31
32
20
20
12
9
9
11
10
12
8 S-GV 8 LL 038560 2,6 35 23 12 12 14
6 P-GV 6 L 373362 3,5 39 24 10 12 14
500
8 P-GV 8 L 373363 4,9 40 25 11 14 17
(7252)
10 P-GV 10 L 373364 6,9 42 27 13 17 19
12 P-GV 12 L 373365 8,5 43 28 14 19 22
400
15 P-GV 15 L 373366 13,8 46 30 16 24 27
L (5801)
18 P-GV 18 L 373367 19,5 48 31 16 27 32
22 P-GV 22 L 373368 26,2 52 35 20 32 36
Rohr-AD 1 Rohr-AD 2
P-GV .../... Tube OD 1 Tube OD 2
Tube Tube
Ø ext. 1 Ø ext. 2
kg per
Reihe
Series
PN
bar
Rohr-AD 1
Tube OD 1
Tube
Rohr-AD 2
Tube OD 2
Tube
Typ
Type
Best.-Nr.
Reference
100 St.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
I
Série (psi) Ø ext. 1 Ø ext. 2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I1 S1 S2 S3
P-WV ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I S1 S2
I LL
100
(1450)
4
6
S-WV 4 LL
S-WV 6 LL
038576
038578
2,5
2,7
21
21
15
15
11
9,5
8
11
10
12
8 S-WV 8 LL 038579 3,8 23 17 11,5 12 14
6 P-WV 6 L 373385 4,9 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-WV 8 L 373386 7,6 29 21 14 14 17
(7252)
10 P-WV 10 L 373387 9,6 30 22 15 17 19
12 P-WV 12 L 373388 13,5 32 24 17 19 22
400
15 P-WV 15 L 373389 15,8 36 28 21 19 27
L (5801)
18 P-WV 18 L 373390 23,9 40 31 23,5 24 32
22 P-WV 22 L 373391 31,7 44 35 27,5 27 36
250 28 P-WV 28 L 373392 42,0 47 38 30,5 36 41
(3626) 35 P-WV 35 L 373393 75,9 56 45 34,5 41 50
42 P-WV 42 L 373394 107,8 63 51 40 50 60
6 P-WV 6 S 373395 8,5 31 23 16 14 17
800
8 P-WV 8 S 373396 11,7 32 24 17 17 19
(11603)
10 P-WV 10 S 373397 16,1 34 25 17,5 19 22
12 P-WV 12 S 373398 20,5 38 29 21,5 22 24
630
14 P-WV 14 S 373399 20,7 40 30 22 19 27
S (9137)
16 P-WV 16 S 373400 25,0 43 33 24,5 24 30
20 P-WV 20 S 373401 40,7 48 37 26,5 27 36
420 25 P-WV 25 S 373402 77,6 54 42 30 36 46
(6091) 30 P-WV 30 S 373403 97,4 62 49 35,5 41 50
38 P-WV 38 S 373404 131,8 72 57 41 50 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué
I14
T-Verschraubung
Equal Tee
Union té
P-TV ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I1 S1 S2
LL
100
(1450)
4
6
S-TV 4 LL
S-TV 6 LL
038600
038602
2,8
3,7
21
21
15
15
11
9,5
8
10
10
12
I
8 S-TV 8 LL 038603 5,1 23 17 11,5 12 14
6 P-TV 6 L 373408 7,1 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-TV 8 L 373409 10,1 29 21 14 14 17
(7252)
10 P-TV 10 L 373410 13,0 30 22 15 17 19
12 P-TV 12 L 373411 17,7 32 24 17 19 22
400
15 P-TV 15 L 373412 23,2 36 28 21 19 27
L (5801)
18 P-TV 18 L 373413 35,4 40 31 23,5 24 32
22 P-TV 22 L 373414 44,3 44 35 27,5 27 36
250 28 P-TV 28 L 373415 61,1 47 38 30,5 36 41
(3626) 35 P-TV 35 L 373416 90,1 56 45 34,5 41 50
42 P-TV 42 L 373417 136,8 63 51 40 50 60
6 P-TV 6 S 373418 12,0 31 23 16 14 17
800
8 P-TV 8 S 373419 15,7 32 24 17 17 19
(11603)
10 P-TV 10 S 373420 21,2 34 25 17,5 19 22
12 P-TV 12 S 373421 28,5 38 29 21,5 22 24
630
14 P-TV 14 S 373422 28,5 40 30 22 19 27
S (9137)
16 P-TV 16 S 373423 35,7 43 33 24,5 24 30
20 P-TV 20 S 373424 55,8 48 37 26,5 27 36
420 25 P-TV 25 S 373425 106,7 54 42 30 36 46
(6091) 30 P-TV 30 S 373426 134,9 62 49 35,5 41 50
38 P-TV 38 S 373427 202,2 72 57 41 50 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué
I15
T-Reduzierverschraubung
Reducing Tee
Union té de réduction
P-TV.../.../...
Rohr-AD 1
Tube OD 1 Rohr-AD 2
Tube Tube OD 2
Ø ext. 1 Tube
Ø ext. 2
Rohr-AD 1
Tube OD 1 Rohr-AD 2
Tube Tube OD 2
Ø ext. 1 Tube
Ø ext. 2
Rohr-AD 3
Tube OD 3
Tube
Ø ext. 3
I Reihe PN
Rohr-AD
Tube OD Typ
kg per
100 St.
kg per
Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) 1 2 3 Désignation Réf. 100 p. l1 l2 l3 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 L7 S1 S2 S3 S4
P-KV ......
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I S1 S2
LL
100
(1450)
4
6
S-KV 4 LL
S-KV 6 LL
038624
038626
3,0
4,0
21
21
15
15
11
9,5
9
9
10
12
I
8 S-KV 8 LL 038627 6,0 23 17 11,5 12 14
6 P-KV 6 L 373431 7,7 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-KV 8 L 373432 10,9 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-KV 10 L 373433 15,5 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-KV 12 L 373434 19,2 32 24 17 17 22
400
15 P-KV 15 L 373435 31,1 36 28 21 19 27
L (5801)
18 P-KV 18 L 373436 48,3 40 31 23,5 24 32
22 P-KV 22 L 373437 72,4 44 35 27,5 27 36
P-GSV ......
kg per
I
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube D D Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M min. max. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L3 L5 L6 I1 I2 S1 S2 S3
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 16 P-GSV 6 L m. 6kt M 373451 6,7 22 42 34 14 7 27 17 14 17
500
8 M 14 x 1,5 4 16 P-GSV 8 L m. 6kt M 373452 8,4 23 42 34 15 8 27 19 17 19
(7252)
10 M 16 x 1,5 4 16 P-GSV 10 L m. 6kt M 373453 11,0 25 43 35 17 10 28 22 19 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 4 16 P-GSV 12 L m. 6kt M 373454 13,3 25 44 36 17 10 29 24 22 24
400
15 M 22 x 1,5 4 16 P-GSV 15 L m. 6kt M 373455 22,8 27 45 38 19 12 31 30 27 27
L (5801)
18 M 26 x 1,5 4 16 P-GSV 18 L m. 6kt M 373456 33,2 30 49 40 21 13,5 32,5 36 32 32
22 M 30 x 2 5 16 P-GSV 22 L m. 6kt M 373457 41,5 33 51 42 44 16,5 34,5 41 36 36
P-WSV ......
kg per
I
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube D D Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M min. max. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 I2 I3 d S1* S2 S3
6 M 12 x 1,5 4 16 P-WSV 6 L m. 6kt M 373471 7,5 14 27 42 34 19 27 12 17 17 14 12
500
8 M 14 x 1,5 4 16 P-WSV 8 L m. 6kt M 373472 9,9 17 29 42 34 21 27 14 19 19 17 12
(7252)
10 M 16 x 1,5 4 16 P-WSV 10 L m. 6kt M 373473 12,0 18 30 43 35 22 28 15 22 22 19 14
12 M 18 x 1,5 4 16 P-WSV 12 L m. 6kt M 373474 15,0 20 32 44 36 24 29 17 24 24 22 17
400
15 M 22 x 1,5 4 16 P-WSV 15 L m. 6kt M 373475 25,0 23 36 46 38 28 31 21 27 30 27 19
L (5801)
18 M 26 x 1,5 4 16 P-WSV 18 L m. 6kt M 373476 35,5 24 40 49 40 31 32,5 23,5 32 36 32 24
22 M 30 x 2 5 16 P-WSV 22 L m. 6kt M 373477 46,5 30 44 51 42 35 34,5 27,5 36 41 36 27
P-ASV ......
kg per
I
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l I3 d1 S1 S2
6 P-ASV 6 L 373491 2,5 29 21 14 7 10 12 14
500
(7252) 8 P-ASV 8 L 373492 3,6 31 23 16 8 12 14 17
10 P-ASV 10 L 373493 4,7 33 25 18 8 14 17 19
12 P-ASV 12 L 373494 6,3 33 25 18 8 16 19 22
400
(5801) 15 P-ASV 15 L 373495 8,4 37 29 22 10 19 22 27
L
18 P-ASV 18 L 373496 13,9 40 31 23,5 10 22 27 32
22 P-ASV 22 L 373497 18,1 45 36 28,5 12 27 32 36
250 28 P-ASV 28 L 373498 30,2 47 38 30,5 12 32 41 41
(3626) 35 P-ASV 35 L 373499 37,7 54 43 32,5 14 40 46 50
42 P-ASV 42 L 373500 64,1 58 46 35 16 46 55 60
6 P-ASV 6 S 373501 3,2 34 26 19 7 11 14 17
800
8 P-ASV 8 S 373502 4,9 36 28 21 8 13 17 19
(11603)
10 P-ASV 10 S 373503 7,2 39 30 22,5 8 15 19 22
12 P-ASV 12 S 373504 8,3 41 32 24,5 10 17 22 24
630
(9137) 14 P-ASV 14 S 373505 10,8 45 35 27 10 19 24 27
S
16 P-ASV 16 S 373506 14,4 45 35 26,5 10 21 27 30
20 P-ASV 20 S 373507 21,8 51 40 29,5 12 26 32 36
420 25 P-ASV 25 S 373508 37,7 56 44 32 12 31 41 46
(6091) 30 P-ASV 30 S 373509 44,9 62 49 35,5 14 36 46 50
38 P-ASV 38 S 373510 68,4 69 54 38 16 44 55 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Werkstoff der Verschraubungsstutzen ist schmelzschweißbarer Stahl
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Body manufactured in weldable quality steel
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué Le corps est en acier soudable
I20
Einschweiß-Schottverschraubung
Weldable bulkhead coupling
Union double de cloison à souder
P-ESV ......
kg per
Reihe
Series
PN
bar
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube
Typ
Type
Best.-Nr.
Reference
100 St.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
I
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I2 I4 d S2
6 P-ESV 6 L 373511 13,1 85 70 56 50 18 14
500
8 P-ESV 8 L 373512 16,2 85 70 56 50 20 17
(7252)
10 P-ESV 10 L 373513 19,5 87 72 58 50 22 19
12 P-ESV 12 L 373514 24,1 87 72 58 50 25 22
400
15 P-ESV 15 L 373515 35,3 100 84 70 60 28 27
L (5801)
18 P-ESV S 18 L 373516 46,9 101 84 69 60 32 32
22 P-ESV 22 L 373517 58,2 105 88 73 60 36 36
250 28 P-ESV 28 L 373518 66,0 106 88 73 60 40 41
(3626) 35 P-ESV 35 L 373519 102,9 114 92 71 60 50 50
42 P-ESV 42 L 373520 148,8 115 92 70 60 60 60
6 P-ESV 6 S 373521 16,9 89 74 60 50 20 17
800
8 P-ESV 8 S 373522 20,4 89 74 60 50 22 19
(11603)
10 P-ESV 10 S 373523 27,0 91 74 59 50 25 22
12 P-ESV 12 S 373524 33,1 91 74 59 50 28 24
630
14 P-ESV 14 S 373525 44,7 107 88 72 60 30 27
S (9137)
16 P-ESV 16 S 373526 57,8 107 88 71 60 35 30
20 P-ESV 20 S 373527 73,2 114 92 71 60 38 36
420 25 P-ESV 25 S 373528 114,6 120 96 72 60 45 46
(6091) 30 P-ESV 30 S 373529 134,4 126 100 73 60 50 50
38 P-ESV 38 S 373530 191,3 133 104 72 60 60 60
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Werkstoff der Verschraubungsstutzen ist schmelzschweißbarer Stahl
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Body manufactured in weldable quality steel
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué Le corps est en acier soudable
I21
I
I22
Richtungseinstellbare Adjustable fittings Raccords orientables
Verschraubungen
Winkel-Schwenkverschraubung
Banjo coupling with one-piece bolt P-RSWV……R K2
Raccord orientable P-RSWV……M K4
T-Schwenkverschraubung
Double banjo coupling with one-piece bolt P-RSTV……R K6
Raccord orientable exécution en Té P-RSTV……M K8
Einstellbare Winkel-Verschraubung
Adjustable male stud elbow P-EWV……-SV K10
Equerre orientable P-EWVD…… K11
Einstellbare T-Verschraubung
Adjustable equal Tee P-ETV……-SV K12
K
Té orientable P-ETVD…… K13
Einstellbare L-Verschraubung
Adjustable male stud Tee-stud barrel P-ELV……-SV K14
Té renversé orientable P-ELVD…… K15
EGESD……NPT K20
Gerade-Verbindung
Straight coupling SNV…… K21
Union double
K1
Winkel-Schwenkverschraubungen
Banjo coupling with one-piece bolt
Raccord orientable
K
(7252) 1
8 G /4 A 09,3 13,5 28,5 27 21 14 10 18,9 17,8 19 19
1
10 G /4 A 010,2 13,5 29,5 27 22 15 10 18,9 17,8 19 19
1
12 G /4 A 015,8 15,5 29,5 30 22 15 10 18,9 17,8 22 19
400 12 G 3
/8 A 015,9 16 32 32,5 24,5 17,5 10 21,9 22 24 22
L (5801) 1
15 G /2 A 028,4 19,5 36 43 28 21 14 26,9 26 30 27
1
18 G /2 A 032,0 21,5 36,5 43 28 20,5 12 26,9 26 30 27
3
22 G /4 A 048,5 24 43 48 34,5 27 16 32,9 32 36 32
250 28 G1 A 088,2 30,5 48 59 39 31,5 18 39,9 39 46 41
(3626)
35 G 11/4 A 150,8 35,5 57 70 46 35,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
42 G 11/2 A 234,1 40,5 62,5 80 51 40 22 55,9 55 65 55
1
6 G /4 A 08,7 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 18,9 17,8 19 19
500
1
(7252) 8 G /4 A 010,3 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 18,9 17,8 19 19
3
10 G /8 A 017,0 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 22 24 22
3
12 G /8 A 017,9 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 22 24 22
400
1
(5801) 14 G /2 A 030,3 19,5 39,5 41 30 22 12 26,9 26 30 27
1
16 G /2 A 031,6 21,5 39,5 43 30 21,5 12 26,9 26 30 27
S 3
315 (4569) 20 G /4 A 051,8 24 47,5 48 36,5 26 16 32,9 32 36 32
25 G1 A 103,0 30,5 55 59 43 31 18 39,9 39 46 41
250
30 G 11/4 A 163,7 35,5 63 70 50 36,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
(3626)
1
38 G 1 /2 A 262,7 40,5 71,5 80 57 41 22 55,9 55 65 55
200
150
100 L-Baureihe/L-series/Série L
S-Baureihe/S-series/Série S
50
Einschraub-
gewinde: Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch)
Stud thread: metric (parallel)
Filetage mâle: métrique (cylindrique)
Baureihe LL
Baureihe L und S Series LL
Series L and S Série LL
Séries L et S
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PB Tube OD 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube kg par d1
Série (psi) Ø ext. M 100 p. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i max. d2 S1 S2
4 M 8x1 3,4 8 22,5 17 17 13 6 12,5 12 12
100
LL (1450) 6 M 10 x 1 4,2 10 26 21 20 14,5 8 14,5 14 14
8 M 10 x 1 4,5 10 26 21 20 14,5 8 14,5 14 14
6 M 10 x 1 5,9 10 27,5 21 20 13 8 14,9 13 14 14
K 500
(7252)
8
10
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
9,0
10,3
13,5
13,5
28,5
29,5
27
27
21
22
14
15
10
10
17,9
19,9
17,8
17,8
19
19
19
19
400 (5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 15,8 16 32 32,5 24,5 17,5 10 21,9 21 24 22
315 (4569) 12 M 18 x 1,5 16,9 18,5 34,5 36 27 20 10 23,9 23 24 22
L
400 (5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 20,9 18,5 35 37 27 20 10 23,9 23 27 24
400 (5801) 18 M 22 x 1,5 31,9 21,5 36,5 43 28 20,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
22 M 26 x 1,5 48,6 24 43 48 34,5 27 16 31,9 31 36 32
250 28 M 33 x 2 88,5 30,5 48 59 39 31,5 18 39,9 39 46 41
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 151,0 35,5 57 70 46 35,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
42 M 48 x 2 234,0 40,5 62,5 80 51 40 22 55,9 55 65 55
6 M 12 x 1,5 8,5 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 17,9 17,8 19 19
500
(7252) 8 M 14 x 1,5 10,4 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 19,9 17,8 19 19
10 M 16 x 1,5 16,9 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 21 24 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 22,2 18,5 35,5 37 27 19,5 10 23,9 23 27 24
400
14 M 20 x 1,5 28,0 19,5 39,5 41 30 22 12 25 30 27
(5801)
16 M 22 x 1,5 32,3 21,5 39,5 43 30 21,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
S 315 (4569) 20 M 27 x 2 51,9 24 47,5 48 36,5 26 16 32,9 32 36 32
25 M 33 x 2 103,3 30,5 55 59 43 31 18 39,9 39 46 41
250 30 M 42 x 2 163,9 35,5 63 70 50 36,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
(3626)
38 M 48 x 2 252,7 40,5 71,5 80 57 41 22 55,9 55 65 55
S-RSWV 4LLM
S-RSWV 6LLM
S-RSWV 8LLM
607024 608332
607025 608334
607026 608335
606514
606515
606515
6,5 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
605948
304288
304288
608323
605824
605824
K
P-RSWV 6LM-WD 607075 P-RSWV 6LM 607027 605763 606515 8,5 x 1,5 304288 606481 605824
P-RSWV 8LM-WD 607076 P-RSWV 8LM 607028 605766 606517 11 x 2 023492 606483 606739
P-RSWV 10LM-WD 607077 P-RSWV 10LM 607029 605768 606518 11 x 2 023492 606484 605825
P-RSWV 12LM-WD 607078 P-RSWV 12LM 607030 605770 606520 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605826
P-RSWV 12L/M18x1,5-WD 607079 P-RSWV12L/M18x1,5 607031 607124 606521 14,5 x 2 605949 606500 605830
P-RSWV 15LM-WD 607080 P-RSWV 15LM 607032 605773 606524 16,5 x 2 605950 606486 605830
P-RSWV 18LM-WD 607081 P-RSWV 18LM 607033 605777 606526 19,5 x 2 605951 606490 605832
P-RSWV 22LM-WD 607082 P-RSWV 22LM 607034 605779 607399 26 x 1,5 605952 606491 606455
P-RSWV 28LM-WD 607083 P-RSWV 28LM 607035 605781 607402 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
P-RSWV 35LM-WD 607084 P-RSWV 35LM 607036 605783 607404 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
P-RSWV 42LM-WD 607085 P-RSWV 42LM 607037 605785 607406 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
P-RSWV 6SM-WD 607086 P-RSWV 6SM 607038 605765 606517 11 x 2 023492 606483 606739
P-RSWV 8SM-WD 607087 P-RSWV 8SM 607039 605767 606518 11 x 2 023492 606484 605825
P-RSWV 10SM-WD 607088 P-RSWV 10SM 607040 605769 606520 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605826
P-RSWV 12SM-WD 607089 P-RSWV 12SM 607041 605772 606524 16,5 x 2 605950 606486 605830
P-RSWV 14SM 607042 605774 606525 19,5 x 2 605951 605831
P-RSWV 16SM-WD 607091 P-RSWV 16SM 607043 605776 606526 19,5 x 2 605951 606490 605832
P-RSWV 20SM-WD 607092 P-RSWV 20SM 607044 605778 607400 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
P-RSWV 25SM-WD 607093 P-RSWV 25SM 607045 605780 607402 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
P-RSWV 30SM-WD 607094 P-RSWV 30SM 607046 605782 607404 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
P-RSWV 38SM-WD 607095 P-RSWV 38SM 607047 605784 607406 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
Baureihe L und S
Series L and S
Séries L et S
K (7252)
8
10
G
G
1
1
/4 A
/4 A
010,0
011,0
13,5
13,5
28,5
29,5
27
27
21
22
14
15
10
10
18,9
18,9
17,8
17,8
19
19
19
19
12 G /4 A 016,7 15,5 29,5 30 22 15 10 18,9 17,8 22 19
3
400 12 G /8 A 016,8 16 32 32,5 24,5 17,5 10 21,9 22 24 22
L (5801) 1
15 G /2 A 028,8 19,5 36 43 28 21 14 26,9 26 30 27
1
18 G /2 A 033,7 21,5 36,5 43 28 20,5 12 26,9 26 30 27
3
22 G /4 A 050,0 24 43 48 34,5 27 16 32,9 32 36 32
250 28 G1 A 089,5 30,5 48 59 39 31,5 18 39,9 39 46 41
(3626) 35 G 11/4 A 155,8 35,5 57 70 46 35,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
1
42 G 1 /2 A 248,3 40,5 62,5 80 51 40 22 55,9 55 65 55
1
6 G /4 A 010,0 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 18,9 17,8 19 19
500 1
(7252) 8 G /4 A 011,6 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 18,9 17,8 19 19
3
10 G /8 A 018,7 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 22 24 22
3
12 G /8 A 019,3 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 22 24 22
400 1
14 G /2 A 032,1 19,5 39,5 41 30 22 12 26,9 26 30 27
S (5801)
1
16 G /2 A 034,0 21,5 39,5 43 30 21,5 12 26,9 26 30 27
3
315 (4569) 20 G /4 A 056,0 24 47,5 48 36,5 26 16 32,9 32 36 32
25 G1 A 107,6 30,5 55 59 43 31 18 39,9 39 46 41
250
(3626) 30 G 11/4 A 175,3 35,5 63 70 50 36,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
1
38 G 1 /2 A 274,5 40,5 71,5 80 57 41 22 55,9 55 65 55
Die angegebenen Betriebsdrücke (PB) sind unter Berücksichtigung der mind. 2,5-fachen Sicherheit
Betriebsdruck ausgelegt und stellen die maximal zulässigen Betriebsdrücke bei vorwiegend ruhender Belastung und
Operating pressure Temperaturen bis + 120°C (für Stahl) dar.
Pression de service Starke Druckstöße und mechanische Beanspruchungen, wie etwa Schwingungen, verlangen besondere
Berücksichtigung.
PB (bar) The operating pressures (PB) as shown are based on a safety factor of at least 2.5 and represent the
maximum operating pressure permitted with primarily uniform load conditions at temperatures up to
+ 120°C (for steel).
500 Allowances must be made for working conditions involving heavy impact pressure and mechanical
strain, such as vibrations.
450
Les pressions de service (PB) sont calculées avec un coéfficient mini de sécurité de 2,5 et représentent
400 les pressions de service maxi admissibles en présence de sollicitations essentiellement statiques et des
350 températures allant jusqu’à + 120°C (pour acier).
Pour toute application comportant des coups de bélier et des sollicitations mécaniques, telles que des
300 vibrations, ces données doivent être reconsidérées.
250
200
150
100 L-Baureihe/L-series/Série L
S-Baureihe/S-series/Série S
50
P-RSTV 6 LR-WD 612523 P-RSTV 6 LR 606717 607341 606516 8,5 x 1,5 304288 606481 605824
P-RSTV 8 LR-WD P-RSTV 8 LR 606773 607344 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
P-RSTV 10 LR-WD 601151 P-RSTV 10 LR 601090 607346 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
P-RSTV 12 LR-WD 611623 P-RSTV 12 LR 607978 607349 606523 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605827
P-RSTV 15 LR-WD 611985 P-RSTV 15 LR 610395 607354 606527 19,5 x 2 605951 606488 605831
P-RSTV 18 LR-WD P-RSTV 18 LR 606360 607356 606527 19,5 x 2 605951 606489 606454
P-RSTV 22 LR-WD P-RSTV 22 LR 607436 607358 607401 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
P-RSTV 28 LR-WD 608605 P-RSTV 28 LR 607317 607360 607403 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
P-RSTV 35 LR-WD 611641 P-RSTV 35 LR 611642 607362 607405 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
P-RSTV 42 LR-WD P-RSTV 42 LR 608595 607364 607407 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
P-RSTV 6 SR-WD 608693 P-RSTV 6 SR 608601 607343 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
P-RSTV 8 SR-WD 601148 P-RSTV 8 SR 607784 607345 606519 11 x 2 023492 606482 606740
P-RSTV 10 SR-WD 608682 P-RSTV 10 SR 608223 607347 606523 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605827
P-RSTV 12 SR-WD 608683 P-RSTV 12 SR 607759 607350 606523 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605827
P-RSTV 16 SR-WD 611986 P-RSTV 16 SR 607760 607355 606527 19,5 x 2 605951 606489 606454
P-RSTV 20 SR-WD 608433 P-RSTV 20 SR 607754 607357 607401 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
P-RSTV 25 SR-WD 608979 P-RSTV 25 SR 607905 607359 607403 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
P-RSTV 30 SR-WD 610045 P-RSTV 30 SR 607361 607405 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
P-RSTV 38 SR-WD 607954 P-RSTV 38 SR 607763 607363 607407 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
Baureihe L und S
Series L and S
Séries L et S
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PB Tube OD 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube kg par d1
Série (psi) Ø ext. M 100 p. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i max. d2 S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 6,5 10 27,5 21 20 13 8 14,9 13 14 14
K 500
(7252)
8
10
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
9,6
11,1
13,5
13,5
28,5
29,5
27
27
21
22
14
15
10
10
17,9
19,9
17,8
17,8
19
19
19
19
400 (5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 16,7 16 32 32,5 24,5 17,5 10 21,9 21 24 22
315 (4569) 12 M 18 x 1,5 17,3 18,5 34,5 36 27 20 10 23,9 23 24 22
L
400 (5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 21,3 18,5 35 37 27 20 10 23,9 23 27 24
400 (5801) 18 M 22 x 1,5 33,6 21,5 36,5 43 28 20,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
22 M 26 x 1,5 50,2 24 43 48 34,5 27 16 31,9 31 36 32
250 28 M 33 x 2 89,9 30,5 48 59 39 31,5 18 39,9 39 46 41
(3626)
35 M 42 x 2 156,0 35,5 57 70 46 35,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
42 M 48 x 2 248,1 40,5 62,5 80 51 40 22 55,9 55 65 55
6 M 12 x 1,5 9,8 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 17,9 17,8 19 19
500
(7252) 8 M 14 x 1,5 11,7 13,5 30,5 27 23 16 10 19,9 17,8 19 19
10 M 16 x 1,5 18,7 16 34 32,5 25,5 18 10 21,9 21 24 22
12 M 18 x 1,5 22,7 18,5 35,5 37 27 19,5 10 23,9 23 27 24
400
S (5801) 14 M 20 x 1,5 29,8 19,5 39,5 41 30 22 12 25 30 27
16 M 22 x 1,5 34,7 21,5 39,5 43 30 21,5 12 27,9 27 30 27
315 (4569) 20 M 27 x 2 54,3 24 47,5 48 36,5 26 16 32,9 32 36 32
25 M 33 x 2 108,0 30,5 55 59 43 31 18 39,9 39 46 41
250
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 175,5 35,5 63 70 50 36,5 20 49,9 49 55 50
38 M 48 x 2 264,5 40,5 71,5 80 57 41 22 55,9 55 65 55
Druckpunkt s [Umdr.]
Point of resistance s [Turns]
Point dur s [Tours]
P-RSTV 6LM-WD 608490 P-RSTV 6LM 607620 607341 606515 8,5 x 1,5 304288 606481 605824
P-RSTV 8LM-WD 609972 P-RSTV 8LM 608277 607344 606517 11 x 2 023492 606483 606739
P-RSTV 10LM-WD 608318 P-RSTV 10LM 608278 607346 606518 11 x 2 023492 606484 605825
P-RSTV 12LM-WD 609948 P-RSTV 12LM 607430 607349 606520 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605826
P-RSTV 15LM-WD 612019 P-RSTV 15LM 607938 607352 606524 14,5 x 2 605949 606486 605830
P-RSTV 18LM-WD 613149 P-RSTV 18LM 606831 607356 606526 19,5 x 2 605951 606490 605832
P-RSTV 22LM-WD P-RSTV 22LM 610416 607358 607399 26 x 1,5 605952 606491 606455
P-RSTV 28LM-WD P-RSTV 28LM 607360 607402 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
P-RSTV 35LM-WD P-RSTV 35LM 607362 607404 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
P-RSTV 42LM-WD P-RSTV 42LM 608236 607364 607406 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
P-RSTV 6SM-WD P-RSTV 6SM 608225 607343 606517 11 x 2 023492 606483 606739
P-RSTV 8SM-WD P-RSTV 8SM 601091 607345 606518 11 x 2 023492 606484 605825
P-RSTV 10SM-WD P-RSTV 10SM 607347 606520 14,5 x 2 605949 606485 605826
P-RSTV 12SM-WD 607449 P-RSTV 12SM 607907 607351 606524 14,5 x 2 605949 606486 605830
P-RSTV 16SM-WD P-RSTV 16SM 607355 606526 19,5 x 2 605951 606490 605832
P-RSTV 20SM-WD P-RSTV 20SM 607952 607357 607400 26 x 1,5 605952 606492 605833
P-RSTV 25SM-WD P-RSTV 25SM 607359 607402 31 x 2 250258 606495 605834
P-RSTV 30SM-WD P-RSTV 30SM 607361 607404 40 x 2 261157 606496 605835
P-RSTV 38SM-WD P-RSTV 38SM 607363 607406 46 x 2 605953 606498 605836
P-EWV......-SV
mit Schaft vormontiert
standpipe with pre-assembled nut and profile ring
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée pré-sertis
K kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 l1 S1 S2
6 P-EWV 6 L-SV 373636 3,6 26 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-EWV 8 L-SV 373637 5,0 27,5 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-EWV 10 L-SV 373638 6,9 29 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-EWV 12 L-SV 373639 9,2 29,5 32 24 17 17 22
L 400
15 P-EWV 15 L-SV 373640 15,4 32,5 36 28 21 19 27
(5801)
18 P-EWV 18 L-SV 373641 22,5 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32
P-EWVD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I S1 S2 S3 torique
6 P-EWVD 6 L 374555 3,7 26 29 21 14 14 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
(7252)
8
10
P-EWVD 8 L
P-EWVD 10 L
374556
374557
5,1
7,1
27,5
29
29
30
21
22
14
15
14
17
17
19
17
19
6 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
K
12 P-EWVD 12 L 372992 9,4 29,5 32 24 17 19 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 P-EWVD 15 L 374558 15,6 32,5 36 28 21 19 27 27 12 x 2,0
L (5801)
18 P-EWVD 18 L 374559 22,9 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32 32 15 x 2,0
22 P-EWVD 22 L 374560 30,7 38,5 44 35 27,5 27 36 36 20 x2
P-ETV......-SV
mit Schaft vormontiert
standpipe with pre-assembled nut
and profile ring
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée
pré-sertis
K kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 l S1 S2
6 P-ETV 6 L-SV 373676 5,3 26 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-ETV 8 L-SV 373677 7,4 27,5 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-ETV 10 L-SV 373678 10,4 29 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-ETV 12 L-SV 373679 13,1 29,5 32 24 17 17 22
L 400
15 P-ETV 15 L-SV 373680 21,9 32,5 36 28 21 19 27
(5801)
18 P-ETV 18 L-SV 373681 32,5 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32
P-ETVD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I S1 S2 S3 torique
6 P-ETVD 6 L 374574 5,4 26 29 21 14 14 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
(7252)
10
8 P-ETVD 8 L
P-ETVD 10 L
374575
374576
7,6
10,7
27,5
29
29
30
21
22
14
15
14
17
17
19
17
19
6 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
K
12 P-ETVD 12 L 374577 13,5 29,5 32 24 17 19 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 P-ETVD 15 L 374578 22,3 32,5 36 28 21 19 27 27 12 x2
L (5801)
18 P-ETVD 18 L 374579 33,2 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32 32 15 x2
22 P-ETVD 22 L 374580 43,9 38,5 44 35 27,5 27 36 36 20 x2
L2 ist Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter *FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened *FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué *FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
K13
Einstellbare L-Verschraubung
Adjustable male stud Tee-stud barrel
Té renversé orientable
P-ELV......-SV
mit Schaft vormontiert
standpipe with pre-assembled nut and profile ring
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée pré-sertis
K kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 l1 S1 S2
6 P-ELV 6 L-SV 373716 5,2 26 27 19 12 12 14
500
8 P-ELV 8 L-SV 373717 7,8 27,5 29 21 14 12 17
(7252)
10 P-ELV 10 L-SV 373718 10,6 29 30 22 15 14 19
12 P-ELV 12 L-SV 373719 12,8 29,5 32 24 17 17 22
L 400
15 P-ELV 15 L-SV 373720 21,9 32,5 36 28 21 19 27
(5801)
18 P-ELV 18 L-SV 373721 33,0 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32
P-ELVD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et
joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 L2 L5 I S1 S2 S3 torique
6 P-ELVD 6 L 374594 5,3 26 29 21 14 14 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
(7252)
8
10
P-ELVD 8 L
P-ELVD 10 L
374595
374596
8,0
10,9
27,5
29
29
30
21
22
14
15
14
17
17
19
17
19
6 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
K
12 P-ELVD 12 L 372991 13,2 29,5 32 24 17 19 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 P-ELVD 15 L 374597 22,3 32,5 36 28 21 19 27 27 12 x2
L (5801)
18 P-ELVD 18 L 374598 33,7 35,5 40 31 23,5 24 32 32 15 x2
22 P-ELVD 22 L 374599 43,9 38,5 44 35 27,5 27 36 36 20 x2
K
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. i d L1 S1 S2
1
6 G /8 A P-EGES 6 LR-WD-SV 373856 2,5 8 13,9 24,5 14 14
500 1
8 G /4 A P-EGES 8 LR-WD-SV 373857 4,5 12 18,9 29,5 19 17
(7252)
1
10 G /4 A P-EGES 10 LR-WD-SV 373858 5,8 12 18,9 27,5 19 19
12 G 1
/4 A P-EGES 12 L/R 1/4-WD-SV 373859 6,5 12 18,9 27,5 19 22
L 3
12 G /8 A P-EGES 12 LR-WD-SV 373860 6,5 12 21,9 34 22 22
400
15 G 3
/8 A P-EGES 15 L/R 3/8-WD-SV 374482 11,0 12 21,9 34 27 27
(5801)
1
15 G /2 A P-EGES 15 LR-WD-SV 373861 11,6 14 26,9 32 27 27
1
18 G /2 A P-EGES 18 LR-WD-SV 373862 13,0 14 26,9 31,5 27 27
3
250 (3626) 22 G /4 A P-EGES 22 LR-WD-SV 373863 17,6 16 31,9 32,5 32 36
1
6 G /4 A P-EGES 6 SR-WD-SV 373867 5,1 12 18,9 27 19 17
800 1
(11603) 8 G /4 A P-EGES 8 SR-WD-SV 373868 4,8 12 18,9 29,5 19 19
3
10 G /8 A P-EGES 10 SR-WD-SV 373869 8,3 12 21,9 32 22 22
3
12 G /8 A P-EGES 12 SR-WD-SV 373870 7,3 12 21,9 34 22 24
S 1 1
12 G /2 A P-EGES 12 S/R /2-WD-SV 373871 9,2 14 26,9 34,5 27 25
630 1
14 G /2 A P-EGES 14 SR-WD-SV 373872 14,9 14 26,9 36,5 27 27
(9137)
1
16 G /2 A P-EGES 16 SR-WD-SV 373873 15,4 14 26,9 37 27 30
16 G 3
/4 A P-EGES 16 S/R 3/4-WD-SV 373874 20,0 16 31,9 39 32 30
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
K16
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen
Stud standpipe adaptor (body only)
Raccord d’orientation (corps)
400
12
12
G
G
1
/4 A
3
/8 A
EGESD 12 L/R1/4-WD
EGESD 12 LR-WD
063664
063665
6,8
7,5
27,5
34
12
12
18,9
21,9
19
22
22
22
10
10
x 1,5
x 1,5
K
L (5801) 15 G 1
/2 A EGESD 15 LR-WD 063666 14,4 32 14 26,9 27 27 12 x2
1
18 G /2 A EGESD 18 LR-WD 063667 15,2 31,5 14 26,9 27 32 15 x2
3
22 G /4 A EGESD 22 LR-WD 063668 20,2 32,5 16 31,9 32 36 20 x2
250 28 G1 A EGESD 28 LR-WD 063669 35,6 35 18 39,9 41 46 26 x2
(3626) 35 1
G 1 /4 A EGESD 35 LR-WD 063670 50,7 42,5 20 49,9 50 50 32 x 2,5
1
42 G 1 /2 A EGESD 42 LR-WD 063671 66,4 46,5 22 54,9 55 60 38 x 2,5
1
6 G /4 A EGESD 6 SR-WD 063672 5,6 27 12 18,9 19 17 4,5 x 1,5
800 1
8 G /4 A EGESD 8 SR-WD 063673 6,2 29,5 12 18,9 19 19 6 x 1,5
(11603)
3
10 G /8 A EGESD 10 SR-WD 063674 9,2 32 12 21,9 22 22 8,5 x 1,5
3
12 G /8 A EGESD 12 SR-WD 063675 11,0 34 12 21,9 22 24 10 x 1,5
1
630 12 G /2 A EGESD 12 S/R1/2-WD 063676 15,3 34,5 14 26,9 27 24 10 x 1,5
S (9137) 14 G 1
/2 A EGESD 14 SR-WD 063677 17,0 36,5 14 26,9 27 27 12 x2
1
16 G /2 A EGESD 16 SR-WD 063678 23,0 37 14 26,9 27 30 14 x2
3
420 20 G /4 A EGESD 20 SR-WD 063679 28,6 43 16 31,9 32 36 17,3 x 2,4
(6091) 25 G1 A EGESD 25 SR-WD 063680 49,4 48 18 39,9 41 46 22,3 x 2,4
1
400 30 G 1 /4 A EGESD 30 SR-WD 063681 67,4 51 20 49,9 50 50 27,3 x 2,4
(5801) 38 G 11/2 A EGESD 38 SR-WD 063682 93,1 60 22 54,9 55 60 35 x 2,5
K
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. i d L1 S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 P-EGES 6 LM-WD-SV 373879 2,5 8 13,9 24,5 14 14
500
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-EGES 8 LM-WD-SV 373880 4,0 12 16,9 26,5 17 17
(7252)
10 M 14 x 1,5 P-EGES 10 LM-WD-SV 373881 4,8 12 18,9 27,5 19 19
L 12 M 16 x 1,5 P-EGES 12 LM-WD-SV 373882 6,5 12 21,9 30,5 22 22
400
15 M 18 x 1,5 P-EGES 15 LM-WD-SV 373883 9,6 12 23,9 31,5 24 27
(5801)
18 M 22 x 1,5 P-EGES 18 LM-WD-SV 373884 13,0 14 26,9 31,5 27 32
250 (3626) 22 M 26 x 1,5 P-EGES 22 LM-WD-SV 373885 17,6 16 31,9 32,5 32 36
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-EGES 6 SM-WD-SV 373889 4,6 12 16,9 27 17 17
800 8 M 14 x 1,5 P-EGES 8 SM-WD-SV 373890 5,5 12 18,9 29,5 19 19
(11603)
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-EGES 10 SM-WD-SV 373891 8,3 12 21,9 32 22 22
S
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-EGES 12 SM-WD-SV 373892 11,5 12 23,9 34 24 24
630
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-EGES 14 SM-WD-SV 373893 14,9 14 25,9 36,5 27 27
(9137)
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-EGES 16 SM-WD-SV 373894 15,4 14 26,9 37 27 30
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
K18
Gerade-Einschraubstutzen
Stud standpipe adaptor (body only)
Raccord d’orientation (corps)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L1 i d S1 S2 torique
6 M 10 x 1 EGESD 6 LM-WD 063641 3,6 24,5 8 13,9 14 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
(7252) 8
10
M 12 x 1,5
M 14 x 1,5
EGESD 8 LM-WD
EGESD 10 LM-WD
063642
063643
5,7
5,8
26,5
27,5
12
12
16,9
18,9
17
19
17
19
6 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
K
12 M 16 x 1,5 EGESD 12 LM-WD 063644 7,5 30,5 12 21,9 22 22 10 x 1,5
400
(5801) 15 M 18 x 1,5 EGESD 15 LM-WD 063645 14,4 31,5 12 23,9 24 27 12 x2
L
18 M 22 x 1,5 EGESD 18 LM-WD 063646 15,2 31,5 14 26,9 27 32 15 x2
22 M 26 x 1,5 EGESD 22 LM-WD 063647 20,2 32,5 16 31,9 32 36 20 x2
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. NPT Désignation Réf. 100 p. i L1 S1 S2 torique
1 1
6 /8 NPT EGESD 6 L/ /8 NPT 605721 3,7 10 36,5 11 14 4,5 x 1,5
K 250
(3626)
8
10
1
1
/4 NPT
/4 NPT
EGESD 8 L/ 1/4 NPT
1
EGESD 10 L/ /4 NPT
605722
605723
6,9
5,9
15
15
41,5
40,5
14
17
17
19
6 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
12 3
/8 NPT EGESD 12 L/ 3/8 NPT 605724 10,2 15 45,5 19 22 10 x 1,5
1 1
15 /2 NPT EGESD 15 L/ /2 NPT 605725 15,9 20 48 22 27 12 x2
L
160 18 1
/2 NPT EGESD 18 L/ 1/2 NPT 605726 15,8 20 47,5 27 32 15 x2
(2321) 22 3
/4 NPT EGESD 22 L/ 3/4 NPT 605727 21,6 20 49 30 36 20 x2
28 1 NPT EGESD 28 L/ 1 NPT 605728 43,9 25 57,5 36 41 26 x2
100 35 11/4 NPT EGESD 35 L/11/4 NPT 605729 50,5 26 65 46 50 32 x 2,5
(1450)
42 11/2 NPT EGESD 42 L/11/2 NPT 605730 77 26 65 50 60 38 x 2,5
1 1
6 /4 NPT EGESD 6 S/ /4 NPT 605731 6,1 15 41,5 17 17 4,5 x 1,5
1 1
8 /4 NPT EGESD 8 S/ /4 NPT 605732 6,2 15 41,5 17 19 6 x 1,5
630
10 3
/8 NPT EGESD 10 S/ 3/8 NPT 605733 9 15 44,5 19 22 8,5 x 1,5
(9137)
12 3
/8 NPT EGESD 12 S/ 3/8 NPT 605734 9,5 15 45,5 19 24 10 x 1,5
14 1
/2 NPT EGESD 14 S/ 1/2 NPT 605735 17,7 20 53,5 22 27 12 x2
S
16 1
/2 NPT EGESD 16 S/ 1/2 NPT 605736 23,6 20 53,5 24 30 14 x2
400
20 3
/4 NPT EGESD 20 S/ 3/4 NPT 605737 28,3 20 58 30 36 17,3 x 2,4
(5801)
25 1 NPT EGESD 25 S/ 1 NPT 605738 50,4 25 68 36 46 22,3 x 2,4
250 30 11/4 NPT EGESD 30 S/11/4 NPT 605739 65 26 73,5 46 50 27,3 x 2,4
(3626) 38 1
1 /2 NPT 1
EGESD 38 S/1 /2 NPT 605740 93,2 26 78 50 60 35 x 2,5
SNV ......
beidseitig Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
O-Ring
taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) on both sides O-ring
Joint torique
cône d’étanchéité et joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan) des deux côtés
Rohr-AD *O-Ring
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring
Series bar Tube Type Reference *Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. L l l2 S2 torique
6 SNV 6 L 372938 60 34 36 17 4,5 x 1,5
500
(7252)
8
10
SNV 8 L
SNV 10 L
372939
372940
64
67
34
36
36
37
17
19
6 x 1,5
8,5 x 1,5
K
12 SNV 12 L 372941 71 36 37 22 10 x 1,5
400
15 SNV 15 L 372942 82 39 40 27 12 x2
L (5801)
18 SNV 18 L 372943 89,5 40,5 42,5 32 15 x2
22 SNV 22 L 372944 101,5 45 46,5 36 20 x2
SNV …… L
Reduzierverschraubung
beidseitig Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Reducing fitting
taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) on both ends
Raccord de réduction
cône d’étanchéité et joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
des deux côtés
Rohr-AD
Tube OD *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
bar ∆ ext. Type Reference *Joint *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. L I I2 S1 S2 torique 1 torique 2
K 12
15
10
8
SNV 12/10 L
SNV 15/ 8 L
612679
612680
69,5
73
36,5
36,5
37,5
38
22
27
19
17
10
12
x 1,5
x2
8,5 x 1,5
6 x 1,5
400
15 10 SNV 15/10 L 612681 74,5 37,5 38,5 27 19 12 x2 8,5 x 1,5
(5801)
15 12 SNV 15/12 L 612682 83 44 45 27 22 12 x2 10 x 1,5
18 10 SNV 18/10 L 612683 78 38 39,5 32 19 15 x2 8,5 x 1,5
18 12 SNV 18/12 L 612684 80 38 39,5 32 22 15 x2 10 x 1,5
18 15 SNV 18/15 L 612685 91 45 46,5 32 27 15 x2 12 x2
22 12 SNV 22/12 L 612686 86,5 40,5 42 36 22 20 x2 10 x 1,5
22 15 SNV 22/15 L 612687 92 42 43,5 36 27 20 x2 12 x2
22 18 SNV 22/18 L 612688 98 45 47 36 32 20 x2 15 x2
28 15 SNV 28/15 L 612689 96 43 44,5 41 27 26 x2 12 x2
28 18 SNV 28/18 L 612690 100 44 46 41 32 26 x2 15 x2
SNV …… S
Reduzierverschraubung
beidseitig Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Reducing fitting
taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) on both ends
Raccord de réduction
cône d’étanchéité et joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
des deux côtés
Rohr-AD
Tube OD *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
bar ∆ ext. Type Reference *Joint *Joint
(psi) d1
8
d2
6
Désignation
SNV 8/ 6 S
Réf.
612698
L
72
I
37
I2
39
S1
19
S2
17
torique 1
6 x 1,5
torique 2
4,5 x 1,5
K
800
10 6 SNV 10/ 6 S 612699 76 40,5 42,5 22 17 8,5 x 1,5 4,5 x 1,5
(11603)
10 8 SNV 10/ 8 S 612700 75,5 39 41 22 19 8,5 x 1,5 6 x 1,5
12 6 SNV 12/ 6 S 612701 80,5 39 43 24 17 10 x 1,5 4,5 x 1,5
12 8 SNV 12/ 8 S 612702 84,5 44 46 24 19 10 x 1,5 6 x 1,5
630
12 10 SNV 12/10 S 612703 82,5 41,5 43,5 24 22 10 x 1,5 8,5 x 1,5
(9137)
16 10 SNV 16/10 S 612704 88,5 43,5 46,5 30 22 14 x 2,0 8,5 x 1,5
16 12 SNV 16/12 S 612705 96,5 47,5 50,5 30 24 14 x 2,0 10 x 1,5
20 12 SNV 20/12 S 612706 100 48,5 52 36 24 17,3 x 2,4 10 x 1,5
420 20 16 SNV 20/16 S 612707 108 52,5 57 36 30 17,3 x 2,4 14 x2
(6091) 25 16 SNV 25/16 S 612708 112,5 52 58 46 30 22,3 x 2,4 14 x2
25 20 SNV 25/20 S 612709 121 58 64,5 46 36 22,3 x 2,4 17,3 x 2,4
30 16 SNV 30/16 S 612710 121,5 54 61,5 50 30 27,3 x 2,4 14 x2
30 20 SNV 30/20 S 612711 128,5 58,5 66,5 50 36 27,3 x 2,4 17,3 x 2,4
400 30 25 SNV 30/25 S 612712 135 60 69,5 50 46 27,3 x 2,4 22,3 x 2,4
(5801) 38 20 SNV 38/20 S 612713 139 61 71,5 60 36 35 x 2,5 17,3 x 2,4
38 25 SNV 38/25 S 612714 145,5 62,5 74,5 60 46 35 x 2,5 22,3 x 2,4
38 30 SNV 38/30 S 612715 154,5 64,5 78 60 50 35 x 2,5 27,3 x 2,4
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
K23
Gerade-Verbindung
Straight coupling
Union double
K Rohr-AD
Tube OD *O-Ring 1 *O-Ring 2
PN Tube Typ Best.-Nr. *O-ring 1 *O-ring 2
bar ∆ ext. Type Reference *Joint *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. L I I2 S1 S2 torique 1 torique 2
6 6 SNV 6L/ 6 S 612716 67,5 35,5 37,5 17 17 4,5 x 1,5 4,5 x 1,5
8 8 SNV 8L/ 8 S 612717 68,5 35,5 37,5 17 19 6 x 1,5 6 x 1,5
400
10 10 SNV 10L/10 S 612718 72,5 38,5 40 19 22 8,5 x 1,5 8,5 x 1,5
(5801)
12 12 SNV 12L/12 S 612719 79 39 40,5 22 24 10 x 1,5 10 x 1,5
18 16 SNV 18L/16 S 612720 94,5 43,5 46,5 32 30 15 x2 14 x2
22 20 SNV 22L/20 S 612721 107,5 50 53,5 36 36 20 x2 17,3 x 2,4
Winkel-Einschraub-Drehverschraubung
Swivel banjo coupling P-DGWEV……R-WD L4
Raccord tournant équerre mâle P-DGWEV……M-WD L5
Winkel-Drehverschraubung
Swivel elbow coupling (body only) P-DGWV…… L6
Raccord tournant union équerre (corps)
Ventileinsatz
Valve insert L8
Insert clapet
Rückschlagventil
Non-return valve P-RV…… L9
Clapet anti-retour mâle
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil
Non-return valve with male stud P-RVV……R-WD L10
Clapet anti-retour mâle P-RVV……M-WD L11
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil
Non-return valve with male stud P-RVZ……R-WD L12
Clapet anti-retour mâle P-RVZ……M-WD L13
Wechselventil
Shuttle vales P-TWV L15
Soupapes à deux voies
L
Robinet à boisseau
sphérique pour hautes
pressions
Kugelhahn
Ball valve KH-R…… L17
Robinet à boisseau sphérique
Kugelhahn
Ball valve P-KHV…… L18
Robinet à boisseau sphérique
Kompakt-Umschalthahn
Compact diverter valve P-KH3KV…… L19
Robinet compact de renversement
Kompakt-Umschalthahn
Compact diverter valve KH3KS-R…… L20
Robinet compact de renversement
Dreiwege-Kugelhahn
Three way ball valve KH3S-R…… L21
Robinet à trois voies
L1
Drehverschraubung
Swivel banjo
Raccord tournant
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Dètaile technique
Walterscheid-Drehverschraubungen sind Walterscheid swivel banjos are connecting Les raccords tournants Walterscheid sont des
Verbindungselemente für die Übertragung von components between pipework and equipment to éléments de liaison entre machines et conduites
Schwenk- und Drehbewegungen mit geringer allow swivel movement and slow speed rotation. installés pour assurer la transmission de
Winkelgeschwindigkeit zwischen Aggregaten mouvements tournants ou rotatifs à basse
und Leitungen. These connections have a low starting torque, vitesse angulaire.
are leak-free and require no maintenance.
Die Verbindungen sind wartungsfrei, ohne Ces liaisons sont sans entretien, sans fuite et ont
Leckverluste und haben niedrige Anlaufdreh- Note: To compensate for any misalignment, the un faible couple départ.
momente. use of a flexible connection is recommended.
Remarque: Afin de compenser tout déport
Hinweis: Zum Ausgleich jeder Fluchtungsun- éventuel, l’utilisation d’un raccordement
genauigkeit wird die Verwendung eines flexible est préconisée.
flexiblen Anschlusses empfohlen.
Die Nenndrücke der Drehverschraubungen The nominal pressures of the swivel banjos are Les pressions des raccords tournants sont
sind unter Berücksichtigung einer 2,5-fachen based on a safety factor of 2.5. The use at lower calculées avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 2,5.
Sicherheit ausgelegt. Bei Anwendung in nied- pressure ranges consequently results in higher Par conséquent, l’utilisation dans des plages de
rigen Druckbereichen ergeben sich entspre- safety. pression plus basses donne lieu à des sécurités
chend höhere Sicherheiten. plus élevées.
Serienmäßig aus Stahl. Sonderwerkstoff Production type made of steel. Special material Acier en série. Matériau spécial, c.-à-d. acier inox
nichtrostender Stahl (1.4571) ist auf Anfrage stainless steel (1.4571) is available on request. (1.4571), sur demande.
lieferbar.
Galvanisch verzinkt und gelb chromatiert Cold-galvanized and yellow passivated Zingué et passivé en coloration jaune
(DIN ISO 4042) (DIN ISO 4042) (DIN ISO 4042)
Sind standardmäßig aus NBR (z. B. Perbunan) Standard seals are made of NBR (e. g. Perbunan) Joints standard en NBR (p. ex. Perbunan)
und leicht auswechselbar. and are easily exchangeable. For special hydraulic faciles à changer. En cas de fluides hydrauliques
Bei speziellen Hydraulikflüssigkeiten oder fluids or higher operating temperatures, special spéciaux ou de températures de service plus
höheren Betriebstemperaturen sind auf An- seal materials are available on request. élevées, des matériaux spéciaux d’étanchéité
frage spezielle Dichtungswerkstoffe lieferbar. sont disponibles sur demande.
Life of the sealing elements is dependent upon
Die Lebensdauer der Dichtelemente ist operating pressure and running speed. La durée de vie des éléments d’étanchéité
abhängig vom Betriebsdruck und der Gleitge- dépend de la pression de service et de la vitesse
schwindigkeit. Seal kits are available on request. de glissement.
Dichtungssätze sind auf Anfrage lieferbar. Jeux de joints disponibles sur demande.
Temperaturbereich von – 30 °C bis + 100 °C Temperature range from – 30 °C to + 100 °C Plage de température de – 30 °C à + 100 °C
L2
Drehzahlen und Anlaufdrehmomente
Speeds and starting torques
Vitesses et couples départ
16
22 LR
20 SR
22 LM
18 L
20 S L
20 SM
15 – 3,0 bei 200 bar
28 LR 22 L 3.0 at 200 bar
25 SR 25 S 3,0 à 200 bar
20
28 LM
25 SM
35 LR 28 L
30 SR 30 S
25
35 LM
30 SM
7,0 bei 200 bar
8 –
42 LR 35 L 7.0 at 200 bar
38 SR 38 S 7,0 à 200 bar
32
42 LM
38 SM
40 – 42 L 4 – 7 bei/at/à 200 bar
Die angegebenen Daten sind Richtwerte. Temperatur, Verschmutzung und spannungsfreier Einbau beeinflußen diese Werte.
The above-mentioned data represent recommended values subject to temperature, contamination and stress-free installation.
Les données ci-dessus représentent des valeurs de référence étant sous l’influence des conditions de température, de pollution et de l’installation
sans effort de serrage.
L3
Winkel-Einschraub-Drehverschraubung
Swivel banjo coupling
Raccord tournant équerre mâle
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i d S1 S2 S3
6 G 1
/8 A P-DGWEV 6 LR-WD 607570 39 31 21,5 23,5 16,5 8 13,9 27 14 17
6 G 1
/4 A P-DGWEV 6 L/R 1/4-WD 607571 40 31 22,5 23,5 16,5 12 18,9 27 14 19
8 G 1
/4 A P-DGWEV 8 LR-WD 607572 45,5 32,5 25 25 18 12 18,9 30 17 22
250 10 G 1
/4 A P-DGWEV 10 LR-WD 607573 45,5 33,5 25 26 19 12 18,9 30 19 22
(3626) 10 G 3
/8 A P-DGWEV 10 L/R 3/8-WD 607574 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 19 24
12 G 3
/8 A P-DGWEV 12 LR-WD 607575 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 22 24
L 12 G 1
/2 A P-DGWEV 12 L/R /2-WD 607576
1
54 36,5 30 29 22 14 26,9 36 22 27
15 G 1
/2 A P-DGWEV 15 LR-WD 607577 59 40 33 32 25 14 26,9 40 27 32
L 160
(2321)
18
22
G
G
1
3
/2 A
/4 A
P-DGWEV 18 LR-WD
P-DGWEV 22 LR-WD
607578
607579
59
64
40,5
45
33
35,5
32 24,5
36,5 29
14
16
26,9
32,9
40
45
32
36
32
36
28 G1 A P-DGWEV 28 LR-WD 607580 76 50,5 41,5 45,5 38 18 39,9 55 41 41
100
35 1
G 1 /4 A P-DGWEV 35 LR-WD 607581 92 59,5 51,5 48,5 38 20 49,9 65 50 50
(1450)
42 G 11/2 A P-DGWEV 42 LR-WD 607582 102 65 56,5 53,5 42,5 22 54,9 75 60 55
6 G 1
/4 A P-DGWEV 6 SR-WD 607583 40 33 22,5 25,5 18,5 12 18,9 27 17 19
8 G 1
/4 A P-DGWEV 8 SR-WD 607584 40 33 22,5 25,5 18,5 12 18,9 27 19 19
400 10 G 3
/8 A P-DGWEV 10 SR-WD 607585 45,5 35,5 25 27 19,5 12 21,9 30 22 22
(5801) 12 G 3
/8 A P-DGWEV 12 SR-WD 607586 47,5 36,5 27 28 20,5 12 21,9 32 24 24
14 G 1
/2 A P-DGWEV 14 SR-WD 607587 54 41,5 30 32 24 14 26,9 36 27 27
S
16 G 1
/2 A P-DGWEV 16 SR-WD 607588 59 43,5 33 34 25,5 14 26,9 40 30 32
20 G 3
/4 A P-DGWEV 20 SR-WD 607589 64 49,5 35,5 38,5 28 16 31,9 45 36 36
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. L1 L2 L3 L5 I i d S1 S2 S3
6 M 10 x 1 P-DGWEV 6 LM-WD 607593 39 31 21,5 23 16,5 8 13,9 27 14 17
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 6 L/M 12 x 1,5-WD 607594 40 31 22,5 23 16,5 12 16,9 27 14 19
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 8 LM-WD 607595 40 31 22,5 23 16,5 12 16,9 27 17 19
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 8 L/M 14 x 1,5-WD 607596 45,5 32,5 25 25 18 12 18,9 30 17 22
250 10 M 14 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 10 LM-WD 607597 45,5 33,5 25 26 19 12 18,9 30 19 22
(3626)
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 10 L/M 16 x 1,5-WD 607598 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 19 24
12 M 16 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 12 LM-WD 607599 47,5 34,5 27 27 20 12 21,9 32 22 24
L
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 12 L/M 18 x 1,5-WD 607600 54 36,5 30 29 22 12 23,9 36 22 27
L
15 M 18 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 15 LM-WD 607601 54 38 30 30 23 12 23,9 36 27 27
160 18 M 22 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 18 LM-WD 607602 59 40,5 33 32 24,5 14 26,9 40 32 32
(2321) 22 M 26 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 22 LM-WD 607603 64 45 35,5 36 29 16 31,9 45 36 36
28 M 33 x 2 P-DGWEV 28 LM-WD 607604 76 50,5 41,5 41 34 18 39,9 55 41 41
100
35 M 42 x 2 P-DGWEV 35 LM-WD 607605 92 59,5 51,5 48 38 20 49,9 65 50 50
(1450)
42 M 48 x 2 P-DGWEV 42 LM-WD 607606 102 65 56,5 53 42,5 22 54,9 75 60 55
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 6 SM-WD 607607 40 33 22,5 25 18,5 12 16,9 27 17 19
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 8 SM-WD 607608 40 33 22,5 25 18,5 12 18,9 27 19 19
400 10 M 16 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 10 SM-WD 607609 45,5 35,5 25 27 19,5 12 21,9 30 22 22
(5801) 12 M 18 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 12 SM-WD 607610 47,5 36,5 27 28 20,5 12 23,9 32 24 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 14 SM-WD 607611 54 41,5 30 32 24 14 25,9 36 27 27
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-DGWEV 16 SM-WD 607612 59 43,5 33 34 25,5 14 26,9 40 30 32
20 M 27 x 2 P-DGWEV 20 SM-WD 607613 64 49,5 35,5 38 28 16 31,9 45 36 36
250 25 M 33 x 2 P-DGWEV 25 SM-WD 607614 76 57,5 41,5 45 33,5 18 39,9 55 46 41
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 P-DGWEV 30 SM-WD 607615 92 65,5 51,5 52 39 20 49,9 65 50 50
38 M 48 x 2 P-DGWEV 38 SM-WD 607616 102 74 56,5 59 43,5 22 54,9 75 60 55
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
L5
Winkel-Drehverschraubung
Swivel elbow coupling
Raccord tournant union équerre
P-DGWV ......
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 I1 I2 S1 S2 S3
6 P-DGWV 6 L 373966 39 31 56,5 31,5 23,5 24,5 16,5 27 14 19
8 P-DGWV 8 L 373967 40,5 32,5 61 33 25 26 18 30 17 22
250
10 P-DGWV 10 L 373968 43,5 34,5 64 36 27 29 20 32 19 24
(3626)
12 P-DGWV 12 L 373969 46,5 36,5 70,5 39 29 32 22 36 22 27
L
15 P-DGWV 15 L 373970 50 40 76 42 32 35 25 40 27 32
L
160 18 P-DGWV 18 L 373971 55 43 83,5 46,5 34,5 39 27 45 32 36
(2321) 22 P-DGWV 22 L 373972 63 50 97,5 54,5 41,5 47 34 55 36 41
28 P-DGWV 28 L 373973 71,5 55,5 112 62,5 46,5 55 39 65 41 50
100
35 P-DGWV 35 L 373974 80,5 64,5 126 69,5 53,5 59 43 75 50 55
(1450)
42 P-DGWV 42 L 373975 92,5 72,5 146,5 81 61 70 50 90 60 70
6 P-DGWV 6 S 373976 41 33 58,5 33,5 25,5 26,5 18,5 27 17 19
8 P-DGWV 8 S 373977 41 33 58,5 33,5 25,5 26,5 18,5 27 19 19
400 10 P-DGWV 10 S 373978 43,5 35,5 64 35 27 27,5 19,5 30 22 22
(5801) 12 P-DGWV 12 S 373979 45,5 36,5 66 37 28 29,5 20,5 32 24 24
14 P-DGWV 14 S 373980 51,5 41,5 75,5 42 32 34 24 36 27 27
S
16 P-DGWV 16 S 373981 63,5 43,5 79,5 44 34 35,5 25,5 40 30 32
20 P-DGWV 20 S 373982 61,5 49,5 90 50,5 38,5 40 28 45 36 36
250 25 P-DGWV 25 S 373983 70,5 57,5 105 58,5 45,5 46,5 33,5 55 46 41
(3626) 30 P-DGWV 30 S 373984 81,5 65,5 122 68,5 52,5 55 39 65 50 50
38 P-DGWV 38 S 373985 90 74 135,5 75,5 59,5 59,5 43,5 75 60 55
L1, L2 und L3 = Ungefährmaße bei angezogenen Überwurfmuttern
L1, L2 and L3 = approximate lengths with nuts tightened
L1, L2 et L3 = longueurs approximatives, les écrous étant bloqués
L6
Rückschlagventil
Non-return valve
Clapet anti-retour
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Détails techniques
Öffnungsdrücke
Serienmäßig sind die Rückschlagventile
Opening pressures
The non-return valves are adjusted at the
Pressions d’ouverture
Les clapets anti-retour sont tarés en
L
auf einen Öffnungsdruck von 1,0 bar factory to an opening pressure of 1.0 bar. série, avec pression d’ouverture de 1,0 bar.
eingestellt. Additional pressure ratings from 0.5 to 3.0 bar Sur demande, ils sont livrables avec des
Abweichende Öffnungsdrücke von 0,5 bis available on request. tarages différents soit de 0,5 à 3,0 bar.
3,0 bar auf Anfrage.
L7
Ventileinsatz
Valve insert
Insert clapet
Ventil-Bolzen Bolzenführung
Dichtung
Nennweite Rohr-AD Best.-Nr. Valve bolt Bolt guide
Seal
Nominal width Tube OD Reference Boulon clapet Guide-boulon
Joint
Largeur nomin. Tube Ø ext. Réf.
6 6–12 032431
10 14–18 032438
16 20–28 032445
25 30 032451
32 35–42 032457
Der Ventileinsatz der Nennweite 16 kann beim The valve insert for nominal width 16 can be L’insert clapet de largeur 16 ne peut être
Einbau nicht umgekehrt eingesetzt werden. fitted in this position only. installé que dans cette position.
Druckverlust bei Rückschlagventilen Pressure loss – Non-return valve – Perte de pression – Clapet anti-retour –
gemessen mit Hydrauliköl 35 mm2/s measured with hydraulic oil 35 mm2/s mesurée avec de l’huile hydraulique 35 mm2/s
Öffnungsdruck 0,5 bar Opening pressure 0.5 bar Pression d’ouverture 0,5 bar
Durchfluß Q in l/min Durchfluß Q in l/min
Flow Q in l/min Flow Q in l/min
Débit de passage Q en l/min Débit de passage Q en l/min
Type Type
p (bar)
p (bar)
L
p (bar)
Pressure drop p (bar)
p (bar)
Druckabfall p (bar)
Chute de pression
Chute de pression
Pressure drop
Druckabfall
42 L
L8
Rückschlagventil
Non-return valve
Clapet anti-retour
P-RV ......
Beidseitiger Rohranschluß
Tube connection both ends
Raccord sur tube des deux côtés
Ø entspr.
kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Ø de pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 pondant
6 P-RV 6 L 374062 12,7 67 52 38 22 14 27 4,0
8 P-RV 8 L 374063 14,7 67 52 38 22 17 27 6,0
400 10 P-RV 10 L 374064 14,8 67 52 38 22 19 27 7,5
(5801) 12 P-RV 12 L 374065 19,1 68 53 39 22 22 27 7,5
L
15 P-RV 15 L 374066 27,3 74 58 44 27 27 32 11,0
L
18 P-RV 18 L 374067 35,5 80 63 48 27 32 32 11,0
22 P-RV 22 L 374068 61,8 92 75 60 41 36 46 18,5
Ø entspr.
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259) kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
1
6 G /8 A P-RVV 6 LR-WD 373986 11,5 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
1
8 G /4 A P-RVV 8 LR-WD 373987 13,5 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
1
400 10 G /4 A P-RVV 10 LR-WD 373988 12,8 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 6,0
(5801) 12 G 3
/8 A P-RVV 12 LR-WD 373989 16,9 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
1
15 G /2 A P-RVV 15 LR-WD 373990 23,7 26,9 56 48 41 14 27 27 32 11,0
L L
18
22
G
G
1
/2 A
3
/4 A
P-RVV 18 LR-WD 373991
P-RVV 22 LR-WD 373992
28,9
52,3
26,9
31,9
61,5
69,5
53
61
45,5
53,5
14
16
27
41
32
36
32
46
11,0
18,0
Ø entspr.
kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
6 M 10 x 1 P-RVV 6 LM-WD 374005 11,5 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-RVV 8 LM-WD 374006 13,0 16,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
400 10 M 14 x 1,5 P-RVV 10 LM-WD 374007 12,6 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 7,0
(5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 P-RVV 12 LM-WD 374008 16,5 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
15 M 18 x 1,5 P-RVV 15 LM-WD 374009 21,2 23,9 56 48 41 12 27 27 32 11,0
L
18
22
M 22 x 1,5 P-RVV 18 LM-WD
M 26 x 1,5 P-RVV 22 LM-WD
374010
374011
29,7
51,6
29,9
31,9
61,5
69,5
53
61
45,5
53,5
14
16
27
41
32
36
32
46
11,0
18,0
L
250 28 M 33 x 2 P-RVV 28 LM-WD 374012 68,2 39,9 77 68 60,5 18 41 41 46 18,5
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 P-RVV 35 LM-WD 374013 155,5 49,9 88,5 77,5 67 20 60 50 70 29,0
42 M 48 x 2 P-RVV 42 LM-WD 609988 161,2 54,9 87,5 75,5 64,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-RVV 6 SM-WD 374014 12,8 16,9 52,5 45 38 12 22 17 27 4,0
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-RVV 8 SM-WD 374015 13,6 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 19 27 5,0
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-RVV 10 SM-WD 374016 15,1 21,9 53,5 45 37,5 12 22 22 27 7,0
400
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-RVV 12 SM-WD 374017 18,7 23,9 55,5 47 39,5 12 24 24 27 7,5
(5801)
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-RVV 14 SM-WD 374018 24,5 25,9 59,5 50 42 14 27 27 32 10,0
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-RVV 16 SM-WD 374019 29,1 26,9 62,5 53 44,5 14 27 30 32 11,0
20 M 27 x 2 P-RVV 20 SM-WD 374020 55,3 31,9 74 63 52,5 16 41 36 46 16,0
25 M 33 x 2 P-RVV 25 SM-WD 374021 73,5 39,9 77 65 53 18 41 46 46 18,5
250
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 P-RVV 30 SM-WD 374022 105,3 49,9 87 74 60,5 20 50 50 55 24,0
38 M 48 x 2 P-RVV 38 SM-WD 374023 200,4 54,9 96 81,5 65,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
Ø entspr.
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259) kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
1
6 G /8 A P-RVZ 6 LR-WD 374024 11,5 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
1
8 G /4 A P-RVZ 8 LR-WD 374025 13,5 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
1
400 10 G /4 A P-RVZ 10 LR-WD 374026 12,8 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 6,0
(5801) 12 G 3
/8 A P-RVZ 12 LR-WD 374027 16,9 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
1
15 G /2 A P-RVZ 15 LR-WD 374028 23,7 26,9 56 48 41 14 27 27 32 11,0
L L
18
22
G
G
1
/2 A
3
/4 A
P-RVZ 18 LR-WD
P-RVZ 22 LR-WD
374029
374030
28,9
54,4
26,9
31,9
61,5
69,5
53
61
45,5 14
53,5 16
27
46**
32
36
32
41**
11,0
18,0
250 28 G1 A P-RVZ 28 LR-WD 374031 64,4 39,9 71 62 54,5 18 46** 41 41** 20,0
(3626) 35 1
G 1 /4 A P-RVZ 35 LR-WD 374032 155,5 49,9 88,5 77,5 67 20 60 50 70 29,0
42 G 11/2 A P-RVZ 42 LR-WD 604475 161,2 54,9 87,5 75,5 64,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
1
6 G /4 A P-RVZ 6 SR-WD 374033 13,3 18,9 52,5 45 38 12 22 17 27 4,0
1
8 G /4 A P-RVZ 8 SR-WD 374034 13,8 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 19 27 5,0
3
10 G /8 A P-RVZ 10 SR-WD 374035 15,5 21,9 53,5 45 37,5 12 22 22 27 7,0
400 3
12 G /8 A P-RVZ 12 SR-WD 374036 18,1 21,9 55,5 47 39,5 12 22 24 27 7,5
(5801)
1
14 G /2 A P-RVZ 14 SR-WD 374037 27,7 26,9 59,5 50 42 14 27 27 32 10,0
S 1
16 G /2 A P-RVZ 16 SR-WD 374038 28,3 26,9 62,5 53 44,5 14 27 30 32 11,0
3
20 G /4 A P-RVZ 20 SR-WD 374039 56,8 31,9 73 62 51,5 16 46** 36 41** 16,0
25 G1 A P-RVZ 25 SR-WD 374040 74,8 39,9 77 65 53 18 46** 46 41** 20,0
250 1
(3626) 30 G 1 /4 A P-RVZ 30 SR-WD 374041 105,3 49,9 87 74 60,5 20 50 50 55 24,0
1
38 G 1 /2 A P-RVZ 38 SR-WD 374042 200,4 54,9 96 81,5 65,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage ** S1 und S3 entsprechen nicht der Darstellung
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request ** S1 and S3 differ from the illustration
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande ** S1 et S3 ne sont pas à l’échelle
L12
Einschraub-Rückschlagventil
Non-return valve with male stud
Clapet anti-retour mâle
Ø entspr.
kg per Durchlaß
100 St. Ø outlet
Rohr-AD kg per Øde pas-
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. sage
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par corres-
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. d L2 L5 I i S1 S2 S3 pondant
6 M 10 x 1 P-RVZ 6 LM-WD 374043 11,5 13,9 50,5 43 36 8 22 14 27 4,0
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-RVZ 8 LM-WD 374044 13,0 16,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 17 27 6,0
400 10 M 14 x 1,5 P-RVZ 10 LM-WD 374045 12,6 18,9 48,5 41 34 12 22 19 27 7,0
(5801) 12 M 16 x 1,5 P-RVZ 12 LM-WD 374046 16,5 21,9 53,5 46 39 12 22 22 27 7,5
15 M 18 x 1,5 P-RVZ 15 LM-WD 374047 21,2 21,9 56 48 41 12 27 27 32 11,0
L
18
22
M 22 x 1,5
M 26 x 1,5
P-RVZ 18 LM-WD
P-RVZ 22 LM-WD
374048
374049
29,7
57,6
26,9
31,9
61,5
70,5
53
62
45,5
54,5
14
16
27
46**
32
36
32 11,0
41** 18,0
L
250 28 M 33 x 2 P-RVZ 28 LM-WD 374050 64,4 39,9 71 62 54,5 18 46** 41 41** 18,5
(3626) 35 M 42 x 2 P-RVZ 35 LM-WD 374051 155,5 49,9 88,5 77,5 67 20 60 50 70 29,0
42 M 48 x 2 P-RVZ 42 LM-WD 609989 161,2 54,9 87,5 75,5 64,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-RVZ 6 SM-WD 374052 12,8 16,9 52,5 45 38 12 22 17 27 4,0
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-RVZ 8 SM-WD 374053 13,6 18,9 50,5 43 36 12 22 19 27 5,0
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-RVZ 10 SM-WD 374054 15,1 21,9 53,5 45 37,5 12 22 22 27 7,0
400
12 M 18 x 1,5 P-RVZ 12 SM-WD 374055 18,7 23,9 55,5 47 39,5 12 24 24 27 7,5
(5801)
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-RVZ 14 SM-WD 374056 24,5 25,9 59,5 50 42 14 27 27 32 10,0
S
16 M 22 x 1,5 P-RVZ 16 SM-WD 374057 29,1 26,9 62,5 53 44,5 14 27 30 32 11,0
20 M 27 x 2 P-RVZ 20 SM-WD 374058 55,3 31,9 73 62 51,5 16 46** 36 41** 16,0
25 M 33 x 2 P-RVZ 25 SM-WD 374059 80,5 39,9 77 65 53 18 46** 46 41** 18,5
250
(3626) 30 M 42 x 2 P-RVZ 30 SM-WD 374060 105,3 49,9 87 74 60,5 20 50 50 55 24,0
38 M 48 x 2 P-RVZ 38 SM-WD 374061 200,4 54,9 96 81,5 65,5 22 60 60 70 29,0
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage ** S1 und S3 entsprechen nicht der Darstellung
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * FPM (e. g. Viton) on request ** S1 and S3 differ from the illustration
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande ** S1 et S3 ne sont pas à l’échelle
L13
Wechselventil
Shuttle valve
Soupape à deux voies
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Détails techniques
empfohlene Einbaulage
Recommended installation position
Position de montage recommandée
A B A B A B
L C C C
Entsprechend der anstehenden Druckölzufüh- According to whether the pressurized oil feed is En fonction de l’alimentation d’huile sous
rung über den Anschluss A bzw. B, wird dieser applied via connection A or B, the respective tube pression par le raccord A ou B, ce dernier est
mit dem Anschluss C verbunden. Der jeweils is linked to connection C. The non-pressurized relié au raccord C. Le raccord non sollicité est
nicht beaufschlagte Anschluss wird durch eine connection is closed off and sealed mechanically fermé avec une étanchéité métallique à l’aide
bewegliche Kugel metallisch dichtend verschlos- by a moving ball. d’une bille mobile.
sen.
L14
Wechselventil
Shuttle valve
Soupape à deux voies
P-TWV ......
Wechselventil
Shuttle valve
Soupape à deux voies
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB* Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. L5 L2 I S1 S2
8 P-TWV 8L 613224 21 29 14 14 17
250
L 10 P-TWV 10L 613225 22 30 15 17 19
(3626)
12 P-TWV 12L 613226 24 32 17 19 22
L2 = ist Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * bei 1,5 facher Sicherheit
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * at a safety factor of 1,5
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 1,5
L15
Hochdruck-Kugelhahn
High-pressure ball valve
Robinet à boisseau sphérique pour hautes pressions
Technische Hinweise
Technical details
Détails techniques
L
Werkstoffe Materials Matériaux
Standardmäßig aus: Standard: Matériaux standard:
Gehäusewerkstoff – Stahl verzinkt Body – steel, cold-galvanized Corps – acier, galvanisé
Kugel und Schaltwelle – Stahl Ball and stem – steel Boisseau sphérique
Kugeldichtung – bis DN 25 Polyamid Ball seal – up to DN 25 Polyamid et dispositif d´entraînement – acier
– ab DN 32 POM – from DN 32 POM Joint boisseau – jusqu’à DN 25
(z. B. Delrin) (e. g. Delrin) sphérique Polyamid
O-Ringe – NBR (z. B. Perbunan) O-rings – NBR (e. g. Perbunan) – à partir de DN 32
POM (p. ex. Delrin)
Sonderwerkstoffe für Gehäuse und Special body and seal materials Joints toriques – NBR (p. ex.
Abdichtung auf Anfrage on request Perbunan)
Matériaux spéciaux pour corps et
étanchéité sur demande.
L16
Kugelhahn (Stutzen)
Ball valve (body only)
Robinet à boisseau sphérique (corps)
KH-R ......
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
BSP thread
Filetage Whitworth
L
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259)
P-KHV ......
Beidseitiger Rohranschluß
Tube connection both ends
Raccord sur tube des deux côtés
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB* Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. B H h h1 ± 5 I2 I1 L2 L5 S1 S2 S3 R1 DN
6 P-KHV 6 L/NW 4 029274 28 32 13 72 36 53 83 67 22 14 9 108 4
8 P-KHV 8 L/NW 6 029275 25 35 13 76 35 53 83 67 19 17 9 108 6
400 10 P-KHV 10 L/NW 8 029276 32 40 17 91 42 60 90 74 27 19 9 108 8
(5801) 12 P-KHV 12 L/NW 10 029277 32 40 17 91 42 60 90 74 27 22 9 108 10
L L
15
18
P-KHV 15 L/NW 13
P-KHV 18 L/NW 16
029278
029279
35
38
40
45
17
19
91
110
47
47
68
67
98
100
82
82
30
32
27
32
9
12
108 13
169 16
22 P-KHV 22 L/NW 20 029280 48 57 24,5 123 60 86 119 101 41 36 14 169 20
250
28 P-KHV 28 L/NW 25 029281 57 64 28,5 130 65 93 126 108 50 41 14 169 25
(3626)
35 P-KHV 35 L/NW 25 029282 60 60 26,5 135 66 92 148 114 60 50 17 165 25
210 (3046) 42 P-KHV 42 L/NW 40*** 029283 83 92 42 168 85 111 157 133 70 60 17 210 40
8 P-KHV 8 S/NW 4 029284 26 32 13 72 36 59 89 73 22 19 9 108 4
630** 10 P-KHV 10 S/NW 6 029285 26 32 13 72 36 58 91 73 22 22 9 108 6
(9137)
12 P-KHV 12 S/NW 8 029286 26 32 13 72 36 61 94 76 22 24 9 108 8
14 P-KHV 14 S/NW 10 029287 32 38 16,5 78 43 68 100 84 27 27 9 108 10
500
S 16 P-KHV 16 S/NW 13 029288 35 40 17 91 47 69 106 86 30 30 9 108 13
(7252)
20 P-KHV 20 S/NW 16 029289 38 46 19 112 48 69 112 91 32 32 12 169 16
400 (5801) 25 P-KHV 25 S/NW 20 029290 48 57 24,5 123 60 85 133 109 41 46 14 169 20
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter * bei 1,5- / ** 1,2facher Sicherheit *** Gehäuse in Schmiedeausführung
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened * at a safety factor of 1.5 / ** 1.2 *** Bodies machined from forgings
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué * avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 1,5 / ** 1,2 *** Corps forgés
L18
Kompakt-Umschalthahn
Compact diverter valve
Robinet compact de renversement
P-KH3KV ......
L- oder T-Bohrung Rohranschluß
L- or T-port Tube connection
alésage en L ou en T Raccordement pour tubes
Bohrungsform
Port form
Formes de réalisation
d’alésage
...L ...T Mit Innengewinde M 5
With female thread M 5
Avec filetage intérieur M 5
Gewinde wahlweise mit Gewindeauslauf oder Freistich Dieser Anschluß muß bei jeder Schaltstellung geöffnet sein.
nach DIN 3853 Druckbeaufschlagung nur von dieser Seite zulässig. Eine Druckbeaufschlagung
von den anderen Anschlüssen her ist nicht zulässig und führt zu Fehlfunktionen!
Thread available with runout or alternatively with undercut
This port must always be in the open position.
according to DIN 3853 Pressure may only be applied from this side. Application of pressure through the
Filetage disponible en option avec filet incomplet ou other ports is not permissible and causes malfunction.
dégagement par gorge selon DIN 3853 Cette ouverture doit être ouverte à toute position de connexion.
N’appliquer la pression que de ce côté. L’application de la pression par d’autres
connexions n’est pas permise et entraîne des défauts de fonctionnement.
L
Rohr-AD
Reihe PB* Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr.
Series bar Tube Type Reference
Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. B H h h1 I1 I2 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 S1 S2 S3 R1 DN
8 P-KH3KV 8 L/NW 6-L 062623 25 35 13 76 55,5 35 43,5 82 27,5 67 34,5 19 17 9 108 6
400 8 P-KH3KV 8 L/NW 6-T 062635 25 35 13 76 55,5 35 43,5 82 27,5 67 34,5 19 17 9 108 6
(5801) 10 P-KH3KV 10 L/NW 8-L 062624 32 40 17 81 62 42 49,5 89 30 74 37 27 19 9 108 8
10 P-KH3KV 10 L/NW 8-T 062636 26 32 13 70 57 48 49,5 89 30 71 32 22 19 9 108 8
L
12 P-KH3KV 12 L/NW 10-L 062625 32 40 17 76 62 42 49,5 89 30 74 37 27 22 9 108 10
350 12 P-KH3KV 12 L/NW 10-T 062637 32 38 16,3 76 61 43 43 77 30 75 35 27 22 9 108 10
(5076) 15 P-KH3KV 15 L/NW 13-L 062626 35 40 17,3 79 63 48 49,5 100 33 67,5 40 30 27 9 107 13
15 P-KH3KV 15 L/NW 13-T 062638 35 40 17,3 79 63 48 49,5 100 33 67,5 40 30 27 9 107 13
Mit Innengewinde M 5
KH3KS-R ...... With female thread M 5
Avec filetage intérieur M 5
L- oder T-Bohrung Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
L- or T-port BSP thread
alésage en L ou en T Filetage Whitworth
Bohrungsform
Port form
Formes de réalisation
d’alésage
...L ...T
L
N’appliquer la pression que de ce côté. L’application de la pression par d’autres
connexions n’est pas permise et entraîne des défauts de fonctionnement.
KH3S-R ......
L- oder T-Bohrung Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
L- or T-port BSP thread
alésage en L ou en T Filetage Whitworth
Bohrungsform
Port form
Formes de réalisation
d’alésage
...L ...T
G /43
KH3S-R 3/4 /NW 20-L 062650 100 73 36 160,5 144 85 9 18 46 17 210 20
3 3
315 G /4 KH3S-R /4 /NW 20-T 062656 100 73 36 160,5 144 85 9 18 46 17 210 20
(4569) G 1 KH3S-R 1/NW 25-L 062651 127 78,7 42,5 158,5 172 105 11 19 50 17 200 25
G1 KH3S-R 1/NW 25-T 062657 127 78,7 42,5 158,5 172 105 11 19 50 17 200 25
* bei 1,5facher Sicherheit
* at a safety factor of 1.5
* avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 1,5
L21
L
L22
Reduzierverschraubungen Reducing fittings Raccords de réduction
Flanschverschraubungen Flange fittings Raccords à brides
Aufschraubverschraubungen Female fittings Raccords fémelles
Manometerverschraubungen Manometer fittings Raccords pour manomètres
Reduzierverschraubung
P-REDV……-SV M2
Reducing fitting
P-REDVDN…/… M3-M6
Raccord de réduction
Gerade-Flanschverschraubung
Straight flange coupling P-GFV…… M10-M11
Union simple à bride
Winkel-Flanschverschraubung
Elbow flange coupling
Union simple à bride en équerre
P-WFV…… M12-M13 M
Gerade-Aufschraubverschraubung
P-GAV……R M14
Parallel female stud coupling
P-GAV……M M15
Union simple femelle
Einstellbarer Manometer-Aufschraubstutzen
Adjustable manometer coupling (body only) M EMASD…… M16
Raccord pour manomètre avec embout lisse (corps)
Manometer-Aufschraubverschraubung
Manometer coupling with sealing ring M P-MAV……R M17
Union simple femelle pour manomètre
M1
Reduzierverschraubung
Reducing fitting
Raccord de réduction
P-REDV......-SV
Baureihe L
Schaft vormontiert
Series L
standpipe with pre-assembled nut and profile ring
Série L
embout lisse avec écrou et bague profilée pré-sertis
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3
8 6 P-REDV 8/6 L-SV 374192 3,9 43 34,5 27,5 12 14 17
500
(7252) 6 P-REDV 10/6 L-SV 374193 5,1 43 35,5 28,5 12 14 19
10
8 P-REDV 10/8 L-SV 374194 5,8 43 35,5 28,5 14 17 19
6 P-REDV 12/6 L-SV 374195 6,1 42,5 35 28 14 14 22
12 8 P-REDV 12/8 L-SV 374196 7,0 43,5 36 29 14 17 22
10 P-REDV 12/10 L-SV 374197 8,1 44,5 37 30 17 19 22
6 P-REDV 15/6 L-SV 374198 8,9 43 35 28 17 14 27
8 P-REDV 15/8 L-SV 374199 8,7 44 36 29 17 17 27
15
400 10 P-REDV 15/10 L-SV 374200 9,4 45 37 30 17 19 27
M
(5801) 12 P-REDV 15/12 L-SV 374201 12,1 46 38 31 19 22 27
6 P-REDV 18/6 L-SV 374202 11,8 45 37 30 19 14 32
8 P-REDV 18/8 L-SV 374203 12,3 46 38 31 19 17 32
18 10 P-REDV 18/10 L-SV 374204 12,9 47 39 32 19 19 32
12 P-REDV 18/12 L-SV 374205 14,1 48 40 33 19 22 32
15 P-REDV 18/15 L-SV 374206 16,6 49 41 34 24 27 32
6 P-REDV 22/6 L-SV 374207 16,1 47 39 32 24 14 36
8 P-REDV 22/8 L-SV 374208 17,0 48 40 33 24 17 36
P-REDVDN .../...
Baureihe L
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series L
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série L
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 torique
8 6 P-REDVDN 8/6 L 619570 4,1 37,5 30 23 12 14 17 6 x 1,5
500
6 P-REDVDN 10/6 L 619120 4,9 39 31,5 24,5 14
(7252) 10 14 19 8,5 x 1,5
8 P-REDVDN 10/8 L 619121 5,7 39,5 31,5 24,5 17
6 P-REDVDN 12/6 L 619122 6,9 39,5 32 25 14
12 8 P-REDVDN 12/8 L 619123 7,3 40 32 25 17 17 22 10 x 1,5
10 P-REDVDN 12/10 L 619124 7,9 41 33 26 19
6 P-REDVDN 15/6 L 619125 9,5 41 33,5 26,5 14
8 P-REDVDN 15/8 L 619126 11,2 41,5 33,5 26,5 17
15 22 27 12 x 2
400 10 P-REDVDN 15/10 L 619127 11,0 42,5 34,5 27,5 19
M
(5801) 12 P-REDVDN 15/12 L 619128 11,6 42 34,5 27,5 22
6 P-REDVDN 18/6 L 619129 13,1 43 35,5 28,5 14
8 P-REDVDN 18/8 L 619130 13,3 43,5 35,5 28,5 17
18 10 P-REDVDN 18/10 L 619131 13,5 44,5 36,5 29,5 24 19 32 15 x 2
12 P-REDVDN 18/12 L 619132 14,7 44 36,5 29,5 22
15 P-REDVDN 18/15 L 619133 16,9 46 37,5 30,5 27
6 P-REDVDN 22/6 L 619134 17,5 45,5 38 31 14
8 P-REDVDN 22/8 L 619135 17,8 46 38 31 17
P-REDVDN .../...
Baureihe L
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series L
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série L
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 torique
6 P-REDVDN 28/6 L 619140 30,5 45,5 38 31 14
8 P-REDVDN 28/8 L 619141 31,1 47 39 32 17
10 P-REDVDN 28/10 L 619142 30,8 48 40 33 19
28 12 P-REDVDN 28/12 L 619143 31,3 47,5 40 33 36 22 46 26 x 2
15 P-REDVDN 28/15 L 619144 33,4 49,5 41 34 27
18 P-REDVDN 28/18 L 619145 35,8 50 41 33,5 32
22 P-REDVDN 28/22 L 619146 38,2 52 43 35,5 36
6 P-REDVDN 35/6 L 619147 37,9 50,5 43 36 14
8 P-REDVDN 35/8 L 619148 38,5 51 43 36 17
10 P-REDVDN 35/10 L 619149 39,2 52 44 37 19
12 P-REDVDN 35/12 L 619150 38,0 51,5 44 37 22
35 46 50 32 x 2,5
15 P-REDVDN 35/15 L 619151 40,2 53,5 45 38 27
250
P-REDVDN .../...
Baureihe S
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series S
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série S
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l1 S1 S2 S3 torique
8 6 P-REDVDN 8/6 S 619164 6,4 43 35 28 14 17 19 6 x 1,5
800
6 P-REDVDN 10/6 S 619165 8,1 45,5 37,5 30,5 17
(11603) 10 17 22 8,5 x 1,5
8 P-REDVDN 10/8 S 619166 8,6 45,5 37,5 30,5 19
6 P-REDVDN 12/6 S 619167 9,4 46 38 31 17
12 8 P-REDVDN 12/8 S 619168 9,9 46 38 31 19 19 24 10 x 1,5
10 P-REDVDN 12/10 S 619169 11,5 46,5 38 30,5 22
6 P-REDVDN 14/6 S 619170 12,1 48,5 40,5 33,5 17
8 P-REDVDN 14/8 S 619171 12,6 48,5 40,5 33,5 19
14 22 27 12 x 2
630 10 P-REDVDN 14/10 S 619172 14,1 49 40,5 33 22
(9137)
M
12 P-REDVDN 14/12 S 619173 14,9 49 40,5 33 24
6 P-REDVDN 16/6 S 619174 13,5 49 41 34 17
8 P-REDVDN 16/8 S 619175 14,0 49 41 34 19
22 30 14 x 2
16 10 P-REDVDN 16/10 S 619176 16,3 49,5 41 33,5 22
12 P-REDVDN 16/12 S 619177 16,2 49,5 41 33,5 24
14 P-REDVDN 16/14 S 619178 19,2 53 43 35 24 27 30 14 x2
6 P-REDVDN 20/6 S 619179 20,4 53,5 45,5 38,5 17
8 P-REDVDN 20/8 S 619180 20,9 53,5 45,5 38,5 19
P-REDVDN .../...
Baureihe S
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Series S
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Série S
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per *O-Ring
PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
bar Tube Ø ext. Type Reference kg par *Joint
(psi) d1 d2 Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 l S1 S2 S3 torique
6 P-REDVDN 25/6 S 619185 35,0 57 49 42 17
8 P-REDVDN 25/8 S 619186 35,5 57 49 42 19
10 P-REDVDN 25/10 S 619187 37,0 57,5 49 41,5 22
420
25 12 P-REDVDN 25/12 S 619188 37,8 57,5 49 41,5 36 24 46 22,3 x 2,4
(6091)
14 P-REDVDN 25/14 S 619189 39,7 61 51 43 27
16 P-REDVDN 25/16 S 619190 41,1 61 51 42,5 30
20 P-REDVDN 25/20 S 619191 46,2 64 53 42,5 36
6 P-REDVDN 30/6 S 619192 42,4 61 53 46 17
8 P-REDVDN 30/8 S 619193 43,6 61 53 46 19
10 P-REDVDN 30/10 S 619194 45,1 61,5 53 45,5 22
12 P-REDVDN 30/12 S 619195 45,8 61,5 53 45,5 24
30 41 50 27,3 x 2,4
14 P-REDVDN 30/14 S 619196 47,9 65 55 47 27
M
16 P-REDVDN 30/16 S 619197 49,0 65 55 46,5 30
20 P-REDVDN 30/20 S 619198 53,9 68 57 46,5 36
400 25 P-REDVDN 30/25 S 619199 65,9 71 59 47 46
(5801)
6 P-REDVDN 38/6 S 619200 61,4 64,5 56,5 49,5 17
8 P-REDVDN 38/8 S 619201 61,9 64,5 56,5 49,5 19
10 P-REDVDN 38/10 S 619202 63,3 65 56,5 49 22
12 P-REDVDN 38/12 S 619203 64,0 65 56,5 49 24
38 14 P-REDVDN 38/14 S 619204 66,1 68,5 58,5 50,5 50 27 60 35 x 2,5
16 P-REDVDN 38/16 S 619205 67,2 68,5 58,5 50 30
20 P-REDVDN 38/20 S 619206 72,0 71,5 60,5 50 36
25 P-REDVDN 38/25 S 619207 83,9 74,5 62,5 50,5 46
30 P-REDVDN 38/30 S 619208 88,1 77,5 64,5 51 50
RED ......-WD/...
mit Weichdichtung: NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
BSP thread (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage Whitworth (cylindrique)
M
1 1 1
G /8 RED-R /2-WD/R /8 606601 6,6 24 10 26,9 8 27
(9137) G 1
/2 A 1
G 1/4 RED-R /2-WD/R 1/4 606602 6,0 24 10 26,9 12 27
3
G 1/4 RED-R /4-WD/R 1/4 606603 9,5 26 10 31,9 12 32
3
G /4 A 3
G 3/8 RED-R /4-WD/R 3/8 606604 9,0 26 10 31,9 12 32
1
G /4 RED-R 1 -WD/R 1/4 606605 20,0 29 11 39,9 12 41
G1 A G 3/8 RED-R 1 -WD/R 3/8 606606 18,0 29 11 39,9 12 41
400
1
G /2 RED-R 1 -WD/R 1/2 606607 16,0 29 11 39,9 14 41
(5801) 1
G /2 1 1
RED-R 1 /4-WD/R /2 606608 31,0 32 12 49,9 14 50
G 11/4 A
G 3/4 RED-R 11/4-WD/R 3/4 606609 27,0 32 12 49,9 16 50
1 1 1
G /2 RED-R 1 /2-WD/R /2 606610 47,0 36 12 54,9 14 55
G 11/2 A G 3/4 RED-R 11/2-WD/R 3/4 606611 43,0 36 14 54,9 16 55
1
G1 RED-R 1 /2-WD/R 1 606612 34,5 36 14 54,9 18 55
RED ......-WD/...
mit Weichdichtung: NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
with captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
BSP thread (parallel)
avec joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage Whitworth (cylindrique)
M
1
G1 RED-R /2-WD/R 1 606624 22,5 49 35 26,9 12 24,5 41
1
250 (3626) G 1
/2 A G 11/4 RED-R /2-WD/R 11/4 606625 47,0 53 39 26,9 12 26,5 55
3 1
400 G 1/2 RED-R /4-WD/R /2 606626 15,0 43 27 31,9 16 20 32
3
G /4 A
(5801) G1 RED-R 3
/4-WD/R 1 606627 23,5 51 35 31,9 16 24,5 41
3
250 G 11/4 RED-R /4-WD/R 11/4 606628 48,3 55 39 31,9 16 26,5 55
3
G /4 A
(3626) G 11/2 RED-R 3
/4-WD/R 11/2 606629 54,5 57 41 31,9 16 28,5 60
3 3
400 (5801) G 1 A G /4 RED-R 1 -WD/R /4 606630 28,0 49 31 39,9 20 22 41
250 G 11/4 A G 11/2 RED-R 11/4-WD/R 11/2 606634 58,0 60 40 49,9 25 28,5 60
(3626) G 11/2 A G 11/4 RED-R 11/2-WD/R 11/4 606635 53,0 58 36 54,9 32 26,5 55
M9
Gerade-Flanschverschraubung
Straight flange coupling
Union simple à bride
P-GFV......
Vierlochbefestigung
Four-hole attachment
Fixation à quatre trous
kg per
100 St.
M D
Reihe
Series
Série
PN
bar
(psi)
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube
Ø ext.
Typ
Type
Désignation
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
100 p. L L2 L5 l i S2
10 P-GFV 10 L-35 374282 13,5 39 37,5 30 23 12,5 19
315 (4569)
L 12 P-GFV 12 L-35 374283 14,4 39 37,5 30 23 12,5 22
35
250 (3626) 15 P-GFV 15 L-35 374284 16,3 39 38 30 23 12,5 27
S 315 (4569) 16 P-GFV 16 S-35 374285 20,0 39 39,5 30 21,5 12,5 30
15 P-GFV 15 L-40 374286 18,6 42 43 35 28 12,5 27
18 P-GFV 18 L-40 374287 23,1 42 43,5 35 27,5 12,5 32
40 L 100 (1450)
22 P-GFV 22 L-40 374288 23,8 42 43,5 35 27,5 12,5 36
28 P-GFV 28 L-40 374717 25,2 41 51 42 34,5 12,5 41
55 S 250 (3626) 20 P-GFV 20 S-55 374718 52,5 55 51 40 29,5 12,5 36
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Zubehörteile wie Innensechskantschrauben, Federringe und O-Ring werden lose mitgeliefert.
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Accessories, such as hexagon socket screws, spring washers and O-ring are supplied as separate items.
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué Les accessoires tels que vis à six pans creux, rondelles élastiques et joint torique font partie de la
livraison sans être montés.
M10
Gerade-Flanschstutzen
Straight flange coupling (body only)
Union simple à bride (corps)
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan) Federring DIN 128 Innensechskantschraube DIN 912
1 Stück 4 Stück 4 Stück
O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) Spring washer DIN 128 Hexagon socket screw DIN 912
1 piece 4 pieces 4 pieces
Joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan) Rondelle élastique DIN 128 Vis à six pans creux DIN 912
1 pièce 4 pièces 4 pièces
D
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube
Ø ext.
Typ
Type
Désignation
Abmessung
Dimension
Dimension
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
Abmessung
Dimension
Dimension
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
Abmessung
Dimension
Dimension
Best.-Nr.
Reference
Réf.
M
10 GFS 10 L-35
12 GFS 12 L-35
35 20 x 2,5 610519 B6 020102 M 6 x 22 020309
15 GFS 15 L-35
16 GFS 16 S-35
15 GFS 15 L-40
18 GFS 18 L-40
40 26 x 2,5 610499 B6 020102 M 6 x 22 020309
22 GFS 22 L-40
28 GFS 28 L-40
55 20 GFS 20 S-55 33 x 2,5 610500 B8 020104 M 8 x 25 020324
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
M11
Winkel-Flanschverschraubung
Elbow flange coupling
Union simple à bride en équerre
P-WFV......
Vierlochbefestigung
Four-hole attachment
Fixation à quatre trous
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
D Série (psi) Ø ext. Désignation Réf. 100 p. L L1 L2 L5 I i S2
10 P-WFV 10 L-35 374289 19,8 39 16,5 44,5 37,5 30,5 12,5 19
315 (4569)
L 12 P-WFV 12 L-35 374290 20,2 39 16,5 44,5 37,5 30,5 12,5 22
35 250 (3626) 15 P-WFV 15 L-35 374291 21,9 39 16,5 45 37 30 12,5 27
16 P-WFV 16 S-35 374292 26,2 39 20 47,5 38 29,5 12,5 30
S 315 (4569)
20 P-WFV 20 S-35 374293 39,4 39 25 56 45 34,5 12,5 36
15 P-WFV 15 L-40 374294 23,3 42 22,5 45 37 30 12,5 27
18 P-WFV 18 L-40 374295 25,3 42 22,5 46,5 38 30,5 12,5 32
M 40
L 100 (1450) 22
28
P-WFV 22 L-40
P-WFV 28 L-40
374296
374297
27,5
37,1
42
42
22,5
28
46,5
49
38
40
30,5
32,5
12,5
12,5
36
41
35 P-WFV 35 L-40 374298 51,6 42 34 52 41 30,5 12,5 50
S 250 (3626) 20 P-WFV 20 S-40 374299 34,4 42 22,5 51 40 29,5 12,5 36
22 P-WFV 22 L-55 374719 60,5 58 24 52 43 35,5 12,5 36
L 100 (1450) 35 P-WFV 35 L-55 374300 68,8 32 60 49 38,5 12,5 50
42 P-WFV 42 L-55 374301 90,9 58 40 60,5 49 38 12,5 60
55
20 P-WFV 20 S-55 374302 58,5 58 24 56 45 34,5 12,5 36
S 250 (3626) 25 P-WFV 25 S-55 374303 78,4 58 30 61 49 37 12,5 46
30 P-WFV 30 S-55 374304 77,1 58 32 62 49 35,5 12,5 50
L2 = Ungefährmaß bei angezogener Überwurfmutter Zubehörteile wie Innensechskantschrauben, Federringe und O-Ring werden lose mitgeliefert.
L2 = approximate length with nut tightened Accessories, such as hexagon socket screws, spring washers and O-ring are supplied as
L2 = longueur approximative, l’écrou étant bloqué separate items.
Les accessoires tels que vis à six pans creux, rondelles élastiques et joint torique font partie
de la livraison sans être montés.
M12
Winkel-Flanschstutzen
Elbow flange coupling (body only)
Union simple à bride en équerre (corps)
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan) Federring DIN 128 Innensechskantschraube DIN 912
1 Stück 4 Stück oder 3 4 Stück oder 3
O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan) Spring washer DIN 128 Hexagon socket screw DIN 912
1 piece 4 pieces or 3 4 pieces or 3
Joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan) Rondelle élastique DIN 128 Vis à six pans creux DIN 912
1 pièce 4 pièces ou 3 4 pièces ou 3
P-GAV...... R
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
BSP thread
Filetage Whitworth
M
35 P-GAV 35 LR 374314 42,0 63 51,5 14,5 26,5 30 55 50
(1450)
1
42 G 1 /2 P-GAV 42 LR 374315 43,5 65 53,5 14 28,5 36 60 60
1
6 G /4 P-GAV 6 SR 374316 4,0 41 33 9 17 4 19 17
1
8 G /4 P-GAV 8 SR 374317 5,0 41 33 9 17 5 19 19
630 3
(9137) 10 G /8 P-GAV 10 SR 374318 8,5 43 34 9,5 17 7 24 22
3
12 G /8 P-GAV 12 SR 374319 9,0 43 34 9,5 17 8 24 24
1
14 G /2 P-GAV 14 SR 374320 12,5 50 40 12 20 10 27 27
S 1
16 G /2 P-GAV 16 SR 374321 14,0 50 40 11,5 20 12 30 30
400 3
(5801) 20 G /4 P-GAV 20 SR 374322 24,0 56 45 12,5 22 16 36 36
25 G1 P-GAV 25 SR 374323 41,0 62 49,5 13 24,5 20 41 46
250 30 G 11/4 P-GAV 30 SR 374324 54,5 69 55,5 15,5 26,5 25 55 50
(3626) 38 G 11/2 P-GAV 38 SR 374325 86,0 74 59,5 15 28,5 32 60 60
P-GAV...... M
Metrisches Gewinde
Metric thread
Filetage métrique
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i d S1 S2
6 M 10 x 1 P-GAV 6 LM 602627 2,5 34 26,5 7 12,5 4 14 14
8 M 12 x 1,5 P-GAV 8 LM 604351 4,0 39 31 7 17 6 17 17
250
L
(3626)
10
12
15
M 14 x 1,5
M 16 x 1,5
M 18 x 1,5
P-GAV 10 LM
P-GAV 12 LM
P-GAV 15 LM
604132
602936
602628
5,0
8,0
10,0
40
41
43
32
33
35 11
8
9
17
17
17
8
10
12
19
22
24
19
22
27
M
160 18 M 22 x 1,5 P-GAV 18 LM 602706 17,0 46 37 10,5 19 15 30 32
(2321) 22 M 26 x 1,5 P-GAV 22 LM 604366 18,0 51 42 13,5 21 19 32 36
6 M 12 x 1,5 P-GAV 6 SM 603940 4,5 41 33 9 17 4 17 17
8 M 14 x 1,5 P-GAV 8 SM 604572 6,2 41 33 9 17 5 19 19
630
10 M 16 x 1,5 P-GAV 10 SM 604328 8,0 43 34 9,5 17 7 22 22
(9137)
S 12 M 18 x 1,5 P-GAV 12 SM 602664 10,5 44 35 10,5 17 8 24 24
14 M 20 x 1,5 P-GAV 14 SM 604665 13,5 49 39 12 19 10 27 27
EMASD ......
mit Dichtkegel und O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with taper and O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec cône d’étanchéité et joint torique
NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
M Reihe
Series
PN
bar
Rohr-AD
Tube OD
Tube
Typ
Type
Best.-Nr.
Reference
100 St.
kg per
100 pcs.
kg par
O-Ring
O-ring
Joint
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. L i h S1 S2 torique
1
6 G /4 EMASD 6 LR 605748 5,7 38 14,5 4,5 19 14 4,5 x 1,5
500
8 G 1/4 EMASD 8 LR 066353 7,0 38 14,5 4,5 19 17 6 x 1,5
L (7252)
1
10 G /4 EMASD 10 LR 605749 7,2 39,5 14,5 4,5 19 19 8,5 x 1,5
400 (5801) 12 G 1/4 EMASD 12 LR 605750 8,0 40,5 14,5 4,5 19 22 10 x 1,5
1
6 G /2 EMASD 6 SR 605751 11,5 45 20 5 27 17 4,5 x 1,5
P-MAV...... R
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde
BSP thread
Filetage Whitworth
M
DIN-ISO 228 (R ..., DIN 259) kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) Ø ext. G Désignation Réf. 100 p. L2 L5 I i h S1 S2
1
6 G /4 P-MAV 6 LR 374334 4,6 37 14,5 7,5 14,5 4,5 19 14
500 8 G 1/4 P-MAV 8 LR 374335 5,3 37 14,5 7,5 14,5 4,5 19 17
L (7252) 1
10 G /4 P-MAV 10 LR 374336 6,2 38 15,5 8,5 14,5 4,5 19 19
400 (5801) 12 G 1/4 P-MAV 12 LR 374337 7,0 38 15,5 8,5 14,5 4,5 19 22
1
6 G /2 P-MAV 6 SR 374338 10,5 46 18x 11 20 5 27 17
800
8 G 1/2 P-MAV 8 SR 374339 10,7 46 18 11 20 5 27 19
S (11603)
10 G 1/2 P-MAV 10 SR 374340 12,5 47 18 10,5 20 5 27 22
630 (9137) 12 G 1/2 P-MAV 12 SR 374341 13,4 47 18 10,5 20 5 27 24
M18
Bördelflansche 37° 37° flared flanges Brides d’évasement 37°
SAE J518/ISO 6162 SAE J518/ISO 6162 SAE J518/ISO 6162
Flansch kpl.
Flange cpl.
Bride cpl.
6000 psi BO-FK 6000… N8–N9 N
Flansch Gegenstück kpl.
Flange counterpart cpl. 6000 psi BO-FGK 6000… N10–N11
Pendant de la bride cpl.
N1
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
BO-FK 3000…
Flansch kpl.
Flange cpl.
Bride cpl.
Innensechskantschraube
Hexagon socket screw
Vis à six pans creux
SAE-
Flansch PB** Typ Best-Nr.
SAE flange [bar] Type Reference
Bride SAE (psi) Désignation Réf. A B* C D E F G H J
N 11/2
210
(3046)
BO-FK 3000-11/2-38
BO-FK 3000-11/2-42
BO-FK 3000-11/2-42
BO-FK 3000-11/2-48,3
x 5,0
x 3,0
x 4,0
x 3,2
613660
613661
613662
613663
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
35,71
35,71
35,71
35,71
78
78
78
78
69,85
69,85
69,85
69,85
93
93
93
93
26
34
32
38
38
38
38
60
60
60
60
BO-FK 3000-11/2-50 x 2,5 613664 22 23 35,71 78 69,85 93 42,4 60
BO-FK 3000-11/2-50 x 3,0 613665 22 23 35,71 78 69,85 93 41,4 60
BO-FK 3000-11/2-50 x 5,0 613666 22 23 35,71 78 69,85 93 37,4 60
BO-FK 3000-2-60 x 3,0 613667 24 25 42,88 90 77,77 102 51,4 71,3
210 BO-FK 3000-2-60,3 x 3,6 613668 24 25 42,88 90 77,77 102 50,5 71,3
2
(3046) BO-FK 3000-2-60,3 x 5,6 613669 24 25 42,88 90 77,77 102 46,5 51 71,3
BO-FK 3000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 613670 24 25 42,88 90 77,77 102 41,4 51 71,3
*B = Ungefährmaß bei angezogenen Innensechskantschrauben **bei 2,5facher Sicherheit
*B = approximate length with hexagon socket srews **at a safety factor of 2,5
*B = longueur approximative les vis à six pans creux **avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 2,5
N2
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
N3
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
BO-FGK 3000…
Flansch Gegenstück kpl.
Flange counterpart cpl.
Pendant de la bride cpl.
SAE-
Flansch PB** Typ Best-Nr.
SAE flange [bar] Type Reference
Bride SAE (psi) Désignation Réf. A B* C D E F G H J M
N 11/2
210
(3046)
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-38
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-42
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-42
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-48,3
x 5,0
x 3,0
x 4,0
x 3,2
614883
614884
614885
614886
22
22
22
22
23
23
23
23
35,71
35,71
35,71
35,71
78
78
78
78
69,85
69,85
69,85
69,85
93
93
93
93
26
34
32
38
38
38
38
60
60
60
60
M12
M12
M12
M12
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-50 x 2,5 614887 22 23 35,71 78 69,85 93 42,4 60 M12
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-50 x 3,0 614888 22 23 35,71 78 69,85 93 41,4 60 M12
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-50 x 5,0 614889 22 23 35,71 78 69,85 93 37,4 60 M12
BO-FGK 3000-2-60 x 3,0 614890 22 23 42,88 90 77,77 102 51,4 71,3 M12
210 BO-FGK 3000-2-60,3 x 3,6 614891 22 23 42,88 90 77,77 102 50,5 71,3 M12
2 (3046) BO-FGK 3000-2-60,3 x 5,6 614892 22 23 42,88 90 77,77 102 46,5 51 71,3 M12
BO-FGK 3000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 614893 22 23 42,88 90 77,77 102 41,4 51 71,3 M12
*B = Ungefährmaß bei angezogenen Innensechskantschrauben **bei 2,5facher Sicherheit
*B = approximate length with hexagon socket srews **at a safety factor of 2,5
*B = longueur approximative les vis à six pans creux **avec un coéfficient de sécurité de 2,5
N4
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
O-Ring 1
1 Stück
O-ring 1
1 piece
Joint torique 1
1 pièce
O-Ring 1
O-ring 1
Joint torique 1
Typ Abm. Best.-Nr.
Type Dim. Reference
Désignation Dim. Réf.
BO-FGK 3000-1/2-16 x 2,0 12,5 x1 374756
BO-FGK 3000-1/2-16 x 2,5 12,5 x1 374756
BO-FGK 3000-1/2-20 x 2,0 16 x1 261058
BO-FGK 3000-1/2-20 x 2,5 16 x1 261058
BO-FGK 3000-1/2-20 x 3,0 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 3000-1/2-22 x 2,0 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-20 x 2,0 16 x1 261058
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-20 x 2,5 16 x1 261058
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-20 x 3,0 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-25 x 2,5 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-25 x 3,0 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-25 x 4,0 18 x1 304306
BO-FGK 3000-3/4-28 x 3,0 23 x1 304310
BO-FGK 3000-1-25 x 2,5 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 3000-1-25 x 3,0 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 3000-1-25 x 4,0 18 x1 304306
BO-FGK 3000-1-30 x 4,0 23 x1 304310
BO-FGK 3000-1-35 x 3,0 28 x1 304273
BO-FGK 3000-11/4-38 x 4,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 3000-11/4-38 x 5,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 3000-11/4-42 x 3,0 37 x1 374749
BO-FGK 3000-11/4-42 x 4,0 37 x1 374749
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-38 x 4,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-38
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-42
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-42
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-48,3
x 5,0
x 3,0
x 4,0
x 3,2
32
37
37
x 1,78
x1
x1
44,17 x 1,78
261131
374749
374749
611929
N
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-50 x 2,5 44,17 x 1,78 611929
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-50 x 3,0 44,17 x 1,78 611929
BO-FGK 3000-11/2-50 x 5,0 44,17 x 1,78 611929
BO-FGK 3000-2-60 x 3,0 53,7 x 1,78 612146
BO-FGK 3000-2-60,3 x 3,6 53,7 x 1,78 612146
BO-FGK 3000-2-60,3 x 5,6 50,52 x 1,78 612147
BO-FGK 3000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 44,17 x 1,78 611929
N5
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
BO-FVK 3000…
Flansch Verbinder kpl.
Flange connector cpl.
Raccord de bride cpl.
SAE-
Flansch PB** Typ Best-Nr.
SAE flange [bar] Type Reference
Bride SAE (psi) Désignation Réf. L*
N 11/2
210
(3046)
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-38 x 5,0
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-42 x 3,0
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-42 x 4,0
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-48,3 x 3,2
613724
613725
613726
613727
46
46
46
46
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-50 x 2,5 613728 46
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-50 x 3,0 613729 46
BO-FVK 3000-11/2-50 x 5,0 613730 46
BO-FVK 3000-2-60 x 3,0 613731 50
210 BO-FVK 3000-2-60,3 x 3,6 613732 50
2 (3046) BO-FVK 3000-2-60,3 x 5,6 613733 50
BO-FVK 3000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 613734 50
N7
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
BO-FK 6000…
Flansch kpl.
Flange cpl.
Bride cpl.
Innensechskantschraube
Hexagon socket screw
Vis à six pans creux
SAE-
Flansch PB** Typ Best-Nr.
SAE flange [bar] Type Reference
Bride SAE (psi) Désignation Réf. A B* C D E F G H J
N (6091)
BO-FK 6000-11/4-38 x 6,0
BO-FK 6000-11/4-43 x 5,5
BO-FK 6000-11/2-38 x 5,0
613691
613692
613693
30
30
32
31
31
33
31,75
31,75
36,5
78
78
96
66,68
66,68
79,38
95
95
113
24
30
26
32
32
38
50,8
50,8
60
BO-FK 6000-11/2-38 x 6,0 613694 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 24 38 60
420
11/2 BO-FK 6000-11/2-50 x 5,0 613695 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 37,4 60
(6091)
BO-FK 6000-11/2-50 x 6,0 613696 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 35,4 38 60
BO-FK 6000-11/2-50 x 8,0 613697 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 31,4 38 60
420 BO-FK 6000-2-60 x 6,0 613698 32 33 44,45 114 96,82 134 45,4 51 71,3
2 (6091) BO-FK 6000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 613765 32 33 44,45 114 96,82 134 41,4 51 71,3
BO-FK 6000-2-60/60,3 x 10,0 613766 32 33 44,45 114 96,82 134 37,4 51 71,3
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
N9
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
BO-FGK 6000…
Flansch Gegenstück kpl.
Flange counterpart cpl.
Pendant de la bride cpl.
SAE-
Flansch PB** Typ Best-Nr.
SAE flange [bar] Type Reference
Bride SAE (psi) Désignation Réf. A B* C D E F G H J M
N (6091)
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-38 x 6,0
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-43 x 5,5
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-38 x 5,0
614934
614935
614936
30
30
32
31
31
33
31,75
31,75
36,5
78
78
96
66,68
66,68
79,38
95
95
113
24
30
26
32
32
38
50,8
50,8
60
M14
M14
M16
420 BO-FGK 6000-11/2-38 x 6,0 614937 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 24 38 60 M16
11/2 (6091) BO-FGK 6000-11/2-50 x 5,0 614938 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 37,4 60 M16
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-50 x 6,0 614939 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 35,4 38 60 M16
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-50 x 8,0 614940 32 33 36,5 96 79,38 113 31,4 38 60 M16
420 BO-FGK 6000-2-60 x 6,0 614941 32 33 44,45 114 96,82 134 45,4 51 71,3 M20
2 (6091) BO-FGK 6000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 614942 32 33 44,45 114 96,82 134 41,4 51 71,3 M20
BO-FGK 6000-2-60/60,3 x 10,0 614943 32 33 44,45 114 96,82 134 37,4 51 71,3 M20
Zubehörteile
Accessories
Accessoires
O-Ring 1
1 Stück
O-ring 1
1 piece
Joint torique 1
1 pièce
O-Ring 1
O-ring 1
Joint torique 1
Typ Abm. Best.-Nr.
Type Dim. Reference
Désignation Dim. Réf.
BO-FGK 6000-1/2-16 x 2,5 12,5 x1 374756
BO-FGK 6000-1/2-16 x 3,0 11 x1 374750
BO-FGK 6000-1/2-20 x 2,5 16 x1 261058
BO-FGK 6000-1/2-20 x 3,0 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 6000-1/2-20 x 3,5 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 6000-3/4-20 x 2,5 16 x1 261058
BO-FGK 6000-3/4-20 x 3,0 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 6000-3/4-20 x 3,5 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 6000-3/4-20 x 4,0 15 x1 304305
BO-FGK 6000-3/4-25 x 3,0 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 6000-3/4-25 x 4,0 18 x1 304306
BO-FGK 6000-1-25 x 2,5 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 6000-1-25 x 3,0 20 x1 304307
BO-FGK 6000-1-25 x 4,0 18 x1 304306
BO-FGK 6000-1-30 x 4,0 23 x1 304310
BO-FGK 6000-1-30 x 5,0 23 x1 304310
BO-FGK 6000-1-34 x 4,5 28 x1 304273
BO-FGK 6000-1-38 x 5,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-30 x 5,0 23 x1 304310
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-38 x 4,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-38 x 5,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-38 x 6,0
BO-FGK 6000-11/4-43 x 5,5
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-38 x 5,0
32
32
32
x 1,78
x 1,78
x 1,78
261131
261131
261131
N
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-38 x 6,0 32 x 1,78 261131
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-50 x 5,0 44,17 x 1,78 611929
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-50 x 6,0 37,82 x 1,78 612739
BO-FGK 6000-11/2-50 x 8,0 37,82 x 1,78 612739
BO-FGK 6000-2-60 x 6,0 50,52 x 1,78 612147
BO-FGK 6000-2-60/60,3 x 8,0 44,17 x 1,78 611929
BO-FGK 6000-2-60/60,3 x 10,0 50,52 x 1,78 612147
N11
Bördelflansch 37° nach SAE J518/ISO 6162
37° flared flange according to SAE J518/ISO 6162
Bride d‘évasement 37° suivant SAE J518/ISO 6162
BO-FVK 6000…
Flansch Verbinder kpl.
Flange connector cpl.
Raccord de bride cpl.
SAE-
Flansch PB** Typ Best-Nr.
SAE flange [bar] Type Reference
Bride SAE (psi) Désignation Réf. L*
N
(6091)
BO-FVK 6000-11/4-38 x 6,0 613755 62
BO-FVK 6000-11/4-43 x 5,5 613756 62
BO-FVK 6000-11/2-38 x 5,0 613757 66
420 BO-FVK 6000-11/2-38 x 6,0 613758 66
11/2 (6091) BO-FVK 6000-11/2-50 x 5,0 613759 66
BO-FVK 6000-11/2-50 x 6,0 613760 66
BO-FVK 6000-11/2-50 x 8,0 613761 66
Verschlußschraube
VS-R……-WD O3
Blanking end
VS-M……-WD O3
Vis d‘obturation
Einsteckhülse
Tube insert EH…… O5
Fourrure
Schweißnippel
Welding nipple SN…… O6
Embout à souder
O
Hand-Vormontagestutzen
S-VK…… O7
Adapter for manual pre-assembly
P-VK…… O7
Bloc de pré-sertissage manuel
O-Ringe
O-rings O8-O10
Joints toriques
O1
Verschlußstopfen mit Montagebegrenzung
Blanking plug with limit stop for assembly
Bouchon obturateur avec butée pour le montage
VSD … O-Ring
O 420
20
25
VSD 20 S M. MB.
VSD 25 S M. MB.
612342
612343
612323
612324
5,0
10,2
28
31
17,3 x 2,4
22,3 x 2,4
(6091) 30 VSD 30 S M. MB. 612344 612325 14,2 34 27,3 x 2,4
38 VSD 38 S M. MB. 612345 612326 20,5 38 35 x 2,5
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
O2
Verschlußschraube
Blanking end
Vis d’obturation
VS-R ……-WD
VS-M ……-WD
mit Innensechskant
und Weichdichtung: NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
Whitworth-Rohrgewinde (zylindrisch)
Metrisches Gewinde (zylindrisch)
with internal hexagon
and captive seal: NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
Stud thread: BSP thread (parallel)
metric (parallel)
avec six pans creux
et joint mou: NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
Filetage: Whitworth (cylindrique)
métrique (cylindrique)
250
(3626)
M 42 x 2
M 48 x 2
VS-M 42 x 2 -WD
VS-M 48 x 2 -WD
028311
028312
18,6
24,7
50
55
22,5
22,5
16
16
22
24
O
400 M 42 x 2 VS-M 42 x 2 -WD/PN 400 608445 28,3 50 28 20 22
(5801) M 48 x 2 VS-M 48 x 2 -WD/PN 400 608446 39,2 55 30 22 24
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande
O3
Verschlußschraube für Rohrenden und Dichtkegelanschluß
Blanking end for tube ends and sealing taper connection
Vis d‘obturation pour fin de tube et raccord avec cône d‘étanchéité
VSK ……
kg per
100 St.
Rohr-AD kg per
Reihe PN Tube OD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series bar Tube Type Reference kg par
Série (psi) ∆ ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. L S1
6 M 12 x 1,5 VSK 6 L 609765 1,4 17 14
500
8 M 14 x 1,5 VSK 8 L 609766 2,4 17 17
(7252)
10 M 16 x 1,5 VSK 10 L 372285 2,7 20 17
12 M 18 x 1,5 VSK 12 L 063311 3,4 21 19
400
L 15 M 22 x 1,5 VSK 15 L 609767 5,9 20 24
(5801)
18 M 26 x 1,5 VSK 18 L 061866 8,1 21 27
22 M 30 x 2 VSK 22 L 609768 11,5 23 32
O 420
(6091)
20
25
M 30 x 2
M 36 x 2
VSK 20 S
VSK 25 S
063400
063312
13,1
22,9
28
31
32
41
30 M 42 x 2 VSK 30 S 602420 30,2 34 46
38 M 52 x 2 VSK 38 S 609775 50,2 38 55
O4
Einsteckhülse
Tube insert
Fourrure
EH ……
Werkstoff: Messing Cu Zn 39 Pb (Ms 58)
Material: Brass Cu Zn 39 Pb (Ms 58)
Matériau: Laiton Cu Zn 39 Pb (Ms 58)
kg per
100 St.
kg per
Rohr-Innen ∆ Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Tube inside ∆ Type Reference kg par
Tube ∆ int. Désignation Réf. 100 p. D d L1
4 EH 4 Ms 061879 0,08 3,8 2,5 17
5 EH 5 Ms 061881 0,11 4,8 3,5 17
6 EH 6 Ms 033406 0,13 5,8 4,5 17
6,5 EH 6,5 Ms 033407 0,14 6,3 5,0 17
7 EH 7 Ms 033408 0,17 6,8 5,5 17
8 EH 8 Ms 033409 0,22 7,8 6,5 17
8,5 EH 8,5 Ms 029008 0,23 8,3 7,0 17
9 EH 9 Ms 033410 0,24 8,8 7,5 17
10 EH 10 Ms 033411 0,26 9,8 8,5 17
12 EH 12 Ms 033412 0,36 11,8 10,5 17
13 EH 13 Ms 033413 0,40 12,8 11,5 18
15 EH 15 Ms 033415 0,50 14,8 13,0 18
16 EH 16 Ms 033416 0,60 15,8 14,0 18
18 EH 18 Ms 033417 0,85 17,8 16,0 22
19 EH 19 Ms 033418 0,85 18,8 17,0 20
20 EH 20 Ms 033419 0,90 19,8 18,0 20
24
25
EH 24
EH 25
Ms
Ms
033420
033800
1,10
1,15
23,8
24,8
22,0
23,0
20
20 O
31 EH 31 Ms 029011 1,85 30,8 28,0 23
38 EH 38 Ms 029013 2,60 37,8 35,0 24
O5
Schweißnippel
Welding nipple
Embout à souder
SN ……
mit O-Ring NBR* (z. B. Perbunan)
with O-ring NBR* (e. g. Perbunan)
avec joint torique NBR* (p. ex. Perbunan)
kg per
Rohr-AD 100 St.
Tube OD kg per *O-Ring
Tube PN Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs. *O-ring
Ø ext. bar Type Reference kg par *Joint
d2 (psi) Désignation Réf. 100 p. d1 L torique
O 38
160 (2321)
250 (3626)
SN 38 x 4
SN 38 x 5
028797
028798
20,4
23,5
30
28
56,5 33,3 x 2,4
315 (4569) SN 38 x 6 028799 27,2 26
400 (5801) SN 38 x 7 604552 30,1 24
* FPM (z. B. Viton) auf Anfrage O-Ring, erst nach dem Schweißvorgang montieren.
* FPM (e. g. Viton) on request O-ring to be fitted after welding.
* FPM (p. ex. Viton) sur demande Monter le joint torique après le soudage.
O6
Hand-Vormontagestutzen
Adaptor for manual pre-assembly
Bloc de pré-sertissage manuel
S-VK ……
P-VK ……
Typ gestempelt
Type stamped
Désignation imprimée
kg per
100 St.
kg per
Reihe Rohr-AD Typ Best.-Nr. 100 pcs.
Series Tube OD Type Reference kg par
Série Tube ∆ ext. M Désignation Réf. 100 p. l8
O7
O-Ringe
O-rings
Joints toriques
3 x1 612346 D
3 x1 613311 D
4 x 1,5 023488 B
4 x 1,5 023497 B/C
4,4 x 0,8 374746 A
4,4 x 0,8 374747 A
4,5 x 1,5 304287 A/C/D/L
4,5 x 1,5 304265 A/C/D/L
5 x1 612347 D
5 x1 613312 D
6 x 0,8 374737 A
6 x 0,8 374741 A
6 x 1,5 023489 A/B/C/D/L
6 x 1,5 023498 A/B/C/D/L
6,5 x 1,5 605948 G
6,5 x 1,5 606088 G
7 x1 612348 D
7 x1 613313 D
7,5 x 0,8 374738 A
7,5 x 0,8 374742 A
7,5 x 1,5 099808 B
7,5 x 1,5 099803 B
7,65 x 1,63 099668 H
8,5 x 1,5 304288 A/C/D/G/L
8,5 x 1,5 304266 A/C/D/G/L
8,92 x 1,83 304315 H
8,92 x 1,83 099669 H
9 x 1,5 099807 B
9 x 1,5 099802 B
9,4 x 2,1 606541 H
9,5 x 0,8 374739 A
9,5 x 0,8 374743 A
10 x 1,5 023491 A/C/D/L
10 x 1,5 023500 A/C/D/L
10 x2 020765 B
10 x2 099801 B
10,52 x 1,83 613166 H
10,52 x 1,83 099670 H
11 x1 374750 A/I/K
11 x1 374754 A
O 11
11
x2
x2
11,3 x 2,2
11,4 x 2,1
023492
606090
609916
615165
G
H
G
H
11,4 x 2,1 606542 H
11,9 x 1,98 609705 H
11,9 x 1,98 099671 H
12 x2 020766 A/B/C/D
12 x2 099800 A/B/C/D
12,5 x 0,8 374740 A
O8
O-Ringe
O-rings
Joints toriques
H
B
A/C/D/L
O
23 x1 304310 A/I/K
23 x1 304409 A/I
23,47 x 2,95 304320 H
23,47 x 2,95 099637 H
23,7 x 2,8 612489 H
24 x 2,5 099793 F
O9
O-Ringe
O-rings
Joints toriques
Verwendung/Intended use/Emploi prévu
Abmessungen Best.-Nr. Werkstoff: NBR (Perbunan® ) Werkstoff: FPM (Viton® )
Dimensions Reference Material: NBR (Perbunan® ) Material: FPM (Viton® )
Dimensions Réf. Matériau: NBR (Perbunan® ) Matériau: FPM (Viton® )
25 x1 374751 A
25 x1 374755 A
25 x 3,5 614081 I
25 x 3,53 611016 I
25,3 x 2,4 099806 B/F
25,3 x 2,4 099797 B/I
26 x 1,5 605952 G
26 x 1,5 606094 G
26 x2 261108 A/B/C/D/L
26 x2 304167 A/C/D/L
26 x 2,5 610499 E/F
26 x 2,5 612930 F
27 x1 608805 A
27,3 x 2,4 304293 A/C/D/L
27,3 x 2,4 304271 C/D/L
28 x1 304273 I/K
28 x1 612832 I
29,74 x 2,95 304322 H
29,74 x 2,95 099639 H
29,828 x 2,62 614724 I
30 x1 374748 A
30 x1 374752 A
31 x2 250258 G
31 x2 606095 G
32 x 1,78 261131 A/I/K
32 x 1,78 374745 A/I
32 x 2,5 020775 A/C/D/L
32 x 2,5 304168 A/C/D/L
32,92 x 3,53 610404 I
32,92 x 3,53 614082 I
33 x 2,5 610500 E/F
33,3 x 2,4 023683 B
33,3 x 2,4 099796 B
34,5 x 2,65 614725 I
35 x 2,5 261138 A/C/D/L
35 x 2,5 304272 C/D/L
37 x1 374749 A/I/K
37 x1 374753 A/I
37,46 x 3 304323 H
37,46 x 3 099640 H
37,69 x 3,53 610405 E/F/I
37,69 x 3,53 614083 I
37,82 x 1,78 612739 I/K
37,82 x 1,78 614076 I
38 x 2,5 099804 A/C/D/L
38 x 2,5 099791 C/D/L
40 x2 261157 G
40 x2 606096 G
43,69 x 3 099641 H
44,17 x 1,78 611929 I/K
44,17 x 1,78 614077 I/K
46 x2 605953 G
46 x2 606097 G
47,22 x 3,53 611425 I
47,22 x 3,53 614084 I
50,52 x 1,78 612147 I/K
50,52 x 1,78 614078 I
53,67 x 1,78 614079 I/K
53,7 x 1,78 612146 I/K
56,52 x 5,33 614138 I
56,74 x 3,53 612145 I
56,74 x 3,53 614085 I
56,82 x 2,62 614386 I/K
64,77 x 2,62 614385 I/K
64,77 x 2,62 614424 I
69,22 x 5,33 614139 I
69,44 x 3,53 614389 I
69,44 x 3,53 614419 I
69,52 x 2,62 614384 I/K
O 69,52 x 2,62
82,22 x 2,62
82,22 x 2,62
85,32 x 3,53
614423
614387
614426
614390
I/K
I
I/K
I/K
Typ Seite
Type Page
Désignation Page
WALFORMplus MEG-WF2 P8
WALFORMplus MEG-WF2/BO
WALFORMplus MEG-WF3/BO
Rohrbiegewerkzeuge P18
Tube bending tools
Cintreuses pour tubes
P
Vertretungen - Inland / Europa / Übersee P20-26
Agents - Germany / Europe / Overseas
Représentants - Allemagne / Europe / Outre-mer
P1
Vormontagemaschine Profilring
Pre-assembly machine Profile ring
Machine de pré-sertissage Bague profilée
MEG-R4
Die WALTERSCHEID-Maschine The MEG-R4 machine from La machine de WALTER-
MEG-R4 können Sie sowohl WALTERSCHEID can be used SCHEID MEG-R4 peut être
zur Vormontage mit herköm- both for pre-assembly with utilisée aussi bien pour le
mlichen Ein- oder Zweikan- conventional one or two- pré-sertissage au moyen de
tenschneidringen einsetzen, edge cutting rings and for bagues coupantes tradition-
als auch zur gesteuerten End- controlled final assembly of nelles à un ou deux tran-
montage von WALTER- WALTERSCHEID profile rings. chants que pour le montage
SCHEID-Profilringen verwen- final contrôlé des bagues
den. profilées de WALTERSCHEID.
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 613 805 Technische Daten Technical data Données techniques
Gewicht (kg) Weight (kg) Poids (kg) 80
Maße B x H x T (mm) Dimensions W x H x D (mm) Dimensions L x H x P (mm) 700 x 220 x 650
Spannung (V) Voltage (V) Tension (V) 230
Frequenz (Hz) Frequency (Hz) Fréquence (Hz) 50
Leistungsaufnahme Power consumption Consommation
(kW) (kW) de puissance (kW) 1,5
Absicherung (A) Fuse (A) Protection (A) 16
Minimale Rohrwandstärken
für gesteuerte Endmontage
Min. tube wall thicknesses for
controlled final assembly
Epaisseurs mini de paroi du tube
pour le montage final contrôlé
P
matériaux sur demande.
P2
Werkzeuge für Vormontagemaschine Profilring MEG-R4
Tools for pre-assembly machine Profile ring
Outils pour machine de pré-sertissage Bague profilée
Vormontagestutzen
Pre-assembly adaptor Reihe Rohr-AD Vormontagestutzen GE-Stutzen Stützscheibe
Bloc de pré-sertissage Series Tube OD Pre-assembly adaptor Assembly adaptor GE Backing plate
Série Tube Ø ext. Bloc de pré-sertissage Bloc de sertissage GE Bague d’appui
6 029 254
8 029 255
10 029 256
12 029 257
15 029 258
L
18 029 259
22 029 260
28 029 261
35 029 262
42 029 263
6 029 264
8 029 265
10 029 266
12 029 267
14 029 268
S 16 029 269
20 029 270
25 029 271
30 029 272
38 029 273
P
P3
Umformmaschinen WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Reshaping machines WALFORM tube fittings
Machines de formage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
MEG-WF1/BO2
Zur Umformung von Stahlroh- For reshaping steel tubes with Machine pour le formage de
ren mit Rohr-AD 10 bis 22 mm. outside diameters from 10 to tubes acier de 10 à 22 mm de
Durch einfachen Werkzeug- 22 mm. Simply by changing diamètre extérieur. Un simple
wechsel kann diese Maschine tools, this machine can also be changement d’outil permet
auch als Bördelmaschine für used as a flaring machine for également d’en faire une
alle Rohr-AD 6 bis 42 mm ver- all outside diameters from 6 to machine à évaser pour tous
wendet werden. 42 mm. les tubes de 6 à 42 mm de
diamètre extérieur.
WALFORM-M
metallisch dichtend / with metallic seal
avec d’étanchéité par arête métal
Umformung ohne Innenabstützung / Reshaping without internal support / Formage sans support intérieur
P
P4
Umformmaschinen WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Reshaping machines WALFORM tube fittings
Machines de formage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
MEG-WF2
Zur Umformung von Stahlroh- For reshaping steel tubes with Machine pour le formage de
ren mit Rohr-AD 6 bis 42 mm outside diameters from 6 to tubes en acier de 6 à 42 mm
und Rohren aus nicht rosten- 42 mm and stainless steel et acier inox de 6 à 30 x 3 mm
dem Stahl mit Rohr-AD 6 bis tubes with outside diameters de diamètre extérieur. Un
30 x 3 mm. Durch Werkzeug- from 6 to 30 x 3 mm. By changement d’outil permet
wechsel kann die Maschine changing tools, the MEG- également de faire de la
MEG-WF2/BO auch als Bördel- WF2/BO machine can also be machine MEG-WF2/BO une
maschine für Walterscheid-37°- used as a flaring machine for machine à évaser pour les
SAE-Bördelflansche bis Walterscheid-37° SAE flared brides d’évasement 37° SAE
60,3 mm verwendet werden. flanges up to 60.3 mm. de Walterscheid jusqu’à
60,3 mm.
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 610 750
WALFORM-M
WALFORMplus WALFORMplus metallisch dichtend / with metallic seal
mit Weichdichtung / with captive seal / avec joint mou mit Weichdichtung / with captive seal / avec joint mou avec d’étanchéité par arête métal
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm] Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm] Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm]
Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm] Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm] Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Tube Ø ext. Tube Ø ext. Tube Ø ext.
[mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 [mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 [mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
6 + 6 + 6
8 + 8 + 8
10 + 10 + 10
12 + ● 12 + 12
15 ● ● ● 15 ● ● 15
16 ● ● 16 ● ● 16
18 ● ● 18 ● ● 18
20 ● ● 20 ● ● 20
22 ● ● 22 ● ● 22
25 ● ● 25 ● 25
28 ● ● ● 28 ● ● ● 28
30 ● ● 30 ● ● 30
35 ● 35 35
38 ● ● 38 38
42 ● ● ● 42 42
Handelsübliche Hydraulikrohre, Werkstoff St 37.4/52.4 gemäß Hydraulikrohre aus nicht rostendem Stahl, Werkstoff 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi Handelsübliche Hydraulikrohre, Werkstoff St 37.4/52.4 gemäß
DIN 1630, NBK-3.1B. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, Teil 1-C. 17122), Ausführungsart „m“ nach DIN 17458. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 1630, NBK-3.1B. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, Teil 1-C.
Commercial hydraulic tube, material St 37.4/52.4 according to DIN 1630, DIN 2391, Teil 1-C. - Stainless steel hydraulic tube, material 1.4571 Commercial hydraulic tube, material St 37.4/52.4 according to DIN 1630,
NBK-3.1B. Dimensions and tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. (X6CrNiMoTi 17122) type ‘m‘ according to DIN 17458. Dimensions and NBK-3.1B. Dimensions and tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C.
Tube hydraulique courant, matériau St 37.4/52.4 suivant DIN 1630, NBK- tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. - Tube hydraulique, en acier Tube hydraulique courant, matériau St 37.4/52.4 suivant DIN 1630, NBK-
3.1B. Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C. inox 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi 17122), type ‘m‘ selon la norme DIN 17458. 3.1B. Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
P
Umformung ohne Innenabstützung / Reshaping without internal support / Formage sans support intérieur
● Umformung mit Innenabstützung / Reshaping with internal support / Formage avec support intérieur
+ Mit Stützring / With adapter ring / Avec bague de support
P5
Umformmaschinen WALFORM-Rohrverschraubungen
Reshaping machines WALFORM tube fittings
Machines de formage Raccords de tubes WALFORM
MEG-WF3/BO
Zur Umformung von Stahl- und For reshaping steel tubes and Machine pour le formage de tube
Edelstahl-Rohren mit Rohr-AD stainless steel tubes with out- hydraulique en acier et acier inox
6 bis 42 mm. Durch Werkzeug- side diameters from 6 to 42 1.4571 de 6 à 42 mm de diamè-
wechsel kann diese Maschine mm. By changing tools, this tre extérieur. Un changement
auch als Bördelmaschine für machine can also be used as a d’outil permet également d’en
Walterscheid-37° SAE-Bördel- flaring machine for Walter- faire une machine à évaser pour
flansche bis 101,6 mm verwen- scheid-37° SAE flaring flanges les Walterscheid-37° SAE brides
det werden. for all diameters to 101,6 mm. d’évasement à 101,6 mm dia-
mètres.
WALFORM-Kopf Bördel-Kopf
Head for WALFORM fitting Head for flare tube fitting
Tête pour raccord WALFORM Tête pour raccord pour tube évasé
Achtung!
Umformköpfe für MEG-WF3/BO
zusätzlich bestellen.
Attention!
Reshaping heads for MEG-WF3/BO should
be ordered in addition.
Attention!
Pour les têtes de formage pour la
MEG-WF3/BO, il convient de passer une Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 613 289 Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 613 288
commande supplémentaire.
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm] Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm] Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] · Wall thickness [mm]
Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm] Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm] Tube OD Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Tube Ø ext. Tube Ø ext. Tube Ø ext.
[mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 [mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 [mm] 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
6 + 6 + 6
8 + 8 + 8
10 + 10 + 10
12 + ● 12 + 12
15 ● ● ● 15 ● ● 15
16 ● ● 16 ● ● 16
18 ● ● 18 ● ● 18
20 ● ● 20 ● ● 20
22 ● ● 22 ● ● 22
25 ● ● 25 ● 25
28 ● ● ● 28 ● ● ● 28
30 ● ● 30 ● ● 30
35 ● 35 ● 35
38 ● ● 38 ● 38
42 ● ● ● 42 ● 42
Handelsübliche Hydraulikrohre, Werkstoff St 37.4/52.4 gemäß Hydraulikrohre aus nicht rostendem Stahl, Werkstoff 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi Handelsübliche Hydraulikrohre, Werkstoff St 37.4/52.4 gemäß
DIN 1630, NBK-3.1B. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, Teil 1-C. 17122), Ausführungsart „m“ nach DIN 17458. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 1630, NBK-3.1B. Maße und Toleranzen nach DIN 2391, Teil 1-C.
Commercial hydraulic tube, material St 37.4/52.4 according to DIN 1630, DIN 2391, Teil 1-C. - Stainless steel hydraulic tube, material 1.4571 Commercial hydraulic tube, material St 37.4/52.4 according to DIN 1630,
NBK-3.1B. Dimensions and tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. (X6CrNiMoTi 17122) type ‘m‘ according to DIN 17458. Dimensions and NBK-3.1B. Dimensions and tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C.
Tube hydraulique courant, matériau St 37.4/52.4 suivant DIN 1630, NBK- tolerances according to DIN 2391, sheet 1-C. - Tube hydraulique, en acier Tube hydraulique courant, matériau St 37.4/52.4 suivant DIN 1630, NBK-
3.1B. Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C. inox 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi 17122), type ‘m‘ selon la norme DIN 17458. 3.1B. Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391, folio 1-C.
P
Umformung ohne Innenabstützung / Reshaping without internal support / Formage sans support intérieur
● Umformung mit Innenabstützung / Reshaping with internal support / Formage avec support intérieur
+ Mit Stützring / With adapter ring / Avec bague de support
P6
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - WALFORM-M MEG-WF1/BO2
Tools for reshaping machine - WALFORM-M
Outils pour machine de formage - WALFORM-M
MEG-WF1/BO2
Spannbacken für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
WALFORM-M Stahl St 37.4/52.4 Tube OD
Clamping jaws for Tube Ø ext. 2 2,5 3
WALFORM-M steel St 37.4/52.4 [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Mâchoires de serrage pour
WALFORM-M acier St 37.4/52.4 10 L 610 892
10 S 610 734
12 L 610 893
12 S 610 735
15 L 610 736
16 S 610 737
18 L 610 738
20 S 610 739
22 L 610 740
Formstutzen für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
WALFORM-M Stahl St 37.4/52.4 Tube OD
Reshaper for Tube Ø ext. 2 2,5 3
WALFORM-M steel St 37.4/52.4 [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Outil de formage pour
WALFORM-M acier St 37.4/52.4 10 L 610 886
10 S 610 743
12 L 610 887
12 S 610 744
15 L 610 745
16 S 610 746
18 L 610 747
20 S 610 748
22 L 610 749
P
P7
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - WALFORMplus
Tools for reshaping machine - WALFORMplus
MEG-WF2
MEG-WF2/BO
+
Outils pour machine de formage - WALFORMplus MEG-WF3/BO
Spannbacken für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
WALFORMplus Stahl St 37.4/52.4 Tube OD
Clamping jaws for Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
WALFORMplus steel St 37.4/52.4 [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Mâchoires de serrage pour
WALFORMplus acier St 37.4/52.4 6 610 897 615 765
8 612 561 615 766
10 612 562 615 767
12 612 563 615 768
15 615 769
16 615 770 615 770
18 615 771
20 615 772 615 772
22 615 773
25 615 774
28 615 775
30 615 776 615 776
35 615 777 615 777
38 615 778 615 778
42 615 779
Formstutzen für
WALFORMplus Stahl St 37.4/52.4 Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Tube OD
Reshaper for
Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
WALFORMplus steel St 37.4/52.4
[mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Outil de formage pour
WALFORMplus acier St 37.4/52.4 6 612 284 615 820
8 612 555 615 821 615 822
10 612 557 615 823 615 824 615 825 615 826
12 612 559 615 827 615 830 615 831 615 832
15 615 833 615 836 615 839
16 615 842 615 845 615 848 615 849
18 615 850 615 853 615 856
20 615 857 615 860 615 863 615 864
ohne Innenabstützung 22 615 865 615 995 615 868 615 869
without internal support
sans support intérieur 25 615 870 615 873 615 876 615 877 615 878 615 994
28 615 879 615 882 615 885 615 888
30 615 889 615 892 615 895 615 896
35 615 897 615 900 615 901
38 615 902 615 905 615 906 615 907
42 615 908 615 911 615 914
P
with internal support Reshaping with internal support
avec support intérieur Formage avec support intérieur
P8
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - WALFORMplus
Tools for reshaping machine - WALFORMplus
MEG-WF2
MEG-WF2/BO
+
Outils pour machine de formage - WALFORMplus MEG-WF3/BO
Spannbacken für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
WALFORMplus nicht rostender Stahl 1.4571 Tube OD
Clamping jaws for Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
WALFORMplus stainless steel 1.4571 [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Mâchoires de serrage pour
WALFORMplus acier inox 1.4571 6 610 897 615 765
8 612 561 615 766
10 612 562 615 767
12 612 563 615 768
15 615 769
16 615 770
18 615 771
20 615 772
22 615 773
25 615 774 615 774
28 615 775
30 615 776 615 776
35 * 615 777 615 777
38 * 615 778 615 778
42 * 615 779
Formstutzen für
WALFORMplus nicht rostender Stahl 1.4571 Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Reshaper for Tube OD
WALFORMplus stainless steel 1.4571 Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
[mm]
Outil de formage pour Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
WALFORMplus acier inox 1.4571 6 612 284 615 917
8 612 903 615 918
10 612 904 615 919
12 612 560 615 920 615 921
15 615 922 615 925
16 615 928 615 931 615 934
18 615 935 615 938 615 941
20 615 942 615 945 615 948
ohne Innenabstützung 22 615 949 615 952 615 955
without internal support
sans support intérieur 25 615 956 615 959 615 960
28 615 961 615 964 615 967
30 615 970 615 973 615 976 615 977
35* 615 978 615 981 615 982
38* 615 983 615 986 615 989 615 990
42* 615 991
P
with internal support Reshaping with internal support * à partir du dia. ext. 35 du tube, le matériau de tube
avec support intérieur Formage avec support intérieur acier inox 1.4571 ne peut être formé qu’avec la machine
MEG-WF3/BO.
P9
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - WALFORM-M MEG-WF2
Tools for reshaping machine - WALFORM-M MEG-WF2/BO
Outils pour machine de formage - WALFORM-M MEG-WF3/BO
Spannbacken für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
WALFORM-M Stahl St 37.4/52.4 Tube OD
Clamping jaws for Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
WALFORM-M steel St 37.4/52.4 [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Mâchoires de serrage pour
10 L/S 610 769
WALFORM-M acier St 37.4/52.4
12 L/S 610 770
15 L 610 771
16 S 610 772
18 L 610 773
20 S 610 774
22 L 610 775
25 S 610 776
28 L 610 777
30 S 610 778
35 L 610 779
38 S 610 780
42 L 610 781
Formstutzen für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
WALFORM-M Stahl St 37.4/52.4 Tube OD
Reshaper for Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
WALFORM-M steel St 37.4/52.4 [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
Outil de formage pour
10 L 610 888
WALFORM-M acier St 37.4/52.4
10 S 610 784
12 L 610 889
12 S 610 785
15 L 610 786
16 S 610 787
18 L 610 788
20 S 610 789
22 L 610 790
25 S 610 791
28 L 610 792
30 S 610 793
35 L 610 794
38 S 610 795
42 L 610 796
P
P10
P
P11
Umformmaschinen Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37° Bördelflansche 37°
Reshaping machines Flare tube fittings 37° 37° flared flanges
Machines de formage Raccords pour tubes évasés 37° Brides d’évasement 37°
Zum Bördeln von Rohren Stahl/nicht rostender Stahl mit Rohr-AD 6 bis 101,6 mm.
For flaring tubes with outside diameters from 6 to 101,6 mm.
Machine pour le formage de tubes de 6 à 101,6 mm.
Best.-Nr.
Reference / Réf.
608 250 609 708 610 720 613 351 613 287
Stahl
bis / to bis / to 101,6
Rohr-AD
Steel 6 - 42 6 - 42 jusqu’à
60,3
Acier jusqu’à
Tube OD mm
Tube Ø ext. nicht rostender Stahl auf Anfrage auf Anfrage
stainless steel 6 - 42 6 - 42 on request / sur demande on request / sur demande
acier inox
Gewicht
Weight / Poids kg
45 107 220 850
Maße B x H x T
Dimensions W x H x O mm 500 x 220 x 750 760 x 235 x 715 850 x 275 x 990 860 x 117 x 1530
Dimensions L x H x P
Spannung
Voltage / Tension V - 230 400 400
Frequenz
Frequency / Fréquence Hz - 50 50 50
Leistungsaufnahme
Power consumption kW - 2 2,8 4
Consommation de puissance
Absicherung
Fuse / Protection A
- 16 16 16
Optionen
Fußschalter, Zählwerk / Foot switch, Counter / Commande à pedale, Compteur
Options / Options
Bördel-Kopf Bördel-Kopf
Head for flare tube fitting Head for flare tube fitting
Tête pour raccord pour Tête pour raccord pour
tube évasé tube évasé
Verwendbare Rohrwerkstoffe
Suitable tube materials
Materiaux du tube utilisables
Best.-Nr./Reference/Réf.: Best.-Nr./Reference/Réf.:
612 351 613 289
P
une commande supplémentaire.
comme machines WALFORM.
P12
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37° MHH-BO (MEH-B-2)
Tools for reshaping machine - Flare tube fittings 37°
Outils pour machine de formage - Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
MHH-BO (MEH-BO-2)
Spannbacken für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37° Tube OD
Stahl St37.4/52.4 - nicht rostender Stahl 1.4571 Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
Clamping jaws for flare tube fittings 37° [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
steel St37.4/52.4 - stainless steel 1.4571
Mâchoires de serrage pour raccords pour 6 608 500
tubes évasés 37° 8 608 501
acier St37.4/52.4 - acier inox 1.4571
10 608 502
12 608 503
14 608 504
15 608 505
16 608 506
18 608 507
20 608 508
22 608 509
25 608 510
28 608 511
30 608 512
35 608 513
38 608 514 608 407
42 608 515
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 604 854 Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 605 100
P
P13
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37° MEG-BO2
Tools for reshaping machine - Flare tube fittings 37° MEG-WF1/BO2
Outils pour machine de formage - Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
MEG-BO2
MEG-WF1/BO2
Spannbacken für
Rohr-AD Wandstärke [mm] / Wall thickness [mm] / Epaisseur de paroi [mm]
Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37° Tube OD
Stahl St 37.4/52.4 - nicht rostender Stahl 1.4571 Tube Ø ext. 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6
Clamping jaws for flare tube fittings 37° [mm] Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.
steel St 37.4/52.4 - stainless steel 1.4571
Mâchoires de serrage pour raccords pour 6 608 379
tubes évasés 37° 8 608 380
acier St 37.4/52.4 - acier inox 1.4571
10 608 381
12 608 382
14 608 383
15 608 384
16 608 385
18 608 386
20 608 387
22 608 388
25 608 389
28 608 390
30 608 391
35 608 392
38 608 393 608 412
42 608 394
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 604 854 Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 605 100
P
P14
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - Bördelflansche 37° MEG-WF2/BO
Tools for reshaping machine - 37° flared flanges
Outils pour machine de formage - Brides d’évasement 37°
MEG-WF2/BO
Hartstoffbeschichteter Dorn zum Bördeln von Rohren aus Stahl und nicht rostendem Stahl
Mandrel with mechanically resistant coating for the flaring of steel and stainless steel tubes Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 613 205
Mandrin avec revêment à résistance mécanique élevée pour l’évasement de tubes en acier et acier inox
P
P15
Werkzeuge für Umformmaschine - Bördelflansche 37° MEG-WF3/BO
Tools for reshaping machine - 37° flared flanges
Outils pour machine de formage - Brides d’évasement 37°
Bördeldorn
Flaring mandrel Hartstoffbeschichteter Dorn zum Bördeln von Rohren aus Stahl und nicht rostendem Stahl
Mandrin à évaser Mandrel with mechanically resistant coating for the flaring of steel and stainless steel tubes
Mandrin avec revêment à résistance mécanique élevée pour l’évasement de tubes en acier et acier inox
614 118
P
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.:
P16
Werkzeuge für Schraubstock - Bördel-Rohrverschraubungen 37°
Vice tools - Flare tube fittings 37°
Outils pour étau - Raccords pour tubes évasés 37°
Achtung!
Schraubstock-Bördelwerkzeug nur bei Einzelmontagen und Reparaturen verwenden.
Caution!
The vice flaring tool should only be used for individual assembly operations and
repair work.
Attention!
N'utiliser l'outillage à évaser avec étau que pour des montages individuels et des
réparations.
Bördel-Spannbacken
Clamping jaws Bördel-Dorne
Mâchoires de serrage Flaring mandrels
pour l’évasement Mandrins à évaser
Rohr-AD
Tube OD Best.-Nr. Typ Best.-Nr.
Tube Ø ext. Reference Type Reference
[mm] Réf. Désignation Réf.
6 602 823
B-Dorn 6-18
8 602 824
Mandrel 6-18 063 156
10 602 825 Mandrin 6-18
12 602 826
B-Vordorn 20-42
14 602 833
Pre-mandrel 20-42 063 155
15 602 827 Mandrin préparatoire 20-42
16 602 834
18 602 828 B-Dorn 18-25
Mandrel 18-25 063 157
20 602 835 Mandrin 18-25
22 602 829
25 602 836 B-Dorn 28-30
Mandrel 28-30 063 158
28 602 830 Mandrin 28-30
30 602 837
35 602 831 B-Dorn 35-42
Mandrel 35-42 063 159
38 602 838 Mandrin 35-42
42 602 832
Spannbacke auf Rohr schieben. Rohrende muß bündig mit Vorderseite Rohrende bördeln. Richtige Form des Bördelkragens ist bei Anliegen
der Spannbacke abschließen. Spannbacke mit Rohr in Schraubstock im Kegel der Spannbacken erreicht. (Ab Rohr-AD 20 mm Vordorn ver-
fest einspannen. wenden.) Gebördeltes Rohr kontrollieren.
Slide clamping jaw onto tube. Tube end must be flush with front end Flare tube end. Tube is correctly flared if it conforms to the taper in
of clamping jaw. Firmly clamp both jaw and tube in vice. the clamping jaws. (From 20 mm tube OD use pre-mandrel.) Check
the flared tube.
Mettre la mâchoire de serrage sur le tube. Le bout du tube doit
affleurer la face de la mâchoire de serrage. Serrer à fond la mâchoire Evaser le tube. La forme correcte du collet est obtenue dès qu'il
de serrage avec le tube dans l'étau. adhère au cône des mâchoires de serrage (à partir du dia. ext. 20 mm
du tube, utiliser le mandrin préparatoire.) Contrôler le tube évasé.
P
P17
Rohrbiegewerkzeuge
Tube bending tools
Cintreuses pour tubes
Rohrbiegewerkzeug Rohrbiegewerkzeug
6-12 mm Rohr-AD mit 4 auswechselbaren 10-18 mm Rohr-AD mit 4 auswechselbaren
Biegerollen Biegerollen
Tube bending tool Tube bending tool
6-12 mm tube OD with 4 replaceable 10-18 mm tube OD with 4 replaceable
bending rollers bending rollers
Cintreuse pour tubes Cintreuse pour tubes
Ø ext. 6 à 12 mm avec 4 rouleaux différents Ø ext. 10 à 18 mm avec 4 rouleaux différents
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 033 012 Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 033 020
Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 063 805 Best.-Nr. / Reference / Réf.: 615 706
P
P18
P
P19
Vertretungen - Inland ● Vertretungen - Inland ❍ Stützpunkt - Inland
Agents - Germany Agents - Germany Base - Germany
Représentants en Allemagne Représentants en Allemagne Base en Allemagne
P ✉
❍
73716 Esslingen Postfach 50 08
Horn-Hydraulik-Technik GmbH
68794 Oberhausen-Rheinhausen Weiherweg 25
Internet www.fierthbauer.de
Tel. (07254) 83 67 und 95 00 86
E-mail [email protected]
Telefax (07254) 95 00 88
Internet www.horngmbh.de
P20
❍ H.P. Barth, Fluid-Verbindungstechnik Tel. (07141) 60 52 82 Telefax (07141) 20 07 43
71732 Tamm Amselweg 5
❍ Gummi-Scheufele GmbH Tel. (07041) 9 57 60 Telefax (07041) 45 40 1
75404 Mühlacker Industriestraße 129
❍ Haas & Kellhofer Industriebedarf Tel. (07731) 92 46-0 Telefax (07731) 92 46 46
78224 Singen/Hohentwiel Grubenwaldstraße 7
❍ Kröll Hydrotechnik KG Tel. (07541) 38 00-0 Telefax (07541) 2 10 20
88046 Friedrichshafen Eckenerstraße 65
❍ 88263 Horgenzell-Furth Finsterle GmbH Tel. (07504) 97 08-0 Telefax (07504) 97 08 24
❍ BF-Hydraulik, Baumann & Fischer KG Tel. (07522) 8 00 45 Telefax (07522) 8 00 46
88239 Wangen Wiesen
● Lotz Hydraulik + Pneumatik GmbH Tel. (07641) 92 91-0 Telefax (07641) 92 91 20
79312 Emmendingen Denzlinger Straße 32
✉ 79301 Emmendingen Postfach 11 62
● Schötz Industrietechnik GmbH Tel. (089) 80 93-0 Telefax (089) 80 93-2 88
82178 Puchheim Benzstraße 36 E-mail [email protected]
✉ 82167 Puchheim Postfach 11 42 Internet www.schoetz.de
❍ Rottmoser Hydraulik, Industrie, KFZ-Teile Tel. (08031) 30 87-0 Telefax (08031) 30 87-23
83022 Rosenheim Simsseestraße 6
❍ Johann Schild, Herstellungs+Handels GmbH Tel. (08684) 98 80-0 Telefax (08684) 98 80-20
83413 Fridolfing Nilling 6
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. KG Tel. (08638) 20 84 Telefax (08638) 20 86
84478 Waldkraiburg Traunreuter Str. 3
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. KG Tel. (08671) 30 31 Telefax (08671) 35 84
84524 Neuötting Simbacher Str. 34
❍ Josef Hohn GmbH, Fahrzeug + Industrieteile Tel. (0821) 2 97 91-0 Telefax (0821) 2 97 91-11
86368 Gersthofen Werner-von-Braun-Straße 8
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. KG Tel. (0831) 5 74 31-0 Telefax (0831) 5 74 31 10
87437 Kempten Porschestraße 17
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. KG Tel. (08331) 92 07-0 Telefax (08331) 92 07 10
87700 Memmingen Brahmsstraße 6
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. KG Tel. (0731) 7 29 62-0 Telefax (0731) 7 29 62-20
89231 Neu-Ulm Heinkelstraße 6
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. KG Tel. (0851) 9 55 49-0 Telefax (0851) 9 55 49-10
94036 Passau Neuburger Straße 129
❍ Andorfer Hydraulik GmbH Tel. (09421) 99 56-0 Telefax (09421) 99 56-10
94315 Straubing Hebbelstraße 22
✉ 94306 Straubing Postfach 06 31
❍ Schnupp GmbH & Co., Hydraulik KG Tel. (09422) 33 96 Telefax (09422) 55 50
94327 Bogen Further Straße 63
❍ Hans Pregler KG Tel. (0991) 25 05-0 Telefax (0991) 25 05-29
94469 Deggendorf Graflinger Straße 224
● Schötz Industrietechnik GmbH Tel. (09129) 9 09 97-0 Telefax (09129) 9 09 97-49
90530 Wendelstein Johann-Höllfritsch-Straße 43 E-mail [email protected] Internet www.schoetz.de
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (09081) 29 58-0 Telefax (09081) 23 34 1
86720 Nördlingen Anton-Jaumann-Industriepark 3a
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (0911) 6 43 10-0 Telefax (0911) 6 43 10 40
90451 Nürnberg Donaustraße 107
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (09131) 1 20 41-0 Telefax (09131) 30 29 03
91052 Erlangen Am Anger 40
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (09161) 88 47-0 Telefax (09161) 88 47-20
91413 Neustadt/Aisch Rudolf-Diesel-Straße 1
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (0981) 4 88 38-0 Telefax (0981) 8 21 12
91522 Ansbach Jägerndorferstraße 25
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (09141) 86 62-0 Telefax (09141) 86 62-22
91781 Weißenburg Industriestraße 51
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (09621) 76 75-0 Telefax (09621) 76 75 40
92224 Amberg Dieselstraße 3
❍ Meier Siegfried, Hydraulikdienst Tel. (09661) 98 68 Telefax (09661) 99 68
92237 Sulzbach-Rosenberg Industriestraße 40
❍ Günther Plößner, Hydraulikdienst Tel. (09641) 92 29-0 Telefax (09641) 92 29-49
92655 Grafenwöhr Bahnhofstraße 56
❍ Schötz Industrietechnik GmbH Tel. (09401) 96 31 13 Telefax (09401) 96 31 10
93083 Obertraubling Hartinger Weg 2A
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (09281) 78 75-0 Telefax (09281) 9 68 18
95032 Hof Wunsiedler Straße 7
❍ Eugen Trost GmbH & Co. Tel. (0921) 7 92 04-0 Telefax (0921) 9 88 72
95448 Bayreuth Christian-Ritter-von-Langheinrich-Straße 22
❍ Lamm (Seile, Hebezeuge, Ketten, Hydraulik) Tel. (09545) 75 20 Telefax (09545) 5 03 29
96146 Altendorf Brücknerstraße 5
● Wütschner Fahrzeugteile GmbH + Co. KG Tel. (09721) 65 86-0 Telefax (09721) 6 83 85
97424 Schweinfurt Rudolf-Diesel-Straße 15 E-mail [email protected]
✉ 97405 Schweinfurt Postfach 15 57 Internet www.wuetschner.com
● Hyflexar Schlauch & Armaturen GmbH Tel. (03643) 42 16 88 Telefax (03643) 42 16 89
99427 Weimar Nordstraße 5
❍ JEN Pneumatik & Schlauchtechnik GmbH Tel. (03641) 35 63 00 Telefax (03641) 35 63 20
07745 Jena Göschwitzer Straße 22 E-mail [email protected] Internet www.jenpneumatik.de
P
❍ Fluidtechnik GmbH Tel. (036253) 30 70 Telefax (036253) 30 725
99887 Georgenthal/Thür. Friedensstraße 14
P21
Vertretungen - Europa
Agents - Europe
Représentants en Europe
● Belgien/Belgium Interpieces S.A. N.V. Industrie Tel. +32 (2) 2 55 78 81 Telefax +32 (2) 2 55 79 80
Havendoklaan 14 (Cargovil) E-mail [email protected]
1804 Vilvoorde
● Belgien/Belgium nv. Glaenzer-Seurre Tel. (011) 59 02 60 Telefax (011) 31 65 58
Stippelstraat 53 E-mail [email protected]
3800 Sint-Truiden
● Dänemark/Denmark Dansk Uni-Cardan A/S Tel. 44 86 68 44 Telefax 44 68 88 22
Jernet 39 E-mail [email protected]
6000 Kolding Internet www.uni-cardan.dk
● Finnland/Finland GS-Hydro Oy Tel. (0) 3 65 641 Telefax (0) 3 6532 998
Lautatarhankatu 4
13110 Hämeenlinna
● Finnland/Finland Muko Oy Tel. (09) 34 87 08 47 Telefax (09) 34 87 08 48
Hankasuontie 12, P.O. Box 55 E-Mail [email protected]
00390 Helsinki 39 Internet www.muko.fi
● Frankreich/France DEFA Dep. Hydraulique Tel. (01) 30 25 94 20 Telefax (01) 30 25 94 59
11 Rue Guy Moquet, Zone Industrielle du Val d’ Argent E-mail [email protected]
95100 Argenteuil Internet www.defa.fr
❍ Frankreich/France Société Syldos Tel. (04) 72 21 41 03 Telefax (04) 72 50 85 05
2, Rue Pierre Timbaud - Z.I., B.P. 572
69637 Venissieux Cedex
● Griechenland/Greece Antonios John Gioxas Tel. (1) 4 17 66 12 Telefax (1) 4 17 92 04
Industrial and Shipbuilding Supplies (1) 4 17 72 25
19, Gravias Str. (1) 4 17 54 43
185 45 Piraeus
● Großbritannien/Great Britan Stauff UK Tel. (01142) 518 518 Telefax (01142) 518 519
332 Coleford Road E-mail [email protected]
Darnall, Sheffield S9 5PH
● Island/Iceland Landvélar HF Tel. 557-6600 Telefax 557-8500
Smiδjuvegur 66, P.O. Box 20
200 Kópavogur
● Italien/Italy Uni-Cardan Italia S.p.A. Tel. (02) 3 83 38-1 Telefax (02) 333.01.030 / 38302122
Via G. Ferraris 125
20021 Ospiate di Bollate
● Italien/Italy STAUFF Italia S.R.L. Tel. (0362) 31 21 13 Telefax (0362) 33 55 36
Via Pola 21-23
20034 Birone di Giussano (MI)
❍ Kroatien/Croatia UN-TRA d.o.o. Zapstupstvo: Rexroth Tel. (1) 2 32 92 66 Telefax (1) 2 32 92 67
1. Ravnice 2a
10000 Zagreb
● Niederlande/Netherlands EPE-Goldman BV Technisch Handelsbureau Tel. +31 (10) 4 26 99 99 Telefax +31 (10) 4 26 90 80
Postbus 82 3100 AB Schiedam E-mail [email protected]
Adm. Trompstraat 4 3115 HH Schiedam Internet www.epe-goldman.nl
● Norwegen/Norway GKN UniCardan Norge A.S Tel. (64) 98 11 00 Telefax (64) 98 11 98
Verpetvn. 34 E-mail [email protected]
1540 Vestby
● Norwegen/Norway GS-Hydro Norge AS Tel. (47) 63 86 66 20 Telefax (47) 63 86 66 66
Måltrostveien 3, P.O. Box 93
2044 Frogner
● Österreich/Austria GKN Service Austria GmbH Tel. (01) 6 16 38 80 Telefax (01) 6 16 38 80-23
Slamastraße 32, Postfach 53 E-mail [email protected]
1232 Wien Internet www.gkngsa.co.at
● Polen/Poland Mannesmann Rexroth Sp. z.o.o. Tel. (22) 75 86 400 Telefax (22) 75 88 735
ul. Staszica 1 E-mail [email protected]
05-800 Pruszków Internet www.rexroth.com.pl
● Portugal/Portugal Gustavo Cudell, Lda Tel. +351 (22) 6 15 80 00 Telefax +351 (22) 6 15 80 70
Rua Eng. Ferreira Dias, 954 E-mail [email protected]
4149-008 Porto Internet www.gustavocudell.pt
● Schweden/Sweden GS-Hydro AB Tel. (08) 7 50 58 35 Telefax (08) 7 50 61 05
Haukadalsgatan 12
164 40 Kista
● Schweiz/Switzerland Hydrel AG, Maschinenfabrik Tel. (071) 4 66 66 66 Telefax (071) 4 66 66 80
Badstraße 14, Postfach 180 E-mail [email protected]
8590 Romanshorn Internet www.hydrel.ch
❍ Slowenien/Slovenia LA & CO d.o.o. Zapstopstvo: Rexroth Tel. (2) 4 29 26 60 Telefax (2) 4 20 55 50
Limbuška 42
62000 Maribor
● Spanien/Espania Bultz Estanqueidad S.L. Tel. (943) 21 70 00 Telefax (943) 21 72 07
Paseo de Arriola 17, Bajo E-mail [email protected]
20009 San Sebastian
❍ Tschechien/Czech. GKN Service Austria GmbH Tel. (03) 87 31 41 25 Telefax (03) 87 31 41 26
Organizac˘ni slo˘zka, Pekárenská 77
37004 České Bude~jovice
● Türkei/Turkey Demirer Hidrolik sanayi ve ticaret ltd. sti. Tel. (312) 3 85 25 55+56 Telefax (312) 3 85 25 57
100, Yil Bulvari No. 44 3 85 05 70+71
Ostim, Ankara E-mail [email protected]
❍ Ungarn/Hungary Mannesmann Rexroth/ Rexroth Mecman KFT Tel. +36 (1) 1 83 19 77 + 1 64 00 02 Telefax +36 (1) 1 83 19 80
Hajtástechnikai KFT
P
1440 Budapest . Pf. 505
❍ Ungarn/Hungary INNOFLUID Ltd. Tel. +36 (1) 2 21 39 90+91 Telefax +36 (1) 3 83 51 03
Várna u. 12-14 E-mail [email protected]
1149 Budapest Internet www.innofluid.hu
P22
Vertretungen - Übersee
Agents - Overseas
Représentants en Outre-mer
● U SA Motion Industries Inc. Hose & Coupling Division Tel. (708) 7 80-62 00 Telefax (708) 7 80-67 53
3825 South Normal Avenue E-mail Motionindi/3/@MindSpring.com
Chicago, Illinois 60609-1706
● U SA GS-Hydro U.S. Inc. Tel. (860) 7 69-66 86 Telefax (860) 7 69-66 87
1395 Blue Hills Avenue Internet www.gs-hydro-us.com
Bloomfield, CT 06002
● Venezuela Bosch Rexroth S.A. Tel. (212) 2 38 35 64 / 2 38 31 94 / Telefax (212) 2 39 33 30 /
Calle Rep. Dominicana, Edificio Alpha 2 35 30 16 / 2 35 10 67 / 2 35 87 82
P.B.-Locales 1 y 2, Boleita Sur - Apartado: 75.703 2 35 37 90
Caracas 1070
● Vereinigte Arabische Emirate/ Fleximak Ltd. Tel. (4) 8 81 39 00 Telefax (4) 8 81 39 02
United Arabic Emirates P.O. Box 61046 E-mail [email protected]
Jebel Ali Internet www.fleximak.com
P P24
Notizen
Notice
Notes
P25
P
Notizen
Notice
Notes
P P26
WALTERSCHEID
Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH
WALFORMplus
Rohrverschraubungen
Tube fittings
Raccords de tubes
NEU
NEW
NOUVEAU
WALFORMplus WALFORMplus
Rohrverschraubungen Tube fittings
La solution innovante
WALFORMplus est un système innovant de raccords sécants se
composant uniquement de trois éléments: L’extrémité de tube
formée à la machine est vissée par blocage mécanique d‘un corps
de raccord DIN traditionnel et d’un écrou DIN. La seule voie de
fuite possible est étanchéifiée par un joint élastomère.
La particularité de cette nouvelle série est le gradin de la surface
plane du tube formé qui s’engage dans le cône de 24° du corps de
raccord. Cet avantage assure une nette amélioration du montage
et une haute sécurité contre tout serrage excessif.
Sicherheit und
Wirtschaftlichkeit
WALFORMplus garantiert aufgrund der
Formschlüssigkeit sicheren Halt selbst bei
hohen dynamischen Belastungen. Die einfa-
che, praxisgerechte Montage, die von jeder-
mann durchführbar ist, ermöglicht eine
Sicheres formschlüssiges Halten der Rohre
deutliche Kostensenkung.Weitere Sparpo-
Reliable, form-fitting tube retention
tenziale entstehen, da Vormontage und an-
Ancrage sûr du tube par blocage mécanique
dere Zusatzoperationen entfallen. Zusätz-
lich verringern sich Material- und Logistik-
kosten aufgrund der wenigen Bauteile.
Sécurité et
rentabilité
Einfache praxisgerechte Montage
WALFORMplus garantit, grâce à son bloca-
Simple, practical assembly
ge mécanique, un ancrage sûr et supporte
Montage simple et éprouvé dans la pratique
même des charges dynamiques élevées.
Le montage simple et éprouvé dans la pra-
tique, pouvant être effectué par tout un
chacun, permet une nette réduction des
coûts. D’autres possibilités d’économies
sont réalisables grâce à la suppression du
pré-sertissage et d‘autres opérations sup-
plémentaires. De plus, la diminution du
nombre de pièces permet de réduire les
frais de matériaux et de logistique.
WALFORMplus se compose
uniquement de trois éléments:
Corps du raccord
Ecrou
Joint mou
Rationelle Umformung
Einfache praxisgerechte Montage
Verwendbare Rohrwandstärken
• Stahl (St 37.4/52.4)
Suitable tube wall thicknesses
• Steel (St 37.4/52.4)
Epaisseurs de paroi du tube utilisables Elektronisch gesteuerte Umformmaschinen sichern die rationelle Produktion bei
• Acier (St 37.4/52.4) hoher und gleichbleibender Qualität – sowohl stationär als auch vor Ort
WALFORMplus mit Weichdichtung
with captive seal / avec joint mou Electronically controlled reshaping machines – both stationary and mobile –
Größe Wandstärke · Wall thickness guarantee efficient production with consistently high quality.
Size Epaisseur de paroi · [mm]
Taille 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 Formage rationnel: Des machines de formage à commande électronique assurent
6
8
une production économique ainsi qu‘une qualité élevée et constante – non seule-
10 ment lors de l’application fixe mais aussi mobile.
12
15
16
18
20
22
25
28
30
35
38
42
Handelsübliche Hydraulikrohre, Werkstoff MEG-WF3/BO MEG-WF2/BO
St 37.4 gemäß DIN 1630, NBK-3. Maße und
Toleranzen nach DIN 2391-C.
Commercial hydraulic tube, material St 37.4 Zur Umformung von Stahlrohren und Zur Umformung von Stahlrohren mit
according to DIN 1630, NKB-3. Dimensions and Rohren aus nicht rostendem Stahl mit Rohr-AD 6 bis 42 mm und Rohren aus
tolerances according to DIN 2391-C.
Tube hydraulique courant, matériau St 37.4 Rohr-AD 6 bis 42 mm. Durch einfachen nicht rostendem Stahl mit Rohr-AD 6
suivant DIN 1630, NBK-3. Dimensions et tolé- Werkzeugwechsel kann diese Maschine bis 30 x 3 mm. Durch einfachen Werk-
rance suivant DIN 2391-C.
auch als Bördelmaschine für Walter- zeugwechsel kann die Maschine MEG-
Verwendbare Rohrwandstärken – scheid-37°-SAE-Bördelflanschen bis WF2/BO auch als Bördelmaschine für
Nichtrostender Stahl (1.4571)
Suitable tube wall thicknesses – 101,6 mm verwendet werden. Walterscheid-37°-SAE-Bördelflansche in
Stainless steel (1.4571) den Größen bis 60,3 mm verwendet
Epaisseurs de paroi du tube utilisables –
Acier spécial inoxidable (1.4571) For reshaping steel tubes and stainless werden.
steel tubes with a tube OD of 6 to 42
WALFORMplus mit Weichdichtung
with captive seal / avec joint mou
mm. Simply by changing the tools, this For reshaping steel tubes with a tube
machine can also be used as a flaring OD of 6 to 42 mm and stainless steel
Größe Wandstärke · Wall thickness
Size Epaisseur de paroi · [mm]
machine for Walterscheid 37° SAE flared tubes with a tube OD of 6 to 30 x 3 mm.
Taille 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 6 flanges up to 101.6 mm. Simply by changing the tools, the MEG-
6 WF2/BO machine can also be used as a
8
Machine pour le formage de tubes flaring machine for Walterscheid 37°
10
12 en acier et de tubes en acier inox de SAE flared flanges with sizes of up to
15 6 à 42 mm de diamètre extérieur. Un 60.3 mm.
16
simple changement d’outil permet
18
20 également d’en faire une machine à Machine pour le formage de tubes en
22 évaser pour les brides d‘évasement Wal- acier de 6 à 42 mm de diamètre ex-
25
terscheid-37°-SAE jusqu’à 101,6 mm. térieur et de tubes en acier inox de 6 à
28
30
30 x 3 mm de diamètre extérieur.
35 Un simple changement d’outil permet
38 également de faire de la machine
42
MEG-WF2/BO une machine à évaser
Hydraulikrohre aus nichtrostendem Stahl, Werkstoff 1.4571
(X6CrNiMoTi 17122), Ausführungsart m nach DIN 17458. pour brides d‘évasement Walterscheid-
Maße und Toleranz nach DIN 2391-C. 37°-SAE pour les tailles allant jusqu‘à
Stainless steel hydraulic tube, material 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi 17122).
Type ‘m’ according to DIN 17458. 60,3 mm.
Dimensions and tolerances according to DIN 2391-C.
Tube hydraulique, en acier inox 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi 17122).
Type ‘m’ selon la norme DIN 17458.
Dimensions et tolérances suivant DIN 2391-C.
A gain for ease of assembly: greatly reduced assembly effort and assembly results Assembly advantages
that are guaranteed to be reproducible
• Considerably lower tightening
The unique WALFORMplus geometry permits practical assembly, where the end of torques
assembly is indicated by a noticeable increase in force. As a result of the short travel • Short assembly travel
and low torque, the required assembly work is only a fraction of that for conventio- • Noticeable torque increase
nal tube fitting systems. There is no need to look for other indications or comply • Reliable protection against
with specific angles. Optionally, the assembly process can also be based on the excessive tightening
torque. • Repeat assembly any number
of times
Un atout facilitant le montage: une forte réduction des frais de montage et des
résultats de montage reproductibles garantis Les avantages de montage
La géométrie du raccord WALFORMplus, unique en son genre, permet un montage • Couples de serrage
éprouvé dans la pratique. La fin de montage est indiqué par un effort nettement nettement plus faibles
plus élevé. En fonction de la course de montage courte et du faible couple de mon- • Courses de montage courtes
tage, l’opération de montage ne représente qu’une fraction par rapport aux sys- • Augmentation du couple
tèmes de raccordement de tubes traditionnels. La recherche d’autres points de nettement sensible
repère et le respect d’un angle de montage déterminé sont devenus inutiles. En • Haute sécurité contre
option, le montage peut également s’effectuer en fonction du couple. tout serrage excessif
• Remontage facultatif
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
Profilring* Schneidring** Bördel Schweißnippel WALFORM-WD WALFORMplus *nach gesteuerter Endmontage **mit und ohne Weichdichtung
Profile ring* Cutting ring** Flare fitting Welding nipple *after controlled final assembly ** with and without captive seal
Bague profilée* Bague Raccord pour Embout à souder *après montage final contrôlé **avec ou sans joint mou
coupante** tube évasé
WALFORMplus WALFORMplus WALFORMplus
Rohrverschraubungen Tube fittings Raccords de tubes
Ein Plus an
Montagefreundlichkeit
• wenige Trenn-/Dichtstellen
• einfache Montage/eindeutiges
Montageende
• kurze Montagezeiten, geringes
Drehmoment
• leicht und narrensicher montierbar
• deutlich geringeres Anzugsdrehmo-
ment gegenüber allen Schneidring-
Verschraubungssystemen
Konstruktionsänderungen vorbehalten. – Produkte nur für den bestim- We reserve the right to change design without prior consultation. Use La société se réserve le droit de modifier ses produits et leurs caractéri-
mungsgemäßen Einsatz verwenden. Haftung nur für gleichbleibende products only for specified applications. We only guarantee constant stiques à tout moment et sans préavis. N’utiliser les produits que pour
Qualität. Nachdruck, auch auszugsweise, nur mit schriftlicher Genehmi- quality. Reproduction, even in part, is only authorised with the written des applications spécifiées. Nous n’assurons qu’une continuité de qua-
gung der Walterscheid Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH gestattet. consent of Walterscheid Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH. lité. Tout droit de reproduction, même partielle, réservé sauf accord écrit
de la Sté Walterscheid Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH.
RV 264 D/GB/F 0401 D5-I ©Printed in Germany
Überreicht durch:
With the compliments of:
Walterscheid Distribué par:
Rohrverbindungstechnik GmbH
Hauptstraße 150 · 53797 Lohmar/Germany
Tel. (0 22 46) 12-0 · Fax (0 22 46) 12-33 00
www.gknwrv.com
[email protected]
STAUFF-PRESS
Pre-Setting
STAUFF-PRESS
Ordering Codes;
Code Description
STAUFF-PRESS Flaring and cutting ring pre-assembly machine
SPFA Flaring attachment
SPPSA Pre-set attachment
Technical Data
Capacity of hydraulic tank 3.3 l
Flow rate of hydraulic pump 2.5 l/min
Maximum hydraulic pressure 250 bar
Maximum noise level 65dB(A)
Dimensions 440x250x500 mm
Weight 64 kg
Operating voltage 240V, 50Hz
Flaring
E & OE
STAUFF
Material: Made in EN10277-3 carbon steel, with all of the components that require it
being subjected to a hardness process.
Surface finishing: Yellow Dichromated
Seals: Standard, in NBR. Different seals types can be supplied by order.
Back-up-ring: In PTFE, TEFLON®.
Springs: Manufactured in DIN 17223/84(B) steel.
Balls: AISI 1010/1015.
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
Flow L/min
2
Quick Release Couplings
3
2
1
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200
Flow L/min
3
STAUFF
Australia
BRISBANE ADELAIDE
463 Boundary Road 1/3 Endeavour Drive
RICHLANDS QLD 4077 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015
P.O. Box 20 P.O. Box 208
RICHLANDS QLD 4077 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015
Ph: (07) 3217 0444 Ph: (08) 8341 2260
Fax: (07) 3217 0300 Fax: (08) 8341 1604
New Zealand
AUCKLAND
Unit D 103 Harris Road
EAST TAMAKI
P.O. Box 58517
GREENMOUNT
Ph: (09) 271 4812
Fax: (09) 271 4832
E-mail: [email protected]
http://www.stauff.com
Distributed by:
STA-QRC-0105-AUS E & OE
STAUFF
Hydraulic Accessories
Canada:
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
CAN-Scarborough, Ontario M1B 5N7
Tel. : + 1 416 282 46 08
Fax: + 1 416 282 30 39
China:
Stauff International Trading
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331, Binzhou Road
CHN-200126 Shanghai
• Comprehensive choice
Tel. : + 86 21 58 45 65 60 • Immediate delivery
Fax: + 86 21 58 45 66 80
• High quality standard
France :
Stauff s.a.
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or The STAUFF hydraulic accessories programme
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
F-41354 Vineuil-cedex has been carefully designed to offer a range of
Tel. : + 33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: + 33 2 54 42 29 19 components suited to the demands of building
India: hydraulic systems in most industrial and mobile
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd. applications.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412207 Whether you require simple filler breathers or
Tel. : + 91 20 705 19 90 precise electrical level switches, flow control
Fax: + 91 20 705 19 89
valves or complete filter units; the STAUFF
Italy:
Stauff Italia s.r.l. accessories range should provide you with the
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
choice you need.
Tel. : + 39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: + 39 0362 33 55 36 At Stauff we are aware of the ongoing development
New Zealand: and innovation within the hydraulic industry.
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd. We strive to keep up with and further develop the
Unit J. 150 Harris Road
P.O. Box 58517 latest technology and to bring the benefit of any
Greenmount Auckland
Tel. : + 64 9 271 4812 such improvements directly to the customer.
Fax: + 64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom:
Additionally we are always prepared to consider
Stauff UK custom built products, if you have a special need.
332, Coleford Road
Darnall We ensure that your most urgent requirements
GBR-Sheffield, S9 5PH
Tel. : + 44 1142 518 518
Fax: + 44 1142 518 519
are met by keeping a large and comprehensive
stockholding both in Germany and in our
USA:
Stauff Corporation
overseas locations.
7 Wm. Demarest Place
USA-Waldwick, N.J. - 07463 These products are subject at all times to our
Tel. : + 1 201 444 78 00
Fax: + 1 201 444 78 52 DIN ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
2
Contents
STAUFF-Hydraulikzubehör Seite
Spin-on Filters 33
In the past you found information about our Spin-on-filters product range here.
This information now has been summarized in our new catalogue “Spin-on-filters”, please contact STAUFF or
your local distributor for your personal copy.
On page 33 in this brochure you will find a short overview.
3
Level Gauges SNA
Area of Application:
Visual fluid level indication in hydraulic reservoirs
Characteristics:
• suitable for hydraulic oil HL and HLP
• option available with dial thermometer with probe or
thermo switch (Page 6)
• UV-resistent
Please consult our office before you use SNA with fluids such as biological
oils, diesel fluids or gasoline. Special requirements on request.
Technical Data: Dimensions
Temperature range: – 20°C . . . + 80°C
Calibration of capillary tube thermometer: 45
SNA 076 + 20°C . . . + 80°C 27
SNA 127 / 176 / 254 – 10°C . . . + 80°C
Calibration of dial thermometer with probe: max 8 34.5
0°C . . . + 100°C
Tank pressure: 1 bar max
Recommended tightening torque: 8 Nm
Materials:
Housing: St 12 (black epoxy)
Plugs, Sight tube: PA
Scale Plates: PVC
L1
L2
L3
80 180
70 160
60 140
50 120 40 °C 60
40 20 80
100
30 0 100
80
20
60
10
0
40 optional
- 10 20
T1 : 165.5 SNA L1 L2 L3
°C °F
43.5 T2 : 265.5 076 108 76 31
127 159 127 76
The visual range of the SNA 254 housing is 176 208 176 124
S N S-T divided into two sections. 254 285 254 192
Ordering Code
4
Level Gauges SNK
Area of Application:
Visual / electrical fluid level indication in hydraulic reservoirs
Characteristics:
• suitable for hydraulic oil HL and HLP
• option available with dial thermometer with probe or thermo switch (Page 6)
• UV-resistent
• available either as a break contact (Type O) or make contact (Type C)
• with plug according to DIN EN 175301-803-B/ISO6952 (industry
standard) or with plug according to desina standard (type CD and OD)
Please consult our office before you use SNK with fluids such as biological
oils, diesel fluids or gasoline. Special requirements on request.
Technical Data: Dimensions
Temperature range: – 20°C . . . + 80°C
Calibration of dial thermometer with probe: 56 standard plug
0°C . . . + 100°C 35 type C or O
Tank pressure: 1 bar max according to
Recommended tightening torque: 8 Nm max 8 34.5 DIN EN 175301-803-B/
Please allow a minimum spacing of 10 mm ISO6952
between other components. (industry standard)
PG9
Materials:
33
Housing: AL (plastic coated)
Plugs, Sight tube: PA
Float: PA
28
⬃ 50
L2
L1
Contact load: Type C Type O
⬃60
plug according to
max 10 W (Type C) desina standard,
max 5 W (Type O) 3 3 type CD or OD
M12
40 °C 60
2 1 2 1 20 80
50 V AC/DC
25
optional
Current contact:
max 0.25 A (both types) Type CD and OD
28
Protection IP 65 1 2
T1:157.5
(IP67 on request) 3 51.5 T2:257.5 ⬃50 ⬃ 55
Connection 3 (type C 4
and O) / connection 4
L1
(type CD and OD) are SNK L2
SNK-C Typ C+O Typ CD+OD
not engaged Type C
127 205 197 127
SNK-O The visual range of the SNK 254 housing 176 254 246 176
Type O is divided into two sections. 254 332 324 254
Ordering Code
When assembling the electrical contacts the orientation of the electrical switch (right or left hand side) for type C and O can be chosen according
to the requirements. For type CD and OD the orientation is set to right hand side. Other requirements on request.
Thermometer
Electrical function Dial thermometer with probe T1/T2
C Make contact, closes at minimum level (n/o), standard plug for size M 12 only
O Break contact, opens at minimum level (c/o), standard plug O without thermometer
CD Make contact, closes at minimum level (n/o), desina plug T1 Dial thermometer with 200 mm probe
OD Break contact, opens at minimum level (c/o), desina plug T2 Dial thermometer with 300 mm probe
5
Thermo Switches TS (for SNA and SNK)
10.000 circuits 1A
Ø 10
M 12
28
⬃50
48
plug according to
desina standard,
▫17
type OD
M12
38
25
28
TS - SNA / SNK - O - 60
6
Level-Temperature Switches SLTS
Area of Application:
Electrical level and temperature indication
Characteristics:
• suitable for mineral oil and HFC fluids, other fluids on request
• either 1 or 2 level contacts available
• 1 integrated temperature sensor
• standard electrical function:
Level contacts: normally closed, opens with falling level
Temperature contact: normally closed, opens with rising temperature
STAUFF Level-Temperature switches SLTS are available
with other electrical functions on request.
Technical Data Dimensions
Stem: Brass
Float: NBR 34
max operating temperature: 80°C M3
max operating voltage: see ground
ordering code
25
max current (level contact): 0.5 A SW 36
max current (temperature contact): 2.0 A
41 23.5
contact load level contact: 10 VA
16
system of protection: IP 65
Hysteresis: 12°C High-level contact
Level contact positions (L, H) are set as H G 3/4
given in the chart. They can be adjusted
individually lateron.
Please consider a minimum distance of
40 mm between the switching points.
L2
L1
H
4 2 ø 23.5
1 3 L
Ordering Code
7
Throttle and Shut-off Valves DV
Flow Control Valves DRV 其 In-line mounting
Area of Application: Fluid control and flow shut off
• DV: in both directions
• DRV: in direction A-B (free flow in reverse direction)
Characteristics / Materials:
• designed for in-line mounting
• suitable for mineral oil
• Nuts for panel-mounting are available on request
• Housing: Steel (1.0715), zinc-plated (Fe/Zn 8 C)
• Turning knob: Polyamide
Please consult our office before using with other fluids, or for
special stainless steel material.
Technical Data: Dimensions
max Working Pressure pN: 350 bar
Temperature tmax: 100°C DV DV/DRV DRV
Opening Pressure DRV:
Symbol Symbol
0.5 bar (4.5 bar on request)
B A B A
øD1
H 1 (open)
8 9 0 1 2
Smax
Smax
H 2 (closed)
øD2 øD2
G2
H3
G1
G1
G1
G1
L2 B1 L2
L1 L1
Dimensional Table
Nominal DV/DRV DV DRV
Size G1 wt. wt.
DN BSP NPT G2 H1 H2 H3 B1 D1 D2 Smax L1 L2 (kg) L1 L2 (kg)
06 G 1/8 1
/8 NPT PG 7 68,0 63,0 18,0 16 24 13 3 38 19 0.12 45 26,0 0.13
08 G 1/4 1
/4 NPT PG 11 83.5 77.5 27,0 25 29 19 7 48 24 0.25 55 33.5 0.30
10 G 3/8 3
/8 NPT PG 11 90,0 83,0 32,0 30 29 19 7 58 29 0.40 65 41,0 0.45
12 G 1/2 1
/2 NPT PG 16 109.5 99.5 38.5 35 38 23 7 68 34 0.70 73 44,0 0.80
16 G 3/4 3
/4 NPT PG 16 128.5 118.5 48.5 45 38 23 7 78 39 1.20 88 57,0 1.30
20 G1 1 NPT PG 29 174,0 157,0 55,0 50 55 38 11 108 54 2.10 127 77,0 2.40
25 G 1 1/4 1 1/4 NPT PG 29 184,0 167,0 65,0 60 55 38 11 108 54 2.80 143 93,0 3.50
30 G 1 1/2 1 1/2 NPT PG 29 194,0 177,0 75,0 70 55 38 11 108 54 3.50 143 91,0 4.60
40 G2 2 NPT PG 29 214,0 197,0 95,0 90 55 38 11 – – – 165 111,0 7.70
Ordering Code
DV - 25 - P - B - SS
8
Throttle and Shut-off Valves DVP
Flow Control Valves DRVP 其 Manifold mounting
Area of Application: Fluid control and flow shut off
• DVP: in both directions
• DRVP: in direction A-B (free flow in reverse direction)
Characteristics / Materials:
• designed for manifold mounting
• suitable for mineral oils
• Housing: Steel (1.0715), zinc-plated (Fe/Zn 8 C)
• Turning knob: Polyamide
Please consult our office before using with other fluids, or for
special stainless steel material.
Technical Data: Dimensions
max Working Pressure pN: 350 bar
Symbol Symbol
Temperature tmax: 100°C DVP DRVP
Opening Pressure DRVP: B A B A
0.5 bar (4.5 bar on request) L6 L7 L6 L7
D6
D5
B2
B1
B2
D6
B1
D5
D4
D3
D4
D3
L5 L4 L5 L4
L3 L3
L1 L1
L8
ø D1 ø D1
L9
H1 (open)
H1 (open)
H2 (closed)
H2 (closed)
T1
T1
H3
H3
Dimensional Table
Nom. DVP and DRVP DVP DRVP
Size wt. wt.
DN D1 D3 D4 D5 D6 L3 L4 L7 B1 B2 T1 O-Ring L1 L5 L6 H1 H2 H3 (kg) L1 L5 L6 L8 L9 H1 H2 H3 (kg)
06 24 6.6 11 5 9.8 19 – 16 41.5 28.5 7 6.75 x 1.78 35 8 9.5 68 63 16 0.2 41.5 6.4 8 43 13.5 68 63 16 0.26
08 29 6.6 11 7 12.4 35 – 25.5 46 33.5 7 8.5 x 2 47.5 6.5 11 79 72 20 0.4 63.5 14.2 16.7 65 31 79 72 20 0.5
10 29 6.6 11 10 15.7 33.5 – 25.5 51 38 7 12 x 2 51 8.5 12.7 84 78 25 0.6 70 18 22 73 29.5 84 78 25 0.8
12 38 6.6 11 13 18.7 38 – 30 57.5 44.5 7 15 x 2 75 18.5 22.5 100 89 25 1.0 80 21 25 84 36.5 107 96 32 1.2
16 38 8.5 13.5 17 23.9 76 38 54 70 54 9 19 x 2.5 93.5 8.5 19.5 113 103 30 1.5 104 14 25.4 108 49 128 118 45 2.5
20 55 8.5 13.5 22 30.5 95 47.5 57 76.5 60 9 25 x 3 111 8 27 169 152 45 3.4 127 16 35 131 49 174 157 50 3.9
25 55 11 18 28.5 37.5 120 60 79.5 100 76 11 32 x 3 143 11 32 169 152 45 5.15 165 15 35.6 169 77 179 162 55 6.7
30 55 14 20 35 43.5 143 71.5 95 115 92 13 38 x 3 171 15 39 174 157 50 7.5 186 15 38.8 190 85 199 182 75 11.0
40 55 14 20 47.5 57.5 133.5 67 89 140 111 13 52 x 3 – – – – – – – 192 15 40.5 196 64 224 207 100 18.8
Ordering Code
DVP - 25 - P - SS
9
Throttle and Shut-off Valves DVE Cartridge assembly
Area of Application:
Fluid control and flow shut off
Characteristics / Materials:
• designed for direct installation into hydraulic control blocks
• suitable for mineral oils
• Housing: Steel (1.0715), zinc-plated (Fe/Zn 8 C)
• Standard thread form: BSP; NPT on request
• Turning Knob: Polyamide
Please consult our office before using with other fluids, or for
special stainless steel material and other thread forms.
Technical Data: Dimensions
max Working Pressure pN: 350 bar
Temperature tmax: 100°C Symbol
B A
SW
installation detail
ø D1
ø D2
ø D3 +0.1
G (ISO228)
H1 (open)
H2 (closed)
3.2
T2 +0.1 ø D4 H8
6.3
1
T3
T5
3.2
T4
ø D6
T6
H3
1.5 x 20°
H4
øD7 ø D8
øD5
G (ISO 228)
Dimensional Table
Nominal Size G Gew
H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 SW T2 T3 T4 T5 T6
wt. BSP NPT (kg)
08 G 1/2 1
/2 NPT 47 41 27.5 12,0 29 32 24 14 14 5 5 5 27 1.9 14 17.5 15 29 0.15
10 G 1/2 1
/2 NPT 64 54 30.7 14.5 38 32 24 16 16 8 6 8 27 1.9 14 20.5 17 33 0.25
12 G 3/4 3
/4 NPT 65 55 40,0 17.5 38 37 30 19 19 10 8 10 32 1.9 21 29,0 24 43 0.50
16 G1 1 NPT 65 55 43.5 21.1 38 47 36 27 27 12 8 12 41 2.4 21 30,0 24 47 0.70
Ordering Code
DVE - 16 - P - B - SS
10
Flow Curves DV / DRV – DVP / DRVP – DVE
DV/ 0.5
0.25 1 1.5 2 2.5
Throttle per revolution
3 3.5 4
DV/ 0.5
Throttle per revolution
0.25 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
DRV-06 100 DRV-08 100
5
DVP/ DVP/ 80
80
DRVP-06 DRVP-08 60
60
DVE-08
4.5 40
p in bar
40
p in bar
20
20
5 10
10
5
5
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Q in l/min 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Q in l/min
7
DRVP-10 60
DRVP-12 60
7.5
DVE-10 DVE-12
40 8 40
p in bar
p in bar
20 20
10 10
5 5
DV/ 0.25 1 2
Throttle per revolution
DV/DRV- 0.25
0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
Throttle per revolution
3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6
0.5 1.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8
DRV-16 100 20/25/30/40 100
8.5
6.5
DVP/ 80
DVP/DRVP- 80 7
9
DRVP-16 60 20/25/30/40 60 7.5
9.5
DVE-16 10
8
8.5
40 40
9
p in bar
p in bar
9.5
10
20 20
10 10
5 5
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 Q in l/min 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 Q in l/min
11
Check Valves RV (In-line mounting)
Area of Application:
Check valves allow a single-directional flow only.
Characteristics / Materials:
• designed for in-line mounting
• suitable for mineral oil
• Housing: Steel (1.0715), zinc-plated (Fe/Zn 8 C)
• Standard thread form: BSP; NPT on request
• metal-to-metal seals
Please consult our office before using with other fluids, or for
special material and thread sizes.
Technical Data: Dimensions
Temperature tmax: 100°C
Opening Pressure RV:
0.5 bar (4.5 bar on request) Symbol
B A
B A
G1
G1
L1 B1
Dimensional Table
Nominal Size G1
pN (bar) L1 B1 Weight (kg)
DN BSP NPT
08 500 G /4 1
/4 NPT
1
55 25 0.2
10 500 G /8 3
/8 NPT
3
65 30 0.4
25 400 G 1 /4 1
1 /4 NPT
1
143 60 3.3
Ordering Code
RV - 25 - 07 - B - SS
Type Material
RV Check valve (none) Steel (standard)
SS Stainless steel (1.4571)
Nominal size DN
06 08 10 12 16 20 25 30 40 Thread size
B BSP (standard)
N NPT (only on request)
Opening pressure
07 0.5 bar (7 PSI) (standard)
65 4.5 bar (65 PSI)
12
Plastic Filler Breathers SPB
Area of Application:
Ventilation and tank filling
Characteristics / Materials:
• available as screw-in or bayonet version
• non-corrosive
• Temperature range: – 40°C . . . + 120°C
• Materials: glassfibre reinforced PA, basket PP
• Seals: NBR, others on request
• Air filter insert: 10 µm foam (PUR), others on request
Custom built combinations and special requirements available
on request.
Dimensions and Styles – Screw-in versions (Breathers)
Ø101
Ø45
Ø 70
75
47
64
SW 36
SW 27
19.5
13.5
19.5
SW 30
G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4
G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
Note:
SPB 4 SPB 5 Installation
single hole reservoir installation six hole reservoir installation of the SPB 5
In order to install the
Ø101 Ø 101 SPB 5, 6 holes on a
73 mm bolt circle
diameter are necessary.
Depending on the
material thickness,
we recommend the
67.5
67.5
following dimensions
for the mounting holes
(see chart):
recommended values
sheet hole
max 10
max 10
thickness size
(mm) (mm)
1.20 4.0
2.00 4.1
97
97
3.15 4.3
4.00 4.3
5.00 4.4
tapping
screws
ISO 7049- Bolt delivery standard:
ST4.8 x 16-C-H
min Ø 63
Tapping screws (can
max Ø63 (6x) optionally be replaced
BCD = Ø73
with normal M5 bolts
by the customer).
13
Plastic Filler Breathers SPB
Breather options:
• Dipsticks (material PA)
• Pressurised versions (for SPB 2 up to SPB 5)
• Baskets (for SPB 4 and SPB 5)
• Thread form NPT (for SPB 1 up to SPB 3)
Special executions available on request.
red function. This anti-splash feature protects the SPB from backspilling fluid
and avoids an early air filter breakdown. For filler breathers without dipstick
the anti-splash function is achieved by an integrated concave baffle.
Because of its small size the anti-splash function for the SPB 1 can only
be achieved in conjuntion with a dipstick. Depending on the chosen filler
8.5
breather (see table above), dipsticks are available in two standard lengths
3.4
(200 mm and 300 mm). Smaller dipstick sizes can be achieved by simply
cutting down its length on site, according to individual requirements.
Pressurised versions:
Optionally all filler breathers, except SPB 1, are available as pressurised breathers. In order to achieve an air flow,
the tank pressure has to exceed the chosen pressure setting. This feature minimizes foaming and cavitation.
Available pressure settings: 0.2 bar, 0.35 bar and 0.7 bar.
ø 41.5
ø 29.5
ø 41.5
14
Plastic Filler Breathers SPB
Ordering Code
Micron rating
10 10 µm foam (PUR /standard)
0.6
0.15 0.5
P-B08-D300
0.5
0.12 0.4 S-B08-D300
P2
0.4
0.09 0.3
0.3 P-B12-D300
P1
0.06 B12-D300 0.2 P
B04 0.2
B06
0.03 B08 S 0.1 S-B12-D300
B12 0.1
S
SPB-P
0.5
0.8 0.2
S-B08-D300 SPB-P3
0.4
0.6 0.15
P-B12-D300
0.3
P
0.4 SPB-P2 0.1
0.2
S-B12-D300 SPB-P1
0.2 0.05
0.1 SPB-S
S
SPB-S
0.0 0.0 0.0
3 3 3
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Q in m /min 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Q in m /min 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 Q in m /min
15
Plastic Filler Breathers SES
Area of Application:
Ventilation and tank filling
Materials:
• Breather cap: PA
• Plastic stud: PA
• Socket: Steel (1.0718)
• Nut: Steel (1.0718); PA available on request
• Air filter insert: Sintered bronze; Rating 45 µm
• Basket PA; micron rating 300 µm
• Dipstick: Steel (9SMnPb28)
• Seals: NBR
Combinations with basket or dipstick.
Dimensions
25
40.5
SW 54
64
max 16.5
ø38 green
SW 50
M 45 x 2
300 / 500
81
red
ø 38
strainer basket dipstick
ø 45
Ordering Code
SES 1 - M300
Type Accessories
SES Filler Breather (none) no accessory
S Basket, 81 mm
M300 Dipstick, 300 mm
Execution
M500 Dipstick, 500 mm
1 screw-in version
2 welded version
16
Metal Filler Breathers SES (Bayonet style)
Area of Application:
Ventilation and tank filling
Standard Versions:
• Breather cap: Steel, chrome-plated
• Socket: Steel, chrome-plated
• Air filter insert: 10 µm foam (PUR)
• Basket: Steel, zinc-plated
• Basket Micron Rating: 300 µm
• Gaskets: Cork, Rubber
Mounting Detail
Mounting Detail
BCD = 41
BCD = 73
29
52
6 bores M5
3 bores M5
ø 80 ø 47
45
80/150/200
65
5
ø 6,
ø 28
BCD = ø 41
ø 50 locking
BCD = ø 73 option
max Rate of Air Flow: 0.45 m3/min max Rate of Air Flow: 0.4 m3/min
Ordering Code
SES 3 - 10 - S080 - O - L - W
Basket
S080 80 mm (for SES 3 only)
S150 150 mm (for SES 3 only)
S200 200 mm (for SES 3 only)
S065 65 mm (for SES 6 only)
Note:
X no basket Screws are supplied with the SES as standard.
17
Metal Breathers SES (Screw-in style)
Area of Application:
Tank ventilation
Standard Versions:
• Breather cap: Steel, chrome-plated
• Socket: Steel, chrome-plated
• Air filter insert: 10 µm foam (PUR)
• Thread form: BSP
ø 80
ø 47
51
42.5
H1
SW
H1
SW
G G
Type Type
B08 B12 B16 B04 B06 B08
SES 5 . . . SES 9 . . .
G G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
max Rate of Air Flow: max Rate of Air Flow:
H1 14 19.5 19 H1 10.5 12.5 13.5
0.45 m3/min 0.4 m3/min
SW 22 32,0 34 SW 17,0 19,0 22,0
Ordering Code
SES 5 - 10 - B12 - O - W
Thread
B04 G 1/4 (SES 9 only)
B06 G 3/8 (SES 9 only)
B08 G 1/2
B12 G 3/4
B16 G1
18
Metal Filler Breathers SES (pressurised)
Area of Application:
Ventilation and tank filling with tank stress
Standard Versions:
• Breather cap: Steel, chrome-plated
• Socket: Steel, chrome-plated
• Air filter insert: 10 µm foam (PUR)
• SES 7 Basket: Steel, zinc-plated
Basket Micron rating: 300 µm
Gaskets: NBR
• SES 8 Thread form: BSP
2 pressure versions (0.35 bar and 0.7 bar) available
Dimensions SES 7 Dimensions SES 8
Mounting Detail
BCD = 73
52
6 bores M5
ø 80
ø 80
51
DIN 85 M5 x 12 - 5.8
53
19.5
SW 32
G 3/4
80/150/200
5
ø 6.
ø 50 locking
BCD = ø 73 option
max Rate of Air Flow: 0.45 m3/min max Rate of Air Flow: 0.45 m3/min
Ordering Code
SES 7 - 10 - 05 - S080 - O - L - W
19
Angled side Mounting Brackets SES-ASMB
Area of Application:
Lateral fastening of filler breathers with flange connection
(suitable for SES 3, SES 7 and SPB 5)
Materials: SES-ASMB-1 SES-ASMB-2
• Housing: Polyamide Aluminium
• Seals: Klingerit Klingerit
• Screws: Steel, zinc-plated Steel, zinc-plated
M6 x 25 DIN 912 M6 x 25 DIN 912
• Nuts: Steel, zinc-plated M6 DIN 934 Steel, zinc-plated M6 DIN 934
• Washers: Steel, zinc-plated Steel, zinc-plated
• Mounting srews: Steel, zinc-plated 4.8x13 DIN 7981
Seals, screws, washers and nuts are supplied with the SES-ASMB as standard
Dimensions SES-ASMB-1
117 73.4
102 5.5 A
1.5
79
1
41°
ø5
29.5
LKø 71
45 x)
ø 4.5 (6
51
148
Mounting Detail
51
(view A)
⬃ 81
8.5
Dimensions SES-ASMB-2
95 7
A
ø8
80
1.5
2 45°
4
ø6
ø5
4
LKø 73
42
)
M5 (6x
52
⬃ 141
123
52
Mounting Detail
(view A)
⬃79
8.5
Ordering Code
SES-ASMB-1
Type Version
SES-ASMB Angled side Mounting Bracket 1 Housing polyamide
for SES 3, SES 7 and SPB 5 2 Housing aluminium
20
Metal Filler Breather SMBL (lockable)
Area of Application:
Ventilation and tank filling
Characteristics/Materials:
• available as thread-style, clamping style and push-on-style
• key-lockable
• Temperature range: – 30°C . . . + 100°C
• Materials:
Body: die cast (zinc-plated / blue chromated)
Baskets: zinc-plated steel or polypropylene (see ordering code)
Seals: NBR, others on request
Air filter insert: 10 µm foam (PUR), others on request
• Including two keys
Dimension
79 70 149
48.5
max 13.5
max 10
max 10
min 85
130
max 185
recommended 1
clearance
for thread-style
R = 81 mm
107
34
3
Ø50
Ø77 ± 1
Ø29.5
2
Ø41.5
2 screws DIN 916-M6 x 6 for thread style (pos.1+2)
Ø77 ± 1 3 screws DIN 916-M6 x 6 for push-on-style (pos.1- 3)
Ordering Code
SMBL C - 10 - 1 - S150 - B - O
21
Desiccant Air Breathers SDB/SDBL
Area of Application:
Ventilation of the tank with moisture absorption and air filtration.
Characteristics:
• available in 6 executions
• Temperature range: 70°C max
• refillable with drying agent (available separately)
• can be delivered complete with adaptor plates and
contamination indicator
• replacement air filter insert SGB separately available (see page 24)
Easy hygroscopic indication is possible with the drying agent’s
capability to change colours with increasing moisture.
Function: First, the moisture of the incoming air will be absorped when passing through the drying agent, and
afterwards the dirt particles will be catched in the air filterelement. With the moisture absorption the oxidation
processes in the hydraulic system will be decreased and the lifetime of the oil and the machines will be extended.
Hygroscopic indication: As moisture is absorped, the drying agent granules will gradually change
colour from red to orange. An optional indicator also shows the remaining capacity of the air filter element.
When the granules have become orange, replace them.
Note: At the bottom, desiccant air breathers are sealed with a folio or plastic plugs. These have to be removed
before installation !
Desiccant air breathers SDB/SDBL do not contain any dangerous substances according to
EC Council directive 88/379/EEC.
L1
drying drying
agent agent
drying drying
agent agent
air
G1 air
transparent
housing
L2
SW transparent
housing
G1
Technical Data
SDB-093 SDBL-093 SDB-096 SDBL-096 SDB-121 SDB-122
D 100 100 100 100 123.5 123.5
L1 160 150 220 210 256 366
L2 20 – 20 – min 25 min 25
G1 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 3/4 G 11/4 G 11/4
SW 32 – 32 – 50 50
max Rate of air flow (m3/min) 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.5 1.5
Air filter micron rating (µm) 3 3 3 3 3 3
Weight of complete breather (g) 1200 900 1500 1100 2700 4000
Volume drying agent (cc) 300 300 600 600 1000 2000
Drying agent filling weight (g) 225 215 450 440 750 1500
max hygroscopicity (g) 86 86 172 172 288 576
22
Desiccant Air Breathers SDB/SDBL
Adaptor Plates AP
With AP plastic adaptor plates desiccant
A air breathers type SDB can directly be mounted
to existing connections.
A Plug, O-ring and socket cap screws (DIN 912) are
supplied with AP as a standard.
ø5.5 (6 x)
øD
BCD = ø 73
G1
G 1/8
Dimensions
H
AP-1 AP-2
30
D 88 100
H 50 70
O-Ring ø 58 x 2.5 A -A
G1 G 3/4 G 1 1/4
Contamination Indicator FM
Adaptor plates AP are provided with a thread
connection for the optical contamination indicator FM.
red marking The FM indicates the contamination level of the air
signal plug (replace air filter) breather SGB. You can restore the indicator by pressing
the RESET knob for re-use.
PUSH TO RESET
Ø 50
12
15
20
6
8
G 1/8
75 10
Ordering Code
SDB - 122 - AP - FM
23
Giant Air Breathers SGB
Area of Application:
Tank ventilation
Characteristics:
• Standard micron rating: 3 µm glass fibre
• Rate of air flow SGB-090: 0.5 m3/min.
SGB-120: 1.5 m3/min.
• Adaptors* TBA-075-B for SGB-090
TBA-125-B for SGB-120
G
12.7
L1
H
SW Part No. SGB-090-03-B
FILTRATION RATING - 3 MICRON
SGB
L2
G
ø D1
TBA
øD
Ordering Code
SGB - 090 - 03 - B - A
Micron rating
03 3 µm (standard)
24
Return Line Bushes SRF
Area of Application:
Tubular support and seal for tank entry return lines
(ODs from 6 mm up to 42 mm)
Characteristics:
• vibration damping and sound absorbing
• resistent against oil and solvents
• available in santoprene or polypropylene
• A positive bulkhead installation is ensured by a special lip seal.
d2
d1
4 -12
23
d3
Mounting bore
Dimensional Table
Pipe Ø d1 06 08 10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 25 28 30 35 38 42
Rohr Ø d2 18 20 22 24 26 28 28 30 32 34 38 41 43 48 51 55
Rohr Ø d3 10 12 14 16 18 20 20 22 24 26 30 33 35 40 43 47
Ordering Code
SRF - xx - xx
Pipe Ø d1 Material
see dimensional table PP Polypropylene
SA Santoprene
25
Suction Strainers SUS
Area of Application:
Reservoir installation for direct suction line connection
Characteristics:
• suitable for mineral oil
• thread form: BSP
• threaded end caps made out of glass fibre reinforced polyamide
or aluminium (see Technical Data)
L
Flow curves (assumed oil viscosity: 30 cSt.)
ø D2
SUS 010
SUS 015
SUS 025
SUS 050
SUS 065
SUS 095
SUS 200
SUS 261
SUS 220
SUS 260
SUS 269
SUS 301
SUS 300
▲p in bar
0.03
SW
Symbols
0.01
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 Q in l/min
without bypass with bypass
26
Diffusers SRV
Area of Application:
Foaming and noise reduction in tanks
Characteristics:
• suitable for mineral oil
• reduce fluid aeration
• silencing
• standard thread form: BSP
• consist of two concentric tubes with discharge holes
ø D2
open
SW
160° area
Note
SRV must be completely installed below
the liquid level. Its plain area on the
outside must be facing the pump inlet.
SRV-050-B12 50 l/min G /4
3
109 64 60 36
27
Flow Indicators SDM/SDMK
Area of Application:
Flow, pressure and temperature measuring of fluids (mobile and
industrial hydraulics), also controling of system pressure (only SDMK)
Characteristics:
• suitable for mineral oil (aluminium), HFC fluids and water (bronze)
• designed for in-line installation
• mechanical process (off the line)
• controling system pressure with a pressure control valve (only SDMK)
• flow indication in l/min and GPM
N S
(2x
68
75
70
)
39.7 S N
37.5
70
53
42
IN OUT
135
Technical Data
60
65
Accuracy:
350
Flow: ± 4 % FSD
320
Temperature: ± 2° C
Pressure (only SDMK): ± 1.6% of
G 1/2
max pressure
G 3/4
120
140
Temperature
measuring range: 10°C . . . 80°C
view without
cover and locking
28
Flow Indicators SDM/SDMK
Technical Data
Part Number max Working press. Flow range Weight Connection Dimensions (mm)
SDM-750-A-016-T0 420 bar 1 – 16 l/min 1.360 kg G /4
3
146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-A-030-T0 420 bar 2 – 30 l/min 1.360 kg G 3/4 146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-A-060-T0 420 bar 3 – 60 l/min 1.360 kg G /4
3
146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-A-120-T0 420 bar 5 – 120 l/min 1.360 kg G 3/4 146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-A-180-T0 420 bar 10 – 180 l/min 1.360 kg G 3/4 146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-B-030-T0 420 bar 2 – 35 l/min 4.250 kg G 3/4 146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-B-060-T0 420 bar 3 – 70 l/min 4.250 kg G /4
3
146 x 75 x 50
SDM-750-B-120-T0 420 bar 5 – 140 l/min 4.250 kg G 3/4 146 x 75 x 50
SDM-1500-A-200-T 280 bar 10 – 200 l/min 3.000 kg G 11/2 200 x 85 x 75
SDM-1500-A-300-T 280 bar 20 – 300 l/min 3.000 kg G1 / 1
2 200 x 85 x 75
SDM-1500-A-400-T 280 bar 30 – 400 l/min 3.000 kg G 11/2 200 x 85 x 75
SDM-1500-B-200-T 280 bar 10 – 200 l/min 8.000 kg G 11/2 200 x 85 x 75
SDM-1500-B-400-T 280 bar 30 – 400 l/min 8.000 kg G 11/2 200 x 85 x 75
SDMK-750-A-030-T0 420 bar 2 – 30 l/min 4.500 kg G /4 + G /2
3 1
350 x 135 x 140
SDMK-750-A-060-T0 420 bar 3 – 60 l/min 4.500 kg G 3/4 + G 1/2 350 x 135 x 140
SDMK-750-A-120-T0 420 bar 5 – 120 l/min 4.500 kg G 3/4 + G 1/2 350 x 135 x 140
SDMK-750-A-180-T0 420 bar 10 – 180 l/min 4.500 kg G 3/4 + G 1/2 350 x 135 x 140
Flow Curves
SDM 750-016 SDM 750-030 SDM 1500-200
▲p 1.0 ▲p 1.6
(bar) SDM 750-060 (bar) SDM 1500-300
0.8
1.2
0.6
0.8
0.4
0.2 0.4
0.0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280
Q(l/min) Q(l/min)
▲p 8.0 ▲p 2.0
(bar) (bar)
SDM 1500-400
1.6
6.0 SDM 750-180
1.2
4.0
0.8
2.0 SDM 750-120 0.4
0.0 0.0
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 100 200 300 400
Q(l/min) Q(l/min)
Ordering Code
Type Thermometer
SDM Flow Indicator T with integrated thermometer
SDMK Flow Indicator Box (standard)
Size Flow
750 size 750 016 1 – 16 l/min (size 750, SDM and “A” only)
1500 size 1500 (only SDM) 030 2 – 30 l/min (size 750)
060 3 – 60 l/min (size 750)
120 5 – 120 l/min (size 750)
Housing 180 10 – 180 l/min (size 750, “A” only)
A Aluminium 200 10 – 200 l/min (size 1500)
B Bronze (only SDM) 300 20 – 300 l/min (size 1500, “A” only)
400 20 – 400 l/min (size 1500)
29
Pressure Gauges SPG
Technical Data:
System of protection: IP 65 (EN 60 529 / IEC 529)
Accuracy class SPG-063: 1.6 (± 1.6 % FS as per EN 837-1)
Accuracy class SPG-100: 1.0 (± 1.0 % FS as per EN 837-1)
environmental temp. range: - 20°C . . . + 60°C
temperature range medium: max + 60°C
32
32
68 6.5
68 6.5
SW14
1/4 ⬙
ø 62
15
54
72
SW14
15
56
1/4 ⬙ 13
85
32
75 2
68 2
SW14
1/4 ⬙
ø 62
ø 3.5 (3x) 15
120°
SPG 063 . . . F
30
Pressure Gauges SPG
48 48
8 107 8
107
SW22
ø 100
30
87
8
10
1/2 ⬙
SW22
23
23
1/2 ⬙ 15.5 81.5
132
48
118
1.25
107 8
SW22
ø 100
30
ø 4.75 (3x)
1/2 ⬙
23
120°
SPG 100 . . . F
Ordering Code
Type Accessories
SPG Stainless steel pressure gauge (for rear entry only)
(none) no accessory
U U-bolt assembly
Size
F Front flange assembly
063 63 mm
with G 1/4 or 1/4 NPT connection
100 100 mm Thread size
with G 1/2 or 1/2 NPT connection B BSP (G 1/4 or G 1/2)
(standard)
Pressure range N NPT (1/4 NPT or 1/2 NPT)
(only on request)
–1 – 1.5 (– 1) – 1.5 bar / 21 PSI
–1 – 3 (– 1) – 3 bar / 42 PSI
–0 – 10 (– 0) – 10 bar / 145 PSI Adaption
–0 – 16 (– 0) – 16 bar / 230 PSI S Stem mounting
–0 – 25 (– 0) – 25 bar / 360 PSI R Rear mounting
–0 – 40 (– 0) – 40 bar / 580 PSI
–0 – 60 (– 0) – 60 bar / 850 PSI
Style of scales
–0 – 100 (– 0) – 100 bar / 1450 PSI
–0 – 160 (– 0) – 160 bar / 2300 PSI 1 BAR / PSI (bar outside / PSI inside)
–0 – 250 (– 0) – 250 bar / 3600 PSI
–0 – 400 (– 0) – 400 bar / 5800 PSI
–0 – 600 (– 0) – 600 bar / 8500 PSI
–0 – 680 (– 0) – 680 bar / 10000 PSI
–0 – 700 (– 0) – 700 bar / 10000 PSI
–0 – 1000 (– 0) – 1000 bar / 14500 PSI
31
Gauge Isolator Valves (Single / Multi Station) SWS
Area of Application:
protection against pressure gauge overload (single station) or
6 position pressure measurement (multi-station)
Characteristics:
• suitable for hydraulic fluids
• max operating pressure: 350 bar
• connection thread size: G 1/4 ; 1/4 NPT for single station valves on request
• temperature range: 100°C max
• complete with operation manual (plate mounted to the product)
Please consult our office before you use SWS with other fluids.
Dimensions SWS-B04-S1 Dimensions SWS-B04-M
ø 80
ø 80 ø 27
max 5
SW 38 A
max 5
50
33
17
B
13
28
B
21
53
P
63
83
57
bores are
G 1/4 (all displayed M
36
connections)
29
in reverse T
20 28 26 ø 55
54
Ø31
A B
P P
P TP
B A
A
B
P P
M
Turn and select 1- 6
Mounting bores:
A 3 bores ø 6, all 120°, LKø 65
B 3 bores ø 6, all 120°, LKø 65
M M
Connections:
P 6 bores G 1/4, all 60°
P T M 1 bore G 1/4 T123456
Symbol T 1 bore G 1/4 Symbol
Single station gauge isolator valve Multi station gauge isolator valve
Ordering Code
SWS - B04 - S1
Type Style
SWS Gauge isolator valve S1 Single station gauge isolator valve
M multi station gauge isolator valve
Adaption thread
B04 G 1/4 (standard)
N04 /4 NPT (for style ”S1“ only)
1
32
Spin-on Filters
Information regarding our complete range of Spin-on Filters is available in our separate catalogue:
33
Notes
34
Notes
35
Clamping systems
for tubes, hoses,
cables and
components;
special clamps
STAUFF
Pressure test
systems;
Venting and
sampling of liquid
and gas pressure
systems;
Minitester
Hydraulic high
pressure and
return line filters;
filter elements
Components
for power units;
tank and reservoir
equipment
Precision parts
machined from
steel, non-ferrous
metals and
thermoplastics
HA e · 2 · 8 · 1203
ISO 9002 Lic. 3765A
Standards Australia
Bell Housings
& Couplings
A 2
DIMENSIONAL DATA for 2 - BOLT SAE FLANGED PUMPS
Material Specifications
Bell Housing Diecast aluminium alloy
Coupling Diecast aluminium alloy
Spider Acryl-nitrile-buna 75 Shore A
Temperature - 30° to + 80°C
Drive Coupling Max. kW load at 1440 rpm
(with electric motor at constant load)
Series 48 coupling 1.5 kW
Series 65 coupling 4.5 kW
Series 86 coupling 12.0 kW
Series 108 coupling 33.0 kW
Max. angular mis-alignment 2°
SAE 2 - BOLT PUMP MOUNT BELL HOUSINGS
Part No. A B C E F H L M N
S B H 8 0 -AA 200 165 130 5 0 .8 8 2 .5 95 12 M10 M8
S B H 1 0 0 -AA 250 215 180 5 0 .8 8 2 .5 11 2 14 M12 M8
S B H 80-A 200 165 130 8 2 .5 106 126 12 M10 M10
S B H 80-B 200 165 130 1 0 1 .6 146 130 12 M10 M12
S B H 100-A 250 215 180 8 2 .5 106 136 14 M12 M10
S B H 100-B 250 215 180 1 0 1 .6 146 136 14 M12 M12
S B H 132-A 300 265 230 8 2 .5 106 170 14 M12 M10
S B H 132-B 300 265 230 1 0 1 .6 146 170 14 M12 M12
S B H 132-C 300 265 230 127 181 170 14 M12 M16
S B H 160-A 350 300 250 8 2 .5 106 195 18 M16 M10
S B H 160-B 350 300 250 1 0 1 .6 146 195 18 M16 M12
S B H 160-C 350 300 250 127 181 195 18 M16 M16
S B H 200-B 400 350 300 1 0 1 .6 146 206 18 M16 M12
S B H 200-C 400 350 300 127 181 206 18 M16 M16
3
A
COMPONENT SELECTION TABLES
S-BH&C 0901
®
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Pressure Filters SF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08 Stauff Filtration Technology
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd. Pressure Filter SF Page
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518 Technical Data 3
Fax: +44 1142 518 519 Dimensions 4,5
Valves 6
USA
Stauff Corporation
Clogging Indicators 7
7 Wm. Demarest Place Ordering Code 8
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA Filter Elements SE 9
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00 Flow characteristics 10,11
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
2
Pressure Filter SF Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF high pressure filters are designed for in-line hydraulic applications, with a maximum operating pressure of
420 bar (6000 PSI). Used together with STAUFF filter elements, a high efficiency of contaminant removal is assured. The
high dirt holding capacity of the elements ensures long service life and, as a result, reduced maintenance costs.
Clogging Indicator
HI - E
Filter Head SH
Valve HV
Filter Element SE
Filter Bowl SB
Technical Specification
Construction In-line assembly, with threaded Reverse flow valve Allows reverse flow through the
mounting holes on top of head filter head without backflushing
the element
Filter head Spheroidal graphite cast iron
Non-return valve Prevents draining of the delivery
Filter bowl Cold drawn steel line during element change
Seals O-Rings NBR (Buna-N®) Multi-function valve Forward by-pass, reverse flow
FPM (Viton®) capability, and non return valve
EPDM (Ethylene-propylene), opening pressure 6 +0,5 bar
support ring PTFE (87 +7,25 PSI) ∆p all in one valve
Port connections BSP, NPT, SAE “O”-Ring thread Clogging indicators standard actuating pressure
or SAE Code 62 flange 5 -0,5 bar (72 -7,25 PSI)∆p
execution indicators:
Operating pressure max 420 bar (6000 PSI) visual, electrical and visual-electri-
cal (24 V, 110 V, 220 V versions)
Proof pressure 630 bar (9100 PSI) other actuating pressures on
request
Burst pressure >1260 bar (18250 PSI)
Filter elements Specifications see page 9
Temperature range -10°C up to +100°C
(14°F up to 212°F) Media Mineral oils,
other fluids on request
By-pass valve Allows unfiltered oil to by-pass
the contaminated element
once the opening pressure has
been reached
3
Pressure Filter SF Dimensions
Dimensions
SF014...160
b1 d2 b5
h4
G4
h3
b4
G
h1
h2
b5 SF014...300..TL
h5
G4
Min. value in brackets [ ].
b2
b4
b3
h6
d1
G2: for BSP threads
G3: for NPT-, SAE- “O”-Ring
h7
thread, SAE-flange
Dimensions in mm (inch)
4
Pressure Filter SF Dimensions
Dimensions
Thread connection G Weight including elements
Filter
with bowl in with bowl in
Size BSP NPT SAE- “O”-Ring SAE - flange one-part style two-part style
thread 6000 PSI kg lbs
kg lbs
SF014 5,3 11,7 5,9 13
G 3/4 /4”
3
1 1/16-12 UN 3
/4”
SF030 6,2 13,7 6,9 15,2
SF045 10,3 22,7 12,2 26,9
SF070 G 1 /4
1
1 /4” 1
1 /8-12 UN
5
1 /4”1 12 26,5 13,7 30,2
SF125 16,3 35,9 20 44,1
SF090 27 59,9 32 70,5
SF160 35,5 78,3 39,3 86,5
G 1 1/2 1 1/2” 1 7/8-12 UN 1 1/2”
SF250 - - 49 108
SF300 - - 57,3 126,3
Dimensions
Filter with filterbowl in one-part style with filterbowl in two-part style
Size Type SF Type SF...-TL
b1 d2 h3 h4 d1 h1 h2 h5 SW d1 d3 h6 h7 h5 SW
188 78 100 [85] 190 80 65
SF014 104 83 48 68 (7,402) (3,071) (3,937 [3,347]) 27 70 84 (7,48) (3,15) (2,559) 27
(4,095) (3,268) (1,89) (2,677) 254 144 170 [85] (1,063) (2,756) (3,307) 256 146 130 (1,063)
SF030
(10) (5,670) (6,693 [3,347]) (10,079) (5,748) (5,118)
SF045 239 103 140 [120] 241 103 100
(9,409) (4,055) (5,512 [4,724]) (9,488) (4,055) (3,937)
SF070 140 116 49,5 12,5 95 298 161 200 [120] 32 101,6 115 300 163 160 32
(5,512) (4,567) (1,949) (0,492) (3,740) (11,732) (6,339) (7,874 [4,724]) (1,26) (4) (4,528) (11,811) (6,417) (6,299) (1,26)
SF125 483 343 380 [120] 485 344 340
(19,106) (13,504) (14,961 [4,724]) (19,095) (13,543) (13,386)
SF090 323 148 190 [150] 329,5 154,5 120
(12,717) (5,827) (7,48 [5,906]) (12,972) (6,083) (4,724)
SF160 494 319 360 [150] 500,5 325,5 290
178 159 72 130 36 133 155 (19,705) (12,815) (11,417) 36
(19,449) (12,559) (14,173 [5,906])
(7,008) (6,260) (2,835) (5,118) (1,417) (5,236) (6,102) (1,417)
SF250 656,5 481,5 425
not available (25,847) (18,957) (16,732)
SF300 not available 821,5 646,5 590
(32,343) (25,453) (23,228)
SF014
32 56 23,8 50,8 23,8 50,8
( 1,26) (2,205) M6x9 /4 - 28
1
UNF x 0.354 (0,937) (2) M10x15
3
/8 -16 UNC x 0.591 (0,937) (2)
/8-16 UNC
3
SF030
SF045
SF070 35 85
M10x15 /8 - 24 UNF x 0.591
3 31,6 66,7 1
/2-13 UNC x 0.787
31,6 66,7
/2-13 UNC
1
(1,244) (2,626) (1,378) (3,347) M14x20 (1,244) (2,626)
SF125
SF090
SF160
60 115 36,7 79,4 36,7 79,4
(1,445) (3,126) M12x20 1
/2 - 20 UNF x 0.787 (2,362) (4,528) M16x20 5
/8-11 UNC x 0.787 (1,445) (3,126)
5
/8-11 UNC
SF250
SF300
Dimensions in mm (inch)
5
Pressure Filter SF Valves
Valves
The optional valves are fitted as an insert in the filter head and incorporate the spigot on which the element seals.
The valve is selected to suit the filter application.
HV – M 014/030 /X
Valves Design Code
only for information
A A A A A
6
Pressure Filter SF Clogging Indicators
Clogging Indicators
STAUFF pressure filters have a range of clogging indicators available. If no indicator is specified, the port is sealed by a plug (HI-
O). The clogging indicators are actuated by the differential pressure (∆p) across the element. The special piston design minimizes
the effects of peak pressures in the system. An optional thermostatic lockout (thermo-stop) is available to prevent false indication
under cold start conditions. Fluid temperature must be at least 20°C (68°F) for the indicator to function.
Technical Specification
Body Stainless steel The visual clogging indicators are available in the
following configurations :
Seals NBR (Buna-N®), FPM (Viton®),
EPDM Manual reset The indicator continues to display
Seal 18,5x23,9x2 (0,728x the clogged signal even through
0,941x 0,079) the ∆p may have fallen.
O-Ring 15,5x1,5 (0,61x0,059) Pressing the plastic cover down
will reset the indicator.
Thread 1/2” BSP
Automatic reset The clogged signal will disappear
Differential 5-0,5 bar (72-7,25 PSI) when the ∆p drops below the
pressure setting (other settings on request) setting for the indicator.
Electrical Standard DIN appliance plug, Electrical and visual-electrical clogging indicators are
Screwed cable gland PG11, pro- only available with automatic reset.
tection rating (DIN40050) IP65,
both NO and NC contacts are
available in the switch, rated
capacity: see chart
HI – P T 220 B - 5,0B /X
Clogging Indicator
Design Code
Code Execution only for information
O plug
A visual, automatic reset Differential pressure setting
V visual, manual reset 25P 25 PSI (1,72 bar)
E electrical 2,0B 2,0 bar (29 PSI)
P visual-electrical 3,0B 3,0 bar (43,5 PSI)
5,0B 5,0 bar (72,5 PSI) (Standard)
Thermostop
7,0B 7,0 bar (101,5 PSI)
without Thermostop others on request
T with Thermostop
Sealing Material
Voltage (only for Code P)
B NBR (Buna®)
24 24 V V FPM (Viton®)
110 110 V E EPDM
220 220 V
SL
HI-E SL HI-P 1 Rated Capacity HI-E and HI-P
1(+)
3
3
MP
Alternating current
HI-O HI-A 2 250V AC 5 Amps
2
HI-A
Direct current:
see table below
(0,413)
10,5
Resistive Inductive
(1,063)
27
25,4
(1)
(2,953)
(1)
24 8,00 7,00
(3,149)
75
80
(1)
7
Pressure Filter SF Ordering Code
Ordering Code
Filter Housings SF 014 ... V – TH B / B / PT 220 / TL /2
SE-014 G 10 V /X
Design Code
only for information
Series SE
Seal material
Group B NBR (Buna®)
according to filter housing V FPM (Viton®)
E EPDM
Filter material Micron ratings other seal materials on request
Code Material max∆p*collapse available
A Stainless fiber 210 bar (3045 PSI) Micron rating
03 3 µm
C Polyester fiber 210 bar (3045 PSI)
03, 05, 05 5 µm
N Filterpaper 30 bar (435 PSI) 10, 20 10 10 µm
G Inorganic glass fiber 30 bar (435 PSI) 20 20 µm
H Inorganic glass fiber 210 bar (3045 PSI) 25 25 µm
B, S Stainless mesh 30 bar (435 PSI) 40 40 µm
10, 25, 40, 60 60 µm
T, W Stainless mesh 210 bar (3045 PSI) 60, 100
100 100 µm
*collapse / burst resistance as per ISO 2941 200 200 µm
Bold type identifies preferred material 500 500 µm
other micron ratings on request
8
Pressure Filter SF Filter Elements SE
SE-014 G 10 V /X
9
Pressure Filter SF Flow Characteristics
I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
Flow Direction A B Flow Direction B A
in
SF 090/160
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
30 SF 250/300
2.0 3.75 3.75
50 50
24
A
1.6 3.0 3.0
40 A 40
18 1.2 SF014/030 2.25 2.25
30 30 B
12 0.8
20 1.5 B 20 1.5
Characteristics of the multi-function valve are approximately 15% higher than those of the reverse flow valve
in I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
(incl. housing resistance, without element) SE ... S SE ... N
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
210
SF160 N10
14.0 15 0.1 6 0.4
Characteristics of the multi-function valve are Q as a percentage of the nominal flow Q as a percentage of the nominal flow
approximately 5% higher than those of the by-pass
valve.
I
I
∆p PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
in I
∆p PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
22.5 1.5
C10 22.5 1.5
22.5 1.5
C05 C10
15 1.0 15 1.0 15 1.0
C20 C10
A03 A03 A03
A05 A05
7.5 0.5 A05 7.5 0.5 7.5 0.5 C20
C20
A10 A10 A10
A20 A20 A20
0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 Q in l/min 0 140 280 Q in l/min 0 110 220 330 Q in l/min
10
Pressure Filter SF Flow Characteristics
I
Filter Elements I
Filter Elements Filter Elements
r r I
PS ba SE 014 G,H PS ba SE 030 G,H PS ba
r
SE 045 G,H
in in in in inin
p p p p p
∆ ∆
H03 G03 H05
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆p H03 G03
3.0 3.0 H03 G03 H05 3.0
40 40 G05
G05 40
H05
30 30 30
2.0 H10 2.0 2.0 G05
G10
20 20 H10 20 H10
H20 G10 G10
1.0 1.0 1.0
G20 H20 H20
10 10 10
G20
G20
0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 Q in l/min 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Q in l/min 0 40 80 120 160 Q in l/min
I r Filter Elements I r
Filter Elements I r
Filter Elements
PS ba PS ba PS ba
inin SE 070 G,H in in SE 125 G,H in in SE 090 G,H
∆p ∆p ∆p
∆ p ∆p
∆ p
H03 H03 G03 H03
3.0 3.0 3.0
40 40 40 G03
H05
30 H05 H05
2.0 G03 30 2.0 30 2.0
G05 G05
20
G05
G10
20 H10 20 H10
1.0 1.0 G10 1.0 G10
10
G10 H20
H20 10 10
G20 G20 G20/H20
0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 0 140 280 Q in l/min 0 110 220 330 Q in l/min
Q in l/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 35 70 Q in US GPM 0 30 60 90 Q in US GPM
Q in US GPM
I r
Filter Elements I r
Filter Elements I Filter Elements
PS ba r
SE 160 G,H PS ba SE 250 G,H PS ba SE 300 G,H
in in in in in
in
p p p p
∆ ∆ ∆ ∆p ∆ ∆p
3.0 3.0 3.0
40 40 40
H03 H03 H03
30 2.0 G03 30 2.0 G03 30 2.0 G03
H05 H05 H05
20 G05 20 G05 20 G05
1.0 H10
1.0 H10 1.0 H10
10 G10 10 G10 10 G10
H20 H20 H20
G20 G20 G20
0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
0 210 420 630 0 330 660 990 Q in l/min 0 440 880 1320Q in l/min
Q in l/min
0 50 100 150 0 75 150 225 0 100 200 300
Q in US GPM Q in US GPM Q in US GPM
11
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA Stauff Filtration Technology
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
Stauff Filtration Technology offers a complete range of filtration
China products and services that will provide the system designer or
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
user with the highest level of contamination control demanded
331 , Binzhou Road by today’s most sophisticated applications. Products include
200126 Shangai, CHINA pressure filters, return line filters, elements, spin on filters
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80 suction strainers, and filler breathers for various hydraulic,
lubrication and fuel oils.
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud Stauff has the technical expertise to provide superior filter
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or element designs for the Stauff original filter housings and also
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE for the interchange element market. Stauff manufactures more
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19 than 10,000 different elements. Many of these are designed to
fit into filter housings produced by other companies while
India maintaining or surpassing the original performance.
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340,
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi, INDIA The “Stauff Contamination Control Program” includes the
IND-Pune - 412027 diagnostic services including fluid sampling and laser particle
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89 counting products needed to monitor the system contamination
level.
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23, I-20034 Stauff, through its global network of wholly owned companies
Birone di Giussano, ITALY and technically qualified distributors, is ideally placed to assist
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13 its customers in the total contamination process providing a
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
well balanced filtration solution.
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Medium Pressure Filter SMPF Page
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518 Technical Data 3
Fax: +44 1142 518 519 Dimensions 4
USA
Clogging Indicators 5
Stauff Corporation Ordering Code 6
7 Wm. Demarest Place Flow characteristics 7
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
2
Medium Pressure Filter SMPF Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF SMPF series medium pressure filters are designed for in-line hydraulic applications with a maximum operating
pressure of 110 bar (1600 PSI). Used together with STAUFF filter elements, a high efficiency of contaminant removal is
assured.
Technical Specification
3
Medium Pressure Filter SMPF Dimensions
Dimensions
80
3/4”-16 SAE “O”-Ring thread
(3,2) or 1/2” BSP thread
(0,7) (1,1)
27
(3,1)
78
17
ø7
(2 )
x)
(0
,3
Dimensions in mm (inch)
4
Medium Pressure Filter SMPF Clogging Indicators
HIM-V
ø30
(1,18)
1. Visual clogging indicator
(1,89)
pressure across the filter element. The actuating pressure of 5 bar (72 PSI)
48
allows the dirty element to be changed before the by-pass setting of 6 bar
(2,91)
SW 30
74
(87 PSI) is reached. (hex 1,18)
G 1/2”
HIM-VE
(2,76)
indicate when the element needs changing. It is actuated by the differential
70
pressure across the filter element. The actuating pressure of 5 bar (72 PSI)
(3,78)
allows the dirty element to be changed before the by-pass setting of 6 bar
96
SW 30
(87 PSI) is reached. (hex 1,18)
Ordering Code
HI M - V /X
5
Medium Pressure Filter SMPF Ordering Code
SME - 015 E 03 B /X
6
Medium Pressure Filter SMPF Flow Characteristics
I
PS
PS
r
SMPF 015/025
r
SMPF 015/025
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
15 1.0 175 12.5
6 0.4 70 5.0
3 0.2 35 2.5
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 20 40 60 80 Q in l/min 0 6 12 18 24 Q in l/min
PS
PS
r
r
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
E03
75 5.0 3.75 0.25
60 4.0 3 0.2
45 3.0
E10 2.25 0.15 S60
E20
30 0.4 1.5 0.1
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 Q in l/min 0 30 60 90 Q in l/min
in I
PS
PS
r
SME - 025E
r
SME - 025S
ba
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
30 3
2.0 E03 0.2
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 30 60 90 Q in l/min 0 30 60 90 Q in l/min
7
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl · Germany
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl · Germany
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Stauff Filtration Technology
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd. Stauff Filtration Technology offers a complete range of filtration
866 Milner Avenue products and services that will provide the system designer or
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA user with the highest level of contamination control demanded
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39 by today’s most sophisticated applications. Products include
pressure filters, return line filters, elements, spin on filters
China suction strainers, and filler breathers for various hydraulic,
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong lubrication and fuel oils.
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA Stauff has the technical expertise to provide superior filter
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60 element designs for the Stauff original filter housings and also
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80 for the interchange element market. Stauff manufactures more
France than 10,000 different elements. Many of these are designed to
Stauff S.A. fit into filter housings produced by other companies while
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud maintaining or surpassing the original performance.
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
The “Stauff Contamination Control Program” includes the
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19 diagnostic services including fluid sampling and laser particle
counting products needed to monitor the system contamination
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
level.
Gat. No. 2340,
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi, INDIA Stauff, through its global network of wholly owned companies
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90 and technically qualified distributors, is ideally placed to assist
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89 its customers in the total contamination process providing a
well balanced filtration solution.
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23, I-20034 Page
Birone di Giussano, ITALY
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36 Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-S/D
New Zealand Technical Data 3
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd. Return Line Simplex Filter SRFL-S 160-600
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Dimensions 4
Tel: +64 9 271 4812 Return Line Simplex Filter SRFL-S 1200-3600
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
Dimensions 5
United Kingdom Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-D 160-600
Stauff UK Ltd. Dimensions 6
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-D 1200-2400
Tel: +44 1142 518 518 Dimensions 7
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-D 3600
USA Dimensions 8
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place Return Line Filter SRFL-S/D
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA Ordering Code 9
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00 Filter Elements RE & Options 10
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
Flow Characteristics 11
2
Return Line Filter SRFL-S/D Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF return line simplex filter SRFL-S and duplex filter SRFL-D are designed for in-line hydraulic applications. With its
compact construction and the easy to maintain assembly the filter SRFL-S and SRFL-D are suitable for flow rates up to 6600
l/min (1750 US GPM). The two housings of the duplex filter, SRFL-D are connected with a special gate valve that is operated
with a lever or hand wheel. Therefore the filter may be serviced without shutting down the hydraulic system. A high efficiency
of contaminant removal is assured by using STAUFF replacement filter elements RE series. The high dirt holding capacity of
STAUFF elements ensures a long service life and, as a result, reduced maintenance costs.
Technical Specification
Construction In-line assembly, base mounted By-pass valve Opening pressure
(integrated in the 3 bar ± 0,3 bar
Housings Carbon steel filter element) (43,5 PSI ± 4,35 PSI)
Stainless steel (on request) other pressures on request
Seals NBR (Buna-N® ), FPM (Viton®) Clogging indicator Differential pressure switch,
setting 1,6 bar (23 PSI)
scale 0...1,6 bar (0...23 PSI)
Port connection ANSI, SAE and DIN flanges
Operating pressure max 14 bar (232 PSI) Filter elements Specification see page 10
Flow rating up to 6600 l/min (1750 US GPM) Media Mineral oils, lubrication oils
other fluids on request
Temperature Range -10°C up to +100°C
(14ºF up to 212ºF)
3
Return Line Filter Simplex SRFL-S 160-600 Dimensions
Filter Element S
SRFL-S 160 / 200 / 300 / 600
C
B
IN
I
D
OUT
H
E
Option: opposite side flange
see detail Drain Port 3/8”
Arrangement of filter
elements (see detail above)
K
M
O
IN IN
OUT
OUT
885,8 607,6 584 214 148 130 155 150 125 125 150 11
SRFL-S-160 DN40 1-1/2” 1-1/2” (34,87) (23,92) (22,99) (8,43) (5,83) (5,12) (6,1) (5,91) (4,92) (4,92) (5,91) (0,43) 6,0 1,59 14,5 32 RE-160... 1x1
1045,8 688,7 664 214 148 140 190 150 125 125 150 11
SRFL-S-200 DN50 2” 2” (41,17) (27,12) (26,14) (8,43) (5,83) (5,51) (7,48) (5,91) (4,92) (4,92) (5,91) (0,43)
7,1 1,86 15,9 35 RE-200... 1x1
1248,7 828,6 803,9 285 198 150 190 240 200 200 240 18
SRFL-S-300 DN65 2-1/2” 2-1/2” (49,16) (32,63) (31,65) (11,22) (7,8) (5,91) (7,48) (9,45) (7,87) (7,87) (9,45) (0,71) 22,2 5,87 29 64 RE-300... 1x1
2126,7 1267,6 1242,9 285 198 160 220 240 200 200 240 18
SRFL-S-600 DN80 3” 3” (83,73) (49,91) (48,93) (11,22) (7,8) (6,3) (8,66) (9,45) (7,87) (7,87) (9,45) (0,71) 37,1 9,80 34,5 76 RE-600... 1x1
4
Return Line Simplex Filter SRFL-S 1200-3600 Dimensions
Filter Element S
C
B
IN
I
D
OUT
H
R
M
N
IN IN
OUT
OUT
All dimensions in mm (inch)
Flange Connection Dimensions Total oil Weight Filter Element S
Capacity (without element)
Filter
Size DIN ANSI SAE A B C D E H I K L M N O R l gal kg lbs Designation Qty
2176,7 1319,6 1294,9 275 273 190 250 385 325 325 385 23 60
SRFL-S-1200 DN100 4” 4” (85,7) (51,96) (50,98) (10,83) (10,75) (7,48) (9,84) (15,16) (12,8) (12,8) (15,16) (0,91) (2,36) 103 27,2 86,2 190 RE-600... 1 x 2
2176,7 1323,6 1294,9 275 273 190 280 385 325 325 385 23 60
SRFL-S-1800 DN125 5” 5” (85,7) (52,11) (50,98) (10,83) (10,75) (7,48) (11,02) (15,16) (12,8) (12,8) (15,16) (0,91) (2,36) 103 27,2 90,7 200 RE-600... 1 x 3
2249,1 1394,8 1366,1 325 298 200 320 435 375 375 435 23 60
SRFL-S-2400 DN150 6” 6” (88,55) (54,92) (53,78) (12,8) (11,73) (7,87) (12,6) (17,13) (14,76) (14,76) (17,13) (0,91) (2,36) 149 39,3 105,2 232 RE-600... 1 x 4
2249,1 1392,8 1368,1 325 398 252 425 540 480 480 540 23 60
SRFL-S-3600 DN200 8” 8” (88,55) (54,84) (53,68) (12,8) (15,67) (9,92) (16,73) (21,26) (18,9) (18,9) (21,26) (0,91) (2,36) 232 61,3 154,2 340 RE-600... 1 x 6
5
Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-D 160-600 Dimensions
Filter Element S
C
B
IN
I
D
OUT
H
E F
Drain Port 3/8”
(G)
Connecting port
(see detail)
Arrangement of filter Balance line
elements (see detail above) Pressure tap 1/2”
K
M
O
885,8 607,6 584 214 260 260 520 130 155 150 125 125 150 11 110
SRFL-D-160 DN 40 1-1/2” 6,02 1,59 43 95 RE-160... 2x1
(34,87) (23,92) (22,99) (8,43) (10,24) (10,24) (20,47) (5,12) (6,1) (5,91) (4,92) (4,92) (5,91) (0,43) (4,33)
1045,8 688,7 642 214 300 300 600 140 190 150 125 125 150 11 150
SRFL-D-200 DN 50 2” 7,11 1,86 56,7 125 RE-200... 2x1
(41,17) (27,12) (25,28) (8,43) (11,81) (11,81) (23,62) (5,51) (7,48) (5,91) (4,92) (4,92) (5,91) (0,43) (5,91)
1248,7 828,6 803,9 285 350 350 700 150 190 240 200 200 240 18 150
SRFL-D-300 DN 65 2-1/2” 22,24 5,87 84 185 RE-300... 2x1
(49,16) (32,63) (31,65) (11,22) (13,78) (13,78) (27,56) (5,91) (7,48) (9,45) (7,87) (7,87) (9,45) (0,71) (5,91)
2126,7 1267,6 1242,9 285 375 375 750 160 220 240 200 200 240 18 175
SRFL-D-600 DN 80 3” (83,73) (49,91) (48,93) (11,22) (14,76) (14,76) (29,53) (6,3) (8,66) (9,45) (7,87) (7,87) (9,45) (0,71) (6,89) 37,1 9,8 104 230 RE-600... 2x1
6
Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-D 1200-2400 Dimensions
Filter Element S
A (clearance to remove element)
C
B
IN
I
D
OUT
H
R
E F
M
O
2176,7 1319,6 1294,9 275 475 475 950 190 250 385 325 325 385 23 200 60
SRFL-D-1200 DN 100 4” 103 27,2 215 475 RE-600... 2x2
(85,7) (51,96) (50,98) (10,83) (18,7) (18,7) (37,4) (7,48) (9,84) (15,16) (12,8) (12,8) (15,16) (0,91) (7,87) (2,36)
2176,7 1323,6 1294,9 275 500 500 1000 190 280 385 325 325 385 23 225 60
SRFL-D-1800 DN 125 5” 103 27,2 233 515 RE-600... 2x3
(85,7) (52,11) (50,98) (10,83) (19,69) (19,69) (39,37) (7,48) (11,02) (15,16) (12,8) (12,8) (15,16) (0,91) (8,86) (2,36)
2249,1 1394,8 1366,1 325 540 540 1080 200 320 435 375 375 435 23 240 60
SRFL-D-2400 DN 150 6” 149 39,3 263 580 RE-600... 2x4
(88,55) (54,92) (53,78) (12,8) (21,26) (21,26) (42,52) (7,87) (12,6) (17,13) (14,76) (14,76) (17,13) (0,91) (9,45) (2,36)
7
Return Line Duplex Filter SRFL-D 3600 Dimensions
SRFL-D 3600
Filter Element S
IN
C
B
I
D
OUT
H
E F
R
(G)
Drain valve 3/8”
M
O
2249,1 1392,8 1368,1 325 739 739 1479 252 425 540 480 480 540 23 281,4 60
SRFL-D-3600 DN 200 8” 233 61,3 390 860 RE-600... 2x6
(88,55) (54,84) (53,86) (12,8) (29,11) (29,11) (58,22) (9,92) (16,73) (21,26) (18,9) (18,9) (21,26) (0,91) (11,08) (2,36)
8
Return Line Filter SRFL-S/D Ordering Code
SRFL-D-160 ... B / A / O / CS / D /X
RE-160 G 10 V /X
9
Return Line Filter SRFL-S/D Filter Elements RE and Options
STAUFF replacement filter elements for SRFL-S and SRFL-D series filters
are manufactured in the common filter materials such as stainless fiber,
stainless mesh, paper and inorganic glass fiber. As standard all
replacement elements series RE have tin plated steel parts for use with
aggressive media such as water glycol, on request you also can get other
materials. All replacement elements made by STAUFF comply with quality
specifications in accordance with international standards.
RE-300 G 10 V /X
Series RE Design code
Only for information
Group
According to filter housing Seal material
(See ordering code page 9)
B NBR (Buna®)
V FPM (Viton®)
Filter material Micron ratings other seal materials on request
0 … 1,6 bar
Scale
(0 … 23 PSI)
10
Return Line Filter SRFL-S/D Flow Characteristics
I
Housings Filter Elements
PS
r
I
I
ba
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
in
in
RE 160 G
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
A20 G10
1.5 7.5 0.5
3 0.2 0.1
G20
0.0 0 0 0.0
0 0.0 0 330 660 Q in l/min
0 300 600 900 Q in l/min 0 330 660 Q in l/min
Filter Elements
I
Filter Elements
PS
I
Housings
r
PS
I
ba
r
PS
ba
r
ba
in
in
in
in RE 200 A RE 200 G
in
in
SRFL-S/D 300/600
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
4.5 22.5
4.5 0.3 0.3 1.5
SRFL-D-600
3 A10 15 G05
3 0.20 0.2 1.0
SRFL-S-300 G10
SRFL-S-600 A20
1.5 7.5 0.5 G20
1.5 .1 0.1
0 0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0
0 500 1000 1500 Q in l/min 0 425 850 Q in l/min 0 425 850 Q in l/min
I
I
Housings
PS
r
∆p PS
I
ba
∆p PS
ba
r
ba
in
in
in
RE 300 G
in
RE 300 A
in
in
SRFL-S/D 1200/1800
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
0 250 500 750 1000 Q in US GPM 0 150 300 Q in US GPM 0 150 300 Q in US GPM
Filter Elements
I
I
∆p PS
ba
r
PS
r
ba
ba
in
in
RE 600 A
in
in
in
SRFL-S/D 2400/3600
in
RE 600 G
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
0 500 1000 1500 1750 Q in US GPM 0 300 600 Q in US GPM 0 300 600 Q in US GPM
r
ba
in
RE ... S / RE ... N
∆p
∆p
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Stauff Filtration Technology
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Stauff Filtration Technology offers a complete range of filtration
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08 products and services that will provide the system designer or
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39 user with the highest level of contamination control demanded
China
by today’s most sophisticated applications. Products include
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd. pressure filters, return line filters, elements, spin on filters
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong suction strainers, and filler breathers for various hydraulic,
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
lubrication and fuel oils.
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80 Stauff has the technical expertise to provide superior filter
France
element designs for the Stauff original filter housings and also
Stauff S.A. for the interchange element market. Stauff manufactures more
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud than 10,000 different elements. Many of these are designed to
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
fit into filter housings produced by other companies while
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50 maintaining or surpassing the original performance.
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
India
The “Stauff Contamination Control Program” includes the
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd. diagnostic services including fluid sampling and laser particle
Gat. No. 2340, counting products needed to monitor the system contamination
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi, INDIA
IND-Pune - 412027
level.
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89 Stauff, through its global network of wholly owned companies
Italy and technically qualified distributors, is ideally placed to assist
Stauff Italia S.R.L. its customers in the total contamination process providing a
Via Pola 21/23, I-20034 well balanced filtration solution.
Birone di Giussano, ITALY
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Return Line Filter RF 014-130 Page
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND Technical Data 3
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832 Dimensions 4
Options 5
United Kingdom Ordering Code 6
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Flow Characteristics 7,8
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518 Return Line Filter RFB 022-052
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
2
Return Line Filter RF 014-130 Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF RF 014-130 return line filters are designed as tank top filters. They are mounted directly on the tank top and if 100%
of the system oil is filtered, they provide the optimum removal of contaminant from the system. This provides the pump with
clean oil thus reducing contaminant generated wear. The filter bowl or funnel is designed to return the oil beneath the surface
thus preventing the entraiment of air by the returning oil.
Clogging Indicator
(optional)
Housing Cover
Filter Head
Flange Seal
Filter Bowl
Technical Specification
Construction Tank Top flange mounting By-pass valve Opening pressure
(integrated in the 3 bar ± 0,3 bar
Filter head Aluminium filter element) (43,5 PSI ± 4,35 PSI)
other pressures on request
Filter bowl Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Seals NBR (Buna-N®), FPM (Viton®) Clogging indicator Gauge type indicator 0…4 bar
or EPDM (Ethylene-Propylene) (0…58 PSI) coloured segments;
Threaded connection BSP, NPT- and SAE-“O“-Ring Electrical switch,
thread as well as SAE-flange setting 2,5 bar (36,25 PSI)
(3000 PSI)
Filter elements Specification see page 14
Operating pressure max 16 bar (232 PSI)
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on
Proof pressure 24 bar (350 PSI) request
Temperature Range -10 to +100°C
(14° to 212ºF)
3
Return Line Filters RF 014-130 Dimensions
Dimensions RF 014-130
b4
h6
b6
Removal Clearance
h2
b5
G
b3
h1
G3
Flange Connection
h4
h3
h5
h5
d3 G2
d2 Threaded Outlet
d1
Position 1 G4
d4
b1 square
b2 square
d5
Position 2
RF 090 G2 2” 1 /8-12 UN
7 172,5 273,5 235 1/2
150 135 88 102 42,9 77,8 126 112,5 54,5 170 131 47 98 (6,791) (10,768) 27 (9,252) 85 G1 1/
2 UNC M10
2” (5,906) (5,135) (3,465) (4,016) (1,689) (3,063) (4,961) (4,429) (2,146) (6,693) (5,158) (1,85) (3,858) (1,063) or 11/ ”
(3,347) 2
x15
or /8”
3
4
Return Line Filter RF 014-130 Options
Options RF 014-130
Visual clogging indicator
ø40
1. Visual clogging indicator (1,575)
(0,689)
The gauge visually displays the degree of contamination of the element.
17,5
(1,752)
The coloured segments allow quick visual checking.
44,5
vkt.14
green 0...2,5 bar (0…36,25 PSI) Element has service life left
yellow 2,5...3,0 bar (36,25 ...43,5 PSI) Element is contaminated and (vkt.0,511)
(0,394)
should be changed M10x1 or
10
red > 3,0 bar (>43,5 PSI) By-pass valve open, 1/ ” NPT
8
The switch is used where an electrical signal is needed to indicate when Electrical Clogging Switch
the element needs changing. The switch can turn on a light, or shut the
machine down, or any further function controlled by an electric signal. The
switching pressure is 2,5 bar (36,25 PSI) and this allows the element to be
(2,854)
˜72,5
(0,354)
changed before the by-pass setting of 3 bar (43,5 PSI) is reached.
9
Maximum Voltage Switch Type SW 24
(SW 0,945)
42 V G 42 reduced
110 V G 110 to ø 26 M10x1 keg.
220 V G 220 (ø1,024) or 1/8” NPT
Under some circumstances such as a tall reservoir or one with oil levels
which vary greatly during operation, it is necessary to extend the filter bowl
so that the returning oil returns beneath the surface and does not entrain
air in the process. The optional bowl with a female thread allows an
extension to be fitted quite simply.
G2
G
SRV-114-B16 RF 014/030 60 (2,362) 139 (5,472) G1 or 1” NPT 46 (1,811)
5
Return Line Filter RF 014-130 Ordering Code
RF 070 ... B / B / M / G / L1 /X
Design Code
only for information
Filter type RF
6
Return Line Filter RF 014-130 Flow Characteristics
I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
Housings RF 014/030 Housings RF 045/070 Housings RF 090/130
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
7.5 7.5 7.5
0.5 0.5 0.5
in I
in I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
RE 014 A RE 030 A RE 045 A
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
7.5 A03 A05 7.5 A03 A05 7.5 A03 A05
0.5 0.5 0.5
6 6 6 0.4
0.4 0.4
in I
in I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
in I
PS
PS
r
ba
in
in
RE ... N
∆p
∆p
RE ... S
∆p
∆p
1.5 1.5
0.1 0.1
N10
1.2 1.2 0.08
0.08
0 0.0 0 0.0
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120% 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100% 120%
Q as a percentage of the nominal flow Q as a percentage of the nominal flow
7
Return Line Filter RF 014-130 Flow Characteristics
I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
RE 014 G RE 030 G RE 045 G
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
37.5 G03 37.5 37.5 G03
2.5 2.5 2.5
G03
30 G05 30 30
2.0 2.0 2.0 G05
G05
22.5 1.5 22.5 1.5 22.5 1.5
in I
in I
∆p PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
RE 070 G RE 090 G RE 130 G
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
37.5 G 03 G 05 37.5 37.5 G03
2.5 2.5 G03 2.5
8
Return Line Filter RFB 022-052 Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF RFB return line filters are designed as tank top filters. They are mounted directly on the tank top and if 100% of the
system oil is filtered they provide the optimum removal of contaminant from the system. This provides the pump with clean oil
thus reducing contaminant generated wear. Because of it’s low weight and compact design the STAUFF filters RFB are
optimally suitable in mobile hydraulic applications.
Technical Specification
Construction Tank Top flange mounting By-pass valve Opening pressure 3 bar ± 0,3 bar
(integrated in the (43,5 PSI ± 4,35 PSI) other
Filter head Aluminium filter element) pressures on request
Filter bowl Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Clogging indicator Gauge type indicator 0…4 bar
(0…58 PSI) coloured segments;
Seals NBR (Buna-N®), FPM (Viton®) Electrical switch, setting 2,5 bar
or EPDM (Ethylene-Propylene) (36,25 PSI)
Threaded connection BSP, NPT- and SAE-“O”-Ring Filter elements Specification see page 14
thread
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on
Operating pressure max 10 bar (145 PSI) request
9
Return Line Filter RFB 022-052 Dimensions
h5
g1
h3
h1
h2
Option Air
Filter Element
h4
ø d1
ø d2
ø d3
b6
Option threaded 1”NPT G1”
outlet
Typ N Typ G
b4
b3
b5
Option Air
Filter Element
Standard position for
clogging indicator
(other position on request)
G 3/4 /4”
3
205,5
RFB 022 (7,933)
G1 1”
G 3/4 /4”
3
G 3/4 /4”
3
351,5
RFB 052
(13,839)
G1 1”
10
Return Line Filter RFB 022-052 Options
ø40
1. Visual clogging indicator (1,575)
(0,689)
17,5
(1,752)
The coloured segments allow quick visual checking.
44,5
vkt.14
green 0...2,5 bar (0…36,25 PSI) Element has service life left
yellow 2,5...3,0 bar (36,25 ...43,5 PSI) Element is contaminated and (vkt.0,511)
(0,394)
should be changed M10x1 or
10
red > 3,0 bar (43,5 PSI) By-pass valve open, /8” NPT
1
(2,854)
˜72,5
changed before the by-pass setting of 3 bar (43,5 PSI) is reached.
(0,354)
9
Maximum Voltage Switch Type
42 V G 42 SW 24
110 V G 110 (SW 0,945)
220 V G 220 reduced
to ø 26 M10x1 keg.
(ø1,024) or 1/8” NPT
11
Return Line Filter RFB 022-052 Ordering Code
Filter material
Micron rating
L Filter paper
10 10 µm
other micron ratings on request
other micron ratings on request
12
Return Line Filter RFB 022-052 Flow Characteristics
Housings
I
PS
r
ba
in
in
RFB 022/046/052
∆p
∆p
3 0.2
1.5 0.1
0 0.0
0 40 80 120 160 200 Q in l/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 Q in US GPM
I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
RE 022 G RE 046 G RE 052 G
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
37.5 G03 37.5 G03 37.5 G03
2.5 2.5 2.5
G05 G05
30 30
G05
2.0 30 2.0 2.0
in I
in I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
in I
in I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
13
Return Line Filter RF and RFB Filter Elements RE
RE-014 G 10 V /X
Series RE Design Code
only for information
Group
according to filter housing Seal material
B NBR (Buna®)
Filter material Micron ratings V FPM (Viton®)
Code Material max ∆p*collapse available E EPDM
A Stainless fiber 30 bar (435 PSI) other seal materials on request
03, 05,
N Filter paper 30 bar (435 PSI)
10, 20
G Inorganic glass fiber 30 bar (435 PSI) Micron rating
Stainless mesh 10, 25, 50, 03 3 µm
B, S (type B not for 30 bar (435 PSI) 05 5 µm
100, 200, 500
RE-022/046/065) 10 10 µm
*collapse / burst resistance as per ISO 2941 20 20 µm
Bold type identifies preferred material 10 10 µm
25 25 µm
50 50 µm
100 100 µm
200 200 µm
500 500 µm
other micron ratings on request
14
Notes
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Stauff Filtration Technology
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue Stauff Filtration Technology offers a complete range of filtration
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA products and services that will provide the system designer or
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39 user with the highest level of contamination control demanded
by today’s most sophisticated applications. Products include
China pressure filters, return line filters, elements, spin on filters
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong suction strainers, and filler breathers for various hydraulic,
331 , Binzhou Road lubrication and fuel oils.
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80 Stauff has the technical expertise to provide superior filter
element designs for the Stauff original filter housings and also
France
for the interchange element market. Stauff manufactures more
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud than 10,000 different elements. Many of these are designed to
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or fit into filter housings produced by other companies while
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
maintaining or surpassing the original performance.
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
The “Stauff Contamination Control Program” includes the
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
diagnostic services including fluid sampling and laser particle
Gat. No. 2340, counting products needed to monitor the system contamination
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi, INDIA level.
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89 Stauff, through its global network of wholly owned companies
and technically qualified distributors, is ideally placed to assist
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
its customers in the total contamination process providing a
Via Pola 21/23, I-20034 well balanced filtration solution.
Birone di Giussano, ITALY
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
Return Line Filter RTF 10-25 Page
New Zealand Technical Data 3
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Dimensions 4
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND Ordering Code & Flow Characteristics 5
Tel: +64 9 271 4812 Return Line Filter RTF 40 Series
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
Technical Data 6
United Kingdom Dimensions 7
Stauff UK Ltd. Ordering Code 8
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Flow Characteristics 9
Tel: +44 1142 518 518 Return Line Filter RTF 20 Series
Fax: +44 1142 518 519 Technical Data 10
USA Dimensions 11
Stauff Corporation Ordering Code 12
7 Wm. Demarest Place Flow Characteristics 13
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00 Return Line Filter RTF 30 Series
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52 Technical Data 14
Dimensions 15
Distributors and warehouses Ordering Code 16
in all industrial countries. Flow Characteristics 17
Filter Indicators 18
2
Return Line Filter RTF 10/25 Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF RTF 10/25 series return filters are designed for in-tank hydraulic applications with a maximum operating pressure of
3.4 bar (50 PSI).
Technical Specification
Construction In-line assembly By-pass valve Allows unfiltered oil to by-pass
(integrated in the the contaminated element once
Filter head Die cast aluminum filter element) the opening pressure has been
reached
Element bowl Polyamide Opening pressure
1.7 bar (25 PSI)
Seals “O”-Rings NBR (Buna-N®),
FPM (Viton®) Clogging indicators Gage indicator 0-6.9 bar
(0-100 PSI) with coloured
Port connections BSP, NPT, SAE-“O“-Ring segments;
thread Electrical, 0,35-2,5 bar
Flow rating up to 95 l/min (25 US GPM) for (5-35 PSI) adjustable
32 cSt (150 SUS) fluids
Elements Flow characteristics see page 5
Operating Pressure max 3,4 bar (50 PSI)
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on
Test pressure min 6,8 bar (100 PSI) request
Temperature range -25ºC to +100ºC
(-13°F to 212ºF)
3
Return Line Filter RTF 10/25 Dimensions
Dimensions
b1
h1
G
h2
h5
h4
h3
ød2 ød1
ød
3
b2
RTF 10 G 1/2 /2
1 N/A S1 26 21 87 133 8 50 90 66 24 7 0,45 1
(1,02) (0,83) (3,43) (5,24) (0,32) (1,97) (3,54) (2,60) (0,94) (0,28)
4
Return Line Filters RTF 10/25 Ordering Code & Flow Characteristics
RTF 25 N ... B S2 V /X
Filter type RTF Design Code
only for information
Group
Flow*
Size Clogging Indicator
l/min GPM
N No Indicator
10 38 10 V Visual
25 90 25
E Electrical
* Note Exact flow will depend on filter
element selected. Consult See page 18 for more details on the indicator options.
technical information below.
Length
Connection style Group
S1 Bowl length 1
Code Connection style 10 25
S2 Bowl length 2
B BSP G1/2 G1 RTF 10 size available in bowl length 1 only
N NPT 1/
2 1
S SAE “O”-Ring thread N/A 15/16 - 12UN Seal material
B NBR (Buna®)
For complete filters:
identification filter material
+ micron rating code
(see ordering code filter elements below)
RTE 25 D 10 B / S2 /X
Design Code
Series RTE
only for information
Group
Length
according to filter housing
S1 for bowl length 1
Filter material Micron ratings S2 for bowl length 2
RTF 10 size available in bowl length 1 only
Code Material available
D Filter paper 10, 20, 25, Seal material
G Inorganic glass fiber 10,25
B NBR (Buna®)
Micron rating
Code Rating
10 10 µm
20 20 µm
Flow characteristics of return Line Filters RTF 10/25 25 25 µm
The following characteristics ar valid for mineral oils with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kirnematic viscosity of
30 mm2/s. The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
I
PS
PS
r
PS
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
4.5 0.3
1/2” 4.5 0.3 4.5 0.3
5
Return Line Filter RTF 40 Series Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF RTF 40 series return filters are designed for in-tank hydraulic applications with a maximum operating pressure of 6.9
bar (100 PSI). The filter bowl is designed to return the oil beneath the surface thus preventing entrainment of air. The RTF48
elements interchange with the popular “K” series and the RTF49 elements interchange with the “RTE-409” series elements.
Technical Specification
Construction Tank top flange mounting By-pass valve Allows unfiltered oil to by-pass
the contaminated element once
Filter head Die cast aluminum the opening pressure has been
reached
Element bowl Bowl length 1, Polyamide
Bowl length 2, Steel By-pass setting 1.7 bar (25 PSI)
(by-pass in element for RTF47,
Seals “O”-Rings NBR (Buna-N®), by-pass in head for RTF48 and
RTF49)
Port connections BSP, NPT, SAE-“O“-Ring
thread, SAE flange Clogging indicators Gage indicator 0-6.9 bar
Flow rating up to 379 l/min (100 US GPM) for (0-100 PSI) with coloured
32 cSt (150 SUS) fluids segments;
electrical, 0,35-2,5 bar
Operating Pressure max 6,9 bar (100 PSI) (5-35 PSI) adjustable
6
Return Line Filter RTF 40 Series Dimensions
Dimensions
ød3 Port B Port A
(optional)
ød2
h2
b4
h1
M10x1 or 1/8” NPT
h6
port for clogging
indicator (both sides) b3
h4
h3
h5
b2
b1
b5
7
Return Line Filter RTF 40 Series Ordering Code
RTF 48 N 25 ... B / S2 / V /X
By-pass valve
Code NBR (Buna®)
00 No by-pass
15 1 bar (15 PSI)
25 1,7 bar (24,6 PSI)
RTF 48 D 10 B /X
Micron rating
Code Rating
03 03 µm
10 10 µm
20 20 µm
25 25 µm
8
Return Line Filter RTF 40 Series Flow Characteristics
Filter Housings
I
PS
RTF 40
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
7.5 0.5
6 0.4
4.5 0.3
3 0.2
1.5 0.1
0 0.0
0 150 300 450 Q in l/min
0 40 80 120 Q in US GPM
RTE 47D
I
RTE 49D
I
PS
PS
r
r
PS
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
7.5 0.5 G10 D10 30 D03 30 D03
2.0 2.0
D25 D25
0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0
0 100 200 300 Q in l/min 0 150 300 450 Q in l/min 0 150 300 450 Q in l/min
RTE 48G
I
RTE 49G
PS
I
∆p PS
r
PS
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
7.5
G10
0.5 30 2.0 30 2.0
9
Return Line Filter RTF20 Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF RTF20 series return filters are designed for in-tank hydraulic applications with a maximum operating pressure of
10 bar (145 PSI) and flows up to 110 l/min (30 US GPM). The filter bowl is designed to return the oil beneath the surface
thus preventing entrainment of air. RTF20 series compact design and integral breather make them ideal for mobile hy-
draulic applications.
Technical Specification
Construction Tank top flange mounting Integrated Breather 10 or 40 µm paper media
Filter head Die cast aluminium By-pass valve Allows unfiltered oil to by-pass
(integrated in the the contaminated element
Element bowl Polyamide filter element) once the opening pressure has
and screw cap been reached
Opening pressure
Seals “O”-Rings NBR (Buna-N®) 1.7 bar (25 PSI)
FPM (Viton®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, SAE “O”-Ring thread Clogging indicators Gage indicator 0-6.9 bar
(0-100 PSI) with coloured segments
Flow rating up to 115 l/min (30 US GPM) for Electrical, 0.35 - 2.5 bar
32 cSt (150 SUS) fluids (5-35 PSI) adjustable
Operating pressure max 10 bar (145 PSI) Filter elements Flow characteristics see page 13
10
Return Line Filter RTF20 Dimensions
Dimensions
ø75
(2,95) /2” or 3/4” BSP, NPT
1
or SAE port
(1,61)
41
(0,94)
24
(0,07)
2
M10x1 or 1/8” NPT
port for clogging
indicator (both sides)
(7,95)
ø61,5 ± 1,5
202
(2,42 ± 0.06)
(7,01)
178
(0,63)
16
ø28
(1,1)
Mounting detail
(bottom view)
88
50 70 (3,46)
(1,97) (2,76) 82
(3,23)
(3,03)
77
(0,43)
11
Dimensions in mm (inch)
11
Return Line Filter RTF20 Ordering Code
Connection Style
Code Connection Style Dipstick
B1 BSP G 1/2 - Without dipstick
B2 BSP G 3/4 D Dipstick
N1 NPT 1/
2
N2 NPT 3/
4
Seal material
B NBR (Buna®)
RTE20 D 10 B /X
Micron rating
06 6 µm
10 10 µm
20 20 µm
12
Return Line Filter RTF20 Flow Characteristics
Flow Characteristics
The following characteristics are valid for mineral based fluids with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kinematic viscosity
of 30 mm2/s. The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
I
PS
PS
r
PS
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
G06 G10 G20 B10
7.5 0.5 7.5 0.5 7.5 0.5
B40
6 0.4 6 0.4 D10 6 0.4
3 0.2
1/2” /4”
3
3 0.2 3 0.2
13
Return Line Filter RTF30 Technical Data
Technical Data
STAUFF RTF30 series return filters are designed for in-tank hydraulic applications with a maximum operating pressure of 10
bar (145 PSI) and flows up to 152 l/min (40 US GPM). The filter bowl is designed to return the oil beneath the surface thus pre-
venting entrainment of air. RTF30 series compact design and integral breather makes them ideal for mobile hydraulic applica-
tions.
Technical Specification
Construction Tank top flange mounting Integrated Breather 10 or 40 µm paper media
Filter head Die cast aluminium By-pass valve Allows unfiltered oil to by-pass
(integrated in the the contaminated element
Element bowl Polyamide filter element) once the opening pressure has
and screw cap been reached
Opening pressure
Seals “O”-Rings NBR (Buna-N®) 1.7 bar (25 PSI)
FPM (Viton®)
Clogging indicators Gage indicator 0-6.9 bar
Port connections BSP, NPT, SAE “O”-Ring thread (0-100 PSI) with coloured
segments;
Flow rating up to 152 l/min (40 US GPM) for Electrical, 0.35 - 2.5 bar
32 cSt (150 SUS) fluids (5-35 PSI) adjustable
Operating pressure max 10 bar (145 PSI) Filter elements Flow characteristics see page 17
14
Return Line Filter RTF30 Dimensions
Dimensions
h4
h6
M10x1 or 1/8” NPT
port for clogging
indicator (both sides)
h2
ød3
h3
ød2
h5
Mounting detail
(bottom view)
b6
b7
b5
b3
b1 b2 b4
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Dimensions
Filter
Size h1 h2 h3 h4 h5 h6 d1 d2 d3 b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7
140 110
RTF30 (5,51) (4,33)
min 87 min 87
60 205 175 30 22 1,5 104 36 max 91 70 83 110 115 11 max 91 103
RTF31
(2,36) (8,07) (6,89) (1,18) (0,87) (0,06) (4,09) (1,42) (min 3,43) (2,76) (3,27) (4,33) (4,53) (0,43) (min 3,43) (4,06)
(max 3,58) (max 3,58)
305 275
RTF32
(12,01) (10,83)
15
Return Line Filter RTF30 Ordering Code
Seal material
B NBR (Buna®)
RTE31 D 10 B /X
16
Return Line Filter RTF30 Flow Characteristics
Flow Characteristics
The following characteristics are valid for mineral based fluids with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kinematic viscosity
of 30 mm2/s. The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
Filter Housings
RTF 30/31/32
I
PS
r
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
7.5 0.5
6 0.4
4.5 0.3
3 0.2
3/4”
1.5 0.1
1”
0 0.0
0 50 100 150 Q in l/min
I
I
PS
∆p PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
Filter Breather
RTF 30/31/32
I
∆p PS
r
ba
in
in
∆p
15 B10
0.1
12 0.08
B40
9 0.06
6 0.04
3 0.02
0 0.00
0 80 160 240 Q in l/min
0 20 40 60 Q in US GPM
17
Filter Indicators
Visual Indicators
Vacuum Gauges, Suction Line Applications
GV-5 GV-10
Red Area Red Area
Yellow
Area
Yellow
Area
Green Green
Area Area
Type Thread Type G For use with 3PSI filter by-pass valve For use with 5PSI filter by-pass valve
0,2 bar (3 PSI) 0,35 bar (5 PSI)
GV-5B / GV-10B / G-12B / CI-20B G /8 1
Yellow
ø 38,10 Area
(1,85)
G
Green Green
Area
1/ ”
NPT
Area
8
For use with 15PSI filter by-pass valve For use with 25PSI filter by-pass valve
Brass Internals 1,0 bar (15 PSI) 1,7 bar (25 PSI)
Electrical Indicator
Type Thread Type
EPS-1B / EVS 1B G 1/8
EPS-1 / EVS 1 /8 NPT
1
31 31
(1.22) (1.22)
47 47
31 31
(1.85) (1.85)
(1.22) (1.22)
EPS-1 T EVS-1 G
Can Be Field Installed All dimensions in mm (inch)
EPS-1 (Pressure) EVS-1 (Vacuum)
Electrical 7Amp 125/250 VAC 7Amp 125/250 VAC
Temperature Range -40˚C to +80˚C (-40˚F to 180˚F) Ambient & Medium -40˚C to +80˚C (-40˚F to +180˚F) Ambient & Medium
MAXIMUM OVER Pressure 25 Bar (350 PSI) 6:1 Safety Factor 25 Bar (350 PSI)
ADJUSTMENT RANGES 0.35/2.5 Bar (5/35 PSI) 150/1000 mBar (5/30 in Hg)
Welted Area Material Elastomer & Zinc Plated Steel Brass Elastomer & Anodized Aluminum 316SS Optional
Repeatability ±2% at 20˚C (70˚F) Ambient Temperature ±2% at 20˚C (70˚F) Ambient Temperature
18
Notes
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Spin On Filters
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl · Germany
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl · Germany
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Stauff Filtration Technology
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue Stauff Filtration Technology offers a complete range of filtration
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA products and services that will provide the system designer or
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39 user with the highest level of contamination control demanded
by today’s most sophisticated applications. Products include
China pressure filters, return line filters, elements, spin on filters
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong suction strainers, and filler breathers for various hydraulic,
331 , Binzhou Road lubrication and fuel oils.
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80 Stauff has the technical expertise to provide superior filter
element designs for the Stauff original filter housings and also
France for the interchange element market. Stauff manufactures more
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud than 10,000 different elements. Many of these are designed to
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or fit into filter housings produced by other companies while
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE maintaining or surpassing the original performance.
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
The “Stauff Contamination Control Program” includes the
India
diagnostic services including fluid sampling and laser particle
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340, counting products needed to monitor the system contamination
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi, INDIA level.
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89 Stauff, through its global network of wholly owned companies
and technically qualified distributors, is ideally placed to assist
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
its customers in the total contamination process providing a
Via Pola 21/23, I-20034 well balanced filtration solution.
Birone di Giussano, ITALY
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
Spin-On Filters Page
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd. Spin On Heads
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
SLF Series 3
Tel: +64 9 271 4812 SAF Series 4,5
Fax: +64 9 271 4832 SSF Series 6...9
SSFT Series 10,11
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall Spin On Elements
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND SF 6300 Series 12
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
SF 6500 Series 13,14
SF 6700 Series 15...18
USA SFC 35/36 Series 19
Stauff Corporation
SFCT 57/58 Series 20,21
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00 Filter Indicators
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52 Clogging Indicators 22
2
Spin-On Filters SLF 02, 03, 04
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE “O”-Ring thread
Flow rate 26 l/min (7 US GPM) for return line, 7 l/min
(2 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 14 bar (200 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -32°C to +100°C (-25°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the element
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SF6300 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see page 12
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
77,5
Port
(3,05) 38,1
41,7 See table
)
(0,9 9 (2x
(1,64) (1,5)
4,
8)
Outlet port sizes Inlet port sizes
(0,56)
Connection
14,2
ø2
(1,12)
INLET
38,1
(1,5)
Gauge port Gauge port
115,5
(4,55)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SLF 02 0
3
Spin-On Filters SAF 05, 06, 07,11
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE “O”-Ring thread
Flow rate 90 l/min (25 US GPM) for return line, 23 l/min
(6 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 14 bar (200 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -32°C to +100°C (-25°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the head
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SF6500 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 13...14
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
95
(3,75) 38,1 Port
(1,5) see table
(0,88)
22
(1,75)
44
Connection
thread
1”-12 UNF 95
(3,75)
6 3
(7,51)
191
(9,75)
(1,5)
248
76
(3)
38
4
1
Mounting holes (2x)
1/4-20x17,5 (0,7)for NPT or SAE ports
M8x17,5 (0,7) for BSP ports
Note:
Gauge ports (optional)
1/8 NPTF for NPT and SAE inlet and outlet ports
ø93,2 clearance for element 1/8 BSP for BSP inlet and outlet ports
removal (both element Inlet pressure location: 1, 3 (for return line filter)
(3,67) Outlet pressure location: 4, 6 (for suction filter)
sizes): 19mm (0,75)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SAF 07 25 0
Filter type SAF Indicator port options
Code Description
Port options 0 No indicator port
Code Connection Style By-pass options 1 Gauge pot drilled-return
05B BSP G1/2 Code Description 2 Gauge port drilled-suction
05 NPT /2 NPT
1
00 No by-pass 4 All gauge ports drilled
06 SAE 3
/4 -16 UN 03 0,2 bar (3 PSI) 9 Special
05 0,33 bar (5 PSI) Note: Standard gauge port for BSP connection
07B BSP G3/4 port is G1/8. Standard gauge port for NPT and
07 NPT /4 NPT
3 15 1 bar (15 PSI) SAE connection port is 1/8 NPTF
4
Spin-On Filters SAF 10,13
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE “O”-Ring thread
Flow rate 128 l/min (34 US GPM) for return line, 30 l/min
(8 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 14 bar (200 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -32°C to +100°C (-25°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the head
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SF6500 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 13...14
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
Port
92,7 38,1
see table
(3,65) (1,5)
(0,91)
23,1
(1,83)
46,5
1”12 UNF
connection
thread 3
(3 7
)
ø7
6
,03
(7,6)
193
45.3
OUT
(1,78)
IN
(9,8)
249
4 1
Mounting holes (2x)
1/4-20x23.8 (0,94) for NPT and SAE inlet and outlet ports
M8x23,4 (0,94) for BSP inlet and outlet ports
Note:
Gauge ports (optional)
1/8 NPTF for NPT and SAE inlet and outlet ports
1/8 BSP for BSP inlet and outlet ports
Inlet pressure location: 1, 3 (for return line filter)
Outlet pressure location: 4, 6 (for suction filter)
93,2
(3,67)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SAF 10 25 0
Indicator port options
Filter type SAF
Code Description
By-pass options 0 No indicator port
Port options 1 Gauge port drilled-return
Code Description
Code Connection Style 2 Gauge port drilled-suction
00 No by-pass
10B BSP G1 4 All gauge ports drilled
03 0,2 bar (3 PSI)
10 NPT 1 NPT 9 Special
05 0,33 bar (5 PSI)
Note: Standard gauge port for BSP connection
13 SAE 15/16 -12 UN
15 1 bar (15 PSI) port is G1/8. Standard gauge port for NPT and
SAE connection port is 1/8 NPTF
25 1,7 bar (25 PSI)
5
Spin-On Filters SSF 12
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®) seals
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE “O”-Ring threaded
Flow rate 90 l/min (25 US GPM) for return line, 23 l/min
(6 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 12 bar (174 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -32°C to +100°C (-25°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the head
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SFC35/36 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 19...21
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
95
(3,75) 38,1 Port
(1,5) see table
(0,88)
22
(1,75)
44
Connection
G 3/4
95
(3,75)
6 3
(7,44)
189
(9,21)
(1,5)
234
76
(3)
38
4 1
Mounting holes (2x)
1/4-20x17,5 (0,7)for NPT or SAE ports
M8x17,5 (0,7) for BSP ports
Note:
Gauge ports (optional)
1/8 NPTF for NPT and SAE inlet and outlet ports
ø98 clearance for element 1/8 BSP for BSP inlet and outlet ports
removal (both element Inlet pressure location: 1, 3 (for return line filter)
(3,86) Outlet pressure location: 4, 6 (for suction filter)
sizes): 19mm (0,75)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SSF 12 25 0
6
Spin-On Filters SSF 20, 100, 120, 130, 160
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE “O”-Ring thread
Flow rate 225 l/min (60 US GPM) for return line, 46 l/min
(12 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 14 bar (200 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -32°C to +100°C (-25°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the head
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SF6700 and SFC57/58 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 15...18 for SF6700
see pages 20...21 for SFC57/58
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
Ports
see table below
133 50
(5,24) (1,87)
Connection
thread
(1,1)
28
(dual spigot)
61
6
(5 34,
SAE ports; M10x19,1(0,75)for BSP ports
ø1
Inlet port size
)
outlet port size 6
,3
see table see table
(9,5)
241
(2,25)
57,2
OUT
IN
(11,3)
287
4 1
Note:
Gauge ports (optional)
1/8 NPTF for NPT and SAE inlet and outlet ports
1/8 BSP for BSP inlet and outlet ports
Inlet pressure location: 1, 3 (for return line filter)
Outlet pressure location: 4, 6 (for suction filter)
ø132
(5,2)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SSF 120 25 0
Filter type SSF
Indicator port options
Port options Code Description
Code Connection Style 0 No indicator port
100 NPT 1 NPT By-pass options
1 Gauge port drilled-return
100B BSP G1 Code Description
2 Gauge port drilled-suction
20L BSP G1 1/4 00 No by-pass
4 All gauge ports drilled
120L NPT 11/4 NPT 03 0,2 bar (3 PSI) 9 Special
120 NPT 11/4 NPT
05 0,33 bar (5 PSI) Note: Standard gauge port for BSP connection port is
130 SAE 1 /16 -12 UN
5
G1/8. Standard gauge port for NPT and SAE
160 SAE 1 5/8 -12 UN 15 1 bar (15 PSI) connection port is 1/8 NPTF
Note: SSF-20L and SSF-120L filters use a wide cut or “L”
shaped element seal. All others use a thin cut element seal
25 1,7 bar (25 PSI)
7
Spin-On Filters SSF 150, 180
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE “O”-Ring thread
Flow rate 300 l/min (80 US GPM) for return line, 113 l/min
(30 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 14 bar (200 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -32°C to +100°C (-25°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the head
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SF6700 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 15...18
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
137,1 47,8
(5,4) (1,88)
Connection
(1,1)
28
thread
(2,4)
61
1-1/2”-16 UNF
,4
6
33
5)
Outlet port Inlet port
ø1
,2
(5
see table below see table below
3
(9,0)
229
(2,42)
61,4
OUT
IN
(13,0)
330
4 1
Mounting holes (6x) 19,05
5/16-18 UNCx22,2 (0,88) (0,75)
for NPT and SAE ports 38,1
M10x22,2 (0,88) for BSP (1,5)
ports
Note:
Gauge ports (optional)
1/8 NPTF for NPT and SAE inlet and outlet ports
1/8 BSP for BSP inlet and outlet ports
ø128 Inlet pressure location: 1, 3 (for return line filter)
(5,1) Outlet pressure location: 4, 6 (for suction filter)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SSF 150 25 0
8
Spin-On Filters SSF 24,25
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP, NPT, or SAE flange
Flow rate 454 l/min (120 US GPM) for return line, 132 l/min
(35 US GPM) for suction line applications
Working pressure 12 bar (174 PSI) working pressure,
maximum pressure differential of 5,5 bar (80 PSI)
for any application with no by-pass valve
Operating temperature -30°C to +100°C (-22°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve Built into the head
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
See page 22
Elements For use with SF6700 and SFC57/58 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 15..18 for SF6700
see pages 20...21 for SFC57/58
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
(1,42)
36
(3,31)
84
SFC 57 L=180 (7,09)
SFC 58 L= 226 (8,9)
(1,26)
SFC 57 L= 180 (7,09)
32
SFC 58 L= 226 (8,9)
H10
(1,34)
dual spigot
34
G1 1/4 and
1-1/2-16 UNF
G1 1/2
G1 1/2
(2,83)
(5,39)
137
72
ø132 ø132
(5,19) (5,19)
(1,34)
34
SFC 57 L=180 (7,09)
SFC 58 L= 226 (8,9)
140
(5,51)
dual spigot
(2,2)
56
G1 1/4 and
(2,36)
1-1/2-16 UNF
60
(5,28)
134
M10
65
(2,56)
ø132 150
(5,19) (5,91)
284
(11,18)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
Filter type SSF SSF 24N 25 0
Port options Indicator port options
Code Connection Style Code Description
By-pass options
24B BSP G1 /21 0 No indicator port
Code Description
24N NPT 1 1/2 NPT 1 Gauge port drilled-return
00 No by-pass 2 Gauge port drilled-suction
24S SAE 17/8 -12 UN
03 0,2 bar (3 PSI) 4 All gauge ports drilled
25 11
/2 NPT & 2” SAE
NPT&SAE Flange Code 61 Flange 05 0,33 bar (5 PSI) 9 Special
G1 1/4 & 1 1/2” SAE 15 1 bar (15 PSI) Note: Standard gauge port for BSP connection
25B BSP&SAE Flange
Code 61 Flange port is G1/8. Standard gauge port for NPT and
25 1,7 bar (25 PSI) SAE connection port is 1/8 NPTF
Note: SSF-24 and SSF-25 filters use a wide cut or “L”
shaped element seal.
9
Tank Top Spin-On Filters SSFT 12
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP and NPT
Flow rate 75 l/min (20 US GPM)
Working pressure 7 bar (100 PSI) working pressure
Operating temperature -30°C to +100°C (-22°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve 1 bar (15 PSI) by-pass in filter element
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SFT35/36 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 19...21
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
ø98
(3,86)
SFCT 36.. [=190 (7,48)]
SFCT 35.. [=145 (5,71)]
Connection
thread G 3/4
(0,55)
14
(1,97)
50
(0,98)
G 3/4
(0,63)
16
or 3/4 NPT
35
(1,38)
76
(2,99)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SSFT 12 1
10
Tank Top Spin-On Filters SSFT 20
Technical Specification
Construction Die cast aluminium head
Seals NBR (Buna-N®)
Port connections BSP and NPT
Flow rate 200 l/min (53 US GPM)
Working pressure 7 bar (100 PSI) working pressure
Operating temperature -30°C to +100°C (-22°F to 212°F)
By-pass valve 1 bar (15 PSI) by-pass in filter element
Clogging indicators Gauge indicator with colored segments
Electrical 0.35...2.5 bar (5...35 PSI) adjustable
see page 22
Elements For use with SFT57/58 series elements
For element types and flow characteristics
see pages 20...21
Media Mineral oils, other fluids on request
Dimensions
ø132
(5,2)
Connection
34
thread G 1 1/4
and 1 1/2-16 UN
dual spigot
(2,87)
73
(1,97)
50
(0,78)
20
60
(2,36)
135
G 1 1/2 or
(5,32)
1 1/2 NPT
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SSFT 20 1
Indicator port options
Filter type SSFT
Code Description
Port options
0 No indicator port
Code Connection Style 1 Gauge port drilled-return
20B BSP G 1 1/2 9 Special
20 NPT 1 1/2 NPT Note: Standard gauge port for BSP connection
port is G1/8. Standard gauge port for NPT and
SAE connection port is 1/8 NPTF
11
Spin-On Elements SF6300 Series
Technical Specification
Stauff SF6300 series spin-on elements are used with the Stauff SLF spin
on filters.
r
PS
SF63...
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
30 2.0 SF6310-18
77,47 77,47 25 SF6325-10
Diameter 1.6
(3,05) (3,05)
20
88,65 88,65 1.2
Length
(3,49) (3,49) 15
0.8
Element 10
3
/4-16 UNF 3
/4-16 UNF
Thread 0.4
5
Beta Ratio ß10 ≥ 2 ß25 ≥ 2 0 0.0
0 10 20 30 Q in l/min
Dirt Holding
ACFTD (g) 6 6
0 2.5 5 7.5 Q in US GPM
825,2 cm2 825,2 cm2
Filtration Area
(127,9 in2) (127,9 in2)
By-pass 1,24 bar 0,7 bar
setting (18 PSI) (10 PSI)
Maximum
Working 14 bar 14 bar
Pressure (200 PSI) (200 PSI)
Carton
12 12
Quantity
12
Spin-On Elements SF6500 Series
Technical Specification
Seals NBR (Buna-N®) seals
10m
10m 10m 25m 25m 3m 10m 25m water
absorb
2303 cm2 3881 cm2 2212 cm2 3388 cm2 2519 cm2 2405 cm2 2405 cm2 1225 cm2
Filtration Area
(357.5 in2) (601.7 in2) (342.9 in2) (525.1 in2) (390.4 in2) (372.7 in2) (372.7 in2) (190 in2)
Maximum
Working 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 6.9 bar
Pressure (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (100 PSI)
Carton
Quantity 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Carton Weight 6.3 kg 8.4 kg 6.4 kg 8.8 kg 8.6 kg 8.6 kg 8.6 kg 8.6 kg
(13.9 lb) (18.5 lb) (14.2 lb) (19.4 lb) (19 lb) (19 lb) (19 lb) (19 lb)
13
Spin-On Elements SF6500 Series
Flow Characteristics
The following characteristics are valid for mineral oils with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kinematic viscosity of
30 mm2/s. The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
I
PS
PS
SAF-07/11 SAF-10/13
r
SAF-05/06
I
ba
ba
PS
r
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
7,5 0,5
0,75 0,5
10 10
6 0,4
0,6 0,4
8 8
4,5 0,3
0,45 0,3
6 6
3 0,2
0,3 0,2
4 4
1,5 0,1
2 0,15 2 0,1
in I
in I
PS
PS
PS
r
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
in I
PS
SF6504
PS
SF6511
∆p PS
r
SF6549
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
Spin-on Filterelement
in I
PS
SF6505
r
ba
in
∆p
∆p
7,5 0,5
6 0,4
4,5 0,3
3 0,2
1,5 0,1
0 0,0
0 40 80 120 160 Q in l/min
0 10 20 30 40 Q in US GPM
14
Spin-On Elements SF6700 Series
Technical Specification
Stauff SF6700 series spin-on elements are used with the
Stauff SSF 20, 24, 25, 100, 120, 130, 160, 150, and 180,
series spin on filters.
Microglass
Element
11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF 11/2 -16 UNF
Thread
Beta Ratio ß1 ≥ 200 ß3 ≥ 200 ß3 ≥ 200 ß6 ≥ 200 ß6 ≥ 200 ß12 ≥ 200 ß12 ≥ 200 ß25 ≥ 200 ß25 ≥ 200
Dirt Holding
Capacity 30 31 47 35 54 38 59 50 76
ACFTD (g)
8167 cm2 4051 cm2 8167 cm2 4051 cm2 7200 cm2 4051 cm2 7522 cm2 4051 cm2 8167 cm2
Filtration Area
(1266 in2) (628 in2) (1266 in2) (628 in2) (1116 in2) (628 in2) (1166 in2) (628 in2) (1266 in2)
Maximum
14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar
Working
(200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI)
Pressure
Carton
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Quantity
15
Spin-On Elements SF6700 Series
10m
10m 10m 25m 25m 125m 125m water
absorb
Filtration Area 3677 cm2 6813 cm2 3677 cm2 6813 cm2 1290 cm2 2032 cm2 4440 cm2
(570 in2) (1056 in2) (570 in2) (1056 in2) (200 in2) (315 in2) (688 in2)
Maximum
14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar 14 bar
Working
(200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI) (200 PSI)
Pressure
Carton
6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Quantity
16
Spin-On Elements SF6700 Series
Flow Characteristics
The following characteristics are valid for mineral oils with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kinematic viscosity of 30 mm2/s.
The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
I
I
PS
PS
r
SSF 20/100/120/130/160
r
PS
SSF 150/180 SSF 24/25
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
15 1.0 15 1.0 0.75
25
12 0.8 12 0.8 0.6
20
9 0.6 9 0.6 0.45
15
6 0.4 6 0.4 0.3
10
in I
in I
in I
PS
PS
PS
6704-MG
r
SF6702-MG SF6703-MG
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
in I
PS
PS
SF6706-MG 6730-MG
r
PS
r
SF6707-MG
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
in I
in I
PS
PS
SF6731-MG SF6726-MG
r
PS
SF6728-MG
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
17
Spin-On Elements SF6700 Series
Flow Characteristics
The following characteristics are valid for mineral oils with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kinematic viscosity of
30 mm2/s. The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
I
I
I
PS
PS
SF 6710
r
PS
SF 6721
r
SF 6720
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
PS
SF 6790/91
PS
SF 6711
r
ba
ba
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
0.75
SF6790
10
0.6 1.5 0.1 SF6791
8
0.45
6
2 0.15
0 0.0 0 0.0
0 100 200 300 325 Q in l/min 0 100 200 300 325 Q in l/min
18
Spin-On Elements SFC 35, 36, SFCT 35, 36 Series
Technical Specification
Seals NBR (Buna-N®) seals
10m 10m 25m 25m 10m 10m 60m 60m 125m 125m
98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98 98
Diameter (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86) (3,86)
Length 145 190 145 190 145 190 145 190 145 190
(5,7) (7,5) (5,7) (7,5) (5,7) (7,5) (5,7) (7,5) (5,7) (7,5)
Element
G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4 G3/4
Thread
Beta Ratio ß10 ≥ 2 ß10 ≥ 2 ß25 ≥ 2 ß25 ≥ 2 ß10 ≥ 75 ß10 ≥ 75 n/a n/a n/a n/a
By-pass
Setting 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar
(SFCT Series (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI)
only)
Maximum
Working 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar
Pressure (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI)
Carton
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Carton 0,9 kg 1,3 kg 0,9 kg 1,3 kg 0,9 kg 1,3 kg 0,9 kg 1,3 kg 0,9 kg 1,3 kg
Weight (2 lb) (2,6 lb) (2 lb) (2,6 lb) (2 lb) (2,6 lb) (2 lb) (2,6 lb) (2 lb) (2,6 lb)
19
Spin-On Elements SFC 57, 58, SFCT 57, 58 Series
Technical Specification
Seals NBR (Buna-N®) seals
10m 10m 25m 25m 10m 10m 60m 60m 125m 125m
132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132
Diameter (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2) (5,2)
Length 180 226 180 226 180 226 180 226 180 226
(7,1) (8,9) (7,1) (8,9) (7,1) (8,9) (7,1) (8,9) (7,1) (8,9)
Element
G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/4
Thread
Beta Ratio ß10 ≥ 2 ß10 ≥ 2 ß25 ≥ 2 ß25 ≥ 2 ß10 ≥ 75 ß10 ≥ 75 n/a n/a n/a n/a
By-pass
Setting 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar
(SFCT Series (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI) (15 PSI)
only)
Maximum
Working 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar 12 bar
Pressure (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI) (174 PSI)
Carton
Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Carton 1,4 kg 1,85 kg 1,4 kg 1,85 kg 1,4 kg 1,85 kg 0,9 kg 1,3 kg 0,9 kg 1,3 kg
Weight (3 lb) (4 lb) (3 lb) (4 lb) (3 lb) (4 lb) (2 lb) (2,6 lb) (2 lb) (2,6 lb)
20
Spin-On Elements SFC, SFCT Series
Flow Characteristics
The following characteristics are valid for mineral oils with a density of 0,85 kg/dm3 and the kinematic viscosity of
30 mm2/s. The characteristics have been determined in accordance to ISO 3968.
I
I
PS
PS
SSF12 SSFT12/20
r
r
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
0,75 0,75
25 25 SSFT 12
0,6 0,6
20 20
0,45 0,45
15 15 SSFT 20
0,3 10 0,3
10
5 0,15 5 0,15
0 0,0 0 0,0
0 50 100 150 Q in l/min 0 100 200 300 Q in l/min
0 10 20 30 40 Q in US GPM 0 25 50 75 Q in US GPM
I
in I
PS
PS
SFC/SFCT 36.. SFC/SFCT 57..
∆p PS
r
SFC/SFCT 35..
r
ba
ba
ba
in
in
in
in
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
∆p
7,5 7,5 0,5 0,75
0,5
10AE 10 10AE
10AE
6 0,4 6 0,4 0,6
10E 8
25AE
4,5 0,3 4,5 0,3 0,45 25AE
6
25E 25E
1,5 0,1 60E 1,5 0,1 2 0,15
125E 60E 60E
125E 125E
0 0,0 0 0,0 0 0,0
0 40 80 120 Q in l/min 0 40 80 120 Q in l/min 0 100 200 300 Q in l/min
SFC/SFCT 58..
r
ba
in
∆p
0,75
10
0,6
10AE
8
0,45
6
25AE
4 0,3
10E
2 0,15 25E
60E
0
125E
0,0
0 100 200 300 Q in l/min
0 25 50 75 Q in US GPM
21
Filter Indicators
Visual Indicators
Vacuum Gauges, Suction Line Applications
GV-5 GV-10
Red Area Red Area
Yellow
Area
Yellow
Area
Green Green
Area Area
For use with 3PSI filter by-pass valve For use with 5PSI filter by-pass valve
Type Thread Type G 0,2 bar (3 PSI) 0,35 bar (5 PSI)
GV-5B / GV-10B / G-12B / CI-20B G 1/8
GV-5 / GV-10 / G-12 / CI-20 /8 NPTF
1
Pressure Gauges, Return Line Applications
47
(1,86) CI-12 CI-20 Yellow
30,70 Red Area Area
Red Area
(1,21)
Yellow
ø38,10
Area
(1,5)
G
Green Green
Area Area
/8”
NPT
1
For use with 15PSI filter by-pass valve For use with 25PSI filter by-pass valve
Brass Internals 1,0 bar (15 PSI) 1,7 bar (25 PSI)
Electrical Indicator
Type Thread Type
EPS-1B / EVS 1B G 1/8
EPS-1 / EVS 1 1
/8 NPT
31 31
(1.22) (1.22)
47 47
31 31
(1.85) (1.85)
(1.22) (1.22)
EPS-1 T EVS-1 G
Can Be Field Installed All dimensions in mm (inch)
Temperature Range -40˚C to +80˚C (-40˚F to 180˚F) Ambient & Medium -40˚C to +80˚C (-40˚F to +180˚F) Ambient & Medium
MAXIMUM OVER Pressure 25 Bar (350 PSI) 6:1 Safety Factor 25 Bar (350 PSI)
ADJUSTMENT RANGES 0.35/2.5 Bar (5/35 PSI) 150/1000 mBar (5/30 in Hg)
Welted Area Material Elastomer & Zinc Plated Steel Brass Elastomer & Anodized Aluminum 316SS Optional
Repeatability ±2% at 20˚C (70˚F) Ambient Temperature ±2% at 20˚C (70˚F) Ambient Temperature
22
Spin-On Filters Quick Reference Guide
Spin-On Filter Heads Spin-OnFilter Element
Max. Flow Rate* Catalog Seal SFC 35XX SFC 57XX SFCT 35XX SFCT 57XX
Type Size Port Post SF 63XX SF 65XX SF 67XX
l/min US GPM Page Thin Wide SFC 36XX SFC 58XX SFCT 36XX SFCT 58XX
SLF 02B G1/4 3/4 -16 UNF 19 5 3 12
SLF 02 1/4 NPT 3/4 -16 UNF 19 5 3 12
SLF 03B G 3/8 3/4 -16 UNF 19 7 3 12
SLF 03 3/8 NPT 3/4 -16 UNF 26 7 3 12
SLF 04 9/16-18UNF , #6 SAE 3/4 -16 UNF 26 7 3 12
SSF 24B G1-1/2 G 1 1/4 + 1 1/2 - 16 UNF 454 120 9 X 15-18 20-21
SSF 24N 1 1/2 NPT G 1 1/4 + 1 1/2 - 16 UNF 454 120 9 X 15-18 20-21
SSF 24S 1 7/8 - 12 UN, SAE # 24 G 1 1/4 + 1 1/2 - 16 UNF 454 120 9 X 15-18 20-21
SSF 25B G1-1/4 and 1-1/2 SAE Flange G 1 1/4 + 1 1/2 - 16 UNF 454 120 9 X 15-18 20-21
SSF 25 1 1/2 - NPT and 2 SAE Flange G 1 1/4 + 1 1/2 - 16 UNF 454 120 9 X 15-18 20-21
23
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08 Stauff Filtration Technology
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd. Stauff Portable Filter Cart (SPFC) Page
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518 Product description & Technical Data 3
Fax: +44 1142 518 519 Dimensions & Ordering Code 4
USA
Stauff Corporation
Stauff Compact Filter Cart (SCFC) Page
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA Product description &Technical Data 5
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00 Dimensions & Ordering Code 6
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
2
STAUFF Portable Filter Cart SPFC Technical Specifications
Technical Data
The Stauff Portable Filter Cart (SPFC) is a very complete and practical unit capable of off-line filtration, filling or
emptying reservoirs (if needed via 125µm suction filter) or any application requiring the transfer or filtration of hydraulic
oils. Multi stage filtration can be applied to extend element lifetime. The SPFC is available with a variety of Spin-on
elements for quick and easy element replacement as well with various pump/motor options. All components are
mounted together on a sturdy frame guaranteeing a long lifetime.
Note: For special applications (fluids, temperature or other aspects) please contact your local Stauff contact.
3
STAUFF Portable Filter Cart SPFC Dimensions & Ordering Code
Dimensions
1120.3
(44.11)
609.6 640.0
(24.00) (25.20)
4
STAUFF Compact Filter Cart SCFC Technical Specifications
Technical Data
The Stauff Compact Filter Cart (SCFC) is a very compact, light and handy filter cart, offering excellent service for main-
tenance departments. The carts assembled with a single or double Spin-on head allowing the use of various elements
from 3µm absolute to 125µm wire mesh. The SCFC can be used for off line filtration or as a transfer unit. The SCFC
comes standard with upstream and downstream sample points that can either be used for on-line particle monitoring or
fluid sampling.
Note: For special applications (fluids, temperature or other aspects) please contact your local Stauff contact.
5
STAUFF Compact Filter Cart SCFC Dimensions & Ordering Code
Dimensions
(45.40)
1152
546 589
(21.50 ) (23.19 )
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Ordering Code
SCFC 10 G D 6731 B V C XX
SCFC STAUFF
Special Configurations
Compact Filter Cart
6
Notes
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Stauff Filtration Technology
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
Stauff Filtration Technology offers a complete range of filtration
China products and services that will provide the system designer or
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd. user with the highest level of contamination control demanded
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road by today’s most sophisticated applications. Products include
200126 Shangai, CHINA pressure filters, return line filters, elements, spin on filters
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60 suction strainers, and filler breathers for various hydraulic,
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
lubrication and fuel oils.
France
Stauff S.A. Stauff has the technical expertise to provide superior filter
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or element designs for the Stauff original filter housings and also
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE for the interchange element market. Stauff manufactures more
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50 than 10,000 different elements. Many of these are designed to
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
fit into filter housings produced by other companies while
India maintaining or surpassing the original performance.
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340,
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi, INDIA The “Stauff Contamination Control Program” includes the
IND-Pune - 412027 diagnostic services including fluid sampling and laser particle
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90 counting products needed to monitor the system contamination
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
level.
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L. Stauff, through its global network of wholly owned companies
Via Pola 21/23, I-20034
Birone di Giussano, ITALY and technically qualified distributors, is ideally placed to assist
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13 its customers in the total contamination process providing a
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36 well balanced filtration solution.
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd. STAUFF Check Oil Analysis &
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND Oil Sampling Kits Page
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
Stauff Chek Oil Analysis STFC-01 3
USA Technical Data & Ordering Information 3
Stauff Corporation Reports 4
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00 Oil Sampling Kit SFSK-01 5
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
2
STAUFF Check Oil Analysis STFC
Fluid analysis is a crucial component of any oil management program. Early detection of potential problems can prevent
costly repairs and downtime. Stauff Check Oil Analysis Kits provide a complete laboratory report for your sample.
Ordering Information
The Stauff Check Fluid Analysis Kit includes complete laboratory analysis of your oil sample as part of the initial purchase
price of the kit. Each kit includes an ultra-clean bottle with pre-addressed mailer and sample information sheet.
3
STAUFF Check Oil Analysis STFC
In addition to a printed report, the Stauff Check Fluid View oil analysis sample reports, test results, trending
Analysis service includes access to your test reports on graphs and recommendations. Access data that was
the Internet. traditionally accessible only to the laboratory, including,
IR spectra, TAN and TBN titration plots, as well as, GC
Your reports are hosted on a secure server that you can chromatograms.
access with your user ID and password. All that is
required is a connection to the Internet and a compatible Enjoy the best possible turn-around of your oil analysis
browser. You can view all your current and previous test samples by viewing data on-line and in real-time with
results for all of the machines you are monitoring. Track your oil analysis laboratory.
the effectiveness of your oil management program and
generate detailed management summary reports. Improve time management by receiving e-mail alerts
notifying you when recently completed samples indicate
an equipment problem where corrective action is
required.
4
Oil Sampling Kit SFSK-1
Contains
1 x Fluid Sample Pump FSP-38
1 x Hose adaptor SHA 20-5,5mm
1m (3.28 ft) Push on 1/4” hose
5
Notes
Notes
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Diagnostics
The SPG 063-DIGI digital pressure gauge measures and displays pressure and minimum/maximum pressure readings.
Typical accuracy is 0,5% of the full scale. The unit can be supplied individually or as part of a Pressure Test Kit.
Specifications
• Measures Pressure and
Min./Max. Pressure
• Connects to Stauff Test Point
• ± 0,5% Accuracy (Full Scale)
• Response time < 500 ms
• Max. Operating Temperature:
85ºC (185ºF)
• Max. Ambient Temperature:
50ºC (122ºF)
• 5000 Hours Battery Life
• Simple Operation
Technical Data
Measuring Range Overload
Part Number (Full Scale FS) Pmax Tolerance Accuracy Resolution
PSI SPG063-DIGI-400-P -14.5..435 PSI 478.5 PSI ± 2.18 PSI 0.15 PSI
3
STAUFF Pressure Transmitters Technical Data
STAUFF pressure transmitters are designed to meet price and performance requirements of Original Equipment Manu-
facturers. The SPT pressure transmitters use a thin film sensor for pressure ranges 20 bar (300 PSI) to 1020 bar
(15000 PSI).
With a stainless steel case and compact design, STAUFF SPT pressure transmitters provide a high performance sensor
package featuring excellent vibration resistance and long service life. OEM applications include hydraulics, pneumatics
HVAC compressor control, machine tools, robotics and off road equipment.
Features:
• Thin film sensor • Protected against reverse polarity , short circuit output
• Rugged stainless steel body and suppressor diode for high voltage protection
• Compact size • Connections available BSP , NPT and SAE (male)
• Work pressure up to 1020 bar (15000 PSI) • Protection class (IP 65 / NEMA 5)
• Highly stable • Input 10-30 VDC
• Temperature compensated • Output 4…20mA
4
STAUFF Pressure Transmitters Dimensions & Ordering Code
Max 72
(2.83)
27
(1.06)
HEX 27
13
(1.06)
(0.51)
1/4” BSP male
1/4” NPT male
7/ ”-20 SAE male
16
0300 0-20 bar (0-300 PSIG) 49 bar (725 PSI) 247 bar (3625 PSI)
0400 0-27 bar (0-400 PSIG) 49 bar (725 PSI) 247 bar (3625 PSI)
0500 0-34 bar (0-500 PSIG) 79 bar (1160 PSI) 395 bar (5800 PSI)
0600 0-41 bar (0-600 PSIG) 79 bar (1160 PSI) 395 bar (5800 PSI)
1000 0-68 bar (0-1000 PSIG) 118 bar (1740 PSI) 543 bar (7975 PSI)
1500 0-102 bar (0-1500 PSIG) 197 bar (2900 PSI) 789 bar (11,600 PSI)
2000 0-136 bar (0-2000 PSIG) 197 bar (2900 PSI) 789 bar (11,600 PSI)
3000 0-204 bar (0-3000 PSIG) 493 bar (7250 PSI) 1184 bar (17,400 PSI)
5000 0-340 bar (0-5000 PSIG) 789 bar (11,600 PSI) 1677 bar (24,650 PSI)
7500 0-510 bar (0-7500 PSIG) 1184 bar (17,400 PSI) 2367 bar (34,800 PSI)
10000 0-680 bar (0-10,000 PSIG) 1184 bar (17,400 PSI) 2367 bar (34,800 PSI)
15000 0-1020 bar (0-15,000 PSIG) 1480 bar (21,750 PSI) 2959 bar (43,500 PSI)
Ordering Code
SPT - 2000 N04 420 MD
5
STAUFF Pressure Transmitters Specifications
Specifications
Sensing principle thin film,
Pressure reference relative pressure {absolute reference to 250 PSIA}
Material:
- wetted parts 1.4571 and 1.4542 stainless steel (316 SS and PH17-4 SS)
- case 1.4301 stainless steel (304 SS)
- internal transmitting liquid silicone oil piezoresistive sensors to 20 bar (300 PSI), {halocarbon oil or oxygen service},
no liquid fill used for thin film sensors > 20 bar (300 PSI)
Temperature
Media -30ºC to +100ºC (-22ºF to +212ºF)
Ambient -20ºC to +80ºC (-4ºF to +176ºF)
Storage -40ºC to +100ºC (-40ºF to +212ºF)
Compensated range 0ºC to +80ºC (+32ºF to +176ºF)
CE conformity Interference emission per EN 50 081-1 (March 1993) and EN 50 081-2 (March 94),
Interference immunity per EN 50 082-2 (March 1995)
Electrical protection protected against reserve polarity, short circuit, and overvoltage
Electrical connections
Wiring
2-wire system
6
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
Hand-held measuring unit ideal for maintenance, service and commissioning of hydraulic
systems
Today’s hydraulic systems require a precise, quick and uncomplicated way of measuring important hydraulic
parameters. For this purpose STAUFF offers the ideal solution: The PPC 04.
The mobile measuring device PPC 04 is controlled by Note! Not all output features are supported by the
8 buttons enabling the user to easily obtain data on non-rechargeable unit (PPC04 B).
working pressure, peak pressure, differential pressure, tem-
perature, flow and rotational speed. This results in a wide The PPC 04-AP can also be used with an external thermal
range of applications in the areas of: printer for documenting important test data or directly inter-
faced to an Excel spreadsheet via the auxiliary computer
• Industrial Hydraulics adapter and PPC 04 software. The PPC 04 software is
• Mobile and Agricultural Hydraulics compatible with all Windows 3.1, Windows 95, Windows 98,
• Marine and Offshore Hydraulics Windows NT and Windows Xp operating systems.
• Chemical and Petrochemical Industry
• Energy and Aircondition Industry PPC04 Kits are supplied complete with adaptors to
• Sanitary Industry connect the unit to Stauff Test 20/15/12 and Stauff Test 10
test points, even under pressure. Temperature and Flow
The PPC 04 provides two separate sensor inputs which au- measurement is possible using Temperature
tomatically recognize the sensors connected to it and dis- Sensor TS04 or SFM flow turbines mounted in the
plays the unit and scale for the corresponding sensor. The hydraulic line. Rotational speed can be measured using the
unit and scale can be changed during use. Stauff SDS-04 rotational speed sensor.
The PPC04 is insensitive to dirt and is designed to be used In order to measure differential pressure two transducers of
wherever hydraulic control and components are in use. The the same pressure range must be used.
heavy duty rubber cover protects the unit from damage dur-
ing use in extreme conditions. The PPC04 is powered either Note! This unit does not have internal data collection and
by a standard 9V battery (PPC04 B), or by an integrated logging capability.
rechargeable battery (PPC04 AP).
Operation for an extended period of time is supported with
the use of an AC power adaptor.
7
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
Functions
10 11 12
8
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
Fiber Optic
Connector Printer PR PPC 04-1
Cable SDK 04-1
PC
Cable
SDK-04
Computer Adapter
Software Kit - PPC 04-AP
Flow Sensor
Electronics
(Included With
Flow Sensor)
Diagnostic
Nipple
Temperature Sensor
Port M10x1
Port M10x1
Temperature Sensor
TS-04
Flow Sensor SFM-XXX
Cable
Diagnostic SFM-04
Coupler
9
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
M16 Sw 36
(1,41)
1-1/16-12 UNF
(2 50
0)
-
,0
(1,57)
-40
(1,46)
37
58,8 SGV-J3/4-G
(2,31) Temperature Sensor with JIC
Connector
ø27
(3,46)
(1,06)
(5,12)
M16
130
0
-5
SW27
0)
,0
(2
139,5
(1,06)
(5,5)
(1,57)
-40
(1,53)
39
SW30
(1,18)
(0,65)
50
M16
RZ16
SW27
2,5+0,1 (0,019)
90º
2,5+0,2 (0,09)
(0,67)
M10x1
(0,68)
17,5
0,28-0,4 (1,1)
min 9 (0,35)
O-Ring
7,8x1,78
(1,46)
G 1/2 ø7 (0,275)
max 2,5
(0,30x0,07)
39
(0,09)
(0,67)
17
M10x1
RZ25
min14
(0,55)
(0.67)
17+.05
M16x1,5
Adapter SAD 20/15
All dimensions in mm (inch)
10
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
Type SFM-015 SFM-060 SFM-300 SFM-600 To be used when using flow-turbines in conjunction with
Measuring range l/min 1-15 7.5-60 15-300 25-600 PPC 04. (Signal converter is supplied with the flow turbine)
(GPM) (0.26-3.9) (1.95-15.6) (3.9-78) (7.8-156)
Pressure range Bar 400 400 400 350
(PSI) (5800) (5800) (5800) (5000) Input 10...2000 Hz, 10...100 mVss
Characteristic curve 1 1 1 1 Output 0...3 V and sensor recognition
deviation (≤%FS*)
Pressure drop Bar 0.14 0.28 2.0 1.7 Accuracy ≤ 0.3 % FS*
(PSI) (2.03) (4,06) (29,4) (25) Response time approx. 200 ms
Port Connection (BSP) G 1/ ”
2
3/ ”
4 1” 1 1/4” Working temperature 0...+60˚C (32...140˚F)
Port Connection (SAE) G 3/ ”-16
4 1 1/16”-12 1 5/16”-12 1 5/8”-12 Storage Temperature -20...+80˚C (-4...176˚F)
Weight Kg 0,63 0,72 1,17 1,81 Supply voltage +7...+15 V DC
(lbs) (1.4) (1.6) (2.6) (4) Current consumption approx. 8 mA
Electrical connection Turbine end:
Media-temperature range -20...+150˚C (-4...302˚F) cable 0.4 m (1,31 ft)
Response time approx. 400 ms connected to signal
Reproducibility ± 0.2 % FS converter with 5 pin plug
Calibration viscosity 30 mm2/s (=30 cSt) connection to hand-held
Material of housing Aluminum unit: cable SFM-04 2 m
Surface treatment black anodized (6,5ft.)
Test point SMK 20 (M16 x 2) Material of housing stainless steel 1.4301
Additional connection M10x1 (standard Weight approx. 200 g (0.44 lbs.)
screw-plug)
Signal Converter
SIZE
DIM SFM-015 SFM-060 SFM-300 SFM-600
A mm 22.5 26.5 31 33
-5 6)
(in)
(1,12)
(1,06)
(0.88) (1.04) (1.20) (1.30)
ø28,5
(1
0
ø27
,9
B mm 32 38 51 64
(in) (1.24) (1.50) (1.97) (2.46)
D mm 58.5 57.5 57.5 57.5 SW34
(in) (2.3) (2.26) (2.26) (2.26) (1,34)
L mm 120 129 149 173
(in) (4.72) (5.08) (5.86) (6.81) 107,5 -40
H mm 38 46 56 63 (4,23) (1,57)
(in) (1.47) (1.81) (2.20) (2.5)
NOTE: The flow turbine and the signal converter are matched units.
D
A
H
L B
11
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
(5,11)
130
contact adaptor is connected to the speed sensor, which
is held onto the rotating surface during measurement.
Output
Accuracy <0.5% FS*
Resolution ±5 RPM
(1,02)
26
(27,5)
70
Electrical connection
Cable connected length 3 m (10 ft), round plug
to the sensor (extension cable not
recommended) ø 32,5
(1,28)
General
Material ABS
Dimension D=Ø 34 (1.34), L=130 (5.1) ø 32,5
(without adaptor) (1,28)
Weight approx. 230 g (0.5 lb.)
Ambient temperature 0...70ºC (32...158ºF)
Range
Contact adaptor SKA-04 Focussing adaptor SFA-04
*FS: Full Scale All dimensions in mm (inch)
Applications
12
Printer PR-PPC 04-1
FEED
ON/OFF
The printer is compatible with the Minitester PPC 04-AP printer immediately, just link the printer to the Minitester
and the Hydraulic Testers PPC 06 and PPC 12. acc. to the shown diagram.
Please note that the battery in a new printer is not Charging the Battery
charged. To run the printer imediately upon reciept,
connect the printer to the Minitester, and connect the 1. Link the power supply to the printer PR PPC 04-1
power supply as shown in the diagram. 2. Switch on the printer via < ON/OFF > key.
3. The <FEED> key will flash while the battery is charging.
PR PPC 04-1 is powered by a internal rechargeable 4. The <FEED> key will illuminate permanently when the
battery or by using the external power supply. to run the battery is fully charged.
Important! The previous versions of the printer PR PPC 04 and the printer cable SDK are not compatible to the new
version.
13
Diagnostic Products - Minitester PPC04
1 hand-held unit
1 external power supply
3 pressure transducers c/w
STAUFF Test 20 adapters
1 temperature sensor with
straight fitting SGV-J3/4-G (not shown)
3 adapters for STAUFF Test 15 / 12 / 10
are supplied with each PPC 04 kit
PPC04 - AP - 3 T - ***/***/***
B Battery-powered
015/063/630 Pressure range for pressure transducer No.1
Powered by a rechargeable battery, including
AP external power-supply and data-output 015/063/630 Pressure range for pressure transducer No.2
015/063/630 Pressure range for pressure transducer No.3
Number of pressure transducers
1/2/3
(max. 3 pcs. per case)
In order to measure differential pressure two transducers of the same pressure must be used.
Components
Description Order Code
Hand-held unit with battery HAG PPC 04 - B
Hand-held unit with rechargeable battery and data output HAG PPC 04 - AP
External power supply ... input voltage 220 V or 110 V KNG 04 - *** V
Rechargeable battery for PPC 04 - AP Akku - 9V
Pressure transducer connection G 1/2 A PTD ***
*** = pressure range 015,063 or 630 (bar)
Pressure transducer c/w STAUFF Test 20 adapter PTD *** -SDA
*** = pressure range 015, 063 or 630 (bar)
STAUFF Test 20 adapter for pressure transducer SDA 20 - G 1/2
STAUFF Test 20 / STAUFF Test 15 adapter SAD 20/15 - P
STAUFF Test 20 / STAUFF Test 12 adapter SAD 20/12 - P
STAUFF Test 20 / STAUFF Test 10 adapter SAD 20/10 - P
Temperature sensor (w/o straight fitting) TS 04
Straight fitting with M 10 x 1 port connection for temp. sensor SGV-J3/4-G
(Other connectors on request)
Plastic case c/w foam inserts case PPC 04
Flow-turbine c/w signal converter SFM - ***
*** = flow rate 015, 060, 300 or 600 (I/min)
Connecting cable PPC 04 - signal converter cable SFM -04
14
Diagnostic Products - Hydraulic Tester PPC06 & PPC12
Specifications
• Measure Pressure, Temperature,
Flow Rate Frequency or Rotational
Speed
• Integrated Data Storage
• Multiple Sensor Input
• Permanent Recording of Min/Max
Values
• Menu-Driven Interface
• Windows Compatible Software
Standard
• Easy Operation
• Rugged Design
• Analog Output
• Large Display
The new PPC 06 and PPC 12 Hydraulic Testers are points and the top-of-the-line PPC 12 now offers 250,000
state-of-the-art instruments designed to provide the latest data points of storage. These measurements can be
in diagnostic evaluation of hydraulic and pneumatic transferred to the graphic printer to obtain a permanent
systems. These units are available in either three or six record, or to a PC via an RS232 interface and the new
channel models. The ergonomically designed case and PPC Soft. This software is compatible with all
large automatic scaling LCD display make it easy to use Windows95, Windows98,WindowsNT and WindowsXp
in even the most demanding environments. operating systems. The PPC 06 and PPC 12 units offer
the latest in sensor recognition technology, eliminating
the time consuming task of programming each individual
These hand held meters provide measurement and dis-
sensor. This technology allows you to just plug in the
play of pressure, temperature, flow, differential pres-
sensor and you are ready to take measurements. The
sures, as well as rotational speed. They are the perfect
PPC 06/12 will also allow you to program the individual
tools to capture diagnostic measurements at remote lo-
inputs to accept other data collection formats, such as
cations. Also new to these meters are the functions for
4-20 mA, 1-10 Volt, or frequency.
calculating power and flow run-out.
15
Diagnostic Products - Hydraulic Tester PPC06 & PPC12
Technical Data
Meter Output • Storage Temperatures
• Digital LCD Text Display • RS232 4-pin interface (push/pull) -20˚C to 60˚C (-4˚F to 140˚F)
– 128x64 pixels • Adjustable baud rate • Relative Humidity (<80%)
• Automatic Character Height Scaling – 1200 to 38400 PBS • Protection class (DIN 40050:IP 54)
• Display of Pressure, Temperature, • 8 data bits, 1 stop bit Housing
Flow and Rotational Speed • Interface connection for thermal • Reinforced polyamide glass
– Pressure in PSI and bar printer or an Epson FX80 or IBM- material
– Temperature in ˚F and ˚C Proprinter • 11-Key tactile touch membrane
– Flow in GPM and l/min Power Requirements • EMC Protection
– Rotational Speed in RPM • Internal 7.2-volt rechargeable – Electromagnetic interference
Inputs Ni-Cad battery (DIN/EN 50081, Part 1)
• 3 or 6 5-pin Lemosa connectors • Recharge circuit for use with – Immunity to emitted interference
• Automatic Sensor Recognition external power supply (DIN/EN 50082, Part 2)
• 0-3 Volts (R=470 kW) • Operating time (approx. 5 hours)
• 12 Bit A/D Converter • Excitation voltage (12-30 VDC) General Information
• <1 ms Scanning Rate Memory Functions Weight
• Frequency input via input socket 13 • Memory capacity • 700g (1.2 lbs)
–frequency range 0.5 Hz to 30 Hz – 125,000 data points (PPC 06) Dimensions
Functions – 250,000 data points (PPC 12)
• Differential Value Measurement • Variable storage rate
52,5 (2,06)
• Min/Max Memory • Variable measuring period
(1,37)
35
• Online data transfer – 2 seconds to 100 hours
• Battery level indicator • Manual and automatic triggering
• Power calculation (display only) Ambient Conditions
106 (4,17)
• Flow run-out (display only)
(3,14)
• Operating Temperatures
80
• Auto power off 0˚C to 50˚C (32˚F to 122˚F)
109 (4,30)
235 (9,25)
Connecting Cable for PPC 06 & PPC 12 with Pressure Transducer Pressure Transducer
PPC06/12 Series
Ambient Conditions
2
Media temperature range -25…105°C (-13…221°F)
Ambient temperature range -20…85°C (-4…185°F) Cable End 1 3
Connection
Media application gases , fluids (for use with
aggressive media , please
(2,81)
71,5
consult STAUFF)
Transducer connection Stauff adapter Test ø27
20 (M16x2) without (1,06)
adapter G 1/2A SW27 hex.27
(1,06)
Material
16,5 (0,64)
17
Diagnostic Products - Hydraulic Tester PPC06 & PPC12
Measure and Document Flow, Pressure, Voltage, Current Temperature and Rotational Speed
Meter Meter
PPC-06 PPC-12
Printer Power
Supply
Print Power
Supply
KNG-04
Printer PR PPC 04-1
Connect To
Serial Port
On A PC
With
PPC-SOFT
Flow Sensor
Pressure Electronics
Transducer (Included With
PPC 06/12 Flow Sensor)
Series
Diagnostic
Nipple
M10 X 1
Temperature Sensor
Port M10 X 1
Temperature Sensor
TS-04 Tachometer
SDS-04
M10 X 1
Diagnostic
Flow Sensor SFM-XXX Adapter To
Coupler /4 NPTF
1
SDA 20 G1/2”
Cable
SFM-04
18
Diagnostic Products - Hydraulic Tester PPC06 & PPC12
Components
Description Ordering Code
Hand-held meter unit with software , rechargeable battery and 3 inputs PPC-06
Hand-held meter unit with software , rechargeable battery and 6 inputs PPC-12
External power supply ( Input Voltage 110/230 VAC) KNG-04
External power supply ( Input Voltage 48 VDC - 1,5 A) PPC06/12-VC-A
Rechargeable battery (9V) Akku - 9V
Pressure Transducer connection G 1/2 ( for pressure range , see page 17) PPC06/12-015-PT
PPC06/12-100-PT
PPC06/12-400-PT
PPC06/12-600-PT
Connecting Cable for PPC 06 and PPC12 ( 2m ) PPC06/12-CAB2
Connecting Cable for PPC 06 and PPC12 ( 3m ) PPC06/12-CAB3
Connecting Cable for PPC 06 and PPC12 ( 5m ) PPC06/12-CAB5
Pressure Tranducer with Test 20 adapter ( for adapter , see page 10) PPC06/12-015-PT-SDA
PPC06/12-100-PT-SDA
PPC06/12-400-PT-SDA
PPC06/12-600-PT-SDA
STAUFF Test 20 adapter for pressure transducer SDA 20 - G 1/2
STAUFF Test 20 / STAUFF Test 15 adapter SAD 20/15 - P
STAUFF Test 20 / STAUFF Test 12 adapter SAD 20/12 - P
STAUFF Test 20 / STAUFF Test 10 adapter SAD 20/10 - P
Temperature Sensor TS - 04
Straight fittings with M10 x 1 port connection for temperature sensor SGV-J 3/4 - G
(Other connectors on request)
Flow Turbines with signal converter (for flow range , see page 11) SFM - 015
SFM - 060
SFM - 300
SFM - 600
Connecting cable PPC 06 and PPC 12 - signal converter SFM - 04
Rotacional Speed Sensor (for details , see page 12) SDS - 04
Contact adaptor SKA - 04
Focussing adaptor SFA - 04
Printer Converter PPC06/12-S/P
Printer (for details. see page 13) PR PPC 04 - 1
Connecting Cable PPC 06 and PPC 12 - Printer SDK 06/12-1
External Trigger Adapter PPC06/12-TR-A
Adapter for External Sensors (0…20 mA / 0…10 VDC) PPC06/12-AUX-A
Extension cable (3m) PPC06/12-CAB-EX
Aluminum Case PPC06/12-CASE
Note: Special application or configuration, please contact STAUFF.
19
Diagnostic Products - Hydraulic Tester PPC06 & PPC12
Note: The above graph was generated by a Thermal Printer, and the graph below is a printed file from our PPC-SOFT program. Both graphs contain curves of
pressure, temperature, and flow.
181,57
58,32 Temperature
163,15
144,72
45,63 41,67
126,29
107,86
34,95
89,44
Flow
71,01
23,27 33,33
52,58
34,15
11,58
15,73
Pressure
PPC Family
20
Notes
Notes
Notes
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
F I LT R AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y
2003
STAUFF
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda. E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08 Stauff Filtration Technology
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
2
Laser Particle Counter - LasPac 1
3
Laser Particle Counter - LasPac 1
4
Laser Particle Counter - LasPac 1
LasPaC I - N - A
5
Notes
Notes
THIS IS STAUFF
®
RESPONSE AND FLEXIBILITY • COMPETENT SERVICE • PROMPT DELIVERY •
ENSURED QUALITY • FRIENDLY SERVICE • PROVEN IN PRACTICE
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W
2003
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32
Brazil
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
Galpão 2 – Bloco A
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
STAUFF
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
China
Stauff International Trading (Shangai) Co., Ltd.
Shangdian Mansion, Pudong
331 , Binzhou Road
200126 Shangai, CHINA
Tel: +86 21 58 45 65 60
Fax: +86 21 58 45 66 80
France
Stauff S.A.
Z.I. de Vineuil-Blois Sud
230, Avenue du Grain d’Or
41354 Vineuil-cedex, FRANCE
Tel: +33 2 54 50 55 50
Fax: +33 2 54 42 29 19
Germany
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 1745,
D-58777 Werdohl, GERMANY
Tel: +49 (0) 23 92/916-0
Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
India
Stauff India Pvt. Ltd.
Gat. No. 2340
Pune-Nagar Road, Wagholi
IND-Pune - 412027
Tel: +91 20 705 19 90
Fax: +91 20 705 19 89
Italy
Stauff Italia S.R.L.
Via Pola 21/23
I-20034 Birone di Giussano
Tel: +39 0362 31 21 13
Fax: +39 0362 33 55 36
New Zealand
Stauff Corporation (NZ) Ltd.
Unit J. 150 Harris Road, P.O. Box 58517
Greenmount Auckland-NEW ZEALAND
Tel: +64 9 271 4812
Fax: +64 9 271 4832
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
Australia
Stauff Corporation (Pty.) Ltd.
Walter Stauffenberg GmbH & Co. KG
P.O.Box 227 , 24-26 Doyle Avenue,
Unanderra Wollongong , N.S.W P. O. Box 17 45 · D-58777 Werdohl
2526 AUSTRALIA
Tel: +61 2 42 71 18 77
Im Ehrenfeld 4 · D-58791 Werdohl
Fax: +61 2 42 71 84 32 Tel.: +49 (0) 23 92 9 16-0
Brazil Fax: +49 (0) 23 92 25 05
Stauff Brasil Ltda.
Av. Gupê 10767
E-mail: sales @ stauff.com
Galpão 2 – Bloco A Internet: http://www. stauff.com
Barueri – São Paulo – CEP 06422-120, BRAZIL
Tel: +55 (0)11-4789-9020
Fax: +55 (0)11-4789-9021
Canada
Stauff Canada Ltd.
866 Milner Avenue
Scarborough , Ontário M1B 5N7 , CANADA
Tel: +1 416 282 46 08 Stauff Filtration Technology
Fax: +1 416 282 30 39
United Kingdom
Stauff UK Ltd.
332, Coleford Road Darnall
Sheffield, S 9 5 P H, ENGLAND
Tel: +44 1142 518 518
Fax: +44 1142 518 519
USA
Stauff Corporation
7 Wm. Demarest Place
Waldwick, NJ – 07463, USA
Tel: +1 201 444 78 00
Fax: +1 201 444 78 52
R921H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP020F03B RHR1300S50B FILTREC RE300S40B RHR500B100B FILTREC RE130B100B
R921H0815A FAIREY ARLON SP020F20B RHR160A03B FILTREC RE045A03B RHR500B25B FILTREC RE130B25B
R940H1303A FAIREY ARLON SP110E03B RHR160A05B FILTREC RE045A05B RHR500B50B FILTREC RE130B40B
R940H1306A FAIREY ARLON SP110E05B RHR160A10B FILTREC RE045A10B RHR500D03B FILTREC RE130D03B
R940H1312A FAIREY ARLON SP110E10B RHR160A20B FILTREC RE045A20B RHR500D05B FILTREC RE130D05B
R940H1325A FAIREY ARLON SP110E20B RHR160B100B FILTREC RE045B100B RHR500D10B FILTREC RE130D10B
R940H2603A FAIREY ARLON SP170E03B RHR160B25B FILTREC RE045B25B RHR500D20B FILTREC RE130D20B
R940H2606A FAIREY ARLON SP170E05B RHR160B50B FILTREC RE045B40B RHR500G03B FILTREC RE130G03B
R940H2612A FAIREY ARLON SP170E10B RHR160D03B FILTREC RE045D03B RHR500G05B FILTREC RE130G05B
R940H2625A FAIREY ARLON SP170E20B RHR160D05B FILTREC RE045D05B RHR500G10B FILTREC RE130G10B
R940H3903A FAIREY ARLON SP250E03B RHR160D10B FILTREC RE045D10B RHR500G20B FILTREC RE130G20B
R940H3906A FAIREY ARLON SP250E05B RHR160D20B FILTREC RE045D20B RHR500N10B FILTREC RE130N10B
R940H3912A FAIREY ARLON SP250E10B RHR160E03B FILTREC RE045E03B RHR500N20B FILTREC RE130N20B
R940H3925A FAIREY ARLON SP250E20B RHR160E05B FILTREC RE045E05B RHR500S100B FILTREC RE130S100B
R950H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP070E03BOBE RHR160E10B FILTREC RE045E10B RHR500S25B FILTREC RE130S25B
R950H0806A FAIREY ARLON SP070E05BOBE RHR160E20B FILTREC RE045E20B RHR500S50B FILTREC RE130S40B
R950H0812A FAIREY ARLON SP070E10BOBE RHR160G03B FILTREC RE045G03B RHR60A03B FILTREC RE014A03B
R950H0825A FAIREY ARLON SP070E20BOBE RHR160G05B FILTREC RE045G05B RHR60A05B FILTREC RE014A05B
R950H1603A FAIREY ARLON SP130E03BOBE RHR160G10B FILTREC RE045G10B RHR60A10B FILTREC RE014A10B
R950H1606A FAIREY ARLON SP130E05BOBE RHR160G20B FILTREC RE045G20B RHR60A20B FILTREC RE014A20B
R950H1612A FAIREY ARLON SP130E10BOBE RHR160N10B FILTREC RE045N10B RHR60B100B FILTREC RE014B100B
R950H1625A FAIREY ARLON SP130E20BOBE RHR160N20B FILTREC RE045N20B RHR60B25B FILTREC RE014B25B
R951H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP070F03BOBE RHR160S100B FILTREC RE045S100B RHR60B50B FILTREC RE014B40B
R951H0812A FAIREY ARLON SP070F10BOBE RHR160S25B FILTREC RE045S25B RHR60D03B FILTREC RE014D03B
R951H0825A FAIREY ARLON SP070F20BOBE RHR160S50B FILTREC RE045S40B RHR60D05B FILTREC RE014D05B
R951H1603A FAIREY ARLON SP130F03BOBE RHR165B100B FILTREC RE065B100B RHR60D10B FILTREC RE014D10B
R951H1612A FAIREY ARLON SP130F10BOBE RHR165B25B FILTREC RE065B25B RHR60D20B FILTREC RE014D20B
R951H1625A FAIREY ARLON SP130F20BOBE RHR165B50B FILTREC RE065B40B RHR60E03B FILTREC RE014E03B
R960H0403A FAIREY ARLON SP045E03B RHR165D10B FILTREC RE065D10B RHR60E05B FILTREC RE014E05B
R960H0406A FAIREY ARLON SP045E05B RHR165D20B FILTREC RE065D20B RHR60E10B FILTREC RE014E10B
R960H0412A FAIREY ARLON SP045E10B RHR165E03B FILTREC RE065E03B RHR60E20B FILTREC RE014E20B
R960H0425A FAIREY ARLON SP045E20B RHR165E05B FILTREC RE065E05B RHR60G03B FILTREC RE014G03B
R960H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP070E03B RHR165E10B FILTREC RE065E10B RHR60G05B FILTREC RE014G05B
R960H0806A FAIREY ARLON SP070E05B RHR165E20B FILTREC RE065E20B RHR60G10B FILTREC RE014G10B
R960H0812A FAIREY ARLON SP070E10B RHR240A03B FILTREC RE070A03B RHR60G20B FILTREC RE014G20B
R960H0825A FAIREY ARLON SP070E20B RHR240A05B FILTREC RE070A05B RHR60N10B FILTREC RE014N10B
R960H1303A FAIREY ARLON SP090E03B RHR240A10B FILTREC RE070A10B RHR60N20B FILTREC RE014N20B
R960H1306A FAIREY ARLON SP090E05B RHR240A20B FILTREC RE070A20B RHR60S100B FILTREC RE014S100B
R960H1312A FAIREY ARLON SP090E10B RHR240B100B FILTREC RE070B100B RHR60S25B FILTREC RE014S25B
R960H1325A FAIREY ARLON SP090E20B RHR240B25B FILTREC RE070B25B RHR60S50B FILTREC RE014S40B
R960H1603A FAIREY ARLON SP130E03B RHR240B50B FILTREC RE070B40B RHR660A03B FILTREC RE160A03B
R960H1606A FAIREY ARLON SP130E05B RHR240D03B FILTREC RE070D03B RHR660A05B FILTREC RE160A05B
R960H1612A FAIREY ARLON SP130E10B RHR240D05B FILTREC RE070D05B RHR660A10B FILTREC RE160A10B
R960H1625A FAIREY ARLON SP130E20B RHR240D10B FILTREC RE070D10B RHR660A20B FILTREC RE160A20B
R961H0403A FAIREY ARLON SP045F03B RHR240D20B FILTREC RE070D20B RHR660B100B FILTREC RE160B100B
R961H0415A FAIREY ARLON SP045F20B RHR240E03B FILTREC RE070E03B RHR660B25B FILTREC RE160B25B
R961H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP070F03B RHR240E05B FILTREC RE070E05B RHR660B50B FILTREC RE160B40B
R961H0815A FAIREY ARLON SP070F20B RHR240E10B FILTREC RE070E10B RHR660D03B FILTREC RE160D03B
R961H1303A FAIREY ARLON SP090F03B RHR240E20B FILTREC RE070E20B RHR660D05B FILTREC RE160D05B
R961H1315A FAIREY ARLON SP090F20B RHR240G03B FILTREC RE070G03B RHR660D10B FILTREC RE160D10B
R961H1603A FAIREY ARLON SP130F03B RHR240G05B FILTREC RE070G05B RHR660D20B FILTREC RE160D20B
R961H1615A FAIREY ARLON SP130F20B RHR240G10B FILTREC RE070G10B RHR660E03B FILTREC RE160E03B
R980H0403A FAIREY ARLON SP024E03B RHR240G20B FILTREC RE070G20B RHR660E05B FILTREC RE160E05B
R980H0406A FAIREY ARLON SP024E05B RHR240N10B FILTREC RE070N10B RHR660E10B FILTREC RE160E10B
R980H0412A FAIREY ARLON SP024E10B RHR240N20B FILTREC RE070N20B RHR660E20B FILTREC RE160E20B
R980H0425A FAIREY ARLON SP024E20B RHR240S100B FILTREC RE070S100B RHR660G03B FILTREC RE160G03B
R980H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP030E03B RHR240S25B FILTREC RE070S25B RHR660G05B FILTREC RE160G05B
R980H0806A FAIREY ARLON SP030E05B RHR240S50B FILTREC RE070S40B RHR660G10B FILTREC RE160G10B
R980H0812A FAIREY ARLON SP030E10B RHR2600A03B FILTREC RE600A03B RHR660G20B FILTREC RE160G20B
R980H0825A FAIREY ARLON SP030E20B RHR2600A05B FILTREC RE600A05B RHR660N10B FILTREC RE160N10B
R981H0403A FAIREY ARLON SP024F03B RHR2600A10B FILTREC RE600A10B RHR660N20B FILTREC RE160N20B
R981H0415A FAIREY ARLON SP024F20B RHR2600A20B FILTREC RE600A20B RHR660S100B FILTREC RE160S100B
R981H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP030F03B RHR2600B100B FILTREC RE600B100B RHR660S25B FILTREC RE160S25B
R981H0815A FAIREY ARLON SP030F20B RHR2600B25B FILTREC RE600B25B RHR660S50B FILTREC RE160S40B
R985H0403A FAIREY ARLON SP024E03BOBE RHR2600B50B FILTREC RE600B40B RHR850A03B FILTREC RE200A03B
R985H0406A FAIREY ARLON SP024E05BOBE RHR2600D03B FILTREC RE600D03B RHR850A05B FILTREC RE200A05B
R985H0412A FAIREY ARLON SP024E10BOBE RHR2600D05B FILTREC RE600D05B RHR850A10B FILTREC RE200A10B
R985H0425A FAIREY ARLON SP024E20BOBE RHR2600D10B FILTREC RE600D10B RHR850A20B FILTREC RE200A20B
R985H0803A FAIREY ARLON SP030E03BOBE RHR2600D20B FILTREC RE600D20B RHR850B100B FILTREC RE200B100B
R985H0806A FAIREY ARLON SP030E05BOBE RHR2600G03B FILTREC RE600G03B RHR850B25B FILTREC RE200B25B
R985H0812A FAIREY ARLON SP030E10BOBE RHR2600G05B FILTREC RE600G05B RHR850B50B FILTREC RE200B40B
R985H0825A FAIREY ARLON SP030E20BOBE RHR2600G10B FILTREC RE600G10B RHR850D03B FILTREC RE200D03B
RE40903 ZINGA RTE49D03B RHR2600G20B FILTREC RE600G20B RHR850D05B FILTREC RE200D05B
RE40910 ZINGA RTE49D10B RHR2600N10B FILTREC RE600N10B RHR850D10B FILTREC RE200D10B
RHR110A03B FILTREC RE030A03B RHR2600N20B FILTREC RE600N20B RHR850D20B FILTREC RE200D20B
RHR110A05B FILTREC RE030A05B RHR2600S100B FILTREC RE600S100B RHR850G03B FILTREC RE200G03B
RHR110A10B FILTREC RE030A10B RHR2600S25B FILTREC RE600S25B RHR850G05B FILTREC RE200G05B
RHR110A20B FILTREC RE030A20B RHR2600S50B FILTREC RE600S40B RHR850G10B FILTREC RE200G10B
RHR110B100B FILTREC RE030B100B RHR30A03B FILTREC RE008A03B RHR850G20B FILTREC RE200G20B
RHR110B25B FILTREC RE030B25B RHR30A05B FILTREC RE008A05B RHR850N10B FILTREC RE200N10B
RHR110B50B FILTREC RE030B40B RHR30A10B FILTREC RE008A10B RHR850N20B FILTREC RE200N20B
RHR110D03B FILTREC RE030D03B RHR30A20B FILTREC RE008A20B RHR850S100B FILTREC RE200S100B
RHR110D05B FILTREC RE030D05B RHR30B100B FILTREC RE008B100B RHR850S25B FILTREC RE200S25B
RHR110D10B FILTREC RE030D10B RHR30B25B FILTREC RE008B25B RHR850S50B FILTREC RE200S40B
RHR110D20B FILTREC RE030D20B RHR30B50B FILTREC RE008B40B RHR950A03B FILTREC RE250A03B
RHR110E03B FILTREC RE030E03B RHR30D03B FILTREC RE008D03B RHR950A05B FILTREC RE250A05B
RHR110E05B FILTREC RE030E05B RHR30D05B FILTREC RE008D05B RHR950A10B FILTREC RE250A10B
RHR110E10B FILTREC RE030E10B RHR30D10B FILTREC RE008D10B RHR950A20B FILTREC RE250A20B
RHR110E20B FILTREC RE030E20B RHR30D20B FILTREC RE008D20B RHR950B100B FILTREC RE250B100B
RHR110G03B FILTREC RE030G03B RHR30E03B FILTREC RE008E03B RHR950B25B FILTREC RE250B25B
RHR110G05B FILTREC RE030G05B RHR30E05B FILTREC RE008E05B RHR950B50B FILTREC RE250B40B
RHR110G10B FILTREC RE030G10B RHR30E10B FILTREC RE008E10B RHR950D03B FILTREC RE250D03B
RHR110G20B FILTREC RE030G20B RHR30E20B FILTREC RE008E20B RHR950D05B FILTREC RE250D05B
RHR110N10B FILTREC RE030N10B RHR330A03B FILTREC RE090A03B RHR950D10B FILTREC RE250D10B
RHR110N20B FILTREC RE030N20B RHR330A05B FILTREC RE090A05B RHR950D20B FILTREC RE250D20B
RHR110S100B FILTREC RE030S100B RHR330A10B FILTREC RE090A10B RHR950E03B FILTREC RE250E03B
RHR110S25B FILTREC RE030S25B RHR330A20B FILTREC RE090A20B RHR950E05B FILTREC RE250E05B
RHR110S50B FILTREC RE030S40B RHR330B100B FILTREC RE090B100B RHR950E10B FILTREC RE250E10B
RHR1300A03B FILTREC RE300A03B RHR330B25B FILTREC RE090B25B RHR950E20B FILTREC RE250E20B
RHR1300A05B FILTREC RE300A05B RHR330B50B FILTREC RE090B40B RHR950G03B FILTREC RE250G03B
RHR1300A10B FILTREC RE300A10B RHR330D03B FILTREC RE090D03B RHR950G05B FILTREC RE250G05B
RHR1300A20B FILTREC RE300A20B RHR330D05B FILTREC RE090D05B RHR950G10B FILTREC RE250G10B
RHR1300B100B FILTREC RE300B100B RHR330D10B FILTREC RE090D10B RHR950G20B FILTREC RE250G20B
RHR1300B25B FILTREC RE300B25B RHR330D20B FILTREC RE0990D20B RHR950N10B FILTREC RE250N10B
RHR1300B50B FILTREC RE300B40B RHR330E03B FILTREC RE090E03B RHR950N20B FILTREC RE250N20B
RHR1300D03B FILTREC RE300D03B RHR330E05B FILTREC RE090E05B RHR950S100B FILTREC RE250S100B
RHR1300D05B FILTREC RE300D05B RHR330E10B FILTREC RE090E10B RHR950S25B FILTREC RE250S25B
RHR1300D10B FILTREC RE300D10B RHR330E20B FILTREC RE090E20B RHR950S50B FILTREC RE250S40B
RHR1300D20B FILTREC RE300D20B RHR330G03B FILTREC RE090G03B RMR435B25B FILTREC RL070B25B
RHR1300E03B FILTREC RE300E03B RHR330G05B FILTREC RE090G05B RMR435B40B FILTREC RL070B40B
RHR1300E05B FILTREC RE300E05B RHR330G10B FILTREC RE090G10B RMR435E10B FILTREC RL070E10B
RHR1300E10B FILTREC RE300E10B RHR330G20B FILTREC RE090G20B RMR435E20B FILTREC RL070E20B
RHR1300E20B FILTREC RE300E20B RHR330N10B FILTREC RE090N10B RMR435L10B FILTREC RL070L10B
RHR1300G03B FILTREC RE300G03B RHR330N20B FILTREC RE090N20B RMR435L20B FILTREC RL070L20B
RHR1300G05B FILTREC RE300G05B RHR330S100B FILTREC RE090S100B RMR436B25B FILTREC RL100B25B
RHR1300G10B FILTREC RE300G10B RHR330S25B FILTREC RE090S25B RMR436B40B FILTREC RL100B40B
RHR1300G20B FILTREC RE300G20B RHR330S50B FILTREC RE090S40B RMR436E10B FILTREC RL100E10B
RHR1300N10B FILTREC RE300N10B RHR500A03B FILTREC RE130A03B RMR436E20B FILTREC RL100E20B
RHR1300N20B FILTREC RE300N20B RHR500A05B FILTREC RE130A05B RMR436L10B FILTREC RL100L10B
RHR1300S100B FILTREC RE300S100B RHR500A10B FILTREC RE130A10B RMR436L20B FILTREC RL100L20B
RHR1300S25B FILTREC RE300S25B RHR500A20B FILTREC RE130A20B RMR438B25B FILTREC RL035B25B
STU232 NORMAN SP110E03B TX210 FAIREY ARLON RA060D10B V3051016 ARGO SD010F10B
STU272 NORMAN SP130E10BOBE TX310 FAIREY ARLON RA090D10B V3051018 ARGO SD010F20B
STU277 NORMAN SP170E03B TX3D10 FAIREY ARLON RA120D10B V3052003 ARGO SD015E03B
STU287 NORMAN SP070E20BOBE TXW5CC10 FAIREY ARLON RA230E10B V3052006 ARGO SD015E10B
STU327200 NORMAN SP160E20B TXX510 FAIREY ARLON RA230D10B V3052008 ARGO SD015E20B
STU347 NORMAN SP070E10BOBE TXX5A10 FAIREY ARLON RA300D10B V3052013 ARGO SD015F03B
STU348 NORMAN SP070E03BOBE TXX8A10 FAIREY ARLON RA390D10B V3052016 ARGO SD015F10B
STU349 NORMAN SP130E03BOBE TXX8C10 FAIREY ARLON RA500D10B V3052018 ARGO SD015F20B
STU363 NORMAN SP110E10B V0112B2C03 VICKERS SE030G03B V3062303 ARGO SD024E03B
STU364 NORMAN SP170E10B V0112B2C05 VICKERS SE030G05B V3062306 ARGO SD024E10B
STU366 NORMAN SP110E20B V0112B2C10 VICKERS SE030G10B V3062308 ARGO SD024E20B
STU367 NORMAN SP170E20B V0114B2H03 VICKERS SE030H03B V3062313 ARGO SD024F03B
STU374 NORMAN SP130E20BOBE V0114B2H05 VICKERS SE030H05B V3062316 ARGO SD024F10B
STU376 NORMAN SP070F10BOBE V0114B2H10 VICKERS SE030H10B V3062318 ARGO SD024F20B
STU377 NORMAN SP130F10BOBE V0162B1C03 VICKERS SE045G03B V3072006 ARGO MD025E10B
STU510 NORMAN SP250E03B V0162B1C05 VICKERS SE045G05B V3072016 ARGO MD025F10B
STU518 NORMAN SP250E10B V0162B1C10 VICKERS SE045G10B V6011B1C03 VICKERS SP024E03B
STU522 NORMAN SP250E20B V0164B1H03 VICKERS SE045H03B V6011B1C05 VICKERS SP024E05B
STU536 NORMAN SP110F03B V0164B1H05 VICKERS SE045H05B V6011B1C10 VICKERS SP024E10B
STU537 NORMAN SP170F03B V0164B1H10 VICKERS SE045H10B V6011B1C20 VICKERS SP024E20B
STU539 NORMAN SP110F10B V0201B1R03 VICKERS SF6603 V6011B2C03 VICKERS SP030E03B
STU600 NORMAN RE008D10B V0201B1R05 VICKERS SF6606 V6011B2C05 VICKERS SP030E05B
STU601 NORMAN SE008B25B V0201B2R03 VICKERS SF6604 V6011B2C10 VICKERS SP030E10B
STU606 NORMAN SE008F03B V0201B2R05 VICKERS SF6607 V6011B2C20 VICKERS SP030E20B
STU607 NORMAN SE008F10B V0211B1R03 VICKERS SF6703MG V6014B1H03 VICKERS SP024F03B
STU608 NORMAN SE008F20B V0211B1R05 VICKERS SF6706MG V6014B1H10 VICKERS SP024F10B
STU609 NORMAN SE014A10B V0211B2R03 VICKERS SF6704MG V6014B1H20 VICKERS SP024F20B
STU610 NORMAN RE014B25B V0211B2R05 VICKERS SF6707MG V6014B2H03 VICKERS SP030F03B
STU611 NORMAN RE014D10B V0242B2C03 VICKERS SE070G03B V6014B2H10 VICKERS SP030F10B
STU612 NORMAN RE014G10B V0242B2C05 VICKERS SE070G05B V6021B1C03 VICKERS SP045E03B
STU613 NORMAN SE014G03B V0242B2C10 VICKERS SE070G10B V6021B1C05 VICKERS SP045E05B
STU614 NORMAN SE014G10B V0244B2H03 VICKERS SE070H03B V6021B1C10 VICKERS SP045E10B
STU615 NORMAN SE014H03B V0244B2H05 VICKERS SE070H05B V6021B1C20 VICKERS SP045E20B
STU616 NORMAN SE014H10B V0244B2H10 VICKERS SE070H10B V6021B2C03 VICKERS SP070E03B
STU617 NORMAN SE030A10B V0332B2C03 VICKERS SE090G03B V6021B2C05 VICKERS SP070E05B
STU618 NORMAN SE030B25B V0332B2C05 VICKERS SE090G05B V6021B2C10 VICKERS SP070E10B
STU619 NORMAN RE030G10B V0332B2C10 VICKERS SE090G10B V6021B2C20 VICKERS SP070E20B
STU620 NORMAN SE030G03B V0334B2H03 VICKERS SE090H03B V6021B4C03 VICKERS SP090E03B
STU622 NORMAN SE030G10B V0334B2H05 VICKERS SE090H05B V6021B4C05 VICKERS SP090E05B
STU623 NORMAN SE030G20B V0334B2H10 VICKERS SE090H10B V6021B4C10 VICKERS SP090E10B
STU624 NORMAN SE030H03B V0411B2C03 VICKERS SP100E03B V6021B4C20 VICKERS SP090E20B
STU625 NORMAN SE030H10B V0411B2C05 VICKERS SP100E05B V6021B5C03 VICKERS SP130E03B
STU626 NORMAN SE045A10B V0411B2C10 VICKERS SP100E10B V6021B5C05 VICKERS SP130E05B
STU627 NORMAN SE045B40B V0411B2C20 VICKERS SP100E20B V6021B5C10 VICKERS SP130E10B
STU628 NORMAN RE045D10B V0411B5C03 VICKERS SP200E05B V6021B5C20 VICKERS SP130E20B
STU629 NORMAN RE045G10B V0411B5C05 VICKERS SP200E10B V6024B1H03 VICKERS SP045F03B
STU631 NORMAN SE045G10B V0411B5C10 VICKERS SP200E20B V6024B1H10 VICKERS SP045F10B
STU632 NORMAN SE045G20B V0411B5C20 VICKERS SP250E03B V6024B2H03 VICKERS SP070F03B
STU634 NORMAN SE045H10B V0411B8C03 VICKERS SP300E03B V6024B2H10 VICKERS SP070F10B
STU635 NORMAN RE070D10B V0411B8C05 VICKERS SP300E05B V6024B2H20 VICKERS SP070F20B
STU636 NORMAN RE070G03B V0411B8C10 VICKERS SP300E10B V6024B4H03 VICKERS SP090F03B
STU637 NORMAN RE070G10B V0411B8V20 VICKERS SP300E20B V6024B4H10 VICKERS SP090F10B
STU638 NORMAN RE070G20B V0602B1C03 VICKERS SE014G03B V6024B5H03 VICKERS SP130F03B
STU639 NORMAN SE070G03B V0602B1C05 VICKERS SE014G05B V6024B5H10 VICKERS SP130F10B
STU641 NORMAN SE070G10B V0602B1C10 VICKERS SE014G10B W0403H ZINGA SP045F03B
STU642 NORMAN SE070H03B V0604B1H03 VICKERS SE014H03B W0403L ZINGA SP045E03B
STU644 NORMAN SE070H10B V0604B1H05 VICKERS SE014H05B W0406L ZINGA SP045E05B
STU645 NORMAN RE090D10B V0604B1H10 VICKERS SE014H10B W0410H ZINGA SP045F10B
STU646 NORMAN RE090G03B V0662B2C03 VICKERS SE160G03B W0410L ZINGA SP045E10B
STU647 NORMAN RE090G10B V0662B2C05 VICKERS SE160G05B W0420L ZINGA SP045E20B
STU648 NORMAN SE090G03B V0662B2C10 VICKERS SE160G10B W0803H ZINGA SP070F03B
STU650 NORMAN SE090G10B V0664B2H03 VICKERS SE160H03B W0803L ZINGA SP070E03B
STU651 NORMAN SE090G20B V0664B2H05 VICKERS SE160H05B W0806L ZINGA SP070E05B
STU652 NORMAN SE090H03B V0664B2H10 VICKERS SE160H10B W0810H ZINGA SP070F10B
STU653 NORMAN SE090H10B V2054B2H03 VICKERS SP070F03B W0810L ZINGA SP070E10B
STU654 NORMAN RE160D10B V2054B2H10 VICKERS SP070F20B W0820L ZINGA SP070E20B
STU655 NORMAN RE160G03B V2092003 ARGO RD055E03B W1303H ZINGA SP090F03B
STU656 NORMAN RE160G03B V2092006 ARGO RD055E10B W1303L ZINGA SP090E03B
STU657 NORMAN RE160G10B V2092008 ARGO RD055E20B W1306H ZINGA SP090F10B
STU658 NORMAN SE160H03B V2121703 ARGO RD070E03B W1306L ZINGA SP090E05B
STU659 NORMAN SE160H10B V2121706 ARGO RD070E10B W1310L ZINGA SP090E10B
STU660 NORMAN SE160G03B V2121708 ARGO RD070E20B W1320L ZINGA SP090E20B
STU661 NORMAN SE160G10B V3041B1C20 VICKERS SP010E20B WG227 FILTREC RE135G10B
STU664 NORMAN RE250B25B V3041B2C20 VICKERS SP020E20B Y0803LN ZINGA SP100E03B
STU666 NORMAN RE250G10B V3042B1C03 VICKERS SP010E03B Y0806LN ZINGA SP100E05B
STU667 NORMAN RE300D10B V3042B1C05 VICKERS SP010E05B Y0810LN ZINGA SP100E10B
STU668 NORMAN RE300G03B V3042B1C10 VICKERS SP010E10B Y0820LN ZINGA SP100E20B
STU670 NORMAN RE300G10B V3042B2C03 VICKERS SP020E03B Y1603LN ZINGA SP200E03B
STU671 NORMAN RE300G20B V3042B2C05 VICKERS SP020E05B Y1606LN ZINGA SP200E05B
STU672 NORMAN SE045H20B V3042B2C10 VICKERS SP020E10B Y1610LN ZINGA SP200E10B
STU786200 NORMAN SP140E03B V3045B1H03 VICKERS SP010F03B Y1620LN ZINGA SP200E20B
STU789 NORMAN SE014G20B V3045B1H05 VICKERS SP010F05B Y3903LN ZINGA SP300E03B
STU791 NORMAN SP160E03B V3045B1H10 VICKERS SP010F10B Y3906LN ZINGA SP300E05B
STU792 NORMAN SE045B25B V3045B1H20 VICKERS SP010F20B Y3910LN ZINGA SP300E10B
STU793 NORMAN RE045G20B V3045B2H03 VICKERS SP020F03B Y3920LN ZINGA SP300E20B
STU800200 NORMAN SP120E03B V3045B2H05 VICKERS SP020F05B ZRE40903 ZINGA RTE49G03B
STU804200 NORMAN SP140E10B V3045B2H10 VICKERS SP020F10B ZRE40910 ZINGA RTE49G10B
STU805 NORMAN SP160E10B V3045B2H20 VICKERS SP020F20B ZSRE40903 ZINGA RTE48G03B
STU807200 NORMAN SP120E10B V3051003 ARGO SD010E03B ZSRE40910 ZINGA RTE48G10B
STU808200 NORMAN SP140E20B V3051006 ARGO SD010E10B
STU810200 NORMAN SP120E20B V3051008 ARGO SD010E20B
STU822 NORMAN SP070F03BOBE V3051013 ARGO SD010F03B
SWPN 2-H-G24
CETOP3 valve with a “H” spool and with 24VDC input power.
SWPN 2-L-WG230
CETOP3 valve with a “L” spool and with 230V AC input power.
Subplates & Manifolds
Subplates in aluminium and steel are available to mount the CETOP3 valves, with either side ports or a combina-
tion of side and bottom ports. A bolt kit incorporating 4 socket head cap screws is also available to suit the valve.
In addition, blanking plates to seal a subplate or manifold when the valve is removed are also available.
Manifold blocks in steel or aluminium are available on request in both series and parallel design. Sandwich plates
with relief, throttle and check functions are available.
Part No. Description
SSPC3B Aluminium subplate, P & T ports on bottom, A & B ports on the side
SSPC3B-S Steel subplate, P & T ports on bottom, A & B ports on the side
SSPC3S Aluminium subplate, all ports side entry
SSPC3S-S Steel subplate, all ports side entry
SBPC3S Aluminium blanking plate
SBKC3 Bolt kit, cap screws, M5 x 30mm x 4 pieces
STAUFF CORPORATION
STAUFF CORPORATION PTY LTD (NZ) LTD
HEAD OFFICE ADELAIDE BRISBANE MELBOURNE SYDNEY AUCKLAND
24 - 26 Doyle Avenue 1/3 Endeavour Drive 463 Boundary Road 3B 14 - 16 White Street 27B Davis Road Unit J 150 Harris Road
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 OAKLEIGH EAST VIC 3166 WETHERILL PARK EAST TAMAKI
P.O. Box 227 P.O. Box 208 P.O. Box 20 P.O. Box 453 NSW 2164 P.O. Box 58517
UNANDERRA NSW 2526 PORT ADELAIDE SA 5015 RICHLANDS QLD 4077 MULGRAVE VIC 3170 P.O. Box 7180 GREENMOUNT
Tel. (02) 4271 1877 Tel. (08) 8341 2260 Tel. (07) 3217 0444 Tel. (03) 9543 5411 WETHERILL PARK DC Tel. (09) 271 4812
Fax.(02) 4271 8432 Fax.(08) 8341 1604 Fax.(07) 3217 0300 Fax.(03) 9543 5422 NSW 2164 Fax. (09) 271 4832
E-mail: [email protected] Tel. (02) 9725 2733 E-mail:
http://www.stauff.com Fax.(02) 9725 2744 [email protected]
12 S-HRR 1103
HAWE Rapid Range
Pressure Switches 7
Throttle Valves 12
Inline Filters 12
Hydraulic Accessories 12
Flow Dividers 14
For other products in the HAWE complete range consult your Stauff representative.
2
Radial Piston Pumps
Radial piston pumps comprise pumping elements radially mounted in a pump housing driven by an eccentric shaft.
This permits the pump to be mounted “in-tank” as a power pack installation or as an externally mounted pump with
the normal suction and delivery lines. Pumps can be supplied in a number of configurations with the numbers of
pistons (pumping elements) ranging from 1 piston through to 42 pistons. Pumps may be delivered as a single outlet
unit or in a variety of multiple outlet configurations depending on the specific requirements of the application.
Dual stage pumps combine a radial piston pump with a directly-coupled low-pressure gear pump. This, combined
with a dual-stage valve, is useful in press applications where quick approach but slow pressing is needed.
R series pumps have ball bearings and the RG series of pumps have bushed bearings to increase the service life
of the pump in extreme operating conditions.
The numbers in the table indicate the flow in litres per minute at a pump speed of 1450 RPM for a single outlet pump.
Multiple outlet pumps provide great flexibility for system designers. The outputs from each piston may be directed
as a separate flow or groups of pistons may be combined to give specific flows. There are a great number of
possible combinations and when used to give specific individual flows, the high efficiency of the piston pump
permits greater accuracy than other types of flow dividers. Complete information on the possibilities is available
from the local Stauff branch.
3
Directional Spool Valves type SG and SP, 2/2-, 4/2-, 3/2- and 4/3 way
The SG directional spool valves are for pipe Pmax: 200 ... 400 bar
mounting and the SP valves are for manifold Qmax: 12 ... 100 l/min
mounting. They are widely used to control the
Actuation options
direction of movement of hydraulic motors and
Solenoid -
cylinders. The wide range of spool configurations
12V & 24V DC
and the sturdy design make the valves suitable
230V AC
for applications in both mobile and fixed installa-
Manual -
tions.
with spring centering
with detent
The SG type also has available an optional
Roller head -
integrated pressure relief valve. Another option for
Pin head -
the valves is enlarged ports and control grooves
Pressure -
to minimise pressure surges.
Hydraulic pilot, 12 - 20 bar
Pneumatic pilot, 5 - 10 bar
Individual valve for Manifold Flow Operating Pressure, Pmax (bar), for actuation Port Sizes
pipe connection mount valve Q max (l/m) Solenoid Manual Mechanical Pressure BSPP
Diagrammatic Symbols
SG SP G C D E N W R V Z2 U2
individual valve for individual valve for
pipe connection manifold mounting
O
a a a a
B P B P
O O O
A R A R
b b
B A R P
Actuations
Manual Solenoid Mechanical Pressure Dual Actuation
Order Example SG 1 G - AK
Manually operated, spring centered single spool valve, size 1 with screwed ports, flow path G.
4
Valves
The Hawe range of valves encompasses a wide variety of functions and sizes. Listed here are some of the more
common valves. For full information, consult your local Stauff branch
Directional Seated Valves Pmax: 320 ... 700 bar Qmax: 6 ... 120 l/min
These zero leakage, directional seated valves use spring Actuation Options
loaded balls as the valve elements. The units are subplate Solenoid–
mounted and are available with a range of different 12V & 24V DC
actuations. This subplate may be fitted with screwed ports 230V AC
for pipe mounting. Some optional features such as Pressure –
restrictors or check valves are available in the subplates Hydraulic pilot
to improve the versatility of these valves. 2/2- and 3/2-way Pneumatic pilot
basic versions are available in a single body. 3/3-, 4/2- Mechanical –
and 4/3 way valves are made by combining various func- Roller
tions on a common subplate. Pin
Manual –
The indicated flow path on the valve must be followed for Hand lever
correct functioning. Turn knob
1 12 Pmax 700 Pmax 700 Pmax 700 Pmax 700 1/4” & 3/8”
2 25 Pmax 500 Pmax 700 Pmax 700 Pmax 700 3/8” & 1/2”
3 65 Pmax 400 Pmax 400 Pmax 400 Pmax 400 - - 1/2” & 3/4”
Actuation Methods
Solenoid Pressure Mechanical Manual
hydraulic pneumatic roller pin hand lever turn knob
G WG H P K T F D Voltage Solenoid
& Current Coding
12VDC G12
24VDC G24
110VAC WG110
230VAC WG230
5
Directional Seated Valves type BVG, BVE and BVP
The directional cone seated valves, types BVG, Pmax: 250 ... 400 bar
BVE and BVP are 2/2- and 3/2-way directional Qmax: 12 ... 50 l/min
valves which are available in three sizes. The
Actuation Options
design permits flow in any direction at full system
Solenoid -
pressure.
12V & 24V DC
230V AC
The valves may be connected directly via pipes
Pressure -
(type BVG) or mounted on customer supplied
Hydraulic pilot, 24 - 320 bar
manifolds (type BVP and BVE). Type BVE is
Pneumatic pilot, 3.5 - 15 bar
available only with solenoid operation but hydrau-
Manual -
lic, pneumatic or manual operation is available
BVG 1 valve only
for the other models permitting a wide range of
applications.
BVE 3 4 70 400 ½
Other options
individual valve with orifice in one port
2/2-way valve with bypass check valve
twin valve version
BVP 1 with ex-proof design
additional elements to make 4/3 valve
BVP 3 - Z - H
Size 3 BVP manifold mounted valve, flow path Z (3/2-way function), hydraulic pilot operation.
Examples
Type BVG for pipe connection Type BVP for manifold mounting
(solenoid operated - see order example) (hydraulic pilot operation - see order example)
6
Directional Seated Valves type WH
Pmax: 350 ... 450 bar
These zero leakage, directional seated valves use spring
loaded balls as the valve elements. These compact valves Qmax: 8 ... 30 l/min
are manifold or sub-plate mounted. Both 2/2 and 3/2 con- Actuation Options
figurations are available and 3/3 and 4/3 functions are Solenoid -
achieved by combining multiple valves on one manifold. 12V & 24 V DC
The indicated flow path on the valve must be followed for 230V AC
correct functioning.
Valve Symbols
D Q F E H N M R
Basic type Brief Description Pressure Adj. Max. Pressure Connection Symbol
and Size Range (bar) (Pmax) Thread (BSPP)
DG 36 4 ..... 12 700
7
Direct-acting Relief and Sequence Valves type MV, SV, etc.
Direct-acting relief valves limit the maximum pres- Pmax: 700 bar
sure in a hydraulic system thus safeguarding Qmax: 5 ... 160 l/min
against excessive pressure.
Adjustment Options
Sequence valves maintain a constant pressure dif- Tool adjustable
ferential between the inlet and outlet of the valve. Manually adjustable
Type Approval
The valves are available with screwed ports for pipe TUV approved version is
mounting, as a manifold mount valve, or as a car- available for use as
tridge type valve. Various maximum pressure set- accumulator safety
tings are available to allow the system designer valves.
maximum flexibility.
relief relief valve & sequence relief valve cross-line relief relief valve with reverse relief valve &
valve valve manifold mount free-flow check valve sequence valve.
MV 15
MVS 1 5/ MVG 3 MVE 5 SV 1 MVP 5 DMV 1 MVCS 2 / MVGC 3 SVC 1
MVB 1 4
Notes
1. only sizes 4, 5, 6 and 8 Maximum permissible pressure in “R” outlet port
2. only sizes 4, 5,and 6
3. only size 13 and 14 MV 20 bar MVS, MVG, MVE 500 bar
4. other type kits are available MVB 200 bar MVCS, MVGC 500 bar
5. TUV approval available , sizes 4, 5 and 6 DMV 350 bar SV, SVC 500 bar
Valve Style
MV, MVS, MVG - 90° configuration with screwed ports MVE - Cartridge type valve MVB - Assembly kit for integral manifolds, etc.
SV, SVC - In-line valve for straight pipe installation MVCS, MVGC - 90° configuration with screwed ports
DMV - Cross-line relief valves with screwed ports All valves are adjustable but the “R” in the code indicates that there is a
hand adjustable knob eliminating the need for tools to adjust the settings
Size 13 14 4 5 6 8
Order Example
MVS 52 BR
Relief or sequence valve with 90° configuration, screwed ports 3/8” BSPP (Code 2), pressure range up to 500
bar (Code B), with manually adjustable pressure setting (Code R).
MVP 13 HR
Manifold mount valve, size 13, pressure range manually adjustable (Code R) between 20 and 700 bar (Code H).
8
Pilot Operated Check Valves type RH and DRH
The pilot operated check valves type RH and DRH Pmax: 400 ... 700 bar
are used for blocking one or two pressure lines, as Qmax: 15 ... 160 l/min
pilot operated drain valves, or as idle circulation valves
to unload a pump or other part of a system. As an Design Options
option, the valves may be equipped with a pre-re- with or without decompres-
lease to prevent decompression surges in the event sion function
of high pressure and high flow. The type DRH has in-line design
many variations and options such as in-line design, manifold mount design
manifold mounting design, shock valves, relief valves integral relief valve
to prevent slow pressure build-up, and a leakage leakage oil port
port to prevent unintended opening of the valve due selectable pressure range
to pressure rises caused by leaking spool valves.
All components are steel.
N.B. Models with the letter “V” indicate that there is a decompression function in the valve.
The type CRH valves are pilot operated cartridge type Optional Pilot Ratios
valves and the type RHC valves are designed as screw-in available
valves. The RHC valves are available with a decompres-
sion (pre-release) function for high pressure and high flow Option: decompression
applications. The mounting ports are of a simple, easily- (pre-release)
machined design. Ask for machining details.
Order Example
RK 1
screw-in check valve, type RK, size 1
RK 2 G
RK check valve, size 2, in housing for in-line installation
RK..G
N.B. Extraction tools for the inserts are available
10
Pressure Reducing Valves type CDK
Pressure reducing valves in a hydraulic circuit maintain a Q max: 15 l/min
constant outlet pressure even though the input pressure P max:
is higher and variable. They are used to supply a second-
ary circuit with lower pressure fluid without affecting the
inlet - 500 bar
higher pressure in the primary circuit. outlet - 400 bar
Adjustment Options
The CDK valve is a directly controlled type and is a seated Tool adjustable
type which has no leakage when closed and therefore no Manually adjustable
need of a drain line. A reversal of flow is possible up to
2 x Qmax. The valve stocked is a pipe mounted version
but cartridge types are also available.
11
Throttle type Flow Valves, Q, QR, QV and FG
Throttle valves are flow control valves and are used to limit Pmax: 300 ... 400 bar
the flow in accumulator and control circuits. They feature a Qmax: 0 ... 80 l/min
slotted throttle section which is much less sensitive to
contamination than annular type throttle valves. Design Options
cartridge design
The valves Q, QR and QV are available in five sizes covering individual valve for pipe
flow rates up to 120 l/min. The fine throttles, type FG, are mounting
preferred for applications where the switching speeds of 90° housing
directional valves have to be adjusted, the prevention of banjo bolt
pressure surges is required, or for the damping of oscilla- swivel housing
tions, etc.
FG, Q
Standard Banjo bolt Swivel housing
screw-in throttle
FG1, QR
FG, FG1, FG2 0.15 300
N.B.Available on request are the fine wire mesh filters (100µm) and the part number is HFC...F with the BSP size
inserted.
12
Directional Control Valves, Solenoid Operated, CETOP 3 mounting
CETOP 5 valves are available on request Q max: 60 l/min
13
Flow Dividers type TQ and TV
The flow dividers type TQ divide (collect) total flow entering (exiting)
port C. The distribution is independent of working pressure at ports A
and B, and may be divided equally or unequally in predetermined
portions. The flow divider type TV features priority division, i.e. variable
flow entering port C is divided where partial flow QA, through port A,
is kept constant and the residual flow, QB, exits port B. As soon as
one actuators movement is stopped the flow to the other is either
reduced to a minimal flow (type TQ) or completely reduced to leakage
flow (type TV). It is possible to overcome this design feature by creating
flow via a pressure limiting valve.
Further Information
- Flow divider (flow distributor) type TQ D 7381
- Flow divider type TV D 7394
14
Line rupture safety valves type LB
The line rupture safety valves type LB are check valves. They are available as
screw-in valves or with housing for in-line installation. The line rupture safety
valves are best installed directly on the actuator (cylinder) which is to be
safeguarded. This will prevent an uncontrollable, accelerated movement (drop)
of a loaded cylinder when the hydraulic back-pressure is lost as a result of a
rupture of the pressurized line or pipe connection.
When the flow through the valve increases above the pre-set limit, the flow
forces will exceed the opposing spring force and the valve will block the flow
immediately. The valve element in these valves is a shim.
There are two different versions available. One valve design completely blocks
the flow when actuated, whereas the other one allows a minimum flow (via
an orifice) to slowly drop the load.
Further Information
Refer: D 6990 1) Version with housing
Order Examples
LB4C(G)-40
Type of housing
Cartridge Type
Size 4
Set to 40 l/min
15
Quality
Endorsed
Company
ISO 9002 Lic 3765
Standards Australia
Distributed by
S-HRR 1103